B10 Parameter Dictionary

Edition : 7 Released
BSS Telecom parameters
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Release B10
BSS Telecom Parameters Catalogue:
vendredi 15 juin 2007
None
Rec reference
A_LEV_HO
None
Rec reference
GSM
OMC-R access Changeable
Category
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name A_LEV_HO
2G-3G
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Radio measurements data processing
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules A_LEV_HO + W_LEV_HO < 32
Recommended rules A_LEV_HO = 2 x A_LEV_PC. A_PBGT_HO = 2 x A_LEV_HO
External comment -Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Application
domain
Window size for level averages for handover.
Logical name
Definition
CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
HMI name A_ECNO_HO
Window size for Ec/No level averages for 2G to 3G handover
A_ECNO_HO
parameters
Logical name
Definition
BSC
B9
31
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
31
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
31
Samfr
31
Samfr
Page 2
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
A_LEV_MCHO
None
Rec reference
GSM
A_LEV_PC
None
Rec reference
GSM
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules A_LEV_PC + W_LEV_PC < 32
Recommended rules A_LEV_HO = 2 x A_LEV_PC
External comment -Internal comment --
Application
domain
Window size for level averages for power control.
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name A_LEV_PC
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules A_LEV_MCHO + W_LEV_MCHO < 16
Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Meaningful only for cells where: Cell_type = Microcell
Application
domain
Category
HMI name A_LEV_MCHO
Window size for level averages for microcell handover.
Logical name
Definition
B9
15
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
31
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
15
Samfr
31
Samfr
Page 3
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
A_PBGT_HO
HMI name A_PBGT_HO
Window size for averaging neighbour cell levels and averaging current cell levels for power budget
calculation.
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules A_PBGT_HO + W_PBGT_HO < 32
Recommended rules A_PBGT_HO = 2 x A_LEV_HO
External comment should be set to 6 in suburban area, to 8 in urban area and to 12 in rural area
Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
A_PBGT_DR
HMI name A_PBGT_DR
Window size for neighbour cell level averages for forced directed retry.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
15
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
16
31
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
15
Samfr
16
31
Samfr
Page 4
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GSM
None
Application
domain
GSM
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR
HMI name A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR
Quality averaging window size for AMR HR-to-FR channel adaptation.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1 Samfr
Mandatory rules A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR >= A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR
Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
Category
A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR
HMI name A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR
Quality averaging window size for AMR FR-to-HR channel adaptation.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1 Samfr
Mandatory rules A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR >= A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
61
61
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
61
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
61
61
Samfr
61
Samfr
Page 5
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
A_QUAL_HO
None
Rec reference
A_QUAL_PC
None
Rec reference
GSM
GSM
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules A_QUAL_PC + W_QUAL_PC < 32
Recommended rules A_QUAL_HO = 2 x A_QUAL_PC
Application
domain
Window size for quality averages for power control.
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules A_QUAL_HO + W_QUAL_HO < 32
Recommended rules A_QUAL_HO = 2 x A_QUAL_PC
Application
domain
Window size for quality averages for handover.
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name A_QUAL_PC
Category
HMI name A_QUAL_HO
B9
31
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
31
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
31
Samfr
31
Samfr
Page 6
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
A_RANGE_HO
None
Rec reference
A_TRAFFIC_LOAD
None
Application
domain
Window size for load averages.
GSM
GSM
Spec reference
Resource allocation & management
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment TRXnb: Depends on TRX number
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
Window size for distance averages.
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name A_TRAFFIC_LOAD
Category
HMI name A_RANGE_HO
B9
31
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
12
16
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
31
Samfr
12
16
None
Page 7
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Oui
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
IP
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
Type
Number
Min value 1
Max value 65535
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
A-bis link
B10 Oui
Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
kbit/s
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Internal comment
IP demo parameter.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Usable_TSs parameter value (so no input is needed from the operator in this case).
In the case of a BTS linked to the BSC through 2 E1 links, then the total bandwidth is twice ABIS_BANDWIDTH value.
If Abis-Transport-Mode = "IP Ethernet", the ABIS_BANDWIDTH parameter shall be mandatorily set by the operator (the default value (=0) is
indeed not relevant because out of the range of possible values). To be noted that the Abis should be the bottleneck of the transmission
bandwidth in a well-engineered BSS IP transport network (the available transmission bandwidth on the Abis last mile is considered to be the
bottleneck with respect to the radio bandwidth between RRM and RLC/MAC).
Bandwidth used by OML is neglected.
Page 8
Def value 0
Coded Def
External comment If Abis-Transport-Mode = "IP framed", the ABIS_BANDWIDTH parameter is CAE/Virtual changeable" and shall be computed according to the
(Excess Information Rate) values) and other inputs or calculation results. The value of the
TCH_TS_ACTIVITY_FACTOR parameter may also be constrained by SLA.
The Abis bandwidth can be defined / negotiated with a transport network operator through SLA
65535
(Service Level Agreement). Such a SLA should define the needed bandwidth per QoS level (i.e.
Recommended rules P0/CS, P1/SIG, P2/GBR, P3/BE). Thus, the ABIS_BANDWIDTH parameter shall be positioned to
In case of variable Abis bandwidth (e.g. micro-wave), the
ABIS_BANDWIDTH parameter shall
the minimum value between the SLA values (e.g. CIR (Committed Information Rate) and/or EIR
be positioned to the minimum guaranteed bandwidth.
Step size = 1.
Resource Allocation and Management
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
ABIS_BANDWIDTH
HMI name ABIS_BANDWIDTH
Total Abis bandwidth available (for the Abis BTS group if Abis-Transport-Mode = "IP Ethernet", or
for one E1 link if Abis-Transport-Mode = "IP framed" or "IP unframed").
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
AC_0
GSM TS 04.08
Rec reference
AC_1
GSM TS 04.08
Rec reference
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
0: not barred, 1: barred
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment --
GSM
GSM
Application
domain
Indicates if Access Class 1 is barred.
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Application
domain
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name AC 1
Category
HMI name AC 0
B9
B9
Flag
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 9
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
AC_11
GSM TS 04.08
Rec reference
AC_12
GSM TS 04.08
Rec reference
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
GSM
GSM
Application
domain
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Application
domain
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name AC 12
Category
HMI name AC 11
B9
B9
Flag
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 10
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
AC_13
GSM TS 04.08
Rec reference
AC_14
GSM TS 04.08
Rec reference
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
GSM
GSM
Application
domain
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Application
domain
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name AC 14
Category
HMI name AC 13
B9
B9
Flag
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 11
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
AC_15
GSM TS 04.08
Rec reference
AC_2
GSM TS 04.08
Rec reference
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
GSM
GSM
Application
domain
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Application
domain
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name AC 2
Category
HMI name AC 15
B9
B9
Flag
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 12
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
AC_3
GSM TS 04.08
Rec reference
AC_4
GSM TS 04.08
Rec reference
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
GSM
GSM
Application
domain
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Application
domain
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name AC 4
Category
HMI name AC 3
B9
B9
Flag
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 13
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
AC_5
GSM TS 04.08
Rec reference
AC_6
GSM TS 04.08
Rec reference
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
GSM
GSM
Application
domain
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Application
domain
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name AC 6
Category
HMI name AC 5
B9
B9
Flag
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 14
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
AC_7
GSM TS 04.08
Rec reference
AC_8
GSM TS 04.08
Rec reference
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
GSM
GSM
Application
domain
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Application
domain
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name AC 8
Category
HMI name AC 7
B9
B9
Flag
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 15
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
AC_9
GSM TS 04.08
Rec reference
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
HMI name AC 9
Overload control
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
Mandatory rules
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority, 10 (EC) is coded as 5, 11 (access
class 11) is coded as 0, 12 (access class 12) is coded as 1, 13 (access class 13) is coded as 2,
14 (access class 14) is coded as 3, 15 (access class 15) is coded as 4.
--
None
AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=1)
HMI name High Priority Access Class
List of access classes 11..15 and EC (=10) in their priority order. Ordering P1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Application
domain
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Flag
10
Number
Max value 15
Def value 10
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 16
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Overload control
Spec reference
Coding rules
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
Overload control
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
Mandatory rules
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority

10 (EC) is coded as 5, 11 (access class 11) is coded as 0, 12 (access class 12) is coded as 1, 13
(access class 13) is coded as 2, 14 (access class 14) is coded as 3, 15 (access class 15) is
coded as 4.
--
None
Rec reference
Mandatory rules
Logical name
Definition
Application
domain

coded as 4.
--
None
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
10
Number
Max value 15
Def value 14
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
B9
Number
10
Max value 15
Def value 15
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 17
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Overload control
Spec reference
Coding rules
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
Overload control
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
Mandatory rules
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA

coded as 4.
--
None
Rec reference
Mandatory rules
Logical name
Definition
Application
domain

coded as 4.
--
None
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
10
10
Number
Max value 15
Def value 12
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
B9
Number
Max value 15
Def value 13
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 18
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Overload control
Spec reference
Coding rules
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
GSM
Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Displayed
Category
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment always set to 0 as SYS_INFO 7&8 are not used
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
1bit; 0= the SI 4 rest octets, if present, are used to derive the value of PI and possibly C2
parameters.
--
System information management
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
GSM TS 04.08
Rec reference
ADDITIONAL_RESELECT_PARAM
HMI name ADDITIONAL_RESELECT_PARAM
Indicates if C2 cell selection parameters are present in SYS_INFO_7&8 or SYS_INFO_4.
Mandatory rules
Logical name
Definition
Application
domain

coded as 4.
--
None
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
10
Flag
Max value 1
Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
B9
Number
Max value 15
Def value 11
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 19
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
ADDR_TR
None
Rec reference
GSM
GSM
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Internal BSS alarm, not OMC-R visualisation
Application
domain
Address error threshold for alarm detection.
Logical name
Definition
Application
domain
Network (CDE)
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Category
HMI name ADDR_TR
Category
ADDR_MON
HMI name ADDR_MON
Time it takes to ADDR_TR to be reached to report an alarm. On timeout, the address error
counter is reset.
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
step size = 0.1sec
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
15
B9
6553.5
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
60
255
Oui
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
150
65535
sec
60
255
None
Page 20
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
When EN_VGCS is enabled:

Free AGCH = BS_AG_BLKS_RES - NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS - BCCH_EXT
Free AGCH = BS_AG_BLKS_RES - BCCH_EXT
External comment -Internal comment When EN_VGCS is disabled :
Lets define the free AGCH blocks as the number of blocks remaining for the AGCH messages
when the BCCH extended block and NCH blocks have been excluded.
Recommended rules - If there is no free AGCH block then the flag is not used (pre-emption mandatory, default
value 0 is not used by BTS )
- If there is only one free AGCH block then AG_PREMPT_PCH =1 or 0 (pre-emption allowed)
- If there is more than one free AGCH then AG_PREMPT_PCH = 0 (pre-emption forbidden).
0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
Paging and Access Grant Control
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
AG_PREMPT_PCH
HMI name AG_PREMPT_PCH
Flag to enable pre-emption of Paging sub-channels for Access Grant messages when there is one
remaining free AGCH block.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
--
B9
Def value
0
Type
Flag
Min value 0
Max value 1
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Page 21
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GSM
ALPHA (BSC)
GSM TS 04.08
Rec reference
Spec reference
Coding rules
GPRS
Site (CAE)
Category
HMI name ALPHA
Mandatory rules
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Possible values are : 0.0 to 1.0 with step of 0.1respectively binary coded : 0000, 0001, 0010
1010
Equal to ALPHA (MFS)
Application
domain
Alpha power control parameter.
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
Category
ALLOC_ANYWAY
HMI name ALLOC_ANYWAY
Controls whether a queued request can be allocated on free resource at expiry of its queuing
timer independently of the threshold NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO.
Spec reference
Resource allocation and management
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment only relevant when NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO > 0
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Flag
Number
Max value 1
Def value 1
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
10
10
None
Page 22
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
AMR_FR_HYST
GSM TS 05.09
Application
domain
GSM
Hysteresis for AMR FR codec mode adaptation.
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name AMR_FR_HYST
Codec Adaptation
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
External comment Default value corresponds to an optimal codec subset:12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s
Internal comment --
bit 8 (most significant)=1: 12,2 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 7=1: 10,2 kbit/s is part of the
subset; bit 6=1: 7,95 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 5=1: 7,40 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 4=1:
6,70 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 3=1: 5,90 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 2=1: 5,15 kbit/s is
part of the subset; bit 1 (least significant)=1: 4,75 kbit/s is part of the subset
Mandatory rules In one subset a maximum of 4 codec modes can be chosen (a maximum of 4 bits can be set to
1).
Recommended rules --
GSM TS 05.09
AMR_FR_SUBSET
HMI name AMR_FR_SUBSET
Bitmap (8 bits) defining the codec subset that shall be used for AMR FR calls (1 to 4 codecs).
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
recommended : AMR_FR_HYST + AMR_FR_THR_i <= 16dB (with i = 13).

External comment Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s).
Significant only if EN_AMR_FR is set to TRUE.
Internal comment --
Spec reference
Codec Adaptation
Coding rules
step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, , 15 = 7.5 dB
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
7.5
Number
164
240
None
Page 23
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
Def value
164
15
dB
0
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Reference
Oui
Oui
Max value 240
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
GSM TS 05.09
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
AMR_FR_THR_1
HMI name AMR_FR_THR_1
Threshold for AMR FR codec mode adaptation between lowest codec mode and second lowest
codec mode.
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
6.5
31.5
Threshold
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
GSM TS 05.09
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
AMR_FR_THR_2
Threshold for AMR FR codec mode adaptation between second lowest codec mode and third
lowest codec mode.
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
11.5
31.5
Threshold
0
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 24
23
63
dB
0
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
recommended : AMR_FR_HYST + AMR_FR_THR_2 <= 16dB.

External comment Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s). AMR_FR_THR_2 is not used if less than 3
codecs are in the AMR FR subset.
Internal comment --
Spec reference
Codec Adaptation
Coding rules
Mandatory rules AMR_FR_THR_3 >= AMR_FR_THR_2 >= AMR_FR_THR_1
Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
13
63
dB
0
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def

Internal comment --
Spec reference
Codec Adaptation
Coding rules
Mandatory rules AMR_FR_THR_1 <= AMR_FR_THR_2
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM TS 05.09
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
AMR_FR_THR_3
Threshold for AMR FR codec mode adaptation between third lowest codec mode and fourth lowest
codec mode.
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
11.5
31.5
Threshold
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
AMR_HR_HYST
GSM TS 05.09
Application
domain
GSM
Hysteresis for AMR HR codec mode adaptation.
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name AMR_HR_HYST
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
recommended : AMR_HR_HYST + AMR_HR_THR_i <= 16dB (with i = 13).

Significant only if EN_AMR_HR is set to TRUE.
Internal comment --
Spec reference
Codec Adaptation
Coding rules
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
7.5
Number
0
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
15
dB
0
Page 25
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
23
63
dB
0
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def

Internal comment --
Spec reference
Codec Adaptation
Coding rules
Mandatory rules AMR_FR_THR_3 >= AMR_FR_THR_2
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Codec Adaptation
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
GSM TS 05.09
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
AMR_HR_THR_1
HMI name AMR_HR_THR_1
Threshold for AMR HR codec mode adaptation between lowest codec mode and second lowest
codec mode.
B9
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
11
31.5
Threshold
0
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
22
60
None
22
63
dB
0
Page 26
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Def
22
Def value
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Reference
Oui
Max value 60
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
recommended : AMR_HR_HYST + AMR_HR_THR_1 <= 16dB.

External comment Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s). AMR_HR_THR_1 is not used if less than 2
codecs are in the AMR HR subset.
Internal comment --
Spec reference
Codec Adaptation
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
AMR_HR_THR_1 <= AMR_HR_THR_2
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Internal comment --
Coded on 1 byte. Bit 8 (most significant) = Bit 7 = 0; bit 6 =1: 7,95 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit
5=1: 7,40 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 4=1: 6,70 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 3=1: 5,90 kbit/s
is part of the subset; bit 2=1: 5,15 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 1 (least significant)=1: 4,75
kbit/s is part of the subset;
Mandatory rules
In one subset a maximum of 4 codec modes can be chosen (a maximum of 4 bits can be set to
1). The subset shall not contain only 7.4 kbit/s codec mode. The codec mode 7.95 kbit/s is not
Recommended rules supported by Alcatel BSS.
--
GSM TS 05.09
AMR_HR_SUBSET
HMI name AMR_HR_SUBSET
Bitmap (6 bits) defining the codec subset that shall be used for AMR HR calls (1 to 4 codecs).
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM TS 05.09
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
AMR_HR_THR_2
Threshold for AMR HR codec mode adaptation between second lowest codec mode and third
lowest codec mode.
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
12.5
31.5
Threshold
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
GSM TS 05.09
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
AMR_HR_THR_3
Threshold for AMR HR codec mode adaptation between third lowest codec mode and fourth lowest
codec mode.
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
12.5
31.5
Threshold
0
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 27
25
63
dB
0
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def

Internal comment --
Spec reference
Codec Adaptation
Coding rules
Mandatory rules AMR_HR_THR_3 >= AMR_HR_THR_2
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
25
63
dB
0
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def

Internal comment --
Spec reference
Codec Adaptation
Coding rules
Mandatory rules AMR_HR_THR_3 >= AMR_HR_THR_2 >= AMR_HR_THR_1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Codec Adaptation
Spec reference
Coding rules
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
Codec Adaptation
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
0: implicit rule is used for initial codec mode; 1: lowest codec mode of the subset; 2: second
lowest codec mode (used if the subset contains more than one codec mode); 3: third lowest
codec mode (used if the subset contains more than two codec modes); 4: highest codec mode
(used if the subset contains four codec modes)
Mandatory rules If AMR_START_MODE_HR is explicit (I.e. not equal to 0), the chosen codec mode shall not
correspond to 7.40 kbit/s.
Recommended rules Use codec mode 6.7 kbit/s as start mode for AMR HR should be avoided.
GSM TS 05.09
Rec reference
AMR_START_MODE_HR
HMI name AMR_START_MODE_HR
Indicates the codec used at the beginning of a HR AMR call, until codec mode adaptation is
started by the BTS.
Mandatory rules
Logical name
Definition
Application
domain
0: implicit rule is used for initial codec mode; 1: lowest codec mode of the subset; 2: second
lowest codec mode (used if the subset contains more than one codec mode); 3: third lowest
codec mode (used if the subset contains more than two codec modes); 4: highest codec mode
(used if the subset contains four codec modes)
--
GSM TS 05.09
AMR_START_MODE_FR
HMI name AMR_START_MODE_FR
Indicates the codec used at the beginning of a FR AMR call, until codec mode adaptation is
started by the BTS.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Page 28
0
0
Coded Def
Coded Def
0
Def value
None
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Coded Max
Reference
Oui
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Max value 4
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Oui
Reference
Max value 4
Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
GPRS telecom presentation
IP
System (CST)
Category
GSM TS 04.08
Application
domain
GSM
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
ATT (BSC)
HMI name IMSI Attach/Detach
This flag indicates to the MS if IMSI Attach/detach procedure is allowed in the cell.
Spec reference
Coding rules
0: not allowed, 1: allowed
Mandatory rules Equal to ATT (MFS)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Sent to TC via TCSL.
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter.
0: higher priority
3: lower priority
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
HMI name ASIG_PRIORITY

BSS internal priority used for the signaling flow toward/from A interface in IP network
ASIG_PRIORITY
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
B9
Number
Max value 3
Def value 2
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Non
None
None
Page 29
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
AUT_BAR
None
Rec reference
AUTO_DSC
None
Rec reference
GSM
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
0: disabled 1: enabled
GSM
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
System (CST)
HMI name AUTO_DSC
Category
HMI name AUTO_BAR_CELL
This flag enables/disables auto disconnection of LAPD links.
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
0: disabled, 1: enabled
Application
domain
This flag enables/inhibits automatic barring of cell.
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Flag
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
0
None
Page 30
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
B_NUM
None
Rec reference
BANDWIDTH_PER_SIG_LINK
GSM
IP
Category
External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
In case of a BTS with 2 Abis (2 E1 links), BANDWIDTH_PER_SIG_LINK shall take the same
value for both Abis.
Step size = 1.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
Site (CAE)
HMI name BANDWIDTH_PER_SIG_LINK
Category
Bandwidth consumed by a signalling link on Abis interface:

-OML link associated to a BTS,
-or the RSL link associated to a TRX on Abis interface.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Default value depends on MSC type.
Internal comment --
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
HMI name B_NUM
Number of BLOCK/UNBLOCK messages sent in one burst.
Logical name
Definition
B9
35
B9
Number
35
None
16
16
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
Page 31
32
16
kbit/s
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
A-bis link
Non
Oui
Type
Number
Min value 1
Max value 32
Instance
Sub-syste BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
IP
Category
Site (CAE)
BCC (BSC)
None
Rec reference
GSM
Category
HMI name BCC
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
coded over 3 bits
Mandatory rules Equal to BCC (MFS)
Recommended rules -External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message
Application
domain
BTS colour code of the cell.
Logical name
Definition
B9
Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
None
Page 32
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
16
16
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
B9
32
16
kbit/s
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
A-bis link
Non
Type
Number
Min value 6
Max value 16
Instance
Sub-syste BSC
B10 Oui
Only values equal and below 16 kbit/s are allowed in B10. Greater values are provisionned for AMR-WB.
In case of a BTS with 2 Abis (2 E1 links), BANDWIDTH_PER_TCH_TS shall take the same value
for both Abis.
Step size = 1.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
HMI name BANDWIDTH_PER_TCH_TS

Abis bandwidth consumed by a RTS supporting some TCH(s) (one FR TCH or two HR TCHs).
The RTSs supporting only one HR TCH are supposed to consume half this bandwidth.
The statistical bandwidth gain brought by DTX (when DTX is activated) shall be taken into account
in this value.
BANDWIDTH_PER_TCH_TS
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
BCCH_EXT
None
Paging and Access Grant control
Rec reference
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
GSM
Site (CAE)
B9
Type
Flag
Min value 0
Max value 1
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
i) for 2G to 2G cell reselection to reduce the cell reselection duration

ii) for 2G to 3G cell reselection to reduce the acquisition of the system information on 3G cells.
Def value 0
External comment -Internal comment The recommended rule is linked to the fact that when the SI2bis message is sent, it is recommended to activate the extended BCCH
. if BCCH_EXT = false, BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS

. if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES > NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS
Page 33
Coded Def
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
-BCCH_EXT cannot be set to true if the associated BTS is a non-Evolium one.

-When EN_SOLSA is enabled, the BCCH_EXT shall be set to true.
Recommended rules -When EN_VGCS is disabled : The support of extended BCCH (parameter BCCH_EXT) is HIGHLY recommended in cells
. if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= 1
having adjacent cells in several frequency bands and at least 18 adjacent frequencies within
-When EN_VGCS is enabled :
the same band.
0: false, 1:true
Application
domain
Category
HMI name BCCH_EXT
This flag enables / disables the use of extended BCCH.
Logical name
Definition
BCCH_FREQUENCY
GSM
Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Virtual changeable
Category
HMI name BCCH_FREQUENCY
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
- For an own cell, the BCCH frequency is deduced from the radio TS description.
External comment -Internal comment - The ARFCN of the G1 band are in the range {975, 976, , 1023, 0}.
In a cell where FREQUENCY_RANGE = EGSM or EGSM-DCS1800, the BCCH ARFCN

belonging to the G1 band may be selected by the operator, only if
Recommended rules EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY<>0, and, for the concentric cells, only in the outer zone. These
restrictions do not apply to external cells.
--
Handover Preparation
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
Indicates the frequency used as BCCH.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Def value
-None
Type
Number
Min value 0
Max value 1023
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
1023
None
Page 34
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
BCCH_FREQUENCY(n)
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
HMI name BCCH_ARFCN
B9
Def value
None
Type
Number
Min value 0
Max value 1023
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 35
Coded Def
1023
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
- The BCCH frequency of an adjacent external cell is directly editable in the HMI. To be consistent with the MFS related parameter, the OMC-R
access is defined according to this case (changeable). The BCCH frequency of an adjacent internal cell is virtual changeable.
- This parameter is not a new B9 parameter, it was already existing in the SW of previous release and has been introduced in the BTP in B9 for
re-alignment (so not in CDE table)
External comment -Internal comment - The ARFCN of the G1 band are in the range {975, 976, , 1023, 0}.
- for serving cell handled by a pre-MR4 BSC:

There shall be no more than 31 different BCCH frequencies for the set of all cells which are
target for reselection of the same serving cell if EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION(MFS) <>
Disabled and FDD_ARFCN_LIST(BSC) is not empty.
-for Non Evolium serving cell handled by a BSC from MR4 onwards :
target for reselection of that same serving cell if EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION <>
- For Evolium serving cell handled by a BSC from MR4 onwards :
There shall be no more than 32 different BCCH frequencies for the set of all target cells.
- BCCH_FREQUENCY(n) = BCCH_ARFCN(n)
- In a cell where FREQUENCY_RANGE = EGSM or EGSM-DCS1800, the BCCH ARFCN
Recommended rules belonging to the G1 band may be selected by the operator, only if
-EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY<>0, and, for the concentric cells, only in the outer zone.
These restrictions do not apply to external cells.
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
Indicates the frequency used as BCCH.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
Network (CDE)
Category
None
Application
domain
GSM
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
BF_HI_TX
HMI name BF_HI_TX
Threshold on LAPD TX buffers occupancy for transition from normal to busy condition.
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules BF_HI_TX > BF_LO_TX
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
BF_HI_RX
HMI name BF_HI_RX
Threshold on LAPD RX buffers occupancy for transition from normal to busy condition.
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules BF_HI_RX > BF_LO_RX
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
80
B9
100
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
16
30
Threshold
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
80
100
16
30
None
Page 36
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Network (CDE)
Category
None
Application
domain
GSM
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
BF_LO_TX
HMI name BF_LO_TX
Threshold on LAPD TX buffers occupancy for transition from busy to normal condition.
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules BF_LO_TX < BF_HI_TX
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
BF_LO_RX
HMI name BF_LO_RX
Threshold on LAPD RX buffers occupancy for transition from busy to normal condition.
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules BF_LO_RX < BF_HI_RX
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
70
B9
100
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
30
Threshold
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
70
100
30
None
Page 37
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
Def value
--
Type
Number
Min value 0
Max value 7
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
For CCCH_CONF=1, max=2, def=1

At OMC, CBCH configured in the cell corresponds to channelCombination = CBH or SDH in the TRX attribute listOfRadioChannel.
Internal comment
External comment Maximum and Default values given for CCCH_CONF=0
-BS_AG_BLKS_RES (MFS) = BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC) for a given cell

-when CCCH_CONF=0 and CBCH is configured in the cell, BS_AG_BLKS_RES>0
Recommended rules - when CCCH_CONF=2, max value of BS_AG_BLKS_RES is 7 and BS_AG_BLKS_RES must be
> 0 if CBCH is configured in the cell.
-When EN_VGCS is disabled :
. if BCCH_EXT = false, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS
coded on 3 bits (000 : 0, ...111 : 7)
Paging & access grant control
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
GSM TS 05.02
BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC)
HMI name BS_AG_BLKS_RES
Number of CCCH blocks reserved for the access grant channel (AGCH).
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Page 38
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
3GPP TS 04.60
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
BS_CV_MAX (BSC)
HMI name BS_CV_MAX
Number of remaining RLC data blocks sent (per assigned PDCH) by the MS, below which the
Count Down procedure is entered.
One third of the number of RLC data blocks per assigned PDCH before the MS checks if the
resolution contention has failed.
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
15
Number
cell
Sub-syste BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
data block. Lower values avoid too many TBF releases and reestablishments.
--
Internal comment
Page 39
15
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment Used by the MS to start the countdown value process (release of UL TBF) or to consider acknowledgement messages as valid for a given RLC
uplink re-transmission of non-acknowledged blocks and minimise window-stalled situations.

If BS_CV_MAX is set greater than round-trip-delay, uplink retransmissions of unacknowledged
blocks may be delayed.
It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is
carried through Abis or Ater satellite links:
- BS_CV_MAX = 9 if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the
serving cell,
- BS_CV_MAX = 15 if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite
links in the serving cell.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Coded on 4 bits (1==0001, 2 == 0010 .. 15 == 1111).
Mandatory rules Equal to BS_CV_MAX (MFS)
Recommended rules BS_CV_MAX should be set to a value equal to the "minimum" round trip delay to optimise the
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
BS_P_CON_ACK
None
Application
domain
BS_P_CON_INT
GSM TS 05.08
Application
domain
GSM
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name BS_P_CON_INT
Category
HMI name BS_P_CON_ACK
Minimum delay between two consecutive BS power commands.
Spec reference
Power control & radio link supervision
Coding rules
step size=1 (2 x Samfr)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
Supervision of the BS Power Control procedure.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
31
B9
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
31
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
31
2 x Samfr
31
2 x Samfr
Page 40
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
GSM TS 05.02
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC)
HMI name BS_PA_MFRMS
Number of 51 frame multiframes between consecutive occurrences of a Paging Group.
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
B9
Number
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
None
0
0
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
Page 41
0
0
15
dB
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Oui
Type
Number
Min value -30
Max value 0
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
External comment The BTS maximum allowed transmit power is defined relatively to the BTS maximum RF transmit power in GMSK (due to hardware limitation).
Internal comment --
BS_TXPWR_MAX >= BS_TXPWR_MIN

Equal to BS_TXPWR_MAX (MFS)
step size = 2dB. 0: 0 dB, 1: -2dB, ..., 15: -30dB
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
3GPP TS 05.08
BS_TXPWR_MAX (BSC)
HMI name BS_TXPWR_MAX
This parameter defines the power reduction relative to the maximum GMSK output power of the
BTS.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
coded on 3 bits (000 : 2, ... 111: 9)
Mandatory rules BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC) = BS_PA_MFRMS (MFS) for a given cell
Recommended rules -External comment The bigger this parameter is, the lesser the MS power consumption is.
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER (BSC)
HMI name BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER
TRX of the inner zone in a concentric or multi-band cell.
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
GSM
BS_TXPWR_MIN <= BS_TXPWR_MAX

BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER >= BS_TXPWR_MIN
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
3GPP TS 05.08
BTS minimum allowed transmission power.
BS_TXPWR_MIN
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name BS_TXPWR_MIN
Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
Meaningful only in cells where: CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = concentric.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Internal comment
B9
12
12
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
Page 42
0
-24
15
dB
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Type
Number
Min value -30
Max value 0
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
dB
15
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Number
Unit
Coding rules
Min value -30
Coded Min
Mandatory rules Equal to BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER (MFS) and BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER >= BS_TXPWR_MIN
Max value 0
Coded Max
Recommended rules -Def value 0
Coded Def
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
None
Rec reference
IP
Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 1
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter.
Application
domain
RSL termination identifier on BSC side.
BSC_RSL_TID
Logical name
Definition
GSM
Site (CAE)
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name BSC_RSL_TID
Category
BSC_EN_RF_RES_IND
HMI name BSC_EN_RF_RES_IND
Enables/disables the RF RESOURCE INDICATION processing by the BSC.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Flag
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
65535
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
RSL
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Non
Oui
None
65535
None
Page 43
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
BSC_X25_primary_address_i [1]
None
Application
domain
First character of BSC X25 primary address.

GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name BSC Primary X25 Address [1]
None
Application
domain
Tenth character of BSC X25 primary address.

GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Short message service cell broadcast
Coding rules
1character of a string. default = blank character
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes.
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled
Recommended rules -External comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes.
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
20
B9
255
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
20
255
Reference
Oui
Reference
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
20
255
None
20
255
None
Page 44
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GSM
Eleventh character of BSC X25 primary address.
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application
domain
GSM
Twelfth character of BSC X25 primary address.
Category
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
20
B9
255
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
20
255
Reference
Oui
Reference
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
20
255
None
20
255
None
Page 45
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GSM
Thirteenth character of BSC X25 primary address.
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application
domain
GSM
Fourteenth character of BSC X25 primary address.
Category
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
20
B9
255
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
20
255
Reference
Oui
Reference
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
20
255
None
20
255
None
Page 46
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GSM
Fifteenth character of BSC X25 primary address.
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application
domain
GSM
Second character of BSC X25 primary address.
Category
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
20
B9
255
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
20
255
Reference
Oui
Reference
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
20
255
None
20
255
None
Page 47
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Third character of BSC X25 primary address.

GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application
domain
GSM
Fourth character of BSC X25 primary address.
Category
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
20
B9
255
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
20
255
Reference
Oui
Reference
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
20
255
None
20
255
None
Page 48
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Fifth character of BSC X25 primary address.

GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application
domain
Sixth character of BSC X25 primary address.

GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
20
B9
255
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
20
255
Reference
Oui
Reference
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
20
255
None
20
255
None
Page 49
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GSM
Seventh character of BSC X25 primary address.
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application
domain
GSM
Eighth character of BSC X25 primary address.
Category
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
20
B9
255
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
20
255
Reference
Oui
Reference
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
20
255
None
20
255
None
Page 50
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Ninth character of BSC X25 primary address.

GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [1]
None
Application
domain
GSM
First character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name BSC Secondary X25 Address [1]
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
20
B9
255
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
20
255
Reference
Oui
Reference
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
20
255
None
20
255
None
Page 51
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GSM
Tenth character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application
domain
GSM
Eleventh character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Category
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
20
B9
255
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
20
255
Reference
Oui
Reference
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
20
255
None
20
255
None
Page 52
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GSM
Twelfth character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
Thirteenth character of BSC X25 secondary address.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
20
B9
255
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
20
255
Reference
Oui
Reference
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
20
255
None
20
255
None
Page 53
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
Fourteenth character of BSC X25 secondary address.
None
Application
domain
GSM
Fifteenth character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Category
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
20
B9
255
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
20
255
Reference
Oui
Reference
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
20
255
None
20
255
None
Page 54
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GSM
Second character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application
domain
GSM
Third character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Category
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
20
B9
255
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
20
255
Reference
Oui
Reference
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
20
255
None
20
255
None
Page 55
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GSM
Fourth character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application
domain
GSM
Fifth character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Category
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
20
B9
255
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
20
255
Reference
Oui
Reference
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
20
255
None
20
255
None
Page 56
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GSM
Sixth character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application
domain
GSM
Seventh character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Category
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
20
B9
255
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
20
255
Reference
Oui
Reference
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
20
255
None
20
255
None
Page 57
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GSM
Eighth character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application
domain
GSM
Ninth character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Category
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
20
B9
255
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
20
255
Reference
Oui
Reference
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
20
255
None
20
255
None
Page 58
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
BSIC (GSM)
GSM TS 04.08
Rec reference
BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 1)
GSM
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
HMI name Ciphering Algorithms Priority 1
B9
B9
Abstract
Type
Min value
Oui
Oui
List of numbers
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
None
Unit
Coded Min
Page 59
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Mandatory rules
Max value 2
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment -Internal comment Only A5/1 and A5/2 algorithms are supported in this release. Only Priority 1 and Priority 2 fields are modifiable and displayed at the OMC-R.
coded as an array of 7 bytes. Each byte contains a reference to an encryption algorithm: 1 for
A5/1, ... 7 for A5/7.
The same encryption algorithm reference cannot be used for two different priorities
Ciphering procedure
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
Site (CAE)
Category
HMI name BSIC
List of encryption algorithms in their prioritized order.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment See BCC (BSC) and NCC (BSC)
Application
domain
Concatenation of the NCC and the BCC.
Logical name
Definition
GSM
Site (CAE)
B9
Type
Min value
1
Oui
List of numbers
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Unit
Coded Min
GSM
Not Used (NU)
B9
Type
Min value
Oui
List of numbers
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Unit
Coded Min
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 60
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Mandatory rules
Max value 7
Coded Max
Coded Def
A5/1, ... 7 for A5/7.
Ciphering procedure
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
Category
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Mandatory rules
Max value 2
Coded Max
Coded Def
A5/1, ... 7 for A5/7.
Ciphering procedure
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
Category
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
Not Used (NU)
B9
Type
Min value
1
Oui
List of numbers
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Unit
Coded Min
GSM
Not Used (NU)
B9
Type
Min value
Oui
List of numbers
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Unit
Coded Min
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 61
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Mandatory rules
Max value 7
Coded Max
Coded Def
A5/1, ... 7 for A5/7.
Ciphering procedure
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
Category
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Mandatory rules
Max value 7
Coded Max
Coded Def
A5/1, ... 7 for A5/7.
Ciphering procedure
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
Category
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
Not Used (NU)
B9
Type
Min value
1
Oui
List of numbers
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Unit
Coded Min
GSM
Not Used (NU)
B9
Type
Min value
Oui
List of numbers
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Unit
Coded Min
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 62
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Mandatory rules
Max value 7
Coded Max
Coded Def
A5/1, ... 7 for A5/7.
Ciphering procedure
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
Category
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Mandatory rules
Max value 7
Coded Max
Coded Def
A5/1, ... 7 for A5/7.
Ciphering procedure
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
Category
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Classmark handling
Spec reference
Coding rules
None
Application
domain
IP
Spec reference
Coding rules
0 : TDM, 1 :IP
Mandatory rules Equal to BSS_TRANSPORT_MODE (MFS)
Rec reference
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name BSS_TRANSPORT_MODE

IP Transport mode for Ater level signalling links (GSL, Qmux/TCSL, N7, knowing only GSL applies
to the MFS): TDM or IP
BSS_TRANSPORT_MODE (BSC)
Logical name
Definition
Application
domain
0: the classmark enquiry is never initiated by the BSC;

1: on reception of a LOCATION UPDATING REQUEST message with ES IND flag set to 0, the
BSC will always initiate a classmark enquiry;
2: on reception of a LOCATION UPDATING REQUEST message with ES IND flag set to 0, the
BSC will initiate the classmark enquiry if algorithm A5/1 is not available (information available in
MS classmark 1 IE sent in the LOCATION UPDATING REQUEST).
None
BSS_SEND_CM_ENQUIRY
HMI name Send_CM_Enquiry
Controls the trigger of Classmark Enquiry procedure at call establishment time.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
B9
Flag
Max value 2
Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Non
Oui
None
None
Page 63
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
BTS_CIPH_CAP
GSM
Category
B9
Type
Min value
0
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Oui
BTS_CONF_DATA message
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Mandatory rules
Max value 255
External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
Internal comment Bit 1 = 1 (mandatory)Bit 4 to 8 = 0 (mandatory)Bits 1 and 4 to 8 shall not be displayed at the OMC-R.Transmitted to the BTS in the
Coded as a 8 bits bitmap. Each bit indicates if corresponding encryption algorithm is supported.
bit 1 (LSB) : no encryption. bit 2 : A5/1. bit 3 : A5/2...bit 8 : A5/7. bit x =0: encryption not
supported. bit x =1: encryption supported
--
Ciphering procedure
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
Site (CAE)
HMI name ciphering capabilities
List of flags indicating what are the BTS ciphering capabilities.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
255
None
Page 64
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GSM
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
BTS_Q_LENGTH
HMI name BTS_Queue_Length
Maximum number of Assignment Requests and Handover Requests that can be queued
simultaneously.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
Number
Non
Max value 4294967295

Def value 4294967295
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
64
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
4294967295
64
None
Page 65
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Oui
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
- Could be displayed to the operator in the following format:

"WWW.XXX.YYY.ZZZ" (ex: 255.245.247.001)
- When the IP BTS is created in the BSC, it is created with its IP@. The BSC is then able to reach the BTS through the SNMP command. The
BTS, from its part, gets its IP@ from the DHCP request. The BTS IP address is sent to the MFS via BSCGP: state change message.
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules -External comment Meaningful only for IP BTS.
Internal comment IP demo parameter.
Logical name
Definition
IP
coded on 32 bits
coded as follow in 4 groups of 8bits: 255.255.255.255
default value : 255.255.255.255, coded as an empty string
--
GPRS radio interface - RRM sublayer
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
HMI name BTS_IP_Address

IP address of the BTS. There is only one IP address per BTS, used by all protocols (IPTCH,
IPGCH, RSL, OML,)
BTS_IP_Address
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Rec reference
Call_user_data_sel
None
Application
domain
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name Call_User_Data_Selector
Category
Identifies the higher protocol selector for an outgoing connection.
IP
HMI name BTS_RSL_TID
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Each byte of the string can get a value in the range [0..255].
OMC sends a string of a fixed length of 16bytes.
The default string is an empty string.
The right side of the string might be filled by zeros until 16 bytes are reached.
Internal comment
Spec reference
Coding rules
0 to 16 bytes string
Mandatory rules Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 1
Application
domain
RSL termination identifier on BTS side
BTS_RSL_TID
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
255
Oui
Non
Reference
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
RSL
B10 Oui
None
255
None
Page 66
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GSM
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
If SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS2, CBC_Window should be set to 3.

--
Site (CAE)
Category
External comment Default value corresponds to SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS1.
Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled

shall be set to "1" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1"
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
Internal comment
Site (CAE)
Category
CBC_window
HMI name CBC_Window
Maximum number of outstanding primitives on the BSC/CBC interface for both incoming and
outgoing primitives.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION
HMI name CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION
This parameter determines the condition on traffic load in the serving cell to trigger a general
capture handover.
Spec reference
Handover preparation
Coding rules
0: Any load, 1: Not low, 2: High
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Flag
None
1
1
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
Page 67
3
1
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Oui
Type
Number
Min value 1
Max value 3
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
CBC_X25_primary_address
None
Application
domain
CBC X25 primary address.

GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name CBC Primary X25 Address
CBC_X25_secondary_address
None
Application
domain
CBC X25 secondary address.

GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name CBC Secondary X25 Address
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
0 to 15 characters string. *: default = empty string
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
32
B9
255
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
32
255
Reference
Oui
Reference
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
32
255
None
32
255
None
Page 68
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
CCCH_CONF (BSC)
Site (CAE)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
External comment -Internal comment shall be coded over (at least) 3 bits as a provision for Multislot CCCH.
MAX_PDCH:
i) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 1 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on
BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = 1: CCCH combined
ii) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 2 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on
BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = 0: CCCH not combined
iii) MAX_PDCH <= NB_TS_MPDCH + 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) if
TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 on BCCH TRX.
iv) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 3 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on
BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = 2
Recommended rules 2)The following conditions are verified by the OMC-R in order to check the upper limit of
Mandatory rules
GSM
HMI name CCCH_CONF
0: one CCCH not combined,

1: one CCCH combined
2: two CCCH not combined
1) CCCH_CONF (BSC) = CCCH_CONF (MFS) for a given cell
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
GSM TS 04.08
Configuration of the CCCH.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
--
B9
Number
Def value
Max value 2
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Page 69
Coded Def
Coded Max
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
3GPP TS 05.08
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
CELL_BAR_ACCESS
HMI name Administrative cell Barring
This parameter identifies if the cell is barred by the operator for MS initial access.
CELL_BAR_QUALIFY
GSM TS 05.08
Application
domain
GSM
Indicates the priority of the cell for cell selection.
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
0: normal priority, 1: low priority
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name CELL_BAR_QUALIFY
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment This parameter is changeable via bar-cell and debar-cell operator commands.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Flag
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 70
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
3GPP TS 08.08
Application
domain
2G-3G
Category
Site (CAE)
CELL_CAPACITY_CLASS
HMI name Cell Capacity Class
Capacity class of the cell, measured on a linear scale, ranging from 1 to 100.
where NTCH is the number of all TCH channels in the Cell.
Cell_Capacity_Class = int{[(99/125) x (NTCH - 1)] + 1}
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
The default value of Cell Capacity Class should depend on the number of available TCHs in
the cell and since there may be up to 126 TCH channels in one GSM cell:
requirement of having a linear scale in the capacity class, ranging from 1 to 100:
Cell Capacity Class is a linear function of the Cell capacity: value 1 shall indicate the
minimum capacity class, and 100 shall indicate the maximum capacity class. Capacity class
should be measured on a linear scale.
Spec reference
External channel changes
Coding rules
binary value on 8 bits
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules the Cell Capacity Class shall follow the recommended rule: In order to fulfill the 3GPP
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
100
100
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
100
100
Page 71
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE
Application
domain
Rec reference
GSM
Category
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
CELL_EV
None
Rec reference
GSM
Spec reference
Coding rules
0: Order, 1: Grade
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name CELL_EVALUATION
Handover cell evaluation process applied in the cell.
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Spec reference
Type
Flag
Coding rules
0: Macrocell, 1: Microcell
Min value 0
Mandatory rules Shall be consistent with CELL_TYPE.
Max value 1
External comment -Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type. The CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE parameter is not displayed as such to the O&M user.
None
Site (CAE)
HMI name Cell Dimension
Determines if the cell is processed as a macrocell or a microcell.
Logical name
Definition
None
None
Page 72
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
CELL_LAYER_TYPE
HMI name Cell Layer
Determines if the cell is processed as single cell, upper layer cell, lower layer or indoor layer cell.
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
0
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
CELL_PARTITION_TYPE
Application
domain
None
Rec reference
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
HMI name Cell Partition
B9
Type
Flag
Min value 0
Max value 1
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Def value 0
External comment -Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type. The CELL_PARTITION_TYPE parameter is not displayed as such to the O&M user.
Shall be consistent with CELL_TYPE.

Must be equal to "Concentric" when FREQUENCY_RANGE = "EGSM-DCS1800" or
Recommended rules "PGSM-DCS1800".
--
0: No partition, 1: Concentric
Determines if the cell is concentric.
Logical name
Definition
External comment -Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type. The CELL_LAYER_TYPE parameter is not displayed as such to the O&M user.
layer cells, 3) Upper layer cells + Lower layer cells, 4) Upper layer cells + Lower layer cells +
Indoor layer cells
Spec reference
Coding rules
0: Single cell, 1: Upper layer, 2: Lower layer, 3 : Indoor layer
Mandatory rules Shall be consistent with CELL_TYPE.
Recommended rules The allowed layer configurations are: 1) Only single layer cells, 2) Upper layer cells + Indoor
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
None
Page 73
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
CELL_RANGE (BSC)
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
HMI name Cell Range
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
External comment The CELL_RANGE parameter is not displayed as such to the O&M user.
Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.
CELL_RANGE(BSC) = CELL_RANGE(MFS)
Recommended rules A couple of mate cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same LAC (respectively
RAC when they are PS capable).
0: Normal cell, 1: Outer cell, 2: Inner cell, 3: GAN cell
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
HMI name Cell Range

Determines if the adjacent cell belongs to an extended cell, or a GAN cell.
Cell_Range(n) (BSC)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
External comment -Internal comment The CELL_RANGE parameter is not displayed as such to the O&M user.
CELL_RANGE(BSC) = CELL_RANGE(MFS)
0: Normal cell, 1: Outer cell, 2: Inner cell
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
Determines if the cell belongs to an extended cell.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Def value
-0
Type
Number
Min value 0
Max value 3
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Def value
--
Type
Flag
Min value 0
Max value 2
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Non
Oui
None
None
Page 74
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
GSM TS 05.08
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS
HMI name CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS
Level hysteresis for cell reselection applied when the new cell is in a different location area or, for
a GPRS MS, in a different routing area, or when a GPRS MS is in GMM ready state.
None
Application
domain
VGCS
Category
Site (CAE)
CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS(n)
HMI name CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS(
Level hysteresis for cell reselection applied when the new cell is in a different location area.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 2dB; coded on 3 bits (000 : 0 dB, 111 : 14 dB)
Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 2dB; coded on 3 bits (000 : 0 dB, 111 : 14 dB)
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment If the VGCS is licensed, the parameter is modifiable only via the provisioning context of the OMC.
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
14
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
14
Number
0
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
dB
0
Cell Type
Non
dB
0
Page 75
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
n)
TRX nb
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (BSC)
GSM TS 05.08
Application
domain
Permanent offset to C2 criterion.

GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET
None
Application
domain
Category
Site (CAE)
VGCS
CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(n)(BSC)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 2dB; coded on 6 bits (000000:0 dB, 111111 : 126 dB)
Mandatory rules CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(n)(MFS) = CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (n)(BSC)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (MFS) = CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (BSC)
Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
126
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
126
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
63
dB
0
63
dB
Page 76
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND
HMI name CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND
Indicates to the MS if parameters for C2 reselection criterion are broadcast.
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
CGI_3G_REQD
None
Rec reference
2G-3G
Network (CDE)
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
If CGI_3G_REQD = 1 then 3G cell will be identified on A interface with MCC_3G(n) + MNC_3G(n) + LAC_3G(n) + RNC_ID(n)
Else with LAC_3G(n) + RNC_ID(n)
External comment
Internal comment --
the CGI format. The CGI_3G_REQD parameter shall be set to 1 if the operator wants to allow
inter-PLMN 2G to 2G handovers. If this parameter needs to be changed, it is recommended to
change it during a migration phase to avoid any additional Telecom outage.
Depends on MSC Type. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
Spec reference
Coding rules
0: CGI not used, 1: CGI used
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules Alcatel recommend to set the CGI_3G_REQD parameter to 1 provided that the MSC supports
Application
domain
Category
HMI name CGI_3G_REQUIRED
Controls format of 3G cell identifications sent to the MSC.
Logical name
Definition
by sentences in subsequent versions)
Oui
None
Page 77
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Flag
Unit
Coding rules
0: not present, 1: present
Min value 0
Coded Min
Mandatory rules -Max value 1
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment -Internal comment Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS. This parameter was explicitly defined in GSM 05.08 up to version V8.3.1 of Release 99 (replaced
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
CGI_REQD
None
Rec reference
GSM
Network (CDE)
3GPP TS 04.60
Rec reference
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
GSM
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Internal comment --
Category
HMI name cell Identity (CI)
LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time

Equal to CI (MFS)
--
CI (BSC)
Application
domain
Cell Identity.
Logical name
Definition
External comment
Internal comment --
CGI format. The CGI_REQD parameter shall be set to 1 if the operator wants to allow
inter-PLMN 2G to 2G handovers. If this parameter needs to be changed, it is recommended to
change it during a migration phase to avoid any additional Telecom outage.
Depends on MSC Type. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
Spec reference
Coding rules
0: CGI not used, 1: CGI used
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules Alcatel recommend to set the CGI_REQD parameter to 1 provided that the MSC supports the
Application
domain
Category
HMI name CGI_REQUIRED
Controls format of cell identifications sent to the MSC.
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Flag
None
65535
65535
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
Page 78
65535
65535
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Oui
Type
Reference
Min value 0
Max value 65535
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Site (CAE)
Category
CIC
GSM TS 08.08
Rec reference
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name Circuit Identity Code
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
Coded over 16 bits: top 11 bits = pcm number, remaining 5 bits = TS number
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
Internal comment --
Application
domain
Circuit Identity Code of an A interface circuit.
Logical name
Definition
External comment The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
Internal comment --
Recommended rules CI_3G(n) is a mandatory parameter (must be different from -1) --
Mandatory rules
2G-3G
Binary value on 16 bits

The value of -1 indicates that no cell identifier is provided by the operator (the default value,
indicated here, is for implementation purposes).
MCC_3G(n), MNC_3G(n), RNC_ID(n) and CI_3G(n) shall together uniquely identify a 3G cell
Handover Management
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
3GPP TS 48.008
CI_3G(n)
HMI name CI_3G(n)
This parameter indicates the Cell Identifier of a 3G cell as defined in 3GPP TS 25.401
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Number
-1
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
65535
65535
Oui
Oui
Reference
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
A ch
B10 Oui
Def value
Max value 65535
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
3G cell
B10 Oui
-1
65535
None
65535
65535
None
Page 79
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Def
Coded Max
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
GSM
Network (CDE)
Category
None
GSM
Application
domain
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
COUNT_I_THRESHOLD
HMI name COUNT_I_THRESHOLD
Leaky bucket counter threshold used to trigger defense actions upon TCU overload.
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Application
domain
COUNT_DECR
HMI name COUNT_DECR
Stepsize by which the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to TCU overload is
decremented upon T_COUNT_I expiry.
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
10
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
10
50
Oui
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
10
None
10
50
None
Page 80
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Network (CDE)
Category
None
Application
domain
GSM
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
COUNT_INCR_2
HMI name COUNT_INCR_2
incremented upon TCU overload level 2.
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules COUNT_INCR_2 >= COUNT_INCR_1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
COUNT_INCR_1
HMI name COUNT_INCR_1
incremented upon TCU overload level 1.
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules COUNT_INCR_1 <= COUNT_INCR_2
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
10
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
10
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
10
None
10
None
Page 81
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
CRC_TR
None
Rec reference
GSM
GSM
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
Application
domain
CRC error threshold for alarm detection.
Logical name
Definition
Application
domain
Network (CDE)
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name CRC_TR
Category
CRC_MON
HMI name CRC_MON
Time in which CRC_TR is to be reached to report an alarm. On timeout, the CRC error counter is
reset.
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
step size = 0.1sec
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
10
B9
25.5
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
50
255
Oui
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
100
255
sec
50
255
None
Page 82
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
VGCS
Site (CAE)
Category
CS_VGCS_CHAR(0,n)
HMI name CS_VGCS_CHAR(0,n)
This parameter allows to characterise an handover adjacency, meaning to be used as for normal
Circuit Switched transaction only, or for VGCS call only, or for both.
None
Application
domain
GSM
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
DELTA_DEC_HO_margin
HMI name DELTA_DEC_HO_MARGIN
Correction factor favouring handover cause Power budget when traffic is high in the serving cell
and low in neighbour cell(s).
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
24
Number
0
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
B9
Oui
24
dB
0
Page 83
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
2
2
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
None
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Number
Oui
Max value 2
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
adj
B10 Oui
The value of CS_VGCS_CHAR is deduced from the VGCS-Char parameter of BOP.

The adjacency type of normal CS transaction is given in the Adjacency-Type parameter (R/HO/R&HO), defined in BOP.
0= CS
1= VGCS
2= CS & VGCS
Mandatory rules If source/target cell has FREQUENCY_RANGE = GSM850 or DCS1900, then
CS_VGCS_CHAR(0,n) = 0.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
DOWNLINK_DTX_ENABLE
None
Application
domain
GSM
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name Downlink DTX
Category
This flag defines if downlink DTX is allowed for FR and EFR calls.
Spec reference
DTX functional specification
Coding rules
0: DTX not allowed, 1: DTX allowed
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules should be enabled when EN_TFO = 1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
DELTA_INC_HO_margin
HMI name DELTA_INC_HO_MARGIN
Correction factor penalizing handover cause Power budget when traffic is low in the serving cell
and high in neighbour cell(s).
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
24
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
24
dB
0
None
Page 84
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
Downlink_DTX_enable_AMR_FR
HMI name DOWNLINK_DTX_AMR_FR
This flag enables / disables the use of downlink DTX for AMR FR speech calls.
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
Downlink_DTX_enable_AMR_HR
HMI name DOWNLINK_DTX_AMR_HR
This flag enables / disables the use of downlink DTX for AMR HR speech calls.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
0 : DL DTX for AMR HR disabled, 1 : DL DTX for AMR HR enabled
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
0 : DL DTX for AMR FR disabled, 1 : DL DTX for AMR FR enabled
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Flag
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 85
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GSM
DPC
ITU-T Q.704
Rec reference
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name MSC Signalling Point Code
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
(SS7 parameter)
Coding rules
coded over 14 bits
Internal comment Must be equal to OPC and SSF used by MSC
Application
domain
Signalling Point Code of the MSC.
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
Category
Downlink_DTX_enable_HR
HMI name DOWNLINK_DTX_HR
This flag enables / disables the use of downlink DTX for HR speech calls.
Spec reference
Coding rules
0 : DL DTX for HR disabled, 1 : DL DTX for HR enabled
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules should be enabled when EN_TFO = 1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Flag
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
12
16383
Oui
Oui
Reference
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
None
12
16383
None
Page 86
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Site (CAE)
Category
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
HMI name Uplink DTX Phase 1
B9
Type
Min value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
B9
Number
Max value 4
Def value 2
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
Unit
Coded Min
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
(SACCH) IE in SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 6 in some cases. The DTX_INDICATOR (BSC) parameter is not displayed as such to the O&M
sec
Page 87
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Mandatory rules
Max value 2
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment DTX_INDICATOR calculated from DTX_INDICATOR_FR
Internal comment This parameter is used to set the value of the DTX field in cell Options (BCCH) IE in SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 3 and in cell Options
coded over 2 bits. 0: MS may use uplink DTX, 1: MS shall use uplink DTX, 2: MS shall not use
uplink DTX
Equal to DTX_INDICATOR (MFS)
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
3GPP TS 04.18
Rec reference
Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 1 MS.
DTX_INDICATOR (BSC)
Mandatory rules
Logical name
Definition
GPRS
Radio coding :Possible values : 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64 respectively binary coded as 000, 001,
, 111
Equal to DRX_TIMER_MAX (MFS)
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
GSM TS 04.60
DRX_TIMER_MAX (BSC)
HMI name DRX_TIMER_MAX
Maximum value allowed for the MS to request for non-DRX mode after packet transfer mode.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
Type
Min value
0
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
Type
Min value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH_AMR parameter is not displayed as such to the O&M user.
None
Unit
Coded Min
Page 88
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Mandatory rules
Max value 7
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH_AMR is calculated from DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR and DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR (see coding rules).
Internal comment This parameter is used to set the value of the DTX field in cell Options IE in SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 6 in some cases. The
coded over 3 bits. The meaning of this parameter depends on the allocated channel rate
for TCH/F (AMR FR) 0=may, 1=shall, 2=shall not, 3=shall, 4=may, 5=shall, 6=shall not, 7=may
for TCH/H (AMR HR) 0=shall not, 1=shall not, 2=shall not, 3=may, 4=may, 5=shall, 6=shall, 7=
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
3GPP TS 04.18
DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH_AMR
HMI name Uplink DTX Phase 2 for AMR
Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 MS. Applies only to AMR FR and AMR HR.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH parameter is not displayed as such to the O&M user.
Mandatory rules
Max value 7
External comment DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH calculated from DTX_INDICATOR_FR and DTX_INDICATOR_HR (see coding rules).
Internal comment This parameter is used to set the value of the DTX field in cell Options IE in SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 6 in some cases. The
coded over 3 bits. The meaning of this parameter depends on the allocated channel rate
for TCH/F 0=may, 1=shall, 2=shall not, 3=shall, 4=may, 5=shall, 6=shall not, 7=may
for TCH/H 0=shall not, 1=shall not, 2=shall not, 3=may, 4=may, 5=shall, 6=shall, 7= shall
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
3GPP TS 04.18
DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH
Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 MS. Applies for all codec types except AMR.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
System (CST)
DUMMY_ARFCN_FOR_SI2TER
HMI name DUMMY_ARFCN_FOR_SI2TER
Dummy ARFCN used to describe one dummy 2G frequency in the SI2ter message when there is
no additional 2G frequency to encode in the Extended BCCH Frequency List IE of the SI2ter
message and the SI2ter message has to be present to describe 3G frequencies.
B9
Instance
BSC
Sub-syste BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
None
GSM
Application
domain
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
30
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSS
Oui
Page 89
30
sec
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
Logical name
Definition
B9
DWELL_TIME_STEP
HMI name DWELL_TIME_STEP
Step value for the modification (increasing or decreasing) of MIN_DWELL_TIME.
Internal comment
B10 Oui
dummy ARFCN) is limited to 32 1 = 31 if the Extended BCCH Frequency List IE of the SI2ter message describes the dummy ARFCN. This
case occurs when there is no additional 2G frequency to encode in the Extended BCCH Frequency List IE of the SI2ter message but the SI2ter
message has to be present for 2G-to-3G cell reselections (for a serving cell handled by a pre-MR4 BSC, or for a Non Evolium serving cell)
--
252
1023
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Number
Unit
Coding rules
-Min value 0
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment Since the total number of ARFCN described in the BA list shall not exceed 32 in the serving cell, the number of useful ARFCN (excluding the
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM TS 04.08
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
EC
HMI name EMERGENCY_CALL
Indicates if Emergency calls are allowed for all access classes or only for access classes 11 to
15.
EC_BAR
GSM TS 04.08
Rec reference
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
GSM
Application
domain
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name AUTO_BAR_EC
This flag enables/disables automatic barring of Emergency Class.
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
0: all access classes, 1: access classes 11 to 15 only
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in SYSTEM INFORMATION messages
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Flag
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 90
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
GSM TS 04.08
Application
domain
GSM
Category
System (CST)
ECSC
HMI name ECSC
Indicates to the MS whether or not early sending of CLASSMARK CHANGE is allowed.
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
EDR_ASSIGN_FAIL_CAUSE
HMI name EDR_ASSIGN_FAIL_CAUSE
This parameter determines the cause filled in ASSIGNMENT FAILURE sent in case of External
Directed Retry.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
coded over 8 bits
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Default value depends on MSC type
Internal comment This parameter is meaningful only if EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL = 1.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Classmark handling
Coding rules
0: early sending not allowed, 1: early sending allowed
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in SYSTEM INFORMATION messages. Coded in the software.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Flag
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
13
127
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
13
127
None
Page 91
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
EDR_MSG_ORDER
HMI name EDR_MSG_ORDER
This parameter determines the order of transmission of ASSIGNMENT FAILURE and HANDOVER
REQUIRED on the A interface in case of an External Directed Retry.
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
EDR_QUEUING_MAINTAINED
HMI name EDR_QUEUING_MAINTAINED
This flag indicates whether or not Assignment Request is maintained in queue during External
Directed Retry attempt.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Handover Management
Coding rules
0: Request not maintained in queue, 1: Request maintained in queue
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
0: Ass Failure before HO Reqd, 1: Ass Failure after HO Reqd
Internal comment This parameter is meaningful only if EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL = 1.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Flag
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 92
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application
domain
GSM
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
B9
Flag
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
GSM
EFR_ENABLED
HMI name EFR_ENABLED
This flag indicates whether the operation of enhanced full rate (EFR) is allowed in the cell.
Application
domain
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
None
EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL
HMI name EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL
This flag indicates whether ASSIGNMENT FAILURE is sent to the MSC in case of External
Directed Retry.
Spec reference
Coding rules
0: Assignment Failure not sent, 1: Assignment Failure sent
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 93
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
GSM
Network (CDE)
Category
None
GSM
Application
domain
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
EME_DATA_TIMER
HMI name EME_DATA_TIMER
Timer supervision the reception by the BSC of the EME_DATA_IND message
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Coding rules
step size = 1 sec
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
0: Different behaviour for EGSM capable MS: The BSS handles differently EGSM capable MS
from PGSM only capable MS in EGSM cells.
1: Same behaviour for EGSM capable MS: The BSS handles in the same way only PGSM capable
MS as EGSM capable MS in EGSM cells, i.e. the BSS assumes that all GSM900 MS are EGSM
capable.
Mandatory rules 1) When EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY is set to Different behaviour for EGSM capable MS,
the OMC-R does not allow the operator to define the BCCH, CCCH, SDCCH and CBCH on a G1
Recommended rules TRX.
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY
HMI name EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY
Defines the radio resource allocation strategy used in EGSM cells.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
255
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
None
60
255
sec
Page 94
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Def
0
Def value
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Number
Oui
Max value 1
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
None
2G-3G
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
load in the serving cell is high (see THR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REQ
HMI name EN_2G_3G_HO_NO_SERVICE_H

Allows handovers towards 3G cells for a given MS when I.E. Service Handover is missing and the
EN_2G_3G_HO_NO_SERVICE_HO
Spec reference
Coding rules
0 : disable, 1 : enable
Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
0
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Non
Non
Cell Type
None
Page 95
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Instance
2G-3G
Site (CAE)
Category
Type
Number
BSC
cell
B9
Oui
Unit
Internal comment
This parameter is available in the MFS through the BSCGP interface.
The recommended rule is linked to the fact that when the SI2bis message is sent, it is recommended to activate the extended BCCH
Non
Non
3
0
0
Min
Max
Def
Def
None
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Cell Type
0: Disabled
Min value 0
Coded
1: Enabled with 3G search activated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state,
2: Enabled with 3G search deactivated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state.
3: Enabled with 3G search activated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state, even if
Network_Control_Order > 1
Mandatory rules if EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0 and if EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION
Max value 3
Coded
<> 0, then EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION = EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION
Recommended rules The support of extended BCCH (parameter BCCH_EXT) is HIGHLY recommended in cells
Coded
Def value 0
Coded
the same band.
Value 3 should be used only in case of good 3G FDD coverage.
External comment If the NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS or NC2 mode of operation for all MS, the 3G
search is systematically deactivated when activating the NC2 mode through the Packet Measurement Order [NC2] message. This 3G search
deactivation is then performed independently of the value of the EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION parameter.
Since the total number of ARFCN described in the BA list shall not exceed 32 in the serving cell, the number of useful ARFCN (excluding the
dummy ARFCN) is limited to 32 1 = 31 if the Extended BCCH Frequency List IE of the SI2ter message describes the dummy ARFCN. This
case occurs when there is no additional 2G frequency to encode in the Extended BCCH Frequency List IE of the SI2ter message but the SI2ter
message has to be present for 2G-to-3G cell reselections (for a serving cell handled by a Non Evolium serving cell)
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECT B10 Oui

ION
Enables/Disables the GSM to UTRAN FDD cell reselections and defines the 3G search activation
mode for MS in GMM Ready state.
Sub-syste
EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION HMI name
Rec reference
Definition
Logical name
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 96
2G-3G
Site (CAE)
Category
Type
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
Unit
EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESEL
Non
Oui
None
RMS template Non
Cell Type
B10
0: Disabled
Min value 0
Coded Min
0
1: Enabled with 3G search activated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state,
2: Enabled with 3G search deactivated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state.
3: Enabled with 3G search activated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state, even if
Network_Control_Order > 1
Mandatory rules In front of non-Evolium cells, the parameter value shall be forced to 0.
Max value 3
Coded Max 3
if EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0 and if EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION
Recommended rules <> 0, then EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION = EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION
The support of extended BCCH (parameter BCCH_EXT) is
HIGHLY recommended in cells
the same band.
Def value 0
Coded Def
0
Value 3 should be used only in case of good 3G TDD coverage.
External comment If EN_2G_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION < 3, and If the NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards
MS or NC2 mode of operation for Rel4 onwards MS or NC2 mode of operation for all MS, the 3G search is systematically deactivated when
activating the NC2 mode through the Packet Measurement Order [NC2] message. This 3G search deactivation is then performed independently
of the value of the EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION parameter.
Internal comment The recommended rule is linked to the fact that when the SI2bis message is sent, it is recommended to activate the extended BCCH
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
Rec reference
HMI name
ON
ECTION
Enables/Disables the GSM to UTRAN TD-SCDMA cell reselections and defines the 3G search
activation mode for MS in GMM Ready state.
Non
Definition
TRX nb
EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTI
Non
Logical name
B9
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 97
EN_3G_DIVERSITY(n)
EN_3G_HO
None
Rec reference
2G-3G
Category
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment 2G-3G Handover will be disabled by the BSS in cells mapped to non Evolium BTSs
Internal comment --
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
HMI name EN_3G_HO
2G-3G
This flag enables/disables the 2G-3G handover
Logical name
Definition
Mandatory rules
1 bit:
0 diversity is not applied,
1 diversity is applied
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
3GPP TS 44.018
Category
HMI name EN_3G_DIVERSITY(n)
This parameter indicates if diversity is applied for the cell
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
B9
Flag
Max value 1
Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
3G cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 98
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
0: static
1:dynamic
--
None
Site (CAE)
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
EN_AMR_CA_FR_HR
HMI name EN_AMR_CA_FR_HR
This flag enables/disables intracell HO for AMR channel adaptation (Handover Cause 27).
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules EN_AMR_CA_FR_HR can be enabled only if {EN_AMR_FR=1 AND EN_AMR_HR=1}
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
in B9, TCU can serve 4 FR TREs or 2 DR TREs

in B10, dynamic, TCU serves 4 TREs (FR or HR)
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment feature "Removal of HR impact"
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
Rec reference
HMI name EN_4_DR_TRE_PER_TCU

Defines if the limitation of TRE is static or dynamic.
For static limitation only Nb FR TRE + 2 x DR TRE < 200 is allowed.
For dynamic limitation only Nb TRE < 200 is allowed.
EN_4_DR_TRE_PER_TCU
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
B9
Flag
BSC
Max value 1
Def value 0
Type
Min value
Instance
Sub-syste BSC
B10 Oui
Non
Non
None
None
Page 99
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name EN_AMR_CA_HR_FR

This flag enables/disables intracell HO for AMR channel adaptation (Handover Cause 26).
EN_AMR_CA_HR_FR
None
Application
domain
GSM
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
EN_AMR_FR
HMI name EN_AMR_FR
This flag controls whether or not AMR full rate is allowed in the cell.
Spec reference
Coding rules
0: disabled; 1: enabled
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules EN_AMR_CA_HR_FR can be enabled only if {EN_AMR_FR=1 AND EN_AMR_HR=1}
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Flag
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Non
None
None
Page 100
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name EN_BALANCED_CI
This flag enables/disables to balance the C/I measure.
EN_BALANCED_CI
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
B9
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Flag
Coding rules
0:disable, 1: enable
Min value 0
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
EN_AMR_HR
HMI name EN_AMR_HR
This flag controls whether or not AMR half rate is allowed in the cell.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
None
Page 101
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO
HMI name EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO
This flag enables/disables the detection of too high level in outer zone handover cause (cause
13).
None
GSM
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
EN_BI-BAND_MS(n)
HMI name EN_BI-BAND_MS(n)
This flag enables/disables the incoming handovers of bi-band MSs from the preferred band.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Spec reference
Type
Coding rules
Min value
Mandatory rules -Max value
Recommended rules -Def value
External comment -Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where: CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = concentric. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 102
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
EN_BS_PC
None
Rec reference
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
HMI name EN_BS_PC
None
GSM
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
EN_BSS_OVRL_CLASS_BAR
HMI name AUTO_BAR_BSS_OVERLOAD
This flag enables/disables access class automatic barring upon BTS/BSC overload.
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
0: disabled1: enabled
Application
domain
This flag enables/disables BS Power Control.
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Flag
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 103
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
EN_CIRCUIT_GROUP
None
Application
domain
None
Application
domain
2G-3G
Category
Site (CAE)
EN_COMPRESSED_INTER_RAT_I
NFO
Allows sending by the MS of Compressed Inter-RAT HO information
EN_COMPRESSED_INTER_RAT_INFO HMI name
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Radio and link establishment
Coding rules
0 : disable, 1 : enable
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Shall be set to 1 only if all RNCs neighbour to this BSS support the feature.
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Definition
Logical name
GSM
Site (CAE)
HMI name EN_CIRCUIT_GROUP
This flag enables/disables the sending of Circuit group messages.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Flag
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Non
Oui
None
0
Non
Non
None
Page 104
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Cell Type
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
2G-3G
Site (CAE)
Category
EN_DATA_144
None
Rec reference
GSM
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment This parameter has not been removed in order not to impact the implementation of the BSC.
Application
domain
Category
HMI name Data 14.4 kbit/s
This flag indicates if 14.4 kbit/s operation is allowed.
Logical name
Definition
Mandatory rules
0: Only 1 CPICH measurement is used

1: CPICH Ec/No and RSCP measurements must be used
This parameter can be set on 1 only if EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_ RESELECTION <>0
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
3GPP TS 44.018
HMI name EN_CPICH_2G_3G_RESELECTIO

Defines the CPICH measurements used in the 2G to 3G cell reselection
EN_CPICH_2G_3G_RESELECTION
Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
B9
Flag
Max value 1
Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Non
Non
Cell Type
None
None
Page 105
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
RMS template Non
TRX nb
None
Application
domain
EN_DR
None
Rec reference
Spec reference
Handover management
Coding rules
GSM
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
Category
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name Directed_Retry
This flag enables/disables the execution of Directed Retry.
Logical name
Definition
GSM
EN_DIST_HO
HMI name EN_DIST_HO
This flag enables/disables the detection of distance handover cause (cause 6).
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Flag
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 106
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
None
DTM Functional specification
Rec reference
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
DTM
Site (CAE)
Category
HMI name EN_DTM
B9
Type
Flag
Min value 0
Max value 1
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
None
Rec reference
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name EN_EGPRS
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
None
Page 107
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
PS_PREF_BCCH_TRX to 0.
In case of extended cell, Alcatel recommend to set the same value in both, inner and outer,
External comment From system point of view, when EN_EGPRS = Enable, the highest MCS allowed on the TRX is defined by the current size of the M-EGCH link
of the TRX and by the MAX_EGPRS_MCS value.
Internal comment 1) From system point of view, if EN_EGPRS = Enable, the highest MCS, i.e. the less robust, that can be used on each TRX of the cell is
determined as a function of the HW TRX capability, of the current size of the M-EGCH link of the TRX, and of the MAX_EGPRS_MCS value.
2) This parameter can be set to enable only if the EGPRS feature has been bought by the Customer.
Spec reference
Not linked to a document
Coding rules
0: Disable, 1: Enable
Mandatory rules EN_EGPRS = enable only if MAX_PDCH > 0.
Recommended rules If EN_EGPRS is set to enable, Alcatel recommend to set the parameter
Application
domain
Enables/Disables EGPRS traffic in the cell.
EN_EGPRS
DTM call, therefore, MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD shall at least be equal to 2.

--
Logical name
Definition
Internal comment
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Def value 0
Coded Def
External comment ((E)GPRS is mandatory for DTM operation, and at least 2 PDCHs are required in the PS zone for allocation of DTM resources to (at least) one
EN_DTM may be set to 1 only if :

-The cell is mapped on an Evolium BTS
Recommended rules -CELL_RANGE = 0
To get full benefit of DTM feature, a Gs interface shall be present, and
-MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD > 1
Network_Operation_Mode shall be set to 1 (NMO 1). However, DTM is still possible with NMO2
Application
domain
Enables/disables the support of dual transfer mode
EN_DTM
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
EN_EXT_DR
HMI name EN_EDR
This flag enables/disables the Outgoing External Directed Retry procedure.
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
None
GSM
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
EN_EXT_MEAS_REP
HMI name EN_EXT_MEAS_REP
This flag enables/disables the extended measurement reporting for Mobile Assisted Frequency
Allocation.
Spec reference
Normal assignment
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Internal comment
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
triggered) are congested. Therefore, Alcatel recommend to set RESP_REQ to 1 if EN_EDR is enabled in order to get a Handover Reject
message from the MSC in case all target cells are congested and thus to attempt other procedures.
MSC: Depends on MSC Type
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Flag
Coding rules
Min value 0
Recommended rules EN_EXT_DR should be set to enable when EN_TCH_PREEMPT is set to enable.
Def value 1
External comment For external directed retries, the serving BSC does not know whether or not the external target cells (towards which the directed retry is
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
0
None
Page 108
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
2G-3G
Site (CAE)
EN_FAST_TRAFFIC_HO
None
Application
domain
GSM
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name EN_FAST_TRAFFIC_HO
This flag enables/disables the use of Fast traffic handovers.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
0:fast 3G cell reselection at 2G CS call release is not used

1:fast 3G cell reselection at 2G CS call release is used
Mandatory rules This parameter can be set to 1 only if EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_ RESELECTION <>0 or if
EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
3GPP TS 44.018
Category
HMI name EN_FAST_3G_RESELECTION
Enables a fast 3G cell reselection at 2G CS call release.
EN_FAST_3G_RESELECTION
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Page 109
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
0
0
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
None
1
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Flag
Non
Max value 1
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Site (CAE)
None
Application
domain
GSM
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
B9
Flag
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Category
EN_FR_IF_HR_PREF
HMI name EN_FR_IF_HR_PREF
When set, this flag allows, when bugged MS asking for a dual rate, half-rate preferred, to
allocate a full rate channel.
Spec reference
Normal assignment
Coding rules
0 : function disabled, 1 : function enabled
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment This flag shall be set to 1 only in Cegetel NW
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Application
domain
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
None
EN_FORCED_DR
HMI name EN_FORCED_DR
This flag enables/disables the Forced Directed Retry handover cause detection.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 110
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Rec reference
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
HMI name EN_GAN_HO
None
GSM
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
EN_GENERAL_CAPTURE_HO
HMI name EN_GENERAL_CAPTURE_HO
This flag enables/disables the detection of general capture handover cause (cause 24).
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.
Application
domain
This flag enables/disables the handover to GAN
EN_GAN_HO
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Flag
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Non
None
None
Page 111
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
EN_GPRS
None
Rec reference
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
GPRS
Category
None
(SS7 parameter)
Rec reference
Spec reference
Coding rules
GSM
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Q703_N1_HSL, Q_703_N2_HSL, Q703_T1_HSL, Q703_T4E_HSL and Q703_T4N_HSL

replaces the old ones:
Q703_N1, Q_703_N2, Q703_T1, Q703_T4E and Q703_T4N.
--
Internal comment
Site (CAE)
Category
HMI name EN_HSL
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules -External comment if EN_HSL = 1 the following new Q703 parameters:
0: HSL disabled
1: HSL enabled
--
Application
domain
Enables SS7 HSL (High speed Signalling Link).
EN_HSL
Logical name
Definition
External comment -Internal comment The EN_GPRS parameter is not displayed as such to the O&M user.
if MAX_PDCH = 0 then EN_GPRS is set to disable

if MAX_PDCH > 0 then EN_GPRS is set to enable
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
HMI name Enable GPRS
This flag enables / disables the GPRS traffic within the cell.
Logical name
Definition
B9
Flag
Max value 1
Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B9
None
Page 112
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
0
0
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
B10 Oui
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Non
Oui
Type
Flag
Min value 0
Max value 1
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
EN_IC_HO
None
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
EN_IM_ASS_REJ
HMI name EN_IMM_ASS_REJ
This flag indicates if the Immediate Assignment Reject procedure is enabled.
GSM
B9
B9
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
messages cannot be disabled.

--
Internal comment
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
None
Page 113
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Radio & link establishment
Type
Flag
Unit
Coding rules
Min value 0
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment This parameter is only valid for circuit switched traffic. For packet traffic (GPRS or EGPRS) sending of IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Handover management
Coding rules
Application
domain
Category
HMI name EN_INCOMING_HO
This flag enables/disables incoming handovers in the cell.
Logical name
Definition
EN_INBAND_NOTIF
None
Application
domain
Flag to disable/enable the in-band notification
EN_INBAND_PAGING
None
Site (CAE)
Category
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name EN_INBAND_PAGING
VGCS
Application
domain
Flag to disable/enable the in-band paging
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
VGCS
HMI name EN_INBAND_NOTIF
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
0
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
None
0
Page 114
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
If EN_INBAND_NOTIF is set to enabled, in addition to sending initial Notification messages on the NCH for the voice group call, If the priority
level of the new call is equal or higher than the priority level defined by the parameter Notif_FACCH_PTP_call_THR, the BSS sends initial
notification messages (i.e. the three first notification messages) on FACCH of all on-going standard point-to-point calls in the cell informing
mobile stations partaking in these calls of new voice group calls that are being set-up in the cell.
Spec reference
Coding rules
0: disabled, 1:enabled
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
Category
None
GSM
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
EN_INTRA_DL
HMI name EN_INTRA_DL
This flag enables/disables the detection of intracell downlink handover cause (cause 16) for non
AMR calls.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
EN_INTERBAND_NEIGH
HMI name EN_INTERBAND_HO
This flag enables / disables the multiband operation by filtering the sending of SYSTEM
INFORMATION TYPE 2ter/5ter.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Flag
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
0
None
Page 115
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
EN_INTRA_DL_AMR
HMI name EN_INTRA_DL_AMR
This flag enables/disables the detection of intracell downlink handover cause (cause 16) for
AMR calls.
None
GSM
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
EN_INTRA_UL
HMI name EN_INTRA_UL
This flag enables/disables the detection of intracell uplink handover cause (cause 15) for non
AMR calls.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
0: disable, 1: enable
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules It is recommended to disable this intracell uplink handover when frequency hopping is applied
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Flag
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 116
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
EN_INTRA_UL_AMR
HMI name EN_INTRA_UL_AMR
This flag enables/disables the detection of intracell uplink handover cause (cause 15) for AMR
calls.
None
GSM
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED
HMI name EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED
This flag enables/disables the repetition of intracell handover attempts.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
0: disable, 1: enable
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules It is recommended to disable this intracell uplink handover when frequency hopping is applied
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Flag
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 117
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
EN_LCS (BSC)
None
Rec reference
LCS
Spec reference
LCS Functional Specification
Coding rules
0 = disabled; 1 = enabled
Mandatory rules Equal to EN_LCS (MFS)
Application
domain
System (CST)
Category
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name EN_LCS
Enables/Disables the Location Services (LCS) in the BSS.
Logical name
Definition
GSM
EN_IPE_PREF_CODEC_TYPE
HMI name EN_IPE_PREF_CODEC_TYPE
This Flag enables/disables the support of the "preferred codec" algorithm for TFO.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Flag
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 118
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
EN_LNK_M
None
Rec reference
System (CST)
Category
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
EN_LOAD_BALANCE
HMI name EN_LOAD_BALANCE
Flag to enable/disable the balancing of load between the inner and outer zone of a multiband cell.
GSM
HMI name EN_LNK_M
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules EN_LOAD_BALANCE & EN_LOAD_OUTER should not be both "Enabled".
External comment EN_LOAD_BALANCE significant only if EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO is enabled
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
Application
domain
This flag enables/disables datalink monitoring.
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Flag
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
0
None
Page 119
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
Category
None
GSM
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
EN_LOAD_ORDER
HMI name EN_LOAD_ORDER
This flag indicates whether or not traffic load has to be taken into account when setting up the list
of target cells.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
EN_LOAD_MNGT
HMI name Automatic AC barring on TCH load
This flag enables/disables automatic barring of access classes on TCH load criterion.
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Flag
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 120
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
EN_LOAD_OUTER
HMI name Load computation in outer zone
Flag to enable/disable the load computation on the outer zone of a Concentric/multiband cell
instead of the load computation on the whole cell.
None
Application
domain
GSM
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
EN_MA_SELECTION
HMI name EN_MA_SELECTION
This flag enables/disables channel selection according to Mobile Allocation criterion.
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Internal comment
updated to number of TRX considered in the load computation.

EN_LOAD_BALANCE & EN_LOAD_OUTER should not be both "Enabled".
External comment significant only for concentric and multiband cells.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules When enabled, the values of the parameters FREElevel_1 to FREElevel_4 need to be
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Flag
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
0
None
Page 121
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
EN_MCHO_H_DL
HMI name EN_MCHO_H_DL
This flag enables/disables the detection of level downlink micro-cell handover cause (cause 18).
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
EN_MCHO_H_UL
HMI name EN_MCHO_H_UL
This flag enables/disables the detection of level uplink mirco-cell handover cause (cause 17).
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
B9
Flag
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Spec reference
Type
Coding rules
Min value
External comment -Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE = Micro. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Spec reference
Type
Coding rules
Min value
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 122
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
EN_MCHO_NCELL
HMI name EN_MCHO_NCELL
This flag enables/disables the detection of high level in neighbour lower or indoor cell handover
cause (cause 14).
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
EN_MCHO_RESCUE
HMI name EN_MCHO_RESCUE
This flag enables/disables the detection of consecutive bad SACCH frames handover cause
(cause 7).
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
B9
B9
Flag
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Spec reference
Type
Coding rules
Min value
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules In a lower layer cell, the flag shall be disabled if there is no indoor layer.
External comment -Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Upper layer or lower layer.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 123
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
EN_MS_PC
None
Rec reference
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
HMI name EN_MS_PC
None
Application
domain
GSM
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO
HMI name EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO
This flag enables/disables the power budget handovers Cause 12 and the traffic handovers
Cause 23 between cells belonging to different frequency bands.
Spec reference
Coding rules
0 : function disabled, 1 : function enabled
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
This flag enables/disables MS Power Control.
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Flag
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 124
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
EN_PBGT_FILTERING
HMI name EN_PBGT_FILTERING
This flag enables/disables filtering of candidate neighbour cells on HO_MARGIN_DIST/LEV/QUAL
criterion.
None
GSM
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
EN_PBGT_HO
HMI name EN_PBGT_HO
This flag enables/disables the detection of power budget handover cause (cause 12).
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules This parameter must be set to disabled in case of extended cell
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Flag
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 125
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
EN_PCR
ITU-T Q.703
Rec reference
GSM
Category
flag
Site (CAE)
HMI name Preventive cyclic retransmission
None
GSM
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HO
HMI name EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HO
This flag enables/disables the detection of handover cause 21 (high level in neighbour cell in the
preferred band).
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
0 : disabled, 1 : enabled
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment This parameter is set to 1 by the BSC in case the Ater links of a BSS are configured as satellite links.
Internal comment --
Application
domain
This flag enables preventive cyclic retransmission.
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Flag
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 126
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
EN_PRIORITY_ORDERING
HMI name EN_PRIORITY_ORDERING
This flag enables/disables the use of the parameter PRIORITY(0,n) in the candidate cell
evaluation process.
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
EN_RESCUE_UM
HMI name EN_RESCUE_UMBRELLA
This flag determines if emergency handovers are directed preferentially to umbrella cells.
B9
B9
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
BTS Type
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
None
Page 127
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Flag
Unit
Coding rules
0: disabled, 1: enabled, 2: indefinite
Min value 0
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment -Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Lower layer. Used to prevent indoor MS going to umbrella. CT: Depends on Cell Type and
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
0: Priority(0,n) not taken into account, 1: Priority(0,n) taken into account
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name EN_RADIOLINK_RECOVERY
This flag enables/disables the Radio Link Recovery procedure.
EN_RL_RECOV
Site (CAE)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
EN_RETURN_CS_ZONE_HO
HMI name EN_RETURN_CS_ZONE_HO
Flag enabling the intracell handovers allowing to move TCH from the PS zone to the CS zone of
PDCH/TCH allocation
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Flag
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 128
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
Category
None
GSM
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
EN_RXLEV_UL
HMI name EN_RXLEV_UL
This flag enables/disables the detection of level uplink handover cause (cause 3).
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
EN_RXLEV_DL
HMI name EN_RXLEV_DL
This flag enables/disables the detection of level downlink handover cause (cause 5).
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Flag
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 129
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
Category
None
GSM
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
EN_RXQUAL_UL
HMI name EN_RXQUAL_UL
This flag enables/disables the detection of quality uplink handover cause (cause 2).
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
EN_RXQUAL_DL
HMI name EN_RXQUAL_DL
This flag enables/disables the detection of quality downlink handover cause (cause 4).
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Flag
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 130
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
EN_SEND_CM3
HMI name Forward_CM_3
This flag enables/disables sending of Classmark 3 IE to the MSC.
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Application
domain
GSM
Spec reference
Coding rules
0: IE is not included, 1: IE is included
Internal comment --
None
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
EN_SEND_OLD_CHAN_MODE
HMI name EN_SEND_OLD_CHAN_MODE
This flag controls Current channel OIE inclusion in HANDOVER REQUIRED.
Logical name
Definition
Rec reference
then the parameter shall be set to 1, otherwise the parameter shall be set to 0.
--
Internal comment
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Page 131
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Classmark handling
Type
Flag
Unit
Coding rules
0: Disabled, 1: Enabled
Min value 0
Coded Min
Mandatory rules EN_SEND_CM3 and STRIP_O5_CM2 shall not be both set to 1 at the same time.
Max value 1
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment The value of this parameter depends on whether the MSC supports the MS classmark 3 IE or not: if the MSC supports the MS classmark 3 IE
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name EN_SPEED_DISCRIMINATION
This flag enables/disables the speed discrimination process.
EN_SPEED_DISC
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
B9
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
None
Page 132
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Flag
Unit
Coding rules
Min value 0
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment -Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Lower layer or CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Upper layer. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
EN_SEND_SPEECH_VER
HMI name EN_SEND_SPEECH_VER
This flag controls Speech version (used) OIE inclusion in HANDOVER REQUIRED.
Spec reference
Coding rules
0: IE is not included, 1: IE is included
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
0
0
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
EN_TCH_PREEMPT
HMI name EN_TCH_PREEMPT
This flag enables/disables the TCH/VGCH pre-emption feature. If enabled, a point-to-point or
voice group call with the pvi (pre-emption vulnerability indication) bit set might be pre-empted for
a point-to-point or voice group call that has the pci (pre-emption capability indication) bit set if the
concerned cell is in congestion state.
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Flag
BSC
Sub-syste BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Internal comment
--
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
None
0
Page 133
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
- If EN_VGCS = enabled , then Alcatel recommends to set EN_TCH_PREEMPT to enabled,

otherwise to set the value of MIN_VGCS_TS to a value greater or equal to 2.
External comment In case one or more TCHs have been reserved for emergency handovers (NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO > 0) in the concerned cell, the BSC will first
try to use one of these resources before actually releasing an ongoing call with lower priority and the pvi bit set.
In case the cell is congested, if EN_TCH_PREEMPT is enabled and the MSC does not allow the queing, the BSC will queue an incoming
point-to-point request with pre-emption capability indicator set during at most T11_forced seconds for a normal assignment or during at most
T_qho seconds for an handover request. For the voice group call request, the BSC will follow the MSC indicator.
Spec reference
Normal assignment
Coding rules
0:disabled, 1:enabled
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules - EN_EXT_DR should be set to enable when EN_TCH_PREEMPT is set to enable.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
OMC-R HMI corresponds to CELL_RANGE = outer cell in the BSC.
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Type
Flag
Min value 0
Max value 1
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
External comment -Internal comment CELL_TYPE = extended inner at OMC-R HMI corresponds to CELL_RANGE = inner cell in the BSC. CELL_TYPE = extended outer at
EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO shall be set to disabled when CELL_TYPE is equal to Extended inner

or Extended outer.
Internal channel changes
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO
HMI name SYNCHRONISED_HO
This flag enables/disables synchronous handovers between synchronized cells.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
EN_TFO
None
Rec reference
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
HMI name EN_TFO
GSM
may be set to 1 only if EN_TFO=1

May be set to 0 only if EN_TFO_OPT = 0
TFO Functional specification
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
EN_TFO_MATCH
HMI name EN_TFO_MATCH
This flag enables/disables TFO codec mismatch resolution function.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules May be set to 0 only if EN_TFO_MATCH = 0
Application
domain
This flag enables/ disables TFO function.
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Flag
None
0
0
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
Page 134
1
0
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Oui
Type
Flag
Min value 0
Max value 1
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
EN_TFO_OPT
None
Rec reference
Category
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
EN_TRAFFIC_HO(0,n)
HMI name EN_TRAFFIC_HO
This flag enables/disables the detection of traffic handover cause (cause 23).
GSM
B9
B9
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
adj
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
None
Page 135
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Flag
Unit
Coding rules
Min value 0
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment As the traffic load of cells external to the BSC is unknown, no HO cause 23 will be triggered towards these cells, even if EN_TRAFFIC_HO = 1.
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules may be set to 1 only if EN_TFO_MATCH=1
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
HMI name EN_TFO_OPT
This flag enables/disables TFO codec optimisation function.
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
EN_UPLINK_REPLY
None
Site (CAE)
Category
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name EN_UPLINK_REPLY
VGCS
Application
domain
Flag to disable/enable the uplink reply procedure
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
EN_UNEQUIPPED_CIRCUIT
HMI name EN_UNEQUIPPED_CIRCUIT
This flag enables/disables the sending of UNEQUIPPED CIRCUIT message.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Flag
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
0
None
Page 136
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
EN_VGCS
None
Rec reference
VGCS
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name EN_VGCS
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
EXT_HO_FORCED
HMI name EXT_HO_FORCED
This flag, when set, forces internal intercell handovers to be executed as external HO.
B9
B9
Flag
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
None
Page 137
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
- The forced external HO mecanism is NOT applied to the VGC talker, i.e., during the inter-cell internal channel change, i.e., the BSC shall
ignore the value of EXT_HO_FORCED parameter.
Spec reference
Handover management
Coding rules
0: BSC performs internal HO, 1: MSC performs internal HO
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment - Valid for both TCH and SDCCH
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
- include the Response Request in the HANDOVER REQUIRED message (RESP_REQ).

- to configure, at least, one TRX with TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 in the cell.
- to set EN_TCH_PREEMPT to enabled, otherwise to set the value of MIN_VGCS_TS to a
value greater or equal to 2
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules EN_VGCS shall be set to disabled for non-Evolium BTS
Recommended rules When the VGCS feature (EN_VGCS) is activated, it is recommended to
Application
domain
Flag to disable/enable the VGCS in the cell
Logical name
Definition
2G-3G
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
-1
16383
None
Page 138
Coded Def
-1
Def value
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Number
Oui
Max value 16383
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
3G cell
B10 Oui
The FDD UTRAN frequencies are coded as the UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Numbers (UARFCN) on the Air interface.
--
Internal comment
The value of -1 indicates that no UARFCNis provided by the operator (the default value,
indicated here, is for implementation purposes).
Mandatory rules For a given 2G cell, the maximum number of different FDD_ARFCN(n) among all 2G to 3G
adjacencies for handover is 3 FDD_ARFCN(n) is a mandatory parameter (must be different from
Recommended rules -1)
-Only the following downlink UARFCN ranges are standardized:
I) 10562-10838 and
II) 9662-9938 and
III) 1162-1513 and
IV) 1537-1738 and
V) 4357-4458 and
VI) 4387-4413 and
VII) 2237- 2563 and
VIII) 2937-3088 and
IX) 9237-9387
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
3GPP TS 25.101
FDD_ARFCN(n)
HMI name FDD_ARFCN
Downlink FDD UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Numbers (UARFCN)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
2G-3G
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
-1
Page 139
Coded Def
16383
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
The FDD UARFCN of the 3G neighbour cells are broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell.
Up to 3 FDD UARFCN can be defined in the list. They form a table with the 3 following values FDD_ARFCN_LIST[I] for I = 1,,3. The value
of -1 indicates that no UARFCN is provided.
The OMC always sends to the BSC precisely 3 values for this list, including the dummy ones, if any, at the end of the list.
This parameter is called "List-of-Neigh-FDD-ARFCN" in the MIB.
Internal comment
Oui
Type
List of numbers
Min value 0
Max value 16383
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Def value -1
External comment The FDD UTRAN frequencies are coded as the UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Numbers (UARFCN) on the Air interface.
The defined frequencies (i.e. not set to -1) in the set shall be different.
Only the following downlink UARFCN ranges are standardized:
Recommended rules I) 10562-10838 and -II) 9662-9938 and
III) 1162-1513 and
IV) 1537-1738 and
V) 4357-4458 and
VI) 4387-4413 and
VII) 2237- 2563 and
VIII) 2937-3088 and
IX) 9237-9387
The value of -1 indicates that no UARFCN is provided.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
FDD_ARFCN_LIST(BSC)
HMI name FDD_ARFCN_LIST
List of neighbour Downlink FDD UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Numbers (UARFCN)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
3GPP TS 45.008
Application
domain
2G-3G
Category
Site (CAE)
FDD_MULTIRAT_REPORTING
HMI name FDD_MULTIRAT_REPORTING
Number of the strongest 3G cells to be reported by the MS in the measurement report message
Number
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 140
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
This parameter is meaningful only if EN_3G_HO is set to enabled. If disabled, this parameter is considered as equal to zero (the MS shall report
only 2G cells).
This parameter is also broadcast on SACCH.
--
Internal comment
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Spec reference
Type
Coding rules
-Min value
External comment This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
FDD_Qmin(BSC)
2G-3G
Category
B9
Type
Min value
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Oui
Threshold
-20
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Mandatory rules Equal to FDD_Qmin(MFS)

Max value -6
Recommended rules -Def value -12
Internal comment --
0 = -20 dB
1 = -6 dB
2 = -18 dB
3 = -8dB
4 = -16dB
5 = -10dB
6 = -14dB
7 = -12dB
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
3GPP TS 05.08
Site (CAE)
HMI name FDD_Qmin
Minimum threshold for Ec/Io for UTRAN FDD cell re-selection.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
dB
0
Page 141
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
2G-3G
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name FDD_Qmin_Offset
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Available only if EN_CPICH_2G_3G_Reselection = 1

Internal comment --
coded on 3 bits:
0 = 0 dB,
1 = 2 dB,
2 = 4 dB,
3 = 6 dB,
4 = 8 dB,
5 = 10 dB,
6 = 12 dB,
7 = 14 dB.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
3GPP TS 45.008
Applies an offset to FDD_Qmin value
FDD_Qmin_Offset
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Number
Max value 14
Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Non
dB
0
Page 142
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
-32
15
dB
0
Page 143
Coded Max
Coded Def
Coded value (binary): Value (dB): Text displayed at the OMC

0: -32: Always select a 3G cell if possible
1: -28: -28 dB
2: -24: -24 dB
3: -20: -20 dB
4: -16: -16 dB
5: -12: -12 dB
6: -8: -8 dB
7: -4: -4 dB
8: 0: 0 dB
9: 4: 4 dB
10: 8: 8 dB
11: 12: 12 dB
12: 16: 16 dB
13: 20: 20 dB
14: 24: 24 dB
15: 28: 28 dB
Type
Min value
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Mandatory rules Equal to FDD_Qoffset(MFS)

Max value 28
Internal comment The OMC shall not display on the OMC screen the value of 32, but the corresponding text always select a 3G cell if possible
Site (CAE)
Category
Oui
Unit
Coded Min
2G-3G
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Number
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
GSM TS 05.08
FDD_Qoffset (BSC)
HMI name FDD_Qoffset
Offset added to the received level average of the serving cell and of the neighbour GSM cells for
UTRAN FDD cell re-selection.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
3GPP TS 45.008
Application
domain
FDD_REPORTING_OFFSET
Mandatory rules
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name FDD_REPORTING_OFFSET
2G-3G
step size = 6dB

(0 : 0dB, 1 : 6dB, 7 : 42dB)
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
3GPP TS 45.008
System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Category
Offset that the MS shall apply to measurements before reporting
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
The value 0 is not supported
2G-3G
FDD_REP_QUANT
HMI name FDD_REP_QUANT
This parameter defines the measured quantity to be reported by the MS for the 3G cell.
Spec reference
Coding rules
0 : RSCP; 1 :Ec/No
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Number
Number
Max value 42
Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
dB
Page 144
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
FDD_REPORTING_THRESHOLD
2G-3G
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
step size = 6dB

Coded value (binary) : Value (dB) : Text displayed at the OMC
0 : 0 : Always report the 3G neighbor cells
1 : 6 : 6 dB
2 : 12 : 12 dB
3 : 18 : 18 dB
4 : 24 : 24 dB
5 : 30 : 30 dB
6 : 36 : 36 dB
7 : 42 : Never report the 3G neighbor cells
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
3GPP TS 45.008
Site (CAE)
HMI name FDD_REPORTING_THRESHOLD
Threshold above which the MS shall report the measurements
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Oui
Threshold
Max value 42
Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
dB
0
Page 145
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
3GPP TS 45.008
Rec reference
Spec reference
Coding rules
2G-3G
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Available only if EN_CPICH_2G_3G_Reselection=1

Internal comment --
coded on 4bits:
0 = -114 dBm,
1 = -112 dBm,
2 = -110 dBm,
3 = -108 dBm,
4 = -106 dBm,
5 = -104 dBm,
6 = -102 dBm,
7 = -100 dBm,
8 = -98 dBm,
9 = -96 dBm,
10 = -94 dBm,
11 = -92 dBm,
12 = -90 dBm,
13 = -88 dBm,
14 = -86 dBm,
15 = -84 dBm.
Application
domain
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name FDD_RSCPmin
Minimum threshold of RSCP for UTRAN FDD cell re-selection.
FDD_RSCPmin
Logical name
Definition
B9
-114
Number
Max value -84

Def value -102
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Non
15
dBm
Page 146
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer
GSM 04.18
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Normal assignment
Coding rules
0: the MS can use AMR NS, 1: the MS shall not use AMR NS.
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Significant only if EN_AMR_FR or EN_AMR_HR is set to TRUE.
Internal comment --
Rec reference
System (CST)
Category
HMI name FORBID_AMR_NS
Flag to forbid / allow AMR noise suppressor in the MS.
FORBID_AMR_NS
Mandatory rules
Logical name
Definition
GPRS
bitmap : one bit per cause which can be filtered : (0000 0000): no filtering (0000 0001): LA
update filtering (0000 0010): SMS filetring (0000 0011): LA update and SMS filering (1111 1111):
Suspend procedure inhibited whatever the cause may be.
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
Filter_Suspend_Cause
HMI name Filter_Suspend_Cause
This filter allows not to undertake a suspend procedure, for some specific causes.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Number
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Max value 255

Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
255
None
None
Page 147
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
Internal comment
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
B9
Flag
Max value 1
Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
None
Page 148
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
If this flag is set to 2, if for load reasons the call is established with HR codec, and if TFO is not possible in HR, the BSC will try to establish
TFO with FR or EFR codec, provided that EN_TFO_MATCH=1.
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
0 : TFO HR not forced, 1 : TFO HR only, 2 : TFO HR preferred
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules If FORCE_TFO_HR_WHEN_LOADED=2, EN_TFO_MATCH should be set to 1
External comment If this flag is set to 1, and if for load reasons the call is established with HR codec, it will stay in HR.
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
Category
FORCE_TFO_HR_WHEN_LOADED
HMI name TFO HR when loaded
Flag to control the establishment of TFO in Half rate when the cell is loaded.
Mandatory rules
Logical name
Definition
GSM
0 : DTX DL on non-hopping BCCH TRX is allowed; 1 : DTX DL on non-hopping BCCH TRX is

forbidden
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
FORBID_DTXD_NH_BCCH_F
HMI name FORBID_DTXD_NH_BCCH_F
Forbid use of downlink DTX on non hopping TCH of the BCCH TRX.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
None
Application
domain
GSM
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Freefactor_1
HMI name Free_Factor_1
Correction factor used in the cell evaluation process to take into account the number of free
TCHs in the candidate cell.
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules Freefactor_1 <= Freefactor_2
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules -External comment FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR relevant only if (EN_AMR_FR = 1) OR (EN_AMR_HR = 1)
Internal comment --
0: disabled (no TFO negotiation if AMR used); 1: enabled (TFO negotiation will start even if AMR
used)
FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR = 1 only if EN_TFO=1
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR
HMI name Force TFO versus AMR
Flag to enable/disable the basic functions of Tandem Free Operation (TFO) for GSM FR SV1, FR
SV2 and HR SV1 codec types when the current codec is AMR FR or AMR HR.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
16
Number
-16
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
B9
Flag
Max value 1
Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
16
32
dB
0
Page 149
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Site (CAE)
None
Application
domain
GSM
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
16
B9
Number
-16
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
16
-16
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules Freefactor_2 <= Freefactor_3 <= Freefactor_4
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Category
Freefactor_3
GSM
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Application
domain
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
None
Freefactor_2
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Oui
Oui
16
32
dB
0
16
32
dB
Page 150
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Site (CAE)
None
Application
domain
GSM
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
16
B9
Number
-16
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
16
-16
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules Freefactor_5 >= Freefactor_4
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Category
Freefactor_5
GSM
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Application
domain
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
None
Freefactor_4
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Oui
Oui
16
32
dB
0
16
32
dB
Page 151
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
Category
None
Application
domain
GSM
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Freelevel_2
HMI name Free_Level_2
Boundary on free TCH number for determination of Freefactor of the cell.
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules Freelevel_3 > Freelevel_2 > Freelevel_1
Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment TRXnb: Depends on TRX number
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
Freelevel_1
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules Freelevel_1 < Freelevel_2
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
255
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
255
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
255
None
255
None
Page 152
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Oui
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Oui
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
Category
None
Application
domain
GSM
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Freelevel_4
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules Freelevel_4 > Freelevel_3
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
Freelevel_3
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules Freelevel_4 > Freelevel_3 > Freelevel_2
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
255
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
10
255
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
255
None
10
255
None
Page 153
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Oui
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Oui
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
Freelevel_DR(n)
HMI name Free_Level_DR
Minimum number of free TCHs in neighbour cell n to allow forced directed retry to cell n.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules Freelevel_DR > N_TCH_HO
External comment -Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type. TRXnb: Depends on TRX number
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
4
255
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
255
None
Page 154
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Oui
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
FREQUENCY_RANGE
Normal assignment
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
GSM
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Only the following values of the FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter are allowed depending on the
value of the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter:
- FREQUENCY_RANGE = PGSM (GSM900) or EGSM (GSM900) or DCS1800 or
PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM900
and DCS1800 bands",
- FREQUENCY_RANGE = GSM850 or DCS1800 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to
"GSM850 and DCS1800 bands",
- FREQUENCY_RANGE = PGSM (GSM900) or EGSM (GSM900) or DCS1900 if the
PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM900 and DCS1900 bands".
The OMC-R checks the consistency between the setting of FREQUENCY_RANGE and
PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameters:
- At cell creation
- When the value of FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter is modified.
However, no check is performed when the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is modified.
0: PGSM (GSM 900), 1: DCS 1800, 2: EGSM, 3: DCS 1900, 4: PGSM-DCS1800, 5:

EGSM-DCS1800, 6: GSM 850, 7: GAN, 8..255: for future use. The parameter shall be coded over
8 bits as a provision for future frequency bands support.
Mandatory rules - if FREQUENCY_RANGE = "GSM-DCS" then CELL_PARTITION_TYPE must be equal to
"Concentric" .
Recommended rules - The micro concentric, mini concentric and indoor concentric cells must be multiband (the -allowed FREQUENCY_RANGE is PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800). This restriction does
not apply to the external cells.
EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY<>0, and, for the concentric cells, only in the outer zone. These
- The frequency range of an extended inner cell has to be the same as the frequency range of
the corresponding extended outer cell, where PGSM (0) and EGSM (2) are here considered as
belonging to the same frequency range.
None
Category
HMI name FREQUENCY_RANGE
This parameter indicates the frequency range of the cell.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Number
Max value 7
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
None
0
Page 155
Coded Max
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
IP
Mandatory rules
IP
0: higher priority
3: lower priority
Shall be equal to GSL_PRIORITY (MFS)
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
System (CST)
Category
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name GSL_PRIORITY (BSC)
BSS internal priority used by the GSL flow in IP network
GSL_PRIORITY (BSC)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Mandatory rules
0: higher priority
3: lower priority
shall be equal to FTP_PRIORITY(BTS).
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
HMI name FTP_PRIORITY (BSC)

BSS internal priority used by the BSC for FTP flow in IP network towards the BTS.
FTP_PRIORITY (BSC)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
None
None
Page 156
Coded Def
Def value
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Number
Non
Non
Max value 3
Def value 1
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
B9
Number
Max value 3
Def value 3
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
External comment Value "7" exists only starting from MR2.

Internal comment Values 4 and "5" are for Multiband cells. Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message. m
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
GSM_PHASE
HMI name GSM_PHASE
This flag indicates the GSM Phase used by the BSC to format messages towards the MSC.
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
H_LOAD_OBJ
HMI name H_LOAD_OBJ
High threshold on busy TCH timeslots percentage to reduce MIN_DWELL_TIME variable.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 10%
Mandatory rules
H_LOAD_OBJ >= L_LOAD_OBJ
Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Upper layer. TRXnb: Depends on TRX number
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Normal assignment
Coding rules
0: GSM Phase 1, 1: GSM Phase 2
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Default value depends on MSC type.The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Flag
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
80
100
Oui
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
None
10
Page 157
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Oui
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
H_MIN_DWELL_TIME
Site (CAE)
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
20
120
Number
Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
20
120
sec
Page 158
80
100
TRX nb
Oui
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Threshold
Unit
Coding rules
-Min value 0
Coded Min
Mandatory rules HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD >= LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD
Max value 100
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment Default value depends on the number of TRX in the cell (see TRXnb default value). The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B10 Oui
GSM
HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD
HMI name HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD
Load threshold used to determine when traffic load is high for circuit switched calls.
Application
domain
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
None
Category
HMI name H_MIN_DWELL_TIME
Maximum allowed value for MIN_DWELL_TIME variable.
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules
H_MIN_DWELL_TIME >= L_MIN_DWELL_TIME
Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Upper layer.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS
HMI name HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS
Load threshold used to determine a certain margin of radio timeslots reserved for CS traffic
between two sending of the BSCGP RR Allocation Indication messages. The threshold is
expressed in percentage of the radio timeslots available in the cell.
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
HO_INTERCELL_ALLOWED
HMI name INTERCELL_HO
This flag enables/disables the execution of all outgoing intercell handovers.
--
where NB_TS is the number of radio timeslots available in the cell.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Handover management
Coding rules
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Valid for both TCH and SDCCH. This parameter has no influence on Directed Retry
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Internal comment
(100 - HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS)/100*NB_TS
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment The margin of radio timeslots reserved for CS traffic can be computed as follows:
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
90
B9
100
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
Flag
Oui
Threshold
cell
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Sub-syste BSC
B10 Oui
90
100
None
Page 159
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Oui
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED
None
Application
domain
None
Application
domain
GSM
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HO_MARGIN_DIST(0,n)
HMI name HO_MARGIN_DIST
Criterion for candidate neighbour cell filtering on distance handover causes.
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Internal comment
Category
The flags specific to the TFO feature, I.e. EN_TFO, EN_TFO_MATCH, EN_TFO_OPT,
EN_IPE_PREF_CODEC_TYPE, are set independently of the flag HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED.
Additionally, the flag related to handover cause 30, EN_RETURN_CS_ZONE_HO is set
independently of the flag HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED.
The handovers for TFO reasons (cause 29) and RAE4 reasons (cause 30) can therefore
be performed even if HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED = disabled.
GSM
Site (CAE)
HMI name INTRACELL_HO
This flag enables/disables the execution of intracell handovers.
Spec reference
Handover management
Coding rules
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Valid for both TCH and SDCCH.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Flag
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
127
Number
-127
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
adj
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
127
dB
-127
Page 160
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
Category
None
Application
domain
GSM
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HO_MARGIN_QUAL(0,n)
HMI name HO_MARGIN_QUAL
Criterion for candidate neighbour cell filtering on quality handover causes
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
HO_MARGIN_LEV(0,n)
HMI name HO_MARGIN_LEV
Criterion for candidate neighbour cell filtering on level handover causes.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
127
Number
-127
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
127
-127
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
adj
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
adj
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
127
dB
-127
127
-127
dB
Page 161
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
HO_SDCCH_INHIBIT
None
Application
domain
GSM
GSM TS 05.08
Application
domain
GSM
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HOmargin (0,n)
HMI name HO_MARGIN
Difference in power budget (PBGT) between cell(0) and cell(n) which is required for a power budget
HO.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name SDCCH_HO
The flag inhibits/enables the execution of SDCCH handovers.
Spec reference
Handover management
Coding rules
0: SDCCH HO enabled1: SDCCH HO disabled
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment This parameter has no influence on Directed Retry
Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Flag
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
127
-127
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
adj
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
127
-127
dB
Page 162
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
HR_ENABLED
None
Rec reference
I_TX_LAPD
None
Rec reference
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
GSM
GSM
Application
domain
Maximum LAPD transmission queue length.
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
This flag controls if Half Rate TCH is enabled.
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name I_TX_LAPD
Category
HMI name HR_ENABLED
B9
B9
Flag
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
105
204
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
105
204
None
Page 163
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
there is no more interaction between Atermux and ATR failures.
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules If BSS_TRANSPORT_MODE = IP, should be set to FALSE. Due to TDM switching on TC side,
0: transmission alarms are not ignored and the telecom defence activities (call release, blocking
messages towards MSC) are triggered;
1: transmission alarms are ignored and telecom defence activities (call release, blocking
messages towards MSC) are not triggered;
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
IGNORE_2MBIT_FAIL
HMI name IGNORE_2Mbit_FAILURE
This flag indicates whether or not a transmission alarm triggers the telecom defence activities
(call release, blocking messages towards MSC). Note that the O&M activities are not dependent
on this flag.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Flag
BSC
Max value 1
Def value 0
Type
Min value
Instance
Sub-syste BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Page 164
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Application
domain
VGCS
Coded over 3 bits

000 : deactivation of inband paging
001 : call priority level 4 (lowest priority)
010 : call priority level 3
110 : call priority level B
111 : call priority level A (highest priority)
None
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
INBAND_PAGING_THR
HMI name INBAND_PAGING_THR
If the eMLPP priority included in the Paging message from the MSC is higher than or equal to this
parameter, then the BSS shall trigger in-band paging within cells, that are identified to be paged
from the PAGING message, and that have existing VGC active.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Oui
Threshold
cell
Max value 7
Def value 4
Type
Min value
Instance
Sub-syste BSC
B10 Oui
None
Page 165
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD
HMI name IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD
Load threshold used to determine when traffic load is indefinite for circuit switched calls.
GSM TS 05.08
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
INTAVE
HMI name INTAVE
Averaging period for interference measurements on idle TCH timeslots.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size=1 Samfr
Mandatory rules INTAVE < T_INTRF_L3
Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
External comment -Internal comment TRXnb: Depends on TRX number
HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD = 0 OR LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD <= IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD <=
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
100
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
10
31
Timer
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
100
10
31
Samfr
Page 166
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Oui
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
INTFBD1
GSM TS 08.58
Rec reference
GSM
Category
INTFBD2
GSM TS 08.58
Rec reference
GSM
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm
Mandatory rules INTFBD3 > INTFBD2 > INTFBD1
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
HMI name Interference bands 2-3 limit
Limit between interference band 2 and interference band 3.
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules INTFBD1 < INTFBD2
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
-100
-47
-110
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
-95
-47
-110
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
10
63
dBm
15
63
dBm
Page 167
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
INTFBD3
GSM TS 08.58
Rec reference
GSM
Category
INTFBD4
GSM TS 08.58
Rec reference
GSM
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
-90
-47
-110
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
-85
-47
-110
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
20
63
dBm
25
63
dBm
Page 168
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
INTFBD5
GSM TS 08.58
Rec reference
GSM
Category
System (CST)
HMI name Interference band 5 upper limit
None
Application
domain
IP
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
IP_CONGESTION_TIMER
HMI name IP_CONGESTION_TIMER
Duration during which the BSC considers the Abis suffers from IP congestion, after reception of
sending IP_Congestion_Indication message from the BTS. Until IP_CONGESTION_TIMER
expiry, the BSC refuses any additional TCH establishment.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 1.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message
Application
domain
Upper limit of interference band 5.
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
-47
-47
-110
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
20
Timer
BSC
Sub-syste BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Non
Oui
63
63
dBm
10
sec
Page 169
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
IP
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name IPGCH_SEGMENT_SIZE

Indicative value of the TCP maximum segment size (TCP MSS for the IPGCHC TCP
connections) and of the maximum IPGCHU segment size (IPGCHU MISS value).
IPGCH_SEGMENT_SIZE
B9
Non
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
Abis group
B10 Oui
congestion threshold).
When the measured differential delay exceeds this threshold, a very pessimistic BE shaping is
applied in downlink (cf. the IPGCHU_BW_MIN_CONG_DL parameter).
None
Application
IP
Category Site (CAE)
Rec reference
Sent by the BSC to MFS via BSCGP.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
IPGCHU_DELAY_HIGH_THRES_DL (because there are 6 IPGCH polling request contexts for

each PTU at MFS side).
domain
Spec reference
GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack
Coding rules
Step size = 10.
Mandatory rules IPGCHU_DELAY_HIGH_THRES_DL >= IPGCHU_DELAY_LOW_THRES_DL
Recommended rules 6 x IPGCH_DL_BW_CONTROL_REPEAT_RATE x T_IPGCH_ACK_UL =>
Non
IPGCHU_DELAY_HIGH_THRES_DL
HMI name IPGCHU_DELAY_HIGH_THRES_
For IPGCHU, threshold on measured differential delay in downlink for a given Abis group (second
Logical name
Definition
Internal comment
B9
Non
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
150
500
Threshold
10
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
Abis group
B10 Oui
Non
Cell Type
15
50
ms
1
Page 170
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
TRX nb
DL
when computing the TCP MSS and the IPGCHU MISS values.
This parameter shall be set like a Network MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit), i.e. by taking into account the size of the TCP/IP headers (for the
TCP MSS) and the size of the UDP/IP/IPGCH headers (for the IPGCHU MISS).
IP demo parameter.
Sent by BSC to MFS via BSCGP (Abis group object unknown by MFS O&M).
Sent by BSC to BTS via OML.
15
byte
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Number
Unit
Coding rules
Step size =100
Min value 100
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment The value of this parameter is only indicative: it is not applied directly because some TRE hardware constraints have to be taken into account
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
When the measured differential delay exceeds this threshold, a very pessimistic BE shaping is
applied in uplink on the concerned TRE(s) (cf. the IPGCHU_BW_MIN_CONG_UL parameter.
None
Application
IP
Category Site (CAE)
Rec reference
Below this threshold, the system is in nominal mode without any regulation (no BE shaping in
downlink).
None
Application
IP
Category Site (CAE)
Rec reference
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
domain
Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 10.
Mandatory rules IPGCHU_DELAY_HIGH_THRES_DL >= IPGCHU_DELAY_LOW_THRES_DL
Non
IPGCHU_DELAY_LOW_THRES_DL
HMI name IPGCHU_DELAY_LOW_THRES_D
For IPGCHU, threshold on measured differential delay in downlink for a given Abis group (first
Logical name
Definition

Provided by MFS to BTS.
IPGCHU_DELAY_HIGH_THRES_UL (because there are 6 IPGCH polling request contexts for

each TRE at BTS side).
domain
Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 10.
Mandatory rules IPGCHU_DELAY_HIGH_THRES_UL >= IPGCHU_DELAY_LOW_THRES_UL
Recommended rules 6 x IPGCH_UL_BW_CONTROL_REPEAT_RATE x T_IPGCH_ACK_DL =>
Non
HMI name IPGCHU_DELAY_HIGH_THRES_

For IPGCHU, threshold on measured differential delay in uplink for a given Abis group (second
IPGCHU_DELAY_HIGH_THRES_UL
Logical name
Definition
B9
Non
B9
150
500
Non
Threshold
10
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
40
500
Threshold
10
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
Abis group
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
Abis group
B10 Oui
Cell Type
Non
15
50
ms
1
Cell Type
Non
50
ms
1
Page 171
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
UL
TRX nb
Below this threshold, the system is in nominal mode without any regulation (no BE shaping in
uplink on the concerned TRE(s))
None
Application
IP
Category Site (CAE)
Rec reference
IP
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category

"WWW.XXX.YYY.ZZZ" (ex: 255.245.247.001)
Mandatory rules
coded on 32 bits
default value is for implementation purposes only.
Equal to IPGSL_IP_Address_BSC (MFS)
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
HMI name IPGSL_IP_Address_BSC

Allows to display the IP address of the IPGSL link used by a GPU on MFS side.
IPGSL_IP_Address_BSC (BSC)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition

domain
Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 10.
Mandatory rules IPGCHU_DELAY_HIGH_THRES_UL >= IPGCHU_DELAY_LOW_THRES_UL
Non
HMI name IPGCHU_DELAY_LOW_THRES_U

For IPGCHU, threshold on measured differential delay in uplink for a given Abis group (first
IPGCHU_DELAY_LOW_THRES_UL
Logical name
Definition
B9
Non
40
B9
500
Number

Def value *
Type
Min value
Non
Threshold
10
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
IP-GSL
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
Abis group
B10 Oui
Cell Type
Non
50
ms
1
4294967295
None
Page 172
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
TRX nb
None
Application
domain
IP
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
the same TCP port number (they can be distinguished by their IP address)
IPGSL_TCP_PORT_BSCside (BSC)
HMI name IPGSL_TCP_PORT_BSCside
TCP port number used by each CP board of the BSC for IPGSL interface. Each CP board uses
Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 1
Rec reference
Non
Site (CAE)
Category

"WWW.XXX.YYY.ZZZ" (ex: 255.245.247.001)
Provided by the OMC to the BSC.
Mandatory rules
Logical name
Definition
IP
HMI name IPGSL_IP_Address_MFS
coded on 32 bits
default value : 255.255.255.255 coded as an empty string
Equal to IPGSL_IP_Address_MFS (MFS)
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
IP address of the IPGSL link on MFS side.
IPGSL_IP_Address_MFS (BSC)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Non
Number
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
49152
50999
49152
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
IP-GSL
B10 Oui
Non

Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
IPSigLink
B10 Oui
Non
Cell Type
4294967295
None
49152
50999
49152
None
Page 173
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
TRX nb
(BSC)
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
IPGSL_TCP_PORT_MFSside (BSC)
None
Application
domain
K_GSL (BSC)
None
Rec reference
GPRS
Category
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
carried through Ater satellite links:

- K_GSL = 7 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links in all BSC of the MFS.
- K_GSL = 16 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links in at least one BSC of the
Spec reference
GPRS MFS-BSC interface - GSL stack
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
Category
HMI name K_GSL (BSC)
Maximum number of outstanding I frames on a GSL link.
Logical name
Definition
IP
(BSC)
HMI name IPGSL_TCP_PORT_MFSside
TCP port number of the MFS IPGSL link used by the BSC.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
49152
50999
49152
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
16
Number
1
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
IP-GSL
B10 Oui
Oui
Non
49152
50999
49152
None
16
None
Page 174
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
GSM TS 08.56
Application
domain
GSM
Category
System (CST)
K_VAL_OML_16K_satellite
HMI name K_VAL_OML_16K_satellite
LAPD window size on OML in the BSC for 16Kbit/s link and satellite connection.
GSM TS 08.56
Application
domain
GSM
Category
System (CST)
K_VAL_OML_16K_terrestrial
HMI name K_VAL_OML_16K_terrestrial
LAPD window size on OML in the BSC for 16Kbit/s link and terrestrial connection.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment This parameter is not applicable to the uplink. The BTS (OMU) value is hardcoded.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
16
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
16
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
16
None
16
None
Page 175
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
GSM TS 08.56
Application
domain
GSM
Category
System (CST)
HMI name K_VAL_OML_64K_satellite
LAPD window size on OML in the BSC for 64Kbit/s link and satellite connection.
GSM TS 08.56
Application
domain
GSM
Category
System (CST)
HMI name K_VAL_OML_64K_terrestrial
LAPD window size on OML in the BSC for 64Kbit/s link and terrestrial connection.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
16
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
16
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
16
None
16
None
Page 176
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
K_VAL_RSL_16K_satellite
Application
domain
Rec reference
GSM
Category
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
15
16
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
K_VAL_RSL_16K_terrestrial
GSM TS 08.56
Application
domain
GSM
Category
System (CST)
HMI name K_VAL_RSL_16K_terrestrial
LAPD window size on 16 Kbit/s RSL for terrestrial connections.
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
LapD Management
Type
Number
Coding rules
-Min value 1
External comment -Internal comment This value is copied to the BTS parameter K_VAL_RSL, when the RSL is carried by a 16 Kbit/s channel on a terrestrial connection.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
16
None
Page 177
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
15
16
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
With 540 ms round trip time and an average LAPD frame = 33 bytes, the RSL average throughput is 8.1 kbitps with K_VAL_RSL_16K_satellite =
16 (maximum), and 7.6 kbitps with K_VAL_RSL_16K_satellite = 15 (default).
External comment -Internal comment This value is copied to the BTS parameter K_VAL_RSL, when the RSL is carried by a 16 kbit/s channel on a satellite connection.
value. There is a small loss of throughput on the RSL when going from 16 to 15.
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules Only values strictly lower than 16 are compatible with G2 BTS, hence 15 is chosen as default
3GPP TS 08.56
System (CST)
HMI name K_VAL_RSL_16K_satellite
LAPD window size on 16 Kbit/s RSL for satellite connections.
Logical name
Definition
Application
domain
Rec reference
GSM
Category
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
15
16
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
GSM TS 08.56
Application
domain
GSM
Category
System (CST)
HMI name K_VAL_RSL_64K_terrestrial
LAPD window size on 64 Kbit/s RSL for terrestrial connections.
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
LapD Management
Type
Number
Coding rules
-Min value 1
External comment -Internal comment This value is copied to the BTS parameter K_VAL_RSL, when the RSL is carried by a 64 Kbit/s channel on a terrestrial connection.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
16
None
Page 178
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
15
16
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
With 540ms round trip time and an average LAPD frame = 33 bytes, the RSL average throughput is 8.1 kbitps with K_VAL_RSL_64K_satellite =
16 (maximum), and 7.6 kbitps with K_VAL_RSL_64K_satellite = 15 (default).
External comment -Internal comment This value is copied to the BTS parameter K_VAL_RSL, when the RSL is carried by a 64 kbit/s channel on a satellite connection.
value. There is a small loss of throughput on the RSL when going from 16 to 15.
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules Only values strictly lower than 16 are compatible with G2 BTS, hence 15 is chosen as default
3GPP TS 08.56
System (CST)
HMI name K_VAL_RSL_64K_satellite
LAPD window size on 64 Kbit/s RSL for satellite connections.
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 10%
Mandatory rules
L_LOAD_OBJ <= H_LOAD_OBJ
Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Upper layer. TRXnb: Depends on TRX number
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
Category
L_LOAD_OBJ
HMI name L_LOAD_OBJ
Low threshold on busy TCH timeslots percentage to increase MIN_DWELL_TIME variable.
Mandatory rules
Logical name
Definition
GSM
0:free choice of the codec ; 1:try to maintain codec for TFO calls only; 2: try to maintain codec
for all calls
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
KEEP_CODEC_HO
HMI name Keep codec on handover
Indicates if the BSC tries to keep the same codec for internal incoming handovers.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
60
100
Oui
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
B9
Flag
Max value 2
Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
None
10
Page 179
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Oui
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
L_MIN_DWELL_TIME
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name L_MIN_DWELL_TIME
Minimum allowed value for MIN_DWELL_TIME variable.
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n)
HMI name L_RXLEV_CPT_HO
Minimum received downlink level from cell n for umbrella to neighbour lower layer cell n handover
or from classical band to preferred band cell n handover.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules
L_MIN_DWELL_TIME <= H_MIN_DWELL_TIME
Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Upper layer
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
120
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
-85
-47
-110
Oui
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
adj
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
120
sec
25
63
dBm
Page 180
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
L_RXLEV_DL_H
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
HMI name L_RXLEV_DL_H
GSM TS 05.08
Application
domain
GSM
Lower downlink level threshold for power control.
L_RXLEV_DL_P
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name L_RXLEV_DL_P
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules L_RXLEV_DL_P < U_RXLEV_DL_P
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Internal comment
L_RXLEV_DL_H < U_RXLEV_DL_P.

L_RXLEV_DL_H < RXLEV_DL_IH
Recommended rules L_RXLEV_D_H < L_RXLEV_DL_P
If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = Concentric AND FREQUENCY_RANGE = PGSM or
DCS1800 or EGSM or DCS 1900:
RXLEV_DL_ZONE >= L_RXLEV_DL_H (This rule only applies to concentric and monoband
External comment --
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
GSM TS 05.08
Downlink level threshold for handover.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
-85
-47
-110
Threshold
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B9
Oui
25
63
dBm
Page 181
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
14
14
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
B10 Oui
63
-96
dBm
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Type
Threshold
Min value -110
Max value -47
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n)
HMI name L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR
Minimum level received from neighbour cell n to allow forced directed retry to cell n.
L_RXLEV_UL_H
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
HMI name L_RXLEV_UL_H
Internal comment
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
L_RXLEV_UL_H < U_RXLEV_UL_P

L_RXLEV_UL_H < RXLEV_UL_IH
Recommended rules L_RXLEV_UL_H < L_RXLEV_UL_P
If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = Concentric AND FREQUENCY_RANGE = PGSM or
RXLEV_UL_ZONE >= L_RXLEV_UL_H (This rule only applies to concentric and monoband
External comment --
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
GSM TS 05.08
Uplink level threshold for handover.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Coded over 6 bits :0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
-110
-47
-110
Oui
63
dBm
10
10
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
Page 182
63
-100
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
dBm
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
Type
Threshold
Min value -110
Max value -47
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
L_RXLEV_UL_P
GSM TS 05.08
Application
domain
GSM
Lower uplink level threshold for power control.
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name L_RXLEV_UL_P
L_RXQUAL_DL_H
GSM TS 05.08
Application
domain
GSM
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name L_RXQUAL_DL_H
Downlink quality threshold for handover for non AMR calls.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1, (1==0.1 70==7)
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules L_RXQUAL_DL_H >= L_RXQUAL_DL_P
External comment Higher value is the worst quality
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules L_RXLEV_UL_P < U_RXLEV_UL_P
Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
-90
-47
-110
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
Threshold
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
20
63
dBm
40
70
None
Page 183
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
L_RXQUAL_DL_P
GSM TS 05.08
Application
domain
GSM
Lower downlink quality threshold for power control.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 70==7)
Mandatory rules L_RXQUAL_DL_P > U_RXQUAL_DL_P
Recommended rules -External comment Higher value is the worst quality
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
Site (CAE)
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name L_RXQUAL_DL_P
Category
L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR
HMI name L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR
Downlink quality threshold for handovers (cause 16) on AMR calls.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1, (1==0.1 70==7)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
4.5
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
Threshold
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
45
70
None
30
70
None
Page 184
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
L_RXQUAL_UL_H
GSM TS 05.08
Application
domain
L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR
None
Application
domain
GSM
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR
Uplink quality threshold for handovers (cause 15) on AMR calls.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1, (1==0.1 70==7)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
Category
HMI name L_RXQUAL_UL_H
Uplink quality threshold for handover for non AMR calls.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 70==7)
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules L_RXQUAL_UL_H >= L_RXQUAL_UL_P
External comment Higher value is the worst quality
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
B9
4.5
Threshold
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
40
70
None
45
70
None
Page 185
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
L_RXQUAL_UL_P
GSM TS 05.08
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
L_TIME_ADVANCE
HMI name LOWER_TIMING_ADVANCE
Low threshold to trigger handover cause too short distance in outer cell.
Category
HMI name L_RXQUAL_UL_P
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where: CELL_RANGE = Outer cell. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
Lower uplink quality threshold for power control.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 70==7)
Mandatory rules L_RXQUAL_UL_P > U_RXQUAL_UL_P
Recommended rules -External comment Higher value is the worst quality
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
B9
63
Threshold
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
30
70
None
63
bper
Page 186
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
LAC (BSC)
3GPP TS 04.18
Rec reference
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
HMI name Location Area Code (LAC)
2G-3G
Site (CAE)
Category
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules
External comment The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes
Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA

The value of -1 indicates that no LAC is provided by the operator (the default value, indicated
here, is for implementation purposes).
LAC_3G(n) is a mandatory parameter (must be different from -1)
Handover Management
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
3GPP TS 45.008
LAC_3G(n)
HMI name LAC_3G(n)
This parameter indicates the Location Area Code as defined in 3GPP TS 24.008. It is used in the
HANDOVER COMMAND message
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Internal comment --

Equal to LAC (MFS)
Recommended rules A couple of mate extended cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same LAC. --
--
Application
domain
Location Area Code.
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Number
Max value 65535

Def value -1
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
3G cell
B10 Oui
Oui
65535
-1
65535
None
Page 187
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Def
65535
Def value
65535
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Type
Reference
Min value 1
Max value 65535
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Category
Network (CDE)
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Not used in case of OVERLOAD received from FU supporting the BCCH
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
10
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
10
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
GSM
LB_INCR
HMI name LB_INCR
Stepsize by which a leaky bucket overload counter in the BSC is incremented each time an
OVERLOAD is received from the FU.
Application
domain
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
None
LB_DECR
HMI name LB_DECR
Stepsize by which a leaky bucket overload counter in the BSC is decremented on T_LB_OV
expiry.
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Oui
Oui
10
None
10
None
Page 188
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
Category
None
GSM
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
LOAD_EV_PERIOD
HMI name LOAD_EV_PERIOD
Number of load samples (received every TCH_INFO_PERIOD) for load averaging.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
Linkfactor (0,n)
HMI name Link_factor
Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to handicap or favour cell n.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
24
B9
Number
-24
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
12
30
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
adj
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
24
48
dB
0
12
30
None
Page 189
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
Category
None
Application
domain
GSM
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Loadfactor_1
HMI name Load_Factor_1
Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to take into account the TCH load in the
candidate cell.
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules Loadfactor_1 >= Loadfactor_2
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GPRS
LOAD_EV_PERIOD_GPRS
HMI name LOAD_EV_PERIOD_GPRS
Number of load samples (calculated every TCH_INFO_PERIOD seconds) used to compute the
maximum number of slave PDCHs that the BSC can allocate to the MFS.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
30
B9
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
-16
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
30
None
16
16
dB
Page 190
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GSM
None
Application
domain
GSM
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Loadfactor_3
candidate cell.
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules Loadfactor_2 >= Loadfactor_3 >= Loadfactor_4
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
Category
Loadfactor_2
candidate cell.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Number
-16
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
-16
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
16
16
dB
0
16
16
dB
Page 191
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GSM
None
Application
domain
GSM
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Loadfactor_5
candidate cell.
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules Loadfactor_5 <= Loadfactor_4
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
Category
Loadfactor_4
candidate cell.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Number
-16
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
-16
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
16
16
dB
0
16
16
dB
Page 192
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
Loadlevel_1
None
Rec reference
Loadlevel_2
None
Rec reference
GSM
GSM
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules Loadlevel_1 < Loadlevel_2 < Loadlevel_3
Application
domain
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name Load_Level_2
Category
Boundary on cell load for determination of Loadfactor of the cell.
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules Loadlevel_1 < Loadlevel_2
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
Logical name
Definition
B9
50
B9
100
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
60
100
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
50
100
60
100
Page 193
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Loadlevel_3
None
Rec reference
Loadlevel_4
None
Rec reference
GSM
GSM
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules Loadlevel_4 > Loadlevel_3
Application
domain
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Site (CAE)
Category
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules Loadlevel_2 < Loadlevel_3 < Loadlevel_4
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
Logical name
Definition
B9
80
B9
100
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
90
100
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
80
100
90
100
Page 194
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD
HMI name LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD
Load threshold used to determine when traffic load is low for circuit switched calls.
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
LSA_ID_array (BSC)
GSM TS 03.03
Application
domain
List of authorised LSAs on a cell (up to 5).

GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name LSA_ID_I
Internal comment
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
The limitation to 5 LSA_Ids is due to data storage limitation in the BSC.

The maximum 0xFFFFFF is reserved as invalid value for implementation purpose.
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
16777215
16777215
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
significant LSA identity (in case of even number), as defined in GSM 03.03.
External comment The default value depends on the configuration. The value given here is for implementation purposes only.
Spec reference
Coding rules
coded on 3 bytes max
Mandatory rules Equal to LSA_ID_array (MFS)
Recommended rules The LSA_ID may either be a Universal LSA identity (in case of odd number) or a PLMN
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
16777215
16777215
None
Page 195
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
100
TRX nb
Oui
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Threshold
Unit
Coding rules
-Min value 0
Coded Min
Mandatory rules LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD <= HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD
Max value 100
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment If LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD is set to 0 in a given cell n, then no Handover Cause 23 (i.e. Traffic Handovers) can be triggered towards that cell n.
Internal comment TRXnb: Depends on TRX number
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Call release
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
GSM
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
step size = 1
Mandatory rules The value of this parameter shall be lower than K_LAPD_RSL and K_GSL (BSC)
Recommended rules -External comment This parameter is used with the G2 BSC for both terrestrial and satellite links
Internal comment --
Rec reference
M_PEND_A (G2 BSC)

HMI name M_PEND_A (G2 BSC)
Maximum number of I-frames received on RSL and GSL by a G2 BSC before sending an
acknowledgement.
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules -External comment The default value corresponds to an unused parameter for the MS.
Internal comment --
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
Category
coded from 0 to 7, where 0 = 0 dB, 1 = 4 dB, 2 = 8 dB, 3 = 16 dB, 4 = 24 dB, 5 = 32 dB, 6 = 48

dB, 7 = 64 dB.
--
GSM TS 05.08
LSA_OFFSET
HMI name LSA_OFFSET
Offset to be used for LSA cell reselection between cells with the same LSA priorities.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Number
1
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
B9
Number
Max value 64
Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
dB
0
None
Page 196
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
System (CST)
M_PEND_A (MX BSC)

HMI name M_PEND_A (MX BSC)
Maximum number of I-frames received on RSL and GSL by a MX BSC before sending an
acknowledgement.
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
M1
HMI name Nbr. AC 11-15 barred in one step
Number of high priority access classes (11..15) are barred in one step.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Value 0 inhibits the automatic barring of high priority access classes
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
LAPD management
Coding rules
step size = 1
Mandatory rules The value of this parameter shall be lower than K_LAPD_RSL and K_GSL (BSC)
Recommended rules -External comment This parameter is used only with Mx BSC for both terrestrial and satellite links.
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 197
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Rec reference
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
IP
Spec reference
TC/BTS Interface
Coding rules
Step size = 1
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. Min = hF000, Max = hF400
None
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name M2UA_SCTP_PORT_BSC

STCP port used for M2UA protocol (he signalisation to/from A interface), on BSC side.
M2UA_SCTP_PORT_BSC
Logical name
Definition
Application
domain
M2
HMI name Nbr AC 11-15 unbarred in one step
Number of high priority access classes (11..15) are unbarred in one step.
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
61440
62464
61440
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Non
Oui
None
61440
62464
61440
None
Page 198
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
MATE_CI (BSC)
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
HMI name MATE_CI
None
Rec reference
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
HMI name MATE_LAC
(MATE_LAC + MATE_CI) is relevant for extended cells only

--
Internal comment
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
For an extended cell, MATE_LAC and MATE_CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time
A couple of mate extended cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same LAC
Step size = 1
Application
domain
Location Area Code of the Mate cell.
MATE_LAC
(MATE_LAC + MATE_CI) is relevant for extended cells only

--
Logical name
Definition
Internal comment
MATE_CI (BSC) = MATE_CI (MFS)

If one mate cell is configured with GPRS (MAX_PDCH > 0) then the other mate cell shall also be
Recommended rules configured with GPRS (MAX_PDCH > 0) -For an extended cell, MATE_LAC and MATE_CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
Cell Identity of the Mate cell
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
65535
65535
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
Page 199
65535
65535
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
65535
Type
Reference
Min value 1
Max value 65535
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Coded Def
65535
Def value
65535
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Type
Reference
Min value 0
Max value 65535
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
None
2G-3G
Application
domain
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
MAX_ADJ_CELL_3G_HO
HMI name MAX_ADJ_CELL_3G_HO
Maximum number of 3G target cells for 2G-3G handover adjacency
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
12
12
Number
12
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
12
12
12
None
Page 200
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
MAX_GPRS_CS
Site (CAE)
2
Number
Max value 4
Type
Min value
Oui
Coded Max
Unit
Coded Min
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
2) This parameter can be set to CS-3 or CS-4 only if the CS-3/CS-4 feature has been bought by the Customer.
Coded Def
Max_GPRS_CS. If the above recommended rule is not fulfilled, then some
(i.e. GPRS is not allowed) accepted by the BSS whereas it will not be possible to handle their associated GBR. This may
result in RT PFC downgrades to Best Effort.
Def value 2
and transmission pool set up (lead time and outage) for CS3 and CS4, in case Max_PDCH = 0
External comment -Internal comment 1) This parameter is defined at cell level so that CS-3 and CS-4 can be used only in cells where the radio link quality is sufficiently good.
RT PFCs can be
corresponding to
GPRS
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
R_AVERAGE_GPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher than the useful bitrate corresponding
to MAX_GPRS_CS (e.g. if MAX_GPRS_CS = CS2 => R_AVERAGE_GPRS shall not be higher
If Max_PDCH = 0 then MAX_GPRS_CS = CS-2.
than 12kbps)
The aim of this last rule is to prevent the BSC to trigger uselessly the algorithms of adjust ranking R_MIN_GPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher than the useful bitrate
Recommended rules MAX_GPRS_CS >= TBF_UL_INIT_CS
Mandatory rules
1 : CS-2;
2 : CS-3;
3 : CS-4
MAX_GPRS_CS >= TBF_DL_INIT_CS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
Category
HMI name MAX_GPRS_CS
Maximum coding scheme used for GPRS traffic in the cell.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 201
3GPP TS 44.018
Rec reference
Spec reference
Coding rules
MAX_LAPS
None
Rec reference
DTM
GSM
Category
System (CST)
HMI name MAX_LAPS
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
Only value "1" is possible, that means point-to-point connection.
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
Category
Maximum number of logical data links on one physical link.
Logical name
Definition
Mandatory rules
Coded on 3 bits:
000 : 5
001 : 6
.
111 : 12
--
Application
domain
HMI name MAX_LAPDM

Maximum number of LAPDm frames on which a layer 3 can be segmented into and be sent on
the main DCCH.
MAX_LAPDM
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Number
1
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
B9
Number
Max value 12
Def value 7
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Oui
Non
None
None
Page 202
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
IP
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
Type
Number
Min value 0
Max value 127
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
To support LCS in a cell, it is mandatory to have Max_PDCH > 0
External comment 127 is a theoretical value : 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH.
The following conditions are verified by the OMC-R in order to check the upper limit of
MAX_PDCH:
TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 on BCCH TRX
iv) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK=0) - 3 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on
When Max_PDCH > 0 and cell_type = extended inner or extended outer, then MAX_PDCH shall
be an even number.
MAX_PDCH shall be set so that at least one slave PDCH can be allocated to the MFS to serve
DL or UL TBFs. This means that MAX_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_GPRS = TRUE.

The aim of this rule is to prevent the BSC to trigger uselessly the algorithms of adjust ranking and
transmission pool set up (lead time and outage) for CS3 and CS4, in case Max_PDCH = 0 (i.e.
GPRS is not allowed)
Def value
Coded Def
Shall be equal to MAX_PDCH (MFS)

127
Max_PDCH >= MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD;
Recommended rules If MAX_PDCH > 0 then EN_GPRS = TRUE ;
In a micro cell, the operator may be interested to force the MS to reselect a macro cell by a
If MAX_PDCH = 0 then EN_GPRS = FALSE; correct setting of the cell reselection parameters broadcast on PBCCH (without using NC cell
If MAX_PDCH = 0 then EN_EGPRS = FALSE; reselections, i.e. when EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR is set to 0 and
NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to NC0 in the micro cell). In this case, the following
If EN_VGCS= enabled, then (MAX_VGCS_TS + MAX_PDCH) < Total number of TCHs of the cell configuration is recommended: NB_TS_MPDCH = 1, MAX_PDCH = 2,
MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD = 1, MIN_PDCH = 1.
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
MAX_PDCH (BSC)
HMI name MAX_PDCH
Maximum number of slave and master PDCHs that can be allocated to the MFS in the cell.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 203
MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD (BSC)
Site (CAE)
Category
IP demo parameter.
External comment 127 is a theoretical value: 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH.

Internal comment the MPDCHs (primary and secondary) are also taken into account in this parameter.-
Shall be equal to MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD (MFS)

- MAX_PDCH >= MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD
Recommended rules - MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD >= MIN_PDCH -- If EN_DTM = 1 then MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD > 1
--
FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH)
IP
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
Rec reference
HMI name MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD
B9
Coded Def
0
Def value
127
None
Non
Maximum number of slave
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Non
Type
Number
Min value 0
Max value 127
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
the number of slave PDCHs defined in the cell. However, implementing checks on a timeslot basis would degrade O&M performance. The
proposed checks are therefore seen as a good tradeoff between the O&M performance and optimized checks.
IP demo parameter.
the MPDCHs (primary and secondary) are also taken into account in this parameter.
The cell is not created into the MFS, if Max_PDCH = 0
m
The conditions to check the upper limit of MAX_PDCH are not fully optimized here. Indeed, ideally they should be performed taking into account

and master PDCHs that can be allocated to the MFS when the CS
traffic is high.
Logical name
Definition
Internal comment
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 204
MAX_POW_INC
None
Application
domain
MAX_POW_RED
None
Application
domain
GSM
Maximum Power reduction in one power command.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 2dB
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
Maximum Power increase in one power command.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 2dB
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name MAX_POW_RED
Category
HMI name MAX_POW_INC
B9
16
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
16
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
dB
1
dB
Page 205
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
GSM TS 04.08
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
Max_retrans (BSC)
HMI name MAX_RETRANS
Maximum number of CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissions by the MS on the RACH.
None
Application
domain
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name MAX_TCH_PER_CCP
GPRS
Maximum number of active TCHs per CCP board
MAX_TCH_PER_CCP
Spec reference
GPRS traffic model and performances
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Possible values are:1, 2 ,4 and 7 respectively binary coded:00, 01, 10 and 11
Mandatory rules Max_retrans (BSC) = Max_retrans (MFS) for a given cell
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
1100
1100
1100
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Non
Oui
None
1100
1100
1100
None
Page 206
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
MAX_TRC_NUMBER
None
Application
domain
System (CST)
VGCS
Site (CAE)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
To support VGCS in a cell, it is mandatory to have Max_VGCS_TS > 0

--
Internal comment
MIN_VGCS_TS <= MAX_VGCS_TS

If EN_VGCS= enabled, then (MAX_VGCS_TS + MAX_PDCH) < Total number of TCHs of the cell.
Recommended rules
--
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
MAX_VGCS_TS
HMI name MAX_VGCS_TS
Maximum number of radio timeslots that can be used by the VGCS calls in the cell.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
Category
HMI name MAX_TRC_NUMBER
Maximum number of simultaneous trace jobs in the BSC.
Spec reference
GPRS Radio interface - RRM sublayer
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
20
20
B9
Number
127
None
Page 207
Coded Def
Def value
20
20
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Oui
Type
Number
Min value 0
Max value 127
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
MCC (BSC)
3GPP TS 04.18
Rec reference
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
GSM
Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Set by Create
Category
HMI name Mobile Country Code (MCC)
B9
Oui
Type
Reference
Min value 0
Max value 999
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
catalogue document. The OwnMCC[x] parameter defines one MCC of the own PLMN set.
The migration rules and the handling of MCC parameter are described here assuming that Release B7 is in MRx with x >= 6.
Page 208
999
999
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Def value 999

Coded Def
External comment The value depends on the configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
Internal comment The value sent by the OMC-R corresponds to the value of a OwnMCC[x] parameter (where x = 1, 2, 3 or 4) defined in the BSS O&M Telecom
The OMC-R shall ensure that the following rules are always fulfilled:
- MCC (BSC) = MCC (MFS).
Recommended rules - The cells belonging to the same BSC shall have the same (MCC,MNC) couple.
-- The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells internal to the OMC-R shall be selected from the set of own
PLMNs.
- The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells external to the OMC-R can be selected from the set of own or
3 digits BCD
Application
domain
Mobile Country Code of the own PLMN.
Logical name
Definition
MCC(n) (BSC)
3GPP TS 04.18
Rec reference
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
GSM
Site (CAE)
B9
Oui
Type
Reference
Min value 0
Max value 999
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
BSS O&M Telecom catalogue document. The OwnMCC[x] parameter defines a MCC of the own PLMN set. The ForeignMCC[x] parameter
defines a MCC of the foreign PLMN set.
Page 209
999
999
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Def value 999

Coded Def
External comment -Internal comment The value sent by the OMC-R corresponds to the value of a OwnMCC[x] or ForeignMCC[x] parameter (where x = 1, 2, 3 or 4) defined in the
The migration rules and the handling of MCC parameter are described here assuming that Release
B7 is in MRx with x >= 6
- MCC(n) (BSC) = MCC(n) (MFS)
Recommended rules - If the target and serving cells belong to the same BSC, the OMC-R shall ensure that the cells -have the same (MCC,MNC) couple.
- If the target and serving cells belong to the same OMC-R, both (MCC,MNC) couples shall be
selected in the set of own PLMNs (but they do not have necessarily the same own PLMN).
- If the target cell is external to the OMC-R, the MCC is computed by the OMC-R as a function of
the PLMN id selected by the operator. In this case, the (MCC,MNC) couple of the target cell can
be selected in the set of own or foreign PLMNs.
3 digits BCD
Application
domain
Category
Mobile Country Code of the own or of a foreign PLMN.
Logical name
Definition
2G-3G
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
Def value
--
999
Type
Number
Min value 0
Max value 999
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
3G cell
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Non
Cell Type
999
Page 210
Coded Def
999
None
RMS template Non
TRX nb
3G cell
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
The value sent by the OMC-R corresponds to the value of a OwnMCC[x] or ForeignMCC[x] parameter (where x = 1, 2, 3 or 4) defined in the
BSS O&M Telecom catalogue document. The OwnMCC[x] parameter defines a MCC of the own PLMN set. The ForeignMCC[x] parameter
defines a MCC of the foreign PLMN set.
Internal comment --
MCC_3G(n), MNC_3G(n), RNC_ID(n) and CI_3G(n) shall together uniquely identify a 3G cell.
MCC_3G(n) is a mandatory parameter (set at creation time, and not changeable except via
delete/re-create)
Recommended rules The MCC_3G is computed by the OMC-R as a function of the PLMN id selected by the operator.
In this case, the (MCC_3G,MNC_3G) couple of the target 3G cell must be selected in the set of
own or foreign PLMNs
3 digits BCD
Handover Management
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
3GPP TS 45.008
MCC_3G(n)
HMI name Mobile Country Code (MCC) for
Mobile Country Code of a neighbour 3G cell of the own or of a foreign PLMN.
Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition
None
GSM
Network (CDE)
Category
None
GSM
Application
domain
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [10]
HMI name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [10]
Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I.
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Application
domain
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
10
B9
100
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
100
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
10
100
100
Page 211
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
GSM
Network (CDE)
Category
None
GSM
Application
domain
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Application
domain
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
20
B9
100
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
30
100
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
20
100
30
100
Page 212
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
GSM
Network (CDE)
Category
None
GSM
Application
domain
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Application
domain
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
40
B9
100
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
100
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
40
100
100
Page 213
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
GSM
Network (CDE)
Category
None
GSM
Application
domain
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Application
domain
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
100
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
100
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
100
100
Page 214
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
GSM
Network (CDE)
Category
None
GSM
Application
domain
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Application
domain
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
100
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
100
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
100
100
Page 215
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [1]
HMI name MEAS_STAT_BFI_1
Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio Measurements
Statistics.
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [2]
Statistics.
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Threshold
Coding rules
step size = 1
Min value 1
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_BFI3 > MEAS_STAT_BFI2 > MEAS_STAT_BFI1
Max value 24
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Threshold
Coding rules
step size = 1
Min value 1
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_BFI2 > MEAS_STAT_BFI1
Max value 24
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
24
None
24
None
Page 216
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [3]
Statistics.
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [4]
Statistics.
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Threshold
Coding rules
step size = 1
Min value 1
Max value 24
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Threshold
Coding rules
step size = 1
Min value 1
Max value 24
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
24
None
24
None
Page 217
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [5]
Statistics.
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [6]
Statistics.
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Threshold
Coding rules
step size = 1
Min value 1
Max value 24
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Threshold
Coding rules
step size = 1
Min value 1
Max value 24
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
24
None
10
24
None
Page 218
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [7]
Statistics.
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [8]
Statistics.
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Threshold
Coding rules
step size = 1
Min value 1
Max value 24
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Threshold
Coding rules
step size = 1
Min value 1
Max value 24
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
14
24
None
18
24
None
Page 219
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [9]
Statistics.
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [1]
HMI name MEAS_STAT_C_I_1
Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to define bands used for Radio
Measurements Statistics.
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Threshold
Coding rules
coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, , 125 = +62 dB)
Min value -62
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_CI1 < MEAS_STAT_CI2
Max value 62
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Threshold
Coding rules
step size = 1
Min value 1
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_BFI9 > MEAS_STAT_BFI8
Max value 24
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
22
24
None
51
125
dB
Page 220
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [2]
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [3]
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Threshold
Coding rules
Min value -62
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_CI2 < MEAS_STAT_CI3 < MEAS_STAT_CI4
Max value 62
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Threshold
Coding rules
Min value -62
Max value 62
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
54
125
dB
1
57
125
dB
Page 221
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [4]
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [5]
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Threshold
Coding rules
Min value -62
Max value 62
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Threshold
Coding rules
Min value -62
Max value 62
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
60
125
dB
1
63
125
dB
Page 222
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [6]
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [7]
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Threshold
Coding rules
Min value -62
Max value 62
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Threshold
Coding rules
Min value -62
Max value 62
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
66
125
dB
1
69
125
dB
Page 223
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [8]
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [9]
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Threshold
Coding rules
Min value -62
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_CI8 < MEAS_STAT_CI9
Max value 62
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Threshold
Coding rules
Min value -62
Max value 62
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
72
125
dB
1
75
125
dB
Page 224
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [1]
HMI name MEAS_STAT_LEV_1
Threshold on radio level to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [2]
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Threshold
Coding rules
coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm
Min value -109
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_LEV_1 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_2 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_3
Max value -48
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Threshold
Coding rules
Min value -109
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_LEV_1 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_2
Max value -48
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
57
62
dBm
50
62
dBm
Page 225
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [3]
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [4]
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Threshold
Coding rules
Min value -109
Max value -48
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Threshold
Coding rules
Min value -109
Max value -48
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
44
62
dBm
38
62
dBm
Page 226
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [5]
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [6]
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Threshold
Coding rules
Min value -109
Max value -48
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Threshold
Coding rules
Min value -109
Max value -48
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
31
62
dBm
25
62
dBm
Page 227
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [7]
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [8]
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Threshold
Coding rules
Min value -109
Max value -48
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Threshold
Coding rules
Min value -109
Max value -48
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
19
62
dBm
13
62
dBm
Page 228
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [9]
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [1]
HMI name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_1
Threshold on path balance to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Threshold
Coding rules
coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, 219 = +109 dB)
Min value -109
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL1 < MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL2
Max value 109
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Threshold
Coding rules
Min value -109
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_LEV_8 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_9
Max value -48
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
62
dBm
60
219
dB
Page 229
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Threshold
Coding rules
Min value -109
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL4 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL3 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL2
Max value 109
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Threshold
Coding rules
Min value -109
Max value 109
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
80
219
dB
1
90
219
dB
Page 230
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Threshold
Coding rules
Min value -109
Max value 109
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Threshold
Coding rules
Min value -109
Max value 109
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
100
219
dB
1
110
219
dB
Page 231
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Threshold
Coding rules
Min value -109
Max value 109
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Threshold
Coding rules
Min value -109
Max value 109
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
120
219
dB
1
130
219
dB
Page 232
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Threshold
Coding rules
Min value -109
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL9 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL8
Max value 109
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Threshold
Coding rules
Min value -109
Max value 109
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
140
219
dB
1
160
219
dB
Page 233
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
MEAS_STAT_S_i [1]
HMI name MEAS_STAT_S_1
Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
MEAS_STAT_S_i [2]
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Threshold
Coding rules
step size = 1 Samfr
Min value 1
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_S3 > MEAS_STAT_S2 > MEAS_STAT_S1
Max value 127
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Threshold
Coding rules
step size = 1 Samfr
Min value 1
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_S1 < MEAS_STAT_S2
Max value 127
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
127
Samfr
127
Samfr
Page 234
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
MEAS_STAT_S_i [3]
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
MEAS_STAT_S_i [4]
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Threshold
Coding rules
step size = 1 Samfr
Min value 1
Max value 127
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Radio measurements
Type
Threshold
Coding rules
step size = 1 Samfr
Min value 1
Max value 127
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
127
Samfr
12
127
Samfr
Page 235
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
MEAS_STAT_S_i [5]
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
MEAS_STAT_S_i [6]
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Threshold
Coding rules
step size = 1 Samfr
Min value 1
Max value 127
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Threshold
Coding rules
step size = 1 Samfr
Min value 1
Max value 127
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
14
127
Samfr
16
127
Samfr
Page 236
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
MEAS_STAT_S_i [7]
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
MEAS_STAT_S_i [8]
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Threshold
Coding rules
step size = 1 Samfr
Min value 1
Max value 127
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Radio measurements
Type
Threshold
Coding rules
step size = 1 Samfr
Min value 1
Max value 127
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
18
127
Samfr
20
127
Samfr
Page 237
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
MEAS_STAT_S_i [9]
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [1]
HMI name MEAS_STAT_TA_1
Upper limit of the first TA band, lower limit of the second TA band (for the RMS TA
measurements)
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Number
Coding rules
-Min value 1
Mandatory rules 0 < MEAS_STAT_TA_1 < MEAS_STAT_TA_2
Max value 62
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Threshold
Coding rules
step size = 1 Samfr
Min value 1
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_S9 > MEAS_STAT_S8
Max value 127
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
22
127
Samfr
62
bper
Page 238
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [2]
Upper limit of the 2nd TA band, lower limit of the 3rd TA band (for the RMS TA measurements)
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [3]
Upper limit of the 3rd TA band, lower limit of the 4th TA band (for the RMS TA measurements)
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Number
Coding rules
-Min value 1
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_TA_2 < MEAS_STAT_TA_3 < MEAS_STAT_TA_4
Max value 62
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Number
Coding rules
-Min value 1
Max value 62
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
13
62
bper
19
62
bper
Page 239
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [4]
Upper limit of the 4th TA band, lower limit of the 5th TA band (for the RMS TA measurements)
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [5]
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Number
Coding rules
-Min value 1
Max value 62
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Number
Coding rules
-Min value 1
Max value 62
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
25
62
bper
31
62
bper
Page 240
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [6]
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [7]
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Number
Coding rules
-Min value 1
Max value 62
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Number
Coding rules
-Min value 1
Max value 62
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
37
62
bper
43
62
bper
Page 241
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [8]
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [9]
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Number
Coding rules
-Min value 1
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_TA_8 < MEAS_STAT_TA_9 < 63
Max value 62
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Number
Coding rules
-Min value 1
Max value 62
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
49
62
bper
55
62
bper
Page 242
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
MIN_CONNECT_TIME
HMI name MIN_CONNECT_TIME
Maximum connection time after a handover in an overlaid cell to declare the MS fast when
leaving the cell with a handover.
IP
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
Type
Number
Min value 0
Max value 127
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
40
120
Timer
Non
Oui
40
120
sec
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
IP demo parameter.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA

Internal comment The MPDCHs (primary and secondary) are also taken into account in this parameter.
-When MIN_PDCH > 0 and cell_type = extended inner or extended outer, then MIN_PDCH
shall be an even number
Def value
Page 243
Coded Def
- Shall be equal to MIN_PDCH (MFS)

127
-MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD >= MIN_PDCH;
Recommended rules -MIN_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = enabled; It is recommended to set this parameter to a value smaller than the maximum
number of
-MIN_PDCH >= NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = disabled.
PDCHs that may be allocated in the cell, in order to avoid congestion on the MFSBSC
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
HMI name MIN_PDCH

Minimum number of master and slave PDCHs that are always allocated to the MFS.
MIGRATION RULE + CDE TABLE TO CHECK.
MIN_PDCH (BSC)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Spec reference
Type
Coding rules
step size=1sec
Min value
External comment -Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Lower layer. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
VGCS
Category
Site (CAE)
MIN_VGCS_TS
HMI name MIN_VGCS_TS
Minimum number of radio timeslots that are reserved for the VGCS calls in the cell in normal
situation (point-to-point CS call can NOT use these timeslots).

Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
- If EN_VGCS = enabled , then Alcatel recommends to set EN_TCH_PREEMPT to enabled,

otherwise to set the value of MIN_VGCS_TS to a value greater or equal to 2
i) MIN_VGCS_TS <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0) - 2 if TRX_PREF_MARK <>

0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = 1: CCCH combined
ii) MIN_VGCS_TS <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0) - 3 if TRX_PREF_MARK <>
0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = 0: CCCH not combined
iii) MIN_VGCS_TS <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0) - 1 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0
on BCCH TRX.
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules MIN_VGCS_TS <= MAX_VGCS_TS
Recommended rules - The following rules about the upper limit are recommended :
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
0
31
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
31
None
Page 244
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
MNC (BSC)
3GPP TS 04.18
Rec reference
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
HMI name Mobile Network Code (MNC)
Internal comment
B9
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
The migration rules and the handling of MNC parameter are described here assuming that Release B7 is in MRx with x >= 6.
999
Page 245
Coded Def
999
Def value
999
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Type
Reference
Min value 0
Max value 999
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
The operator is allowed to enter 2 or 3 digits MNC in the CDE table.

MNC such as yz or Fyz correspond to a 2 digits MNC (y, z = 0..9). (F binary coded 1111)
MNC such as xyz correspond to a 3 digits MNC (x = 0..9).
The value sent by the OMC-R corresponds to the value of a OwnMNC[x] parameter (where x = 1, 2, 3 or 4) defined in the BSS O&M Telecom
catalogue document. The OwnMNC[x] parameter defines a MNC of the own PLMN set.
External comment The value depends on configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
- MNC (BSC) = MNC (MFS).
PLMNs.
3 digits BCD
Application
domain
Mobile Network Code of the own PLMN.
Logical name
Definition
MNC(n) (BSC)
3GPP TS 04.18
Rec reference
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
GSM
Category
B9
Oui
Type
Reference
Min value 0
Max value 999
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
BSS O&M Telecom catalogue document. The OwnMNC[x] parameter defines a MNC of the own PLMN set. The ForeignMNC[x] parameter
defines a MNC of the foreign PLMN set.
Page 246
999
999
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Def value 999

Coded Def
External comment -Internal comment The value sent by the OMC-R corresponds to the value of a OwnMNC[x] or ForeignMNC[x] parameter (where x = 1, 2, 3 or 4) defined in the
The migration rules and the handling of MNC parameter are described here assuming that Release
B7 is in MRx with x >= 6.
- MNC(n) (BSC) = MNC(n) (MFS)
selected in the set of own PLMNs (they do not have necessarily the same own PLMN).
3 digits BCD
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
Mobile Network Code of the own PLMN or of a foreign PLMN.
Logical name
Definition
2G-3G
Site (CAE)
Category
Internal comment
B9
Oui
Def value
--
999
Type
Reference
Min value 0
Max value 999
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
3G cell
B10 Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Cell Type
Non
999
Page 247
Coded Def
999
None
RMS template Non
3G cell
TRX nb
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
The operator is allowed to enter 2 or 3 digits MNC in the CDE table.

-The value sent by the OMC-R corresponds to the value of a OwnMNC[x] or ForeignMNC[x] parameter (where x = 1, 2, 3 or 4) defined in the
BSS O&M Telecom catalogue document. The OwnMNC[x] parameter defines a MNC of the own PLMN set. The ForeignMNC[x] parameter
defines a MNC of the foreign PLMN set.
MNC_3G(n) is a mandatory parameter (set at creation time, and not changeable except via
delete/re-create)
Recommended rules The MNC_3G is computed by the OMC-R as a function of the PLMN id selected by the operator.
In this case, the (MCC_3G,MNC_3G) couple of the target 3G cell must be selected in the set of
own or foreign PLMNs.
3 digits BCD
Handover Management
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
3GPP TS 45.008
MNC_3G(n)
HMI name Mobile Network Code (MNC) for
Mobile Network Code of a neighbour 3G cell of the own PLMN or of a foreign PLMN.
Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition
MS_P_CON_ACK
None
Application
domain
MS_P_CON_INT
None
Application
domain
GSM
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name MS_P_CON_INT
Category
HMI name MS_P_CON_ACK
Minimum delay between two consecutive MS power commands.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
Supervision of the MS Power Control procedure.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
31
B9
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
31
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
31
2 x Samfr
31
2 x Samfr
Page 248
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
MS_TXPWR_MAX
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
HMI name MS_TXPWR_MAX
B9
Type
Min value
5
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Unit
Coded Min
Internal comment
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
2) In the GSM850 band, the value of 39 dBm is only displayed once at the OMC-R screen and corresponds to the value coded as 0. However,
the value coded as 1 or 2 may be used if the data are retrieved from the ACIE interface.
1) Exceptionally the CAE templates in the BTP will always contain the coded_default value (coded as 0) instead of the real default value
expressed in dBm (i.e., 43, 39, 30, 30, depending on the BCCH frequency band). By convention, the minimum, maximum, and default
values in the main window of the parameter are given for the P-GSM/G1 frequency band.
MS), the coded value 0, 1 and 2 are interpreted differently:

- Coded value 0: (interpreted as 43 dBm by the Phase 1 MS; interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS);
- Coded value 2: (interpreted as 39 dBm by both the Phase 1 MS and the Phase 2/onwards MS).
Page 249
19
dBm
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Mandatory rules MS_TXPWR_MAX >= MS_TXPWR_MIN

Max value 43
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment According to the 3GPP TS 05.05, if the BCCH frequency band is P-GSM/G1, depending on the version of MS (Phase 1 MS or Phase 2/onwards
P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm,...., 19: 5 dBm.

GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,...,
19: 5 dBm.
DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm,..., 15: 0 dBm.
DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm, 30: 33 dBm, 31:
32 dBm.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
3GPP TS 05.08
MS maximum allowed transmission power.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
MS_TXPWR_MAX(n)
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
HMI name MS_TXPWR_MAX
B9
Type
Min value
5
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Unit
Coded Min
Internal comment
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA

-Coded value 2: (interpreted as 39 dBm by both the Phase 1 MS and the Phase 2/onwards MS).
Page 250
19
dBm
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Mandatory rules MS_TXPWR_MAX >= MS_TXPWR_MIN

Max value 43
Coded Max
Coded Def
P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm.

19: 5 dBm.
DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm.
32 dBm.
Power control and radio link supervision
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
MS maximum allowed transmission power.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
Type
Min value
5
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Unit
Coded Min
Internal comment
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA

Page 251
19
dBm
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non

Coded Max
Coded Def

19: 5 dBm.
32 dBm.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
3GPP TS 05.08
MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH (BSC)
HMI name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH
Maximum transmission power an MS is allowed to use when accessing the cell until otherwise
commanded.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Application
domain
VGCS
Site (CAE)
Category

19: 5 dBm.
DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15:
0 dBm.
None
MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n)(BSC)
commanded, broadcast on PBCCH for CS service establishment.
B9
Type
Min value
5
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Unit
Coded Min
Internal comment
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
-1) Exceptionally the CAE templates in the BTP will always contain the coded_default value (coded as 0) instead of the real default value

Page 252
19
dBm
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non

Coded Max
Coded Def
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
Type
Min value
5
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Unit
Coded Min
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 253
1) The coding rules of MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER depend on the inner zone frequency band. Therefore, in a multiband concentric cell, the coding
rules defined for
MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER are different from the coding rules defined for MS_TXPWR_MAX and MS_TXPWR_MIN, which both
apply to the outer zone frequency band.
Meaninful only in cells where: CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = concentric.
Internal comment

19
dBm
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
Mandatory rules MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER >= MS_TXPWR_MIN

Max value 43
Coded Max
Coded Def

19: 5 dBm.
32 dBm.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER
HMI name MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER
MS maximum allowed transmission power in the inner zone of a concentric or multiband cell.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
MS_TXPWR_MIN
Internal comment
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
13
13
Coded Def
Coded Def
17
Def value
19
dBm
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Number
Oui
Max value 43
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Default value for P-GSM/G1: 17 dBm

Default value for GSM850: 17 dBm
Default value for DCS1800: 4 dBm
External comment The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band:
MS_TXPWR_MIN <= MS_TXPWR_MAX

and
MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER >= MS_TXPWR_MIN
Mandatory rules
GSM
HMI name MS_TXPWR_MIN
P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ...,13: 17 dBm,, 19: 5 dBm.
13: 17 dBm,, 19: 5 dBm.
DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 13: 4 dBm,, 15: 0 dBm.
DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 13: 4 dBm,, 15: 0 dBm, 30:
33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
MS minimum allowed transmission power.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 254
GSM 04.18
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
MSCR (BSC)
HMI name MSCR
Year corresponding to the version of ETSI/3GPP recommendations used to implement MSC
software.
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Oui
0: Normal
1: Extended
--
None
Application
domain
GSM
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name MTP_Sequence_Number_Format
Defines the format to be used for the sequence number of MTP2.
MTP_Sequence_Number_Format
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules -External comment Value "Extended" is refused by the BSC if EN_HSL=0
Internal comment MTP_SN_Format is managed by the Mx-BSC only.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Number
Max value 1
Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Non
None
Page 255
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
the MS and the MSC.Towards a MSC Release 99 (and newer), the MS is allowed to send several unacknowledge layer3 MM or CC messages to
the MSC, transparently to the BSS (defined in GSM TS24.007, TS24.008 and 04.18).
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Flag
Unit
Coding rules
0 = MSC is release '98 or older; 1 = MSC is release '99 onwards
Min value 0
Coded Min
Mandatory rules MSCR (BSC) = MSCR (MFS)
Max value 1
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment -Internal comment The BSS does not use this field but shall provide it to the MS (MSC Release is broadcast in SI/PSI message) for upper layer protocol between
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
ITU-T Q.704
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
MTP3_WB_INTERWORKING
HMI name WHITE_BOOK_INTERWORKING
This flag indicates if the BSC sends a Q.704 TRA message upon first reception of SLTA from the
MSC.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
B9
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Spec reference
(SS7 parameter)
Type
Coding rules
0 : TRA not sent upon first SLTA reception, 1 : TRA sent upon first SLTA reception
Min value
External comment This flag is set to 1 for interworking with a "White Book" MSC. It is set to 0 for interworking with a "Blue Book" MSC.
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Oui
None
Page 256
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
Mandatory rules Equal to MULTIBAND_REPORTING (MFS)

3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Coded over 2 bits:

00: normal reporting of the six strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC,
irrespective of the band used;
01: the MS shall report the strongest cell, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of
the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell;
10: the MS shall report the two strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each
of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell;
11: the MS shall report the three strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in
each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
3GPP TS 05.08
MULTIBAND_REPORTING (BSC)
HMI name MULTIBAND_REPORTING
Minimum number of cells of each supported frequency band to be included in MEASUREMENT
REPORT by the MS.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Number
Max value 3
Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Page 257
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
handover.
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
Category
None
Application
domain
Sent to the BTS via OML and to the TC via TCSL.
IP
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
MUXTRAUP_SIZE
HMI name MUXTRAUP_SIZE
Minimum size of a MUXTRAUP packet. The size includes IP header, UDP header, COM-H field
and payload.
Spec reference
TC/BTS Interface
Coding rules
Step size = 100 bytes.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITION HMI name MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITI

This parameter determines the condition on traffic load in the serving cell to trigger a multiband
Spec reference
Coding rules
0: Any load, 1: Not low, 2: High
Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Flag
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
800
1500
Number
100
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Non
Oui
Cell Type
Non
None
15
byte
Page 258
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
ON
TRX nb
3GPP TS 05.08
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
N_AVG_I (BSC)
HMI name N_AVG_I (BSC)
N_AVG_I (BSC) value is broadcast to the (E)GPRS MS in the SI13. The (E)GPRS MS uses it for
filtering the interference signal level measurements that it shall perform during the packet transfer
mode. These measurements are used by the (E)GPRS MS for output power control, but also
reported to the network and used for performing downlink link adaptation.
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
N_BAD_SACCH
HMI name N_BAD_SACCH
Number of consecutive bad SACCH frames to trigger a rescue handover.
External comment -Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where: Cell_type = Microcell
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
2) In micro cells, it is recommended to set N_BAD_SACCH so that

T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP > N_BAD_SACCH * 480ms + 30 seconds if
T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP <> 0.
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules 1) N_BAD_SACCH = RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS - N_BSTXPWR_M + 1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Instance
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
128
Oui
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
15
Number
cell
Sub-syste BSC
B10 Oui
Spec reference
Type
Coding rules
coded on 4 bits
Min value
Mandatory rules Equal to N_AVG_I (MFS)
Max value
External comment -Internal comment The Default value 6 has been used by the simulations performed by R&I, see report UTR/C/03/0011/V1 for detail.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
15
None
128
Samfr
Page 259
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
N_BSTXPWR_M
None
Application
domain
GSM
Counter threshold to trigger a radio link recovery.
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name RADIOLINK_RECOVERY_THRES
N_CLR_REQ
None
Rec reference
Spec reference
Call release
Coding rules
GSM
Application
domain
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name NB_CLR_REQ
Maximum number of CLEAR REQUEST message transmission.
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules N_BSTXPWR_M < RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS
Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
13
B9
127
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
Number
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
13
127
Samfr
None
Page 260
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
N_TCH_HO
None
Rec reference
GSM
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name N_TCH_HO
Category
Number of less interfered Full Rate TCH reserved for handover.
Logical name
Definition
GSM
N_PREF_CELLS
HMI name NB_PREF_CELLS
Maximum number of candidate cells sent in one HANDOVER REQUIRED.
Spec reference
Handover management
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment MSC: Depends on MSC Type
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
16
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
255
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
16
None
255
None
Page 261
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
None
Application
domain
GSM
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
N_TRAFFIC_LOAD
HMI name N_TRAFFIC_LOAD
Number of consecutive load averages used in traffic load evaluation process.
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment TRXnb: Depends on TRX number
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Application
domain
N_threshold
HMI name TCH load threshold for Auto AC
Threshold on busy TCH timeslots percentage for automatic barring of access classes.
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
100
100
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
Number
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
100
100
None
Page 262
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Oui
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
N1
HMI name Nbr. AC 0-9 barred in one step
Number of low priority access classes (0..9) are barred in one step.
None
GSM
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
N2
HMI name Nbr. AC 0-9 unbarred in one step
Number of low priority access classes (0..9) are unbarred in one step.
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Value 0 inhibits the automatic barring of low priority access classes.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
10
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
10
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
10
None
10
None
Page 263
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
N200_GSL (BSC)
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
HMI name N200_GSL (BSC)
Maximum number of re-transmissions on a GSL link.
GSM TS 08.56
Application
domain
GSM
Category
System (CST)
N200_OML (BSC)
HMI name N200_OML (BSC)
Maximum number of re-transmissions of a LAPD frame on an OML.
The default value 12 corresponds to Abis terrestrial link.

--
Internal comment
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules The recommended value for Abis via satellite is 5.
External comment The value of this parameter is driven by the associated Abis connection type
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules Equal to N200_GSL (MFS)
Recommended rules T_GSL_Ack (BSC) > T200 (GSL) * (1 + N200 (GSL))
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
12
12
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
A-bis link
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
12
12
None
Page 264
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
N200_RSL (BSC)
GSM TS 08.56
Application
domain
GSM
GSM TS 08.56
GSM
Application
domain
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
N201 (BSC)
HMI name N201 (BSC)
Maximum number of bytes in Information part of an I frame sent by the BSC.
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
The recommended value for Abis via satellite is 5.

External comment The value of this parameter is driven by the associated Abis connection type
Internal comment --
Category
System (CST)
HMI name N200_RSL (BSC)
Maximum number of retransmissions of a LAPD frame on a RSL.
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules N200_RSL (BSC) = N200_RSL (BTS) + 2
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
12
20
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
260
260
260
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
A-bis link
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
12
20
None
260
260
260
None
Page 265
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
N2X4
None
LapD Management
Rec reference
Spec reference
Coding rules
HMI name N2X4
GSM
System (CST)
Category
Mandatory rules
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
0: the polling continues forever until the status of the peer entity becomes non-busy again, <> 0:
after polling N2X4 times, LAPD re-establishment is forced
--
Application
domain
System (CST)
Category
Maximum number of polling in case of peer entity busy condition.
Logical name
Definition
GPRS
N201_GSL (BSC)
HMI name N201_GSL (BSC)
Maximum number of bytes in Information part of an I frame sent by the BSC on the GSL link.
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules Equal to N201_GSL (MFS)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
260
65535
Number
Number
Max value 255

Def value 10
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
260
65535
None
10
255
None
Page 266
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
IP
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name NB_MAX_ACTIVE_TCH_TS

Maximum number of RTSs supporting some TCH(s) at the same time (one FR TCH or two HR
TCHs) in one Abis BTS group.
The RTSs supporting only one HR TCH are counted as half a RTS.
NB_MAX_ACTIVE_TCH_TS
B9
Instance
Non
Abis group
Sub-syste BSC
B10 Oui
Non
HMI name
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
System (CST)
MD
G_CMD
Number of paging messages that shall be included in the Abis message MULTIPLE PAGING
COMMAND before sending it to the BTS (except if T_SEND_MULTIPLE_PAGING_CMD expires
before the this limit is reached).
TRX nb
NB_MAX_MSG_MULTIPLE_PAGING_C
IP demo parameter. Shall be displayed at OMC-R.
Instance
BSC
Sub-syste BSC
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Non
Oui
Page 267
10
None
RMS template Non
Cell Type
B10
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
NB_MAX_MSG_MULTIPLE_PAGIN
Spec reference
Type
Number
Coding rules
Step size = 1.
Min value 1
External comment This mechanism does not apply to G2 BTS. Value 1 disables the function (i.e. Paging Command message is used)
Internal comment In order to test it in the BSC, in front of a BTS simulator, the default value shall manually be changed in the BSC DLS to 5.
Rec reference
Definition
Non
Logical name
Internal comment
of signalling channels, this upper limit will never be reached. Additionally, because the MFS will map all cells of a same Abis group on a same
GP/GPU, operator shall take care not to build too large Abis group to take benefit of all equipped GPs/GPUs.
This parameter is calculated by both OMC and BSC, based on the channel configuration of the TRXs mapped on the BTS of this Abis group, and
on the TCH occupancy factor.
8000
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Number
Unit
Coding rules
Step size = 1.
Min value 0
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment This limit of 8000 TCH TSs is a simple theoretical limit based on 8TS*1000TRX (because at most 1000 TRXs per MX-BSC). Due to the presence
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
HMI name Reserved Slots Number for Basic
GSM TS 03.41
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
CBCH
This parameter indicates the number of slots reserved for high priority messages within the
schedule period for basic CBCH.
Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_basic_C
BCH
HMI name Reserved Slots Number for
GSM TS 03.41
Application
domain
GSM
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Extended CBCH
This parameter indicates the number of slots reserved for high priority messages within the
schedule period for extended CBCH.
Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_extende
d_CBCH
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Definition
Logical name
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules shall be set to "0" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1"
Rec reference
Definition
Logical name
B9
40
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
40
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
Non
Non
40
None
Non
Non
40
None
Page 268
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Cell Type
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Cell Type
GPRS
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
Type
Number
Min value 0
Max value 4
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Internal comment
0: MPDCH is not configured in the cell;

1: only one static primary MPDCH is configured in the cell;
2: one static primary MPDCH and one static secondary MPDCH are configured in the cell;
3: one static primary MPDCH and two static secondary MPDCH are configured in the cell;
4: one static primary MPDCH and three static secondary MPDCH are configured in the cell.
link, the usage of the MPDCH must consider the following criteria:
* higher cost of transmission resources through the satellite link;
* limited throughput of the RSL in case of Abis through satellite to about 6 kbit/s (because of round trip delay effect on acknowledged protocol
with limited LAP-D window size). In case of important CS signalling load, the RSL may not be able to transport the additional signalling load due
toTBF establishments when no MPDCH is established.
Hence the recommendation in the GPRS through satellite case is:
* for a cell connected with Abis through satellite and with non negligible signalling load (CS+PS), MPDCH is recommended;
* for a cell connected with Ater through satellite, MPDCH is not recommended.
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Def value 0
Coded Def
External comment The Master PDCH requires the establishment of a GCH (Abis and Ater) which does not carry traffic. In case of Abis or Ater through satellite
4) When cell_type = extended inner or extended outer, then NB_TS_MPDCH = 0
3)The following conditions are verified by the OMC-R in order to check the upper limit of
MAX_PDCH:
1) MIN_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = enabled; MIN_PDCH

>= NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = disabled.
Recommended rules
-2) if the network_operation_mode (BSC) parameter is set to 2 (NMO II) then all cells of the BSS
must have NB_TS_MPDCH = 0
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
NB_TS_MPDCH (BSC)
HMI name NB_TS_MPDCH
Number of radio timeslots reserved for the primary and secondary master PDCHs defined in the
cell.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 269
None
Application
domain
Network (CDE)
Category
None
Application
domain
GSM
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
NBR_RESET_CIC_REP
HMI name NBR_RESET_CIC_REP
Maximum number of RESET CIRCUIT message repetitions when not acknowledged by the MSC.
Spec reference
Coding rules
255: RESET CIRCUIT message is indefinitely repeated
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment MSC: Depends on MSC Type
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
NBLK
HMI name NBLK
Maximum number of BLOCK messages that can be sent if the ACK from the MSC is not
received.
Spec reference
Coding rules
255: infinite transmission
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
255
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
255
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
255
None
255
None
Page 270
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Site (CAE)
None
Application
domain
GSM
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
B9
127
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
10
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1 <= NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Category
NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1
HMI name NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1
Number of steps needed to reduce the load upon TCU overload level 1.
GSM
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Application
domain
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
GSM TS 08.08
NBR_RESET_REP
HMI name NBR_RESET_REP
Number of times the RESET message is sent without being acknowledged by the MSC before an
alarm is reported.
Spec reference
BSS global reset
Coding rules
If NBR_RESET_REP = 0, RESET message is not sent
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment MSC: Depends on MSC Type
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Oui
Oui
127
None
10
None
Page 271
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2
None
Application
domain
GSM
NCC (BSC)
None
Rec reference
GSM
Category
HMI name NCC
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
Coded over 3 bits.
Mandatory rules Equal to NCC (MFS)
Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message
Application
domain
Network Colour code of the cell.
Logical name
Definition
Category
Network (CDE)
HMI name NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2
Number of steps to reduce the load upon TCU overload level 2.
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2 >= NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
10
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
10
None
None
Page 272
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
Type
Min value
0
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
Mandatory rules
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
0: Out of range timing advance is ignored, 1: Out of range timing advance triggers a Handover
Failure procedure
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
GSM TS 04.08
NCI
HMI name NCI
This flag indicates to the MS if it reports a HANDOVER FAILURE in case of out of range timing
advance.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Flag
Max value 1
Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
List of numbers
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Mandatory rules
Max value 255
Internal comment This parameter was previously named: PLMN_permitted.
Coded over 8 bits. each bit corresponds to a NCC value: MSB corresponds to NCC = 7, LSB
corresponds to NCC = 0. For each bit:0= NCC not permitted, 1= NCC permitted
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
3GPP TS 04.18
NCC_permitted
HMI name NCC permitted
Indicates which NCC values the MS considers as belonging to the network.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
255
None
None
0
Page 273
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
GSM TS 04.08
Application
domain
System (CST)
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n)
HMI name NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV
Threshold of maximum received level from the neighbour cells for cause 13.
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
NECI (BSC)
HMI name NECI (BSC)
New Establishment Causes Indicator. Indicates to the MS if the network supports the new GSM
Phase 2 establishment causes in CHANNEL REQUEST.
Spec reference
Coding rules
0: not supported, 1: supported
Mandatory rules Equal to NECI (MFS)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
-47
-47
-110
Oui
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
adj
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
None
63
63
dBm
Page 274
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
network_operation_mode (BSC)
GPRS
Category
1
Number
Max value 3
Type
Min value
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 275
Coded Def
Coded Max
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
NMO I requires a Gs interface.

Corresponds to NMO in Sys info 13.
Coding at radio interface is different, i.e. 0 == Network operation mode I; 1 == Network operation mode II; 2 == Network operation mode III.
Internal comment
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Def value
External comment Any change will trigger a data reset of the GPUs. Stop and restart of (E)GPRS traffic in all the cells of the BSS.
3 possible values : 1, 2, 3; 1 == Network operation mode I ; 2 == Network operation mode II ; 3 ==

Network operation mode III.
Mandatory rules If the network_operation_mode (BSC) parameter is set to NMO II then all cells of the BSS must
have NB_TS_MPDCH = 0
Recommended rules
-Equal to network_operation_mode (MFS).
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
3GPP TS 03.60
Site (CAE)
HMI name Network_mode_of_operation
This parameter defines the CS-PS co-ordination for paging.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Application
domain
VGCS
Site (CAE)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Coded over 3 bits

000 : deactivation of notification on FACCH of other on-going VGCS calls
None
NOTIF_FACCH_OTHER_VGCS_C
ALL_THR
If the eMLPP priority is higher than or equal to this parameter, the Notifications message shall be
sent on FACCH of all other on-going VGCS call.
NOTIF_FACCH_OTHER_VGCS_CALL_HMI name
THR
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Definition
Logical name
B9
Oui
Threshold
Max value 7
Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Non
Non
None
Page 276
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Cell Type
Application
domain
VGCS
Site (CAE)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Coded over 3 bits

000 : deactivation of notification on FACCH of all on going point to point calls in the cell
None
NOTIF_FACCH_PTP_CALL_THR
HMI name NOTIF_FACCH_PTP_CALL_THR
If the eMLPP priority is higher than or equal to this parameter, the Notifications message shall be
sent on FACCH of all on-going point to point call whose MS is VGCS capable.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Oui
Threshold
Max value 7
Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
None
Page 277
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Application
domain
VGCS
Coded over 3 bits

000 : deactivation of notification on PCH in the cell
None
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
NOTIF_PCH_THR
HMI name NOTIF_PCH_THR
The priority threshold for notification over PCH.
The BSS shall consider, for Notification/PCH, only VGCS-Calls which have a priority (eMLPP
priority) not below this parameter. If more than one is selected, all these voice group calls shall be
notified on PCH and all with the same frequency of occurrence.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Oui
Threshold
cell
Max value 7
Def value 0
Type
Min value
Instance
Sub-syste BSC
B10 Oui
None
Page 278
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Non
HMI name
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
IP
Site (CAE)
Category
20
20
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
None
Application
domain
GSM
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
NUBLK
HMI name NUBLK
Maximum number of UNBLOCK messages that are sent if the ACK from the MSC is not
received.
Spec reference
Coding rules
255: infinite transmission
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Internal comment
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
255
Number
1
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
255
None
Page 279
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
GBR PS traffic) may not be negligible. Example: IP header (20 bytes) + UDP header (8 bytes) + IPGCH header (a few bytes) will represent
around 10% of the total Abis bandwidth consumption if the IPGCHU segment size is 300 bytes.
IP demo parameter.
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
100
20
10
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
A-bis link
Non
Oui
RMS template Non
Cell Type
B10
Type
Number
Min value 10
Max value 100
Instance
Sub-syste BSC
NRT_GUARANTEED_BANDWIDT
External comment Depending on the IPGCHU segment size, the necessary bandwidth for the transmission of all the IP/UDP/IPGCH headers (for Best Effort +
In case of a BTS with 2 Abis (2 E1 links), NRT_GUARANTEED_BANDWIDTH_FACTOR shall take

the same value for both Abis
Step size = 1%.
None
Application
domain
TOR
H_FACTOR
Percentage of reserved PS bandwidth (Abis bandwidth) which is not considered as usable for
GBR PS traffic by the MFS.
This parameter enables to guarantee, in each Abis BTS group supported by the BSC:
- a minimum bandwidth for Best Effort PS traffic,
- the necessary bandwidth for PS related control traffic (PMU-PTU and IPGCH control traffic),
- the necessary bandwidth for the transmission of all the IP/UDP/IPGCH headers (for Best Effort
+ GBR PS traffic), provided the reserved PS bandwidth is not null (or very low) for the Abis
TRX nb
NRT_GUARANTEED_BANDWIDTH_FAC
Rec reference
Definition
Non
Logical name
B9
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO
HMI name NUM_TCH_EMERGENCY_HO
Number of full rate TCH reserved for incoming emergency handovers (plus Cause 12 and Cause
27 handovers).
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
VGCS
Site (CAE)
External comment The parameter is significant when EN_VGCS is enabled

Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
--
Category
if EN_VGCS is enabled :
- BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS
Recommended rules - if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES > NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS
3GPP TS 44.018
NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS
HMI name NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS
This parameter defines the maximum number of blocks usable for NCH.
Logical name
Definition
Rec reference
unnecessarily.
--
Internal comment
B9
Def value
Type
Number
Min value 1
Max value 7
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Page 280
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
255
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Number
Unit
Coding rules
step size = 1
Min value 0
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment The Pre-emption procedure (in case EN_TCH_PREEMPT = enabled) might use these reserved TCHs in order to avoid releasing an on-going call
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
NY1
GSM TS 04.08
Rec reference
HMI name NY_1
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 44.018
It is a CDM parameter
VGCS
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
NY2
HMI name NY2
Maximum number of repetitions for the VGCS UPLINK GRANT message during an uplink access
procedure
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules For rules, see T3105_D and T3105_F_FR, T3105_F_HR.
Recommended rules For rules, see T3105_D and T3105_F_FR, T3105_F_HR.
External comment -Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message
Application
domain
Maximum number of repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATION.
Logical name
Definition
B9
20
35
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
20
35
None
None
Page 281
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Application
domain
None
Rec reference
Spec reference
Coding rules
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1 (0 coded as 0, 0.1 coded as 1 7 coded as 70)
Mandatory rules OFFSET_CA_HIGH >= OFFSET_CA_NORMAL
Rec reference
Offset for AMR channel adaptation hysteresis under high load.
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
4.5
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Logical name
Definition
HMI name OFFSET_CA_HIGH
Number
OFFSET_CA_HIGH
Type
Min value
Max value 3
Def value 3
System (CST)
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. Sent to the TC via TCSL.
0: higher priority
3: lower priority
Equal to OandM_PRIORITY (MFS)
IP
Category
HMI name OandM_PRIORITY (BSC)
BSS internal priority used by the O&M flows in IP network
OandM_PRIORITY (BSC)
Logical name
Definition
Oui
Non
None
45
70
None
Page 282
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
OFFSET_CA_NORMAL
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name OFFSET_CA_NORMAL
Offset for AMR channel adaptation hysteresis under normal load.
None
GSM
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER
HMI name OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER
Offset which allows to take into account the radio differences between the inner and the outer
zone (especially in multiband cells).
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules OFFSET_CA_HIGH >= OFFSET_CA_NORMAL
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
4.5
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
127
-127
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
45
70
None
127
-127
dB
Page 283
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 70==7)
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Relative value added to L_RXQUAL_UL_P and L_RXQUAL_DL_P
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
GSM
Offset_Hopping_PC
HMI name OFFSET_HOPPING_PC
Offset applied in the power control quality causes for hopping radio channels.
Application
domain
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
None
Offset_Hopping_HO
HMI name OFFSET_HOPPING_HO
Offset applied in the handover quality causes for radio hopping channels.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 70==7)
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Relative value added to L_RXQUAL_UL_H and L_RXQUAL_DL_H
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Oui
Oui
10
70
None
70
None
Page 284
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
OPC
ITU-T Q.704
Rec reference
GSM
IP
System (CST)
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name BSC Signalling Point Code
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
--
Internal comment
Spec reference
(SS7 parameter)
Coding rules
coded over 14 bits
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Must be equal to DPC and SSF used by the MSC for adressing the BSC.
Application
domain
Signalling Point Code of the BSC.
Logical name
Definition
Mandatory rules
0: higher priority
3: lower priority
Shall be equal to OML_PRIORITY (BTS)
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
HMI name OML_PRIORITY (BSC)

BSS internal priority used by the BSC for the OML flow in IP network
OML_PRIORITY (BSC)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
12
16383
Oui
Non
Reference
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
B9
Number
Max value 3
Def value 1
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
None
12
16383
None
Page 285
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Operator
GSM TS 03.49
Rec reference
Spec reference
Coding rules
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
HMI name CBC_Operator
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV(0,n)
HMI name OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV
Minimum received level from umbrella cell n to allow handover cause level uplink micro-cell or
level downlink micro-cell.
Used to prevent indoor MS going to umbrella.

3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Lower layer.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Mandatory rules
Internal comment --
0 to 20 characters string (default = empty string) are sent by the OMC on the OMC/BSC
interface . BSC performs the padding of OMC string with space characters on the right side of
the string until 20 bytes are reached. At Upload, OMC RNL removes padded space characters
from the retrieved BSC value.
Application
domain
Identifies the CBC operator.
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
-80
-47
-110
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
adj
B10 Oui
Oui
Reference
Max value 255

Def value 32
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
32
255
None
30
63
dBm
Page 286
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
IP
Category
Network (CDE)
P0_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC
HMI name P0_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC
Defines the priority indicated in L2 protocol (e.g. ethernet), corresponding to the P0 internal
priority (the highest).
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Non
Network (CDE)
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
46
63
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Non
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 287
46
63
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
AF1; 18,20,22 for AF2; 26, 28,30 for AF3; 34, 36, 38 for AF4 and 46 for EF.
External comment Each internal priority can be mapped to a L2 priority using the parameter Px_layer2_mapping and mapped to a L3 priority using the pamameter
Px_layer3_mapping.
Internal comment IP demo parameter. Sent to the BTS via OML and to the TC via TCSL.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 1.
Mandatory rules The operator shall ensure that it is equal to P0_LAYER3_MAPPING_MFS
Recommended rules Only a subset of the possible values are defined in the standard: 00 for BE, 10,12,14 for
Category
RFC 2474/2475,
Application
2598
domain
Rec reference
IP
Defines the Diffserv DSCP value used on the IP network by BSC flows having the P0 internal
BSS priority(P0 is the highest priority).
Px_layer3_mapping.
IP demo parameter. Sent to the BTS via OML and to the TC via TCSL.
Logical name
Definition
Internal comment
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Number
Unit
Coding rules
step size = 1
Min value 0
Coded Min
Max value 7
Coded Max
Coded Def
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
IP
Category
Network (CDE)
priority.
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Non
None
Application
domain
IP
Category
Network (CDE)
BSS priority (P3 is the lowest priority).
Px_layer3_mapping.
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
34
63
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Non
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 288
34
63
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
Px_layer3_mapping.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 1.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Internal comment
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Number
Unit
Coding rules
Step size = 1
Min value 0
Coded Min
Max value 7
Coded Max
Coded Def
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
IP
Category
Network (CDE)
priority.
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Non
None
Application
domain
IP
Category
Network (CDE)
priority.
Px_layer3_mapping.
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Non
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Px_layer3_mapping.
Internal comment
Page 289
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Number
Unit
Coding rules
step size = 1
Min value 0
Coded Min
Max value 7
Coded Max
Coded Def
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Internal comment
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Number
Unit
Coding rules
step size = 1
Min value 0
Coded Min
Max value 7
Coded Max
Coded Def
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
IP
Category
Network (CDE)
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
26
63
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Non
None
Application
domain
IP
Category
Network (CDE)
priority (the lowest).
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Non
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Px_layer3_mapping.
Internal comment
Page 290
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Number
Unit
Coding rules
step size = 1.
Min value 0
Coded Min
Max value 7
Coded Max
Coded Def
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
26
63
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
Px_layer3_mapping.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 1.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Network (CDE)
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
63
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Non
PAG_BAR
None
Rec reference
GSM
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
0: Pagings are not barred, 1: Pagings are barred
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment this flag can be used by an operator to temporarily prevent phones from ringing in specific cells
Internal comment --
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
HMI name PAGING
This flag indicates if transmission of Pagings is allowed in the cell.
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Page 291
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
63
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
Px_layer3_mapping.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 1.
Category
RFC 2474/2475,
Application
2598
domain
Rec reference
IP
Defines Diffserv DSCP value used on the IP network by BSC flows having the P2 internal BSS
priority (P3 is the lowest priority).
Logical name
Definition
GSM TS 04.60
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
PAN_DEC (BSC)
HMI name PAN_DEC
Value decremented from MS N3102 counter when PACKET UL ACK/NACK is not received before
MS timer T3182.
GSM TS 04.60
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
PAN_INC (BSC)
HMI name PAN_INC
Value incremented to MS N3102 counter when PACKET UL ACK/NACK is received by MS.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
B9
Number
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Spec reference
Type
Coding rules
Binary coded on 3 bits
Min value
Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_INC (MFS)
Max value
External comment -Internal comment When N3102<=0 is reached, the mobile station shall perform an abnormal release with cell re-selection
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Spec reference
Type
Coding rules
Min value
Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_DEC (MFS)
Max value
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 292
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
3GPP TS 04.60
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
PAN_MAX (BSC)
HMI name PAN_MAX
Maximum value for counter N3102. cell reselection is done by MS when N3102 <= 0.
GSM TS 03.49
Rec reference
Spec reference
Coding rules
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
HMI name CBC_Password
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Mandatory rules
Internal comment --
0 to 20 characters string (default = empty string) are sent by the OMC on the OMC/BSC
interface. BSC performs the padding of OMC string with space characters on the right side of the
string until 20 bytes are reached. At Upload, OMC RNL removes padded space characters from
the retrieved BSC value.
Password
Application
domain
CBC password.
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Oui
Oui
Reference
Max value 255

Def value 32
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
32
32
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Spec reference
Type
Coding rules
Possible values : 4, 8, 12., 32 respectively binary coded 000, 001, , 111
Min value
Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_MAX (MFS)
Max value
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
32
32
None
32
255
None
Page 293
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
GPRS
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
20
Number
Max value 620

Def value 20
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
B9
Flag
Max value 1
Def value 1
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
None
31
sec
Page 294
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
The Max value (620 seconds) is coded as 30. Nevertheless the coded value 31 is allowed by the 3GPP TS 05.08 (meaning: TEMPORARY
OFFSET ignored and cell_RESELECT_OFFSET has a negative value). As consequence the range [0,31] (encoded with a step size of 1) shall be
used in the CAE template.
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type.
step size = 20s. 0: 20s, 1: 40s, ..., 30: 620s, 31: TEMPORARY OFFSET ignored and
cell_RESELECT_OFFSET has a negative value
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
3GPP TS 05.08
Rec reference
PENALTY_TIME(BSC)
HMI name PENALTY_TIME
Time during which MS shall apply TEMPORARY_OFFSET to C2 criterion.
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules PC_MEAS_CHAN should be forced to PDCH in multiband cells
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
Category
0 : downlink measurements for power control shall be made on BCCH1 : downlink

measurements for power control shall be made on PDCH
Equal to PC_MEAS_CHAN (MFS).
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
GSM TS 04.60
PC_MEAS_CHAN (BSC)
HMI name PC_MEAS_CHAN
This parameter determines on which channel the MS shall measure the received power level on
the downlink for the purpose of the uplink power control.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
VGCS
Site (CAE)
Category
None
GSM
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
PING_PONG_HCP
HMI name PING_PONG_HANDICAP
A transient handicap is applied to power budget of previous cell to avoid a ping-pong effect.
B9
20
Number
Max value 620

Def value 20
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
15
127
Number
0
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
15
127
dB
0
Page 295
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
31
sec
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type.
The Max value (620 seconds) is coded as 30. Nevertheless the coded value 31 is allowed by the 3GPP TS 05.08 (meaning: TEMPORARY
OFFSET ignored and cell_RESELECT_OFFSET has a negative value). As consequence the range [0,31] (encoded with a step size of 1) shall be
used in the CAE template.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Application
domain
--
None
PENALTY_TIME(n)(BSC)
Mandatory rules
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(BSC) = PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(MFS)
Mandatory rules
--
B9
Number
Max value 3
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Oui
Coded Max
Unit
Coded Min
catalogue document
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 296
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Def value 0
Coded Def
External comment -Internal comment The value sent by the OMC-R to the BSC corresponds to the value of the OMC-R changeable parameter, defined in the BSS O&M Telecom
and DCS1800 bands",
- At cell creation
Recommended rules The OMC-R checks the consistency between the setting of FREQUENCY_RANGE and
0: GSM900 and DCS1800 bands

4,...,255: for future use
This parameter shall be coded over 8 bits as a provision for future frequency band combinations.
Site (CAE)
Category
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
HMI name PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS
None
GSM
PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(BSC)
Frequency bands used in the whole PLMN.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
POW_INC_FACTOR
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.08
Application
domain
GSM
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
B9
0.8
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
14
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 2dB. 1: 2dB, 2: 4dB, ..., 7: 14 dB
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules POW_INC_STEP_SIZE > POW_RED_STEP_SIZE
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Category
POW_INC_STEP_SIZE
HMI name POW_INC_STEP_SIZE
Power increase step size in case of power command triggered on quality criterion.
GSM
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Application
domain
HMI name POW_INC_FACTOR
None
Weighting factor for power increase.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules POW_INC_FACTOR >= POW_RED_FACTOR
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Oui
Oui
10
None
dB
Page 297
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
POW_RED_FACTOR
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.08
Application
domain
GSM
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
B9
0.5
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 2dB. 1: 2dB, 2: 4dB
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules POW_RED_STEP_SIZE < POW_INC_STEP_SIZE
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Category
POW_RED_STEP_SIZE
HMI name POW_RED_STEP_SIZE
Power reduction step size in case of power command triggered on quality criterion.
GSM
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Application
domain
HMI name POW_RED_FACTOR
None
Weighting factor for power reduction.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules POW_RED_FACTOR <= POW_INC_FACTOR
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Oui
Oui
10
None
dB
Page 298
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
GSM TS 04.08
Application
domain
GSM
Category
System (CST)
POWER_OFFSET_IND
HMI name POWER_OFFSET_IND
This parameter indicates to the MS whether or not POWER_OFFSET parameter is present in
System Information.
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
PREFERRED_BAND
HMI name PREFERRED_BAND
Frequency band to which the multiband MS are preferentially directed.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
0: none, 1: GSM, 2: DCS
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
0: POWER_OFFSET not present, 1: POWER_OFFSET present
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment This parameter relates to support of DCS-1800 4W MS.
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 299
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
PRIO_THR
GSM TS 05.08
Rec reference
Spec reference
Coding rules
GSM
PRIORITY(0,n)
None
Rec reference
GSM
Spec reference
Coding rules
0: highest priority, 5: lowest priority
Application
domain
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name Candidate cell priority
Priority of the cell n in the HO candidate cell evaluation process.
Logical name
Definition
The maximum and default values correspond to an infinite threshold.

At the OMC, do not display 42dB as maximum value, but infinity.
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules -External comment The default value corresponds to an unused parameter for the MS.
Internal comment
Site (CAE)
Category
HMI name LSA_PRIO_THR
coded from 0 to 7; step size = 6 dB (i.e. 0 = 0 dB, 1 = 6 dB, 2 = 12 dB, 3 = 18 dB, 4 = 24 dB, 5 =
30 dB, 6 = 36 dB, 7 = infinite = 42 dB).
--
Application
domain
Signal threshold for applying LSA cell reselection.
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
adj
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
Threshold
Max value 42
Def value 42
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
dB
0
None
Page 300
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Site (CAE)
Category
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
step size = 0.1sec
None
GSM
Application
domain
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
PROT_MON
HMI name PROT_MON
Time in which PROT_TH is to be reached to report an alarm. On timeout, the protocol error counter
is reset.
Mandatory rules
Rec reference
GPRS
Coded over 3 bits . 000: packet access not allowed in the cell; 011:packet access allowed for
priority level 1; 100: packet access allowed for priority level 1 to 2; 101: packet access allowed
for priority level 1 to 3; 110: packet access allowed for priority level 1 to 4
Equal to PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD (MFS)
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
GSM TS 04.60
Logical name
Definition
HMI name Allowed priority classes
This parameter indicates whether or not a MS of a certain priority class is allowed to do Packet
access.
PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD
(BSC)
Rec reference
Definition
Logical name
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
10
6553.5
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
B9
Number
Max value 6
Def value 6
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
Non
Non
None
100
65535
sec
Page 301
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Cell Type
PROT_TH
None
Rec reference
GSM
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
Application
domain
Protocol error threshold for alarm detection.
Logical name
Definition
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name PROT_TH
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
10
255
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
10
255
None
Page 302
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
GPRS
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
Number
Max value 2
Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Internal comment
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
The value 2 is fully supported from BSC B9 MR5. The BSC B9 MR4 manages the value 2 as 0.
If EGPRS is activated in a non-hopping or a non-hopping / radio-hopping cell, if the BCCH TRX can carry PS traffic and if the BCCH TRX is
associated to a TRE hardware allowing the usage of 8-PSK, the operator shall ensure that the difference in the mean output powers between
GSMK and 8-PSK signals is less than 2 dB in order to be compliant with 3GPP TS 45.005 and 3GPP TS 45.008 requirements (or 4 dB if an
SDCCH timeslot is defined on timeslot number 7 of the BCCH TRX).
If EGPRS is activated in a base-band hopping cell, the operator shall ensure that the difference in the mean output powers between GMSK and
8-PSK signals is less than 2 dB in order to be compliant with 3GPP TS 45.005 and 3GPP TS 45.008 requirements (or 4 dB if timeslot number 7 is
not part of the PDCH groups).
Page 303
Coded Max
Coded Def
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
External comment When set to 1 or '2', this parameter is only relevant if the BCCH TRX supports PS traffic (i.e. if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on the BCCH TRX).
recommend to set this parameter to 0 in order to reduce the likelihood of having to reduce
the GMSK output power (see external comment).
If EGPRS is activated in a base-band hopping cell, setting this parameter to 0 does not
reduce the likelihood of having to reduce the GMSK output power since PS capable TRXs will
hop on the BCCH carrier.
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules If EGPRS is activated in a non-hopping or a non-hopping / radio-hopping cell, Alcatel
2 : PS requests served on BCCH TRX with lowest priority. The TRX ranking algorithm ensures
that the BCCH TRX has the lowest preference to carry PS traffic (provided that the BCCH TRX
can carry PS traffic, i.e. TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on that TRX).
1: PS requests preferentially served on BCCH TRX. The TRX ranking algorithm ensures that the
BCCH TRX has the highest preference to carry PS traffic (provided that the BCCH TRX can
carry PS traffic, i.e. TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on that TRX).
0: No preference. The TRX ranking algorithm handles the BCCH TRX as a non-BCCH TRX.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
PS_PREF_BCCH_TRX
HMI name PS_PREF_BCCH_TRX
Indicates whether or not the PS requests shall be preferentially served with PDCH(s) of the
BCCH TRX
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
Q703_N1
ITU-T Q.703
Rec reference
Spec reference
(SS7 parameter)
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment not used if EN_HSL = 1
Internal comment --
GSM
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name Q703_N1
Maximum number of MSU available for retransmission.
Logical name
Definition
Mandatory rules
0: measurements made on BCCH frequency are included, 1: measurements made on BCCH

frequency are not included.
Equal to PWRC (MFS)
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
GSM TS 04.08
PWRC (BSC)
HMI name PWRC
This flag indicates to the MS if it includes measurements made on BCCH frequency in case of
frequency hopping channel.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
127
127
Number
1
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
B9
Flag
Max value 1
Def value 1
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
127
127
None
Page 304
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
ITU-T Q.703
Rec reference
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
ITU-T Q.703
GSM
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Q703_N2
HMI name Q703_N2
Maximum number of MSU octets which are available for retransmission.
Spec reference
(SS7 parameter)
Coding rules
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
(SS7 parameter)
Coding rules
step size 1
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment used if EN_HSL = 1
Internal comment --
Application
domain
HMI name Q703_N1_HSL

Maximum number of MSU available for retransmission (if HSL is used).
Q703_N1_HSL
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
4095
4095
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
4096
8192
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Non
4095
4095
None
4096
8192
bytes
Page 305
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
ITU-T Q.703
Rec reference
Q703_T1
ITU-T Q.703
Rec reference
Spec reference
(SS7 parameter)
Coding rules
Internal comment --
GSM
GSM
Application
domain
MTP2 timer alignment ready.
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
(SS7 parameter)
Coding rules
step size = 1
Internal comment --
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name Q703_T1
Category
HMI name Q703_N2_HSL

Maximum number of MSU octets which are available for retransmission (if HSL is used).
Q703_N2_HSL
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
32767
65535
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
50
50
40
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Non
32767
65535
bytes
50
50
40
sec
Page 306
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Q703_T1_HSL
ITU-T Q.703
Rec reference
Q703_T2
ITU-T Q.703
Rec reference
Spec reference
(SS7 parameter)
Coding rules
GSM
GSM
Application
domain
MTP2 timer not aligned.
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
(SS7 parameter)
Coding rules
step size = 1
Internal comment --
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name Q703_T2
Category
HMI name Q703_T1_HSL
MTP2 timer alignment ready for 2Mbit/s (if HSL is used).
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
300
350
25
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
30
150
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Non
300
350
25
sec
30
150
sec
Page 307
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Q703_T3
ITU-T Q.703
Rec reference
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name Q703_T3
Q703_T4E
ITU-T Q.703
Rec reference
GSM
Spec reference
(SS7 parameter)
Coding rules
step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Applicable to LSL and HSL.
Internal comment --
Application
domain
MTP2 Emergency proving period.
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name Q703_T4E
Spec reference
(SS7 parameter)
Coding rules
step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment In B9 the range for this parameter is [1-1.5] but the Q703 white book specifies [1-2]
Application
domain
MTP2 timer aligned.
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
0.5
0.6
0.4
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
10
20
10
sec
sec
Page 308
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Q703_T4N
ITU-T Q.703
Rec reference
GSM
ITU-T Q.703
GSM
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name Q703_T4N_HSL
Category
HMI name Q703_T4N
MTP2 Normal proving period for 2Mbit/s (if HSL is used).
Q703_T4N_HSL
Spec reference
(SS7 parameter)
Coding rules
step size = 1sec
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
(SS7 parameter)
Coding rules
step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment not used if EN_HSL = 1
Internal comment --
Application
domain
MTP2 Normal proving period.
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
8.2
9.5
7.5
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
30
70
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Non
Oui
82
95
75
sec
30
70
sec
Page 309
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Q703_T5
ITU-T Q.703
Rec reference
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name Q703_T5
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Q703_T6
ITU-T Q.703
Rec reference
Spec reference
(SS7 parameter)
Coding rules
step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules Q707_T1 >= Q703_T6
GSM
Application
domain
MTP2 timer remote congestion.
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name Q703_T6
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
5.4
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
30
54
60
sec
Page 310
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
100
120
ms
80
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
(SS7 parameter)
Type
Timer
Unit
Coding rules
-Min value 80
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment -Internal comment In B9 this parameter is System (CST) instead of Site (CAE) and the range for this parameter is [100-100] but the Q703 white book specified
Application
domain
MTP2 timer sending SIB.
Logical name
Definition
Q703_T7
ITU-T Q.703
Rec reference
GSM
Site (CAE)
ITU-T Q.704
GSM
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Q704_T2
HMI name Q704_T2
MTP3 timer supervising the reception of changeover acknowledgement.
Spec reference
(SS7 parameter)
Coding rules
step size = 0.1sec
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
(SS7 parameter)
Coding rules
step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment In case of a Ater satellite connection, this parameter is set to 2 seconds by the BSC.
Internal comment In B9 this parameter is System (CST) instead of Site (CAE) in B10.
Application
domain
Category
HMI name Q703_T7
MTP2 timer excessive delay of acknowledgement.
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
0.5
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
0.7
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
10
20
sec
20
20
sec
Page 311
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Site (CAE)
ITU-T Q.704
GSM
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
B9
1.2
0.5
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
1.2
0.5
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Category
Q704_T5
HMI name Q704_T5
MTP3 timer supervising the reception of changeback acknowledgement (second attempt).
Spec reference
(SS7 parameter)
Coding rules
step size = 0.1sec
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Application
domain
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
ITU-T Q.704
Q704_T4
HMI name Q704_T4
MTP3 timer supervising the reception of changeback acknowledgement (first attempt).
Spec reference
(SS7 parameter)
Coding rules
step size = 0.1sec
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Oui
Oui
10
12
sec
10
12
sec
Page 312
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
ITU-T Q.707
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
Category
ITU-T Q.707
GSM
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Q707_T2
HMI name Q707_T2
MTP3 delay between transmission of consecutive signalling link test message.
Spec reference
(SS7 parameter)
Coding rules
step size = 0.1sec
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
Q707_T1
HMI name Q707_T1
MTP3 timer supervising the reception of signalling link test acknowledgement.
Spec reference
(SS7 parameter)
Coding rules
step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules Q707_T1 >= Q703_T6
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
6.4
12
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
60
90
30
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
40
64
120
sec
600
900
300
sec
Page 313
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
2G-3G
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
-98
Number
Max value -50

Def value -70
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
15
Page 314
Coded Max
Coded Def
dBm
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
always search for 3G neighbour cells

External comment This threshold is used to search for 3G cells if the received signal level is below (-98 dBm to always search for 3G neighbour cells) or above
(-78 dBm to never search for neighbour cells) the threshold.
This parameter is broadcast on SACCH
Internal comment -The OMC shall not display on the OMC screen the value of 70 (resp. 50), but the corresponding text always search for 3G neighbour cells
(resp. never search for 3G
neighbour cells).
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules In a cell where at least one 2G to 3G adjacency has been defined, Qsearch_C =-70, i.e.
Coded value (binary): Value (dBm): Text displayed at the OMC

0: -98: -98 dBm (below)
1: -94: -94 dBm (below)
2: -90: -90dBm (below)
3: -86: -86dBm (below)
4: -82: -82 dBm (below)
5: -78: -78 dBm (below)
6: -74: -74 dBm (below)
7: -70: Always search for 3G neighbour cells
8: -78: -78 dBm (above)
9: -74: -74 dBm (above)
10: -70: -70 dBm (above)
11: -66: -66 dBm (above)
12: -62: -62 dBm (above)
13: -58: -58 dBm (above)
14: -54: -54 dBm (above)
15: -50: Never search for 3G neighbour cells
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
3GPP TS 45.008
Qsearch_C
HMI name Qsearch_C
Threshold for searching for 3G cells in dedicated mode depending whether the received signal
level of the serving cell is below or above the threshold.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
2G-3G
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
-98
Number
Max value -50

Def value -50
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
15
15
Page 315
Coded Max
Coded Def
dBm
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
neighbour cells
(-78 dBm to never search for neighbour cells) the threshold.
This parameter is broadcast on BCCH
Internal comment --
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules In a cell with FDD_ARFCN_list not empty, Qsearch_I =-70, i.e. always search for 3G

0: -98: -98 dBm (below)
1: -94: -94 dBm (below)
2: -90: -90dBm (below)
3: -86: -86dBm (below)
4: -82: -82 dBm (below)
5: -78: -78 dBm (below)
6: -74: -74 dBm (below)
8: -78: -78 dBm (above)
9: -74: -74 dBm (above)
10: -70: -70 dBm (above)
11: -66: -66 dBm (above)
12: -62: -62 dBm (above)
13: -58: -58 dBm (above)
14: -54: -54 dBm (above)
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
3GPP TS 05.08
Qsearch_I
HMI name Qsearch_I
Threshold for searching for 3G cells depending whether the received level average of the
serving cell is below or above the threshold.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
2G-3G
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
-98
Number
Max value -50

Def value -50
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
The OMC shall not display on the OMC screen the value of 70 (resp. 50), but the corresponding text always search for 3G neighbour cells
(resp. never search for 3G neighbour cells).
15
15
Page 316
Coded Max
Coded Def
dBm
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
neighbour cells
(-78 dBm to never search for neighbour cells) the threshold in GPRS.
This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell.
Internal comment --
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules In a cell with FDD_ARFCN_list not empty, Qsearch_P =-70, i.e. always search for 3G

0: -98: -98 dBm (below)
1: -94: -94 dBm (below)
2: -90: -90dBm (below)
3: -86: -86dBm (below)
4: -82: -82 dBm (below)
5: -78: -78 dBm (below)
6: -74: -74 dBm (below)
8: -78: -78 dBm (above)
9: -74: -74 dBm (above)
10: -70: -70 dBm (above)
11: -66: -66 dBm (above)
12: -62: -62 dBm (above)
13: -58: -58 dBm (above)
14: -54: -54 dBm (above)
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
3GPP TS 05.08
Qsearch_P
HMI name Qsearch_P
Threshold for searching for 3G cells in GPRS depending whether the received level average of
the serving cell is below or above the threshold
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
QUEUE_ANYWAY
HMI name Forced_Queuing
This flag enables/disables forced queuing for Assignment requests when queuing is not allowed by
the MSC.
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
RA_CODE (BSC)
GPRS
Site (CAE)
Category
HMI name Routing Area Code for GPRS
B9
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 317
Coded Def
0
Def value
255
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Type
Number
Min value -1
Max value 255
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
-1" value of RA_CODE or RA_COLOUR is never downloaded to the BSC. It is filtered by OMC-R since "-1" is out of the parameters range (see
BSS MIB).
Internal comment Note that, for a cell which does not support GPRS, the OMC may initially set the value -1.
- Equal to RA_CODE (MFS)

- A couple of mate extended cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same
Recommended rules RA_CODE when they are PS capable
--
The initial special value -1 means that the RA code has still not been set by the operator.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
3GPP TS 04.18
Routing Area Code for GPRS.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
if EN_TCH_PREEMPT = enabled.
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Normal assignment
Type
Flag
Unit
Coding rules
-Min value 0
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment -Internal comment If Queue_Anyway = disabled and the queuing is not allowed by the MSC neither, calls with pre-emption capability might be queued nevertheless
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
RA_COLOUR
3GPP TS 04.18
Rec reference
Spec reference
Coding rules
GPRS
Site (CAE)
Category
HMI name Routing Area Colour for GPRS
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Note that, for a cell which does not support GPRS, the OMC may initially set the value -1.
"-1" value of RA_CODE or RA_COLOUR is never downloaded to the BSC. It is filtered
B9
Type
Min value
0
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Mandatory rules
Max value 7
External comment Default value depends on the configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
Internal comment Transported in 04.18 SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 3/4 messages.
Coded over 3 bits. the initial special value -1 means that the RA codecolour has not yet been
valued by the network provider.
--
Application
domain
Routing Area Colour for GPRS.
Logical name
Definition
Oui
None
Page 318
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
RACH_BUSY_THRES
GSM
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
This parameter is encoded with a step size of 4 dB as follows:

1: -110 dBm
5: -106 dBm
9: -102 dBm
13: -98 dBm
17: -94 dBm
21: -90 dBm
25: -86 dBm
29: -82 dBm
33: -78 dBm
37: -74 dBm
41: -70 dBm
45: -66 dBm
49: -62 dBm
53: -58 dBm
57: -54 dBm
61: -50 dBm
Radio measurements
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
Category
HMI name RACH_BUSY_THRES
Received level above which a RACH TS is deemed busy.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
-110
Oui
Threshold
Max value -50

Def value -106
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
61
dBm
Page 319
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER
Application
domain
Rec reference
GSM
Site (CAE)
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
RACH_TA_FILTER (BSC)
HMI name RACH/PRACH_TA_FILTER
Timing Advance threshold for CHANNEL REQUIRED and PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST
filtering.
B9
32
B9
255
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
greater or equal to RACH_TA_FILTER are discarded.

--
Internal comment
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
32
255
51mfr
Page 320
64
64
bper
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Threshold
Unit
Coding rules
64: no filtering
Min value 0
Coded Min
Mandatory rules Equal to RACH_TA_FILTER (MFS).
Max value 64
Coded Max
Recommended rules Disable the filtering for extended cells.
Def value 64
Coded Def
External comment One unit corresponds to a distance of about 550m. CHANNEL REQUIRED or PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages with Timing Advance
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Radio measurements
Coding rules
step size=1
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER < RACHRT
None
Category
HMI name CCCH_LOAD_MEAS_PERIOD
Period over which CCCH load measurements are made.
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
RACHRT
HMI name CCCH_LOAD_IND_PERIOD
Minimum delay between two consecutive sendings of CCCH LOAD INDICATION messages.
RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (BSC)
GSM TS 05.08
Application
domain
GSM
Initial value of MS counter for radio link supervision.
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 4 Samfr, coded from 0 to 15 (0 == 4 Samfr, 1 == 8 Samfr ... 15 == 64 Samfr
Mandatory rules Equal to RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (MFS)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Radio measurements
Coding rules
step size=1 (51mfr)
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules RACHRT > RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
255
255
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
16
64
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
255
255
51mfr
15
Samfr
Page 321
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
GSM TS 05.08
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_AMR
HMI name RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_AMR
Initial value of MS counter for radio link supervision, when an AMR codec is used.
RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS
GSM TS 05.08
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name RADIOLINK_FAILURE_THRES
Counter threshold to detect a radio link failure on the uplink path.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS > N_BSTXPWR_M
Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment This parameter applies only to Evolium BTSs.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
16
64
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
18
128
Oui
Non
Threshold
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
15
Samfr
18
128
Samfr
Page 322
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
GSM TS 05.08
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name RADIOLINK_FAILURE_THRES_A

Counter threshold to detect a radio link failure on the uplink path for calls using an AMR codec.
RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS_AMR
3GPP TS 04.08
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
RANGEi_HIGHER (1<=i<=13)
HMI name Highest BA range ARFCNs
Highest ARFCN of range i indicated in BA Range Information Element.
Internal comment
B9
18
B9
128
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Non
-1
1023
Number
-1
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Non
Cell Type
-1
1023
-1
None
Page 323
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
18
128
Samfr
RMS template Non
TRX nb
MR
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
Moreover, all BA RANGE following this one will be considered as not significant by the OMC and not send to the BSC. (i.e. -1 = indicator of end
of BA Range)
--
Spec reference
Call release
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules RANGEi_HIGHER >= RANGEi_LOWER
Recommended rules -External comment RANGEi_HIGHER = -1 means that it shall not be included in BA Range IE.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS_AMR > N_BSTXPWR_M
Recommended rules -External comment This parameter applies only to Evolium BTSs.
Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter. Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message.
Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition
3GPP TS 04.08
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
RANGEi_LOWER (1<=i<=13)
HMI name Lowest BA range ARFCNs
Lowest ARFCN of range i indicated in BA Range Information Element.
GSM TS 04.08
GSM
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
RE
HMI name CALL_RE_ESTABLISHMENT
This flag indicates to the MS if call reestablishment is allowed in the cell.
Spec reference
Call release
Coding rules
0: allowed, 1: not allowed
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Internal comment
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
-1
1023
Number
-1
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Page 324
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
-1
1023
-1
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
Moreover, all BA RANGE following this one will be considered as not significant by the OMC and not send to the BSC. (i.e. -1 = indicator of end
of BA Range)
--
Spec reference
Call release
Coding rules
Coded on 16 bits.
Mandatory rules RANGEi_HIGHER >= RANGEi_LOWER
Recommended rules -External comment RANGEi_LOWER = -1 means that it shall not be included in BA Range IE
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
BSS global reset
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
B9
Flag
Max value 1
Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
None
Page 325
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Request in the HANDOVER REQUIRED message (RESP_REQ).

External comment Default value depends on MSC type
For external directed retries, the serving BSC does not know whether or not the external target cells (towards which the directed retry is
triggered) are congested. Therefore, Alcatel recommend to set RESP_REQ to 1 if EN_EXT_DR is set to enabled in order to get a Handover
Reject message from the MSC in case all target cells are congested and thus to attempt other procedures.
Internal comment --
Spec reference
Coding rules
0: IE not included, 1: IE included
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules When the VGCS feature (EN_VGCS) is activated, it is recommended to include the Response
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
Category
RESP_REQ
HMI name RESP_REQ
This flag controls Response request OIE inclusion in HANDOVER REQUIRED.
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules -External comment Default value depends on MSC type
Internal comment Used only when NBR_RESET_REP <> 0.
Logical name
Definition
GSM
0: RESET message is sent a maximum of NBR_RESET_REP times, 1: The Reset procedure is

repeated until a RESET or RESET ACK message is received.
--
None
RESET_INDEFINITE
HMI name RESET_INDEFINITE
This flag determines whether or not the RESET message shall be sent indefinitely (as long as it is
not acknowledged).
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
RMS_TEMPLATE_INDEX
HMI name RMS_TEMPLATE
Template of values of RMS parameters to be applied to the concerned cell (concerns the
parameters MEAS_STAT_C_Ix, MEAS_STAT_BFIx, MEAS_STAT_LEVx,
MEAS_STAT_PATH_BALx, MEAS_STAT_Sx, EN_BALANCED_CI, VQ_AVERAGE,
VQ_BAD_RXFER, VQ_FER_THRESHOLD, VQ_GOOD_RXFER, VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD,
VQ_RXLEV, VQ_RXQUAL, VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER).
None
Application
GSM
Category Site (CAE)
B9
Instance
cell
Sub-syste BSC
B10 Oui
Site (CAE)
Category
Internal comment --
--
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Recommended rules RNC_ID(n) is a mandatory parameter (must be different from -1)
Mandatory rules
2G-3G
binary value on 12 bits.

The value of -1 indicates that no RNCid is provided by the operator (the default value, indicated
here, is for implementation purposes).
Handover Management
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
3GPP TS 48.008
RNC_ID(n)
HMI name RNC_ID(n)
This parameter indicates the RNC Identifier as defined in 3GPP TS 25.401. It is used in HO
Required message sent to the MSC.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Number
Def value
-1
Max value 4095
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
3G cell
B10 Oui
domain
Spec reference
Radio measurements
Type
Number
Coding rules
coded from 1 to 16
Min value 1
External comment -Internal comment The parameter is a CELL attribute, it is the reference to one of the 16 RMS templates at the beginning of the definition field.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Oui
Oui
16
None
-1
4095
None
Page 326
Coded Def
Coded Max
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
LAPD management
Coding rules
step size = 100ms
Mandatory rules The value of this parameter shall be lower than T200 (BSC)
Recommended rules -External comment This parameter is used only with Mx BSC for both terrestrial and satellite links.
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
Category
RR_ACK_TIMER (MX BSC)

HMI name RR_ACK_TIMER (MX BSC)
Maximum delay for sending a RR acknowledgement frame on RSL and GSL
Mandatory rules
Logical name
Definition
GSM
0: "Mobile Time Difference" IE is NOT included in HANDOVER COMPLETE,

1: "Mobile Time Difference" IE is included in HANDOVER COMPLETE
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
GSM TS 04.08
ROT
HMI name ROT
Indicates to the MS whether or not it shall include Time Difference IE in HANDOVER
COMPLETE.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
200
200
Timer
0
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
B9
Flag
Max value 1
Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
ms
0
Page 327
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
RR_ALLOC_PERIOD (BSC)
HMI name RR_ALLOC_PERIOD (BSC)
This parameter allows to tune the time between two sendings of the BSCGP RR Allocation
Indication messages.
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Mandatory rules
IP
0: higher priority
3: lower priority
shall be equal to RSL_I_PRIORITY(BTS)
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name RSL_I_PRIORITY (BSC)

BSS internal priority used by the BSC for the RSL-I flow in IP network
RSL_I_PRIORITY (BSC)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Number
Max value 3
Def value 1
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Non
Spec reference
Type
Number
Coding rules
-Min value 1
Mandatory rules Equal to RR_ALLOC_PERIOD (MFS)
Max value 30
External comment -Internal comment The time between two sendings of the RR Allocation Indication messages is TCH_INFO_PERIOD * RR_ALLOC_PERIOD seconds.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
30
None
None
Page 328
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
RSL_RATE (BSC)
None
Application
domain
Rate used on all RSL links towards a BTS.

GSM
RSL_UDP_PORT_BSC
None
Application
domain
UDP port number used for RSL on BSC side.

IP
Site (CAE)
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name RSL_UDP_PORT_BSC
Category
HMI name RSL_RATE (BSC)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 1
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. Sent to the BTS via OML. Min = hC000, Max = hC400
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
0: 16 kbit/s, 1: 64 kbit/s
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Deduced from O&M parameter: BSI-Link-Type
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Flag
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
49152
50176
49152
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
RSL
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Non
Oui
None
49152
50176
49152
None
Page 329
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Category
GSM TS 05.08
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (BSC)
HMI name RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN
Minimum received level at the MS required for initial access to the cell.
IP
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
Coded on 6 bits, 0=-110 dBm, 63=-47 dBm, step size=1dBm.
Mandatory rules RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (MFS) = RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (BSC)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Sent to the BTS via OML.
Mandatory rules
0: higher priority
3: lower priority
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
System (CST)
HMI name RSL_UI_PRIORITY
BSS internal priority used by the RSL-UI flow in IP network
RSL_UI_PRIORITY
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
-100
-47
-110
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
B9
Number
Max value 3
Def value 2
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Non
None
10
63
dBm
Page 330
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
VGCS
Category
Site (CAE)
RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(BSC)
GSM TS 05.08
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
RXLEV_DL_IH
HMI name RXLEV_DL_IH
Downlink level threshold for decision between intracell and intercell handover in case of bad
downlink quality.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm.
Mandatory rules RXLEV_DL_IH > L_RXLEV_DL_H
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(MFS) = RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(BSC)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
-100
-47
-110
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
-65
-47
-110
Oui
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
10
63
dBm
45
63
dBm
Page 331
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
RXLEV_DL_ZONE
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name RXLEV_DL_ZONE
Downlink level threshold for inner to outer zone handover.
GSM
System (CST)
Category
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
0: measurement results RxLev <> 63 are discarded, 1: measurement results RxLev <> 63 are
taken into account (the value kept is 63)
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
HMI name RxLev_HO_to_GAN

This flag allows to take into account faulty measurement results on GAN cells
RxLev_HO_to_GAN
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
B9
Flag
Max value 1
Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
-71
-47
-110
Oui
Non
Threshold
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
External comment -Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = Concentric. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type

RXLEV_DL_ZONE >= L_RXLEV_DL_H (This rule only applies to concentric and monoband
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = Concentric AND FREQUENCY_RANGE = PGSM or
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
39
63
dBm
None
Page 332
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO
HMI name RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO
Threshold on the downlink received level above which it is not necessary to trigger a handover on
power budget (cause 12).
GSM TS 05.08
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
RXLEV_UL_IH
HMI name RXLEV_UL_IH
Uplink level threshold for decision between intracell and intercell handover in case of bad uplink
quality.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules RXLEV_UL_IH > L_RXLEV_UL_H
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Coded over 6 bits:0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
-47
-47
-110
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
-65
-47
-110
Threshold
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
63
63
dBm
45
63
dBm
Page 333
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
RXLEV_UL_ZONE
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name RXLEV_UL_ZONE
Uplink level threshold for inner to outer zone handover.
RXLEVmin(n)
GSM TS 05.08
Rec reference
GSM
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
HMI name RXLEV_MIN_n
Minimum level received from cell n to allow reception of handover.
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
-96
-47
-110
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
-78
-47
-110
Oui
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
External comment -Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = Concentric. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type

RXLEV_UL_ZONE >= L_RXLEV_UL_H (This rule only applies to concentric and monoband
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = Concentric AND FREQUENCY_RANGE = PGSM or
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
32
63
dBm
14
63
dBm
Page 334
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
Schedule_period_for_basic_CBCH
GSM TS 03.41
Application
domain
GSM TS 03.41
Application
domain
GSM
Site (CAE)
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
CBCH
HMI name Schedule period for Extended
Length of the DRX schedule period for the extended CBCH.
Schedule_period_for_extended_CB
CH
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Definition
Logical name
GSM
Category
HMI name Schedule Period for Basic CBCH
Length of the DRX schedule period for the basic CBCH.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
32
40
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
32
40
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
32
40
CBper
Non
Non
32
40
CBper
Page 335
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Cell Type
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
2G-3G
Site (CAE)
Category
SDCCH_AVG_PERIOD
None
GSM
Application
domain
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Network (CDE)
HMI name SDCCH_AVG_PERIOD
Period used to average the processor occupancy measurements.
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
8 bits, step size=1sec
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Internal comment --
binary value on 9 bits.

The value of -1 indicates that no scrambling code is provided by the operator (the default
value, indicated here, is for implementation purposes).
Mandatory rules EN_3G_DIVERSITY(n) can be True only if SCRAMBLING_CODE_3G(n) <> -1
SCRAMBLING_CODE_3G(n) is a mandatory parameter (must be different from -1)
Recommended rules In any serving cell there shall be only one 3G target cell defined with the couple FDD_ARFCN(n)
SCRAMBLING_CODE_3G(n)
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
3GPP TS 04.18
HMI name SCRAMBLING_CODE_3G(n)
This parameter indicates the Primary Scrambling Code as defined in 3GPP TS 25.213
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Number
-1
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
10
16
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Def value
--
Max value 511
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
3G cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
-1
511
None
10
16
sec
Page 336
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Def
Coded Max
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
SDCCH_COUNTER
HMI name SDCCH_COUNTER
Time during which SDCCH handovers are forbidden after completion of the Immediate
Assignment procedure.
None
GSM
Application
domain
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
SDCCH_HIGH_DELAY
HMI name SDCCH_HIGH_DELAY
Delay added to SDCCH internal release when TCU processor load is high.
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
step size = 0.1sec
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
10
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
31
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Spec reference
Handover management
Type
Coding rules
Min value
Recommended rules SDCCH_COUNTER <= T_SDCCH_PC
Def value
External comment 0 means that SDCCH handover is immediately allowed after completion of the Immediate Assignment procedure.
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Oui
Oui
31
2 x Samfr
20
100
sec
Page 337
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
GSM
Network (CDE)
Category
2G-3G
Mandatory rules
System (CST)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
0 : no (3G cells shall not be searched when BSIC decoding is required),

1 : yes (3G cells may be searched when BSIC decoding is required)
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
3GPP TS 04.18
SEARCH_3G_PRIO
HMI name SEARCH_3G_PRIO
This indicates if 3G cells may be searched when BSIC decoding is required
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Application
domain
SDCCH_LOW_DELAY
HMI name SDCCH_LOW_DELAY
Delay added to SDCCH internal release when TCU processor load is low.
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
step size = 0.1sec
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
10
B9
Timer
Flag
Max value 1
Def value 1
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
100
sec
None
Page 338
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
SLC
ITU-T Q.704
Rec reference
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name Signalling Link Code
SMS_INHIBIT
None
Rec reference
GSM
Spec reference
Short message service point-to-point
Coding rules
0: SMS permitted, 1: SMS inhibited
Application
domain
This flag enables/disables SMS support.
Logical name
Definition
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name SMS_INHIBIT
Spec reference
(SS7 parameter)
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
Internal comment --
Application
domain
Signalling Link Code.
Logical name
Definition
B9
15
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
B9
Flag
Oui
Reference
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
N7 ch
B10 Oui
15
None
None
Page 339
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
GSM
Spec reference
Coding rules
0: OMC-R, 1: CBC
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled
Application
domain
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Logical name
Definition
None
SMSCB_Mode
HMI name SMSCB_Mode
This parameter enables to select the mode of operation, either OMC-R or CBC.
Internal comment
Rec reference
USE_OF_EXTENDED_CBCH shall be set to "Yes",

CBC_WINDOW shall be set to 4.
--
External comment When migrating from FS1 to FS2,
Can be changed only when SMSCB_STATE = "inactive".

If SMSCB_Features_set = FS1, then CBC_Window shall be equal to "1"- If SMSCB_Features_set
Recommended rules = FS1, then SMSCB_Recovery shall be set to "No"- If SMSCB_Features_set = FS1, then for all
the BSC cells Use_of_Extended_CBCH shall be set to "No"- If SMSCB_Features_set = FS1, then
for all the BSC cells Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_basic_CBCH shall be set to "0"
1: Features set 1, 2: Features set 2
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
SMSCB_Features_set
HMI name SMSCB_Features_Set
This parameter indicates which features are usable with the SMSCB product.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Def value
--
Type
Flag
Min value 1
Max value 2
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 340
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
GSM
shall be set to "No" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1"

can be changed only when SMSCB_STATE="inactive"
0: No, 1: Yes
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
SMSCB_Recovery
HMI name SMSCB_Recovery
This parameter indicates if the CBC accepts the recovery-indication in Restart-Indication
message.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
If SMSCB_FEATURES_SET="FS1", SMSCB_PHASE shall be set to "phase2"

'If SMSCB_FEATURES_SET="FS2", SMSCB_PHASE shall be set to "phase2+"
Recommended rules SMSCB_Phase can be changed only when SMSCB_STATE="inactive" --
0: Phase 2, 1: Phase 2+
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
SMSCB_Phase
HMI name SMSCB_Phase
This parameter indicates whether the feature operates in GSM Phase2 or Phase 2+ mode.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
0
0
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
Page 341
1
0
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Type
Flag
Min value 0
Max value 1
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Coded Def
Def value
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Oui
Type
Flag
Min value 0
Max value 1
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
SMSCB_State
None
Rec reference
GSM
Category
IP
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. Used for OML establishment.
0: higher priority
3: lower priority
shall be equal to SNMP_PRIORITY(BTS)
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
SNMP_PRIORITY (BSC)
HMI name SNMP_PRIORITY (BSC)
BSS internal priority used by the BSC for the SNMP flow in IP network
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Number
Max value 3
Def value 2
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Spec reference
Type
Coding rules
0: activated, 1: deactivated
Min value
External comment -Internal comment From B7.2 onwards, OMC3 displays values "activated"/"deactivated" whatever the release of the BSC.
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
HMI name SMSCB_State
This flag indicates if the feature is activated or deactivated.
Logical name
Definition
Non
Oui
None
None
Page 342
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
System (CST)
Category
(SS7 parameter)
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
GSM
Network (CDE)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules -External comment SSF (Sub-Service Field) is composed of 4 bits: 2bits for Network Indicator and 2 spare bits.
Internal comment --
coded over 4 bits.only values 0, 4, 8 and 12 are defined : Value = 0, international network; Value
= 4, Spare, reserved for international use; Value = 8, National network; Value = 12 , Reserved for
national use
--
ITU-T Q.704
Rec reference
SSF
HMI name SSF
This parameter inditifies the numbering plan of the Signalling Point Code.
Mandatory rules
Logical name
Definition
GPRS
0: split pg cycle on CCCH not supported in the cell

1: split pg cycle on CCCH supported in the cell
Equal to SPGC_CCCH_SUP (MFS)
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
GSM TS 04.60
SPGC_CCCH_SUP (BSC)
HMI name SPGC_CCCH_SUP (BSC)
This flag indicates the support of split pg cycle on CCCH by the network.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Number
0
Max value 12
Def value 12
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
B9
Flag
Max value 1
Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
12
12
None
Page 343
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
VGCS
Category
Site (CAE)
START_UPLINK_REPLY
HMI name START_UPLINK_REPLY
Maximum number of repetitions for the UPLINK FREE message (with the Uplink Access Request
bit set to L) during the initial part of the uplink access procedure (i.e. before sending the first
UPLINK FREE message with the Uplink Access Request bit set to H)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment The parameter is significant only if EN_UPLINK_REPLY is set to true.
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
Category

"WWW.XXX.YYY.ZZZ" (ex: 255.245.247.001)
Mandatory rules
Logical name
Definition
IP
coded on 32 bits
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
Rec reference
HMI name
BSC
First IP address for the range of telecom addresses shown to the external world. The BSC
deduces every address of its telecom endpoint from this base address.
Non
Definition
TRX nb
START_TELECOM_IP_ADDRESS_BSC
Non
Logical name
Number
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
256
1024
Number
cell
Sub-syste BSC
B10 Oui
Oui

Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
Non
Cell Type
4294967295
256
1024
None
Page 344
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
None
RMS template Non
Oui
B10
Unit
Coded Min
START_TELECOM_IP_ADDRESS_
B9
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
STRIP_O5_CM2
HMI name Strip_Octet_5_In_CM2
This flag controls the format of the Classmark 2 IE sent to the MSC.
ITU-T Q.714
Application
domain
GSM
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
T(conn est)
HMI name T(conn est)
SCCP timer supervising the reception of Connection Confirm message.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.5sec
Mandatory rules T(conn est) < T9105
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Classmark handling
Coding rules
0: no modification on Classmark2 IE, 1: octet 5 of Classmark2 IE is stripped out
Mandatory rules EN_SEND_CM3 and STRIP_O5_CM2 shall not be both set to 1 at the same time.
Recommended rules -External comment Default value depends on MSC type.The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Flag
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
30
127.5
10
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
60
255
20
sec
Page 345
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
T(iar)
ITU-T Q.714
Rec reference
GSM
Site (CAE)
T(ias)
ITU-T Q.714
Rec reference
HMI name T(ias)
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
It is recommended to configure T(ias) < (T(iar) used by the MSC - 1 min) / 2
Spec reference
(SS7 parameter)
Coding rules
step size = 6sec
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules Must be less than T(iar) used by the MSC
Application
domain
SCCP timer supervising the sending of Inactivity Test message.
Logical name
Definition
External comment -Internal comment Internally, the OMC uses values in the range 402000..1530000, (ie in msec)
It is recommended to configure T(iar) > (2 x T(ias) used by the MSC) + 1 min
Spec reference
(SS7 parameter)
Coding rules
step size = 6sec
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules Must be greater than T(ias) used by the MSC
Application
domain
Category
HMI name T(iar)
SCCP timer supervising the activity on SCCP connection.
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
1260
1530
402
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
300
450
96
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
210
255
67
sec
50
75
16
sec
Page 346
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
ITU-T Q.714
Application
domain
GSM
Category
T(rel)
HMI name T(rel)
SCCP timer supervising the reception of Release Complete message.
Site (CAE)
ITU-T Q.714
GSM
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
T(sst)
HMI name T(sst)
SCCP delay between sending of consecutive Subsystem Status Test messages.
Spec reference
(SS7 parameter)
Coding rules
step size = 6sec
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
(SS7 parameter)
Coding rules
step size = 0.5sec, coded from 16 to 255, 16 == 8 sec, 255 == 127.5 sec
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
15
B9
127.5
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
30
1200
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
30
255
16
sec
200
sec
Page 347
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
T_ALLOC_BTS
None
Rec reference
GPRS
Category
None
IP
Application
domain
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name T_ATER_CONN

Supervision of BTS-TC speech path connection / disconnection in the case of a TDM BTS
connected to an IP BSC.
T_ATER_CONN
Spec reference
Normal Assignment
Coding rules
Step size = 100.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1
Application
domain
System (CST)
HMI name T_ALLOC_BTS
Timer controlling the allocation/deallocation of GCHs in the BTS
Logical name
Definition
B9
10
B9
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
1000
2000
100
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Non
Oui
10
sec
10
20
ms
Page 348
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Network (CDE)
HMI name Autocleaning_Timer
Guard time for detection of SDCCH/TCH autocleaning procedure.
GSM TS 04.60
Application
domain
GPRS
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
T_AVG_T (BSC)
HMI name T_AVG_T
Signal strength filter period for power control in packet transfer mode.
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
binary coded on 5 bits
Mandatory rules Equal to T_AVG_T (MFS)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Internal comment
T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP > N_BAD_SACCH * 480ms + 30 seconds if

T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP <> 0.
External comment T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP = 0 inhibits the autocleaning procedure.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1 sec
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules In micro cells, it is recommended to set N_BAD_SACCH so that
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
40
B9
255
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
12
25
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
40
255
sec
12
25
None
Page 349
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
T_AVG_W (BSC)
GSM TS 04.60
Application
domain
Category
None
Application
domain
GSM
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
T_BIND_CNF
HMI name T_BIND_CNF
Maximum waiting time to get a response to a CBSE-BIND primitive.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1 sec
Mandatory rules Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GPRS
Site (CAE)
HMI name T_AVG_W
Signal strength filter period for power control in packet idle mode.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules Equal to T_AVG_W (MFS)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
20
25
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
30
300
10
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
20
25
None
30
300
10
sec
Page 350
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
T_BTS_EST_CNF
None
Application
domain
T_BTS_RLS_CNF
None
Application
domain
GSM
Supervision of the SAPI 3 Release procedure.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1sec
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
Network (CDE)
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name T_BTS_RLS_CNF
Category
HMI name T_BTS_EST_CNF
Supervision of the SAPI 3 Establishment procedure.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1sec
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
6553.5
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
6553.5
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
40
65535
sec
40
65535
sec
Page 351
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
Category
None
Application
domain
GSM
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
T_CBC_READY
HMI name T_CBC_READY
Defines the maximum period during which the BSC tries to connect to the CBC before issueing an
alarm or returning CMD-MODE Resp.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size: 1 sec
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules T_CBC_READY > 8 * T_CONNECT
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
T_BURST
HMI name T_BURST
Delay between consecutive bursts of BLOCK or UNBLOCK messages.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size =0.1 sec
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules (31 x T_BURST) / B_NUM < T1_short
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
25.5
0.1
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
300
600
10
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
20
255
sec
300
600
10
sec
Page 352
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
System (CST)
T_CONNECT
HMI name T_CONNECT
Defines the value of TIMER_T_CONNECT which is used by L4E_CONV during outgoing X.25 call
setup association setup towards the CBC to protect against absence of CECNF from the Network
layer.
None
GSM
Application
domain
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
T_COUNT_I
HMI name T_COUNT_I
Supervision of the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to TCU overload.
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size: 1 sec
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules T_CBC_READY > 8 * T_CONNECT
External comment -Internal comment This parameter is described in document 3BK 11202 0329 DSZZA.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
30
B9
600
Number
10
BSC
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
12
50
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Sub-syste BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
30
600
10
sec
12
50
sec
Page 353
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
System (CST)
T_DELAY
HMI name T_DELAY
Delays the reestablishment of RSL link by the BSC in order that FU restart can finish.
None
Application
domain
GPRS
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
T_DELAY_GSL
HMI name T_DELAY_GSL
Timer for LAPD re-establishment after a LAPD failure. This timer gives the delay between two
LAPD establishment attempts.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
the FU to detect the Abis link failure)
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules T_DELAY >= T203 + 2x (N200+1)xT200 (T_DELAY must be greater than the time needed for
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
10
10
10
B9
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
10
10
10
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
10
10
10
sec
10
10
10
sec
Page 354
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
System (CST)
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
T_FILTER
HMI name HO_ALARM_PERSISTENCE
Maximum time a handover alarm is maintained while no more alarm condition is detected.
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 2 x SACCH frames = 0.96s. Coded over 5 bits:0: 0s, 1: 0.96s, , 31: 29.76s
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
T_DYN_SDCCH_HOLD
HMI name T_DYN_SDCCH_HOLD
Timer to define the delay before an dynamic SDCCH/8 timeslot will be de-allocated once all of its
SDCCH sub-channels are in the free state.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1sec
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
10
32
B9
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
31
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
10
32
sec
31
2 x Samfr
Page 355
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
3GPP TS 24.008
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Network (CDE)
T_GPRS_Resume
HMI name T_GPRS_Resume
Timer used by BSC, to wait for Resume acknowledgement from SGSN before releasing the CS
channel.
T_GSL_ACK (BSC)
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
HMI name T_GSL_ACK_BSC
Supervision of MFS acknowledgements on BSCGP.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1 sec
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules T_GSL_Ack(BSC) > T200 (GSL) * (1 + N200 (GSL))
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
External comment T3240 is a MS timer see 3GPP TS 24.008

Internal comment --
- T_GPRS_RESUME = 1 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links in all the
cells of the MFS,
- T_GPRS_RESUME = 1.5 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links in at least
one cell of the MFS.
Spec reference
Call release
Coding rules
step size = 0.1 sec, coded from 2 to 50
Mandatory rules T_GPRS_Resume < T3240 (10s)
Recommended rules T_GPRS_Resume > (BSSGP_T4 * (Resume_retries+1))
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
0.2
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
25.5
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
10
50
sec
50
255
sec
Page 356
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
T_HCP
None
Rec reference
Category
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
T_HO_REQD_LOST
HMI name T_HO_REQD_LOST
Supervision of the MSC response after sending of HANDOVER REQUIRED.
GSM
Internal comment
--
execution
External comment Depends on MSC type
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1sec
Mandatory rules T_HO_REQD_LOST > T7
Recommended rules T_HO_REQD_LOST value shall be greater than the maximum time for external handover
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size= 1sec
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
HMI name T_HCP
Time during which PING_PONG_HCP is applied after handover.
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
240
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
30
120
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
240
sec
30
120
sec
Page 357
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Network (CDE)
T_i
HMI name T_i
Duration of SSP or SPI condition that triggers an Internal Reset procedure.
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
T_IA
HMI name T_IA
Indicates the maximum time a CS IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message remains in the AGCH
queue.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules T_IA<T3101
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
2.5
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
This parameter is present in both BSCG2_CDETable and BSCMX_CDETable, but with different default value.
Oui
Spec reference
BSS global reset
Type
Timer
Coding rules
step size = 0.1sec
Min value 0
Mandatory rules -Max value 25.5
Recommended rules For BSC Evolution, the default value must be increased to 22 sec
Def value 3
External comment -Internal comment The MX proposed default value corresponds to results of tests performed with an MSC Alcatel and with a full configuration 16 N7 links.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
30
255
sec
25
50
sec
Page 358
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
T_INHIBIT_CPT
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name T_INHIBIT_CPT
Time during which the HO Causes 14, 21, and 24 are inhibited.
T_INTRF_L3
None
Rec reference
GSM
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1sec
Mandatory rules T_INTRF_L3 > Max (T11, T_qho, T11_FORCED)
&
T_INTRF_L3 > INTAVE
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
HMI name RF_RES_IND_PERIOD
Delay between two consecutive RF RESOURCE INDICATION.
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1 sec
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment T_INHIBIT_CPT = 0 inhibits the anti ping-pong function.
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
240
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
60
180
10
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
240
sec
60
180
10
sec
Page 359
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Category
Network (CDE)
None
Application
domain
LCS
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1 sec
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
10
B9
25.5
0.1
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
10
25
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
GSM
T_LCS_RESTART (BSC)
HMI name T_LCS_RESTART_BSC
BSC timer to guard the response from the SMLC in case of LCS Restart procedure (i.e.
initialisation procedure).
Application
domain
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
None
T_LB_OV
HMI name T_LB_OV
Supervision of the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to FU overload.
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Not used in case of OVERLOAD received from FU supporting the BCCH
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Oui
Oui
100
255
sec
10
25
sec
Page 360
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
LCS
Category
Site (CAE)
T_Loc_abort
HMI name T_Loc_abort
BSC timer supervising the response from the SMLC in case of Location Abort.
None
Application
domain
LCS
Category
Site (CAE)
T_Location
HMI name T_Location
BSC timer, on a per call basis, supervising the response from the SMLC in case of Location
request, when no RRLP exchange is triggered with the MS.
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
30
Timer
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Type
Timer
Coding rules
step size = 0.1 sec
Min value 1
Mandatory rules T_Location + T_Location_Longer > T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant >= T_LCS_Low_Delay
Max value 300
Recommended rules Def value 15
External comment The timer is meaningful in the BSC when EN_LCS=1.
Internal comment The BSC cancels T_Location and starts T_Location_Longer in case of RRLP message flow between the SMLC and the MS.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Spec reference
Type
Coding rules
step size = 0.1 sec
Min value
Recommended rules T_Loc_abort < T_Location
Def value
External comment The timer is meaningful in the BSC when EN_LCS=1.
Internal comment The BSC cancels T_Location and starts T_Loc_abort in case of LCS abort procedure towards the SMLC.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Oui
Oui
20
300
10
sec
150
3000
10
sec
Page 361
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
LCS
Category
Site (CAE)
T_Location_Longer
HMI name T_Location_Longer
BSC timer, on a per call basis, supervising the response from the SMLC in case of Location
request, when a RRLP exchange is triggered with the MS.
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Application
domain
IP
Spec reference
TC/BTS Interface
Coding rules
Step size = 1.
Rec reference
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
20
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B9
T_MAX_HOLD_MUXTRAUP
HMI name T_MAX_HOLD_MUXTRAUP
Maximum holding time in BTS and TC before sending a MUXTRAUP packet.
Logical name
Definition
B10 Oui
Based A-GPS positioning methods.

The BSC cancels T_Location and starts T_Location_Longer in case of RRLP message flow between the SMLC and the MS.
Internal comment
Non
20
ms
Page 362
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
30
300
sec
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Timer
Unit
Coding rules
step size = 1 sec
Min value 1
Coded Min
Max value 300
Coded Max
Recommended rules T_Location_Longer > T_Location
Def value 30
Coded Def
External comment The timer is meaningful in the BSC when EN_LCS=1, and replaces T_Location timer in case of Conventional GPS, MS Assisted A-GPS and MS
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
T_MPDCH_EST_PROC (BSC)
None
Application
domain
Category
System (CST)
HMI name T_MPDCH_EST_PROC (BSC)
GPRS
Duration of the MPDCH establishment procedure.
None
GSM
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
T_MS_CELL_REJ
HMI name T_MS_CELL_REJ
Delay where the cells the MS failed to handover, cannot be selected as targets in subsequent
handover attempts.
Spec reference
Handover management
Coding rules
step size = 0.1sec
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Paging and Access Grant control
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules Equal to T_MPDCH_EST_PROC (MFS)
Recommended rules This covers the maximum time taken by MS to become aware of a new cell configuration
External comment -Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
30
60
B9
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
20
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
30
60
sec
50
200
sec
Page 363
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
VGCS
Site (CAE)
Category
None
GSM
Application
domain
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
T_OVL_MSC
HMI name T_OVL_MSC
Minimum delay between two consecutive OVERLOAD messages sent to the MSC.
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
step size = 0.1sec
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Application
domain
T_NOTIF_RESPONSE_DELAY
HMI name T_NOTIF_RESPONSE_DELAY
This Timer is used to delay the Multiple SACCH Info Modify and the VGCS_ADD_INFO in order
to give the MS a chance to receive the immediately transmitted VGCS_ADD_INFO/FACCH and
SI6 messages
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 100 ms
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
200
1000
Timer
100
BSC
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
20
6553.5
0.1
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Sub-syste BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
10
ms
1
200
65535
sec
Page 364
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
Category
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
T_PAG_PS (BSC)
HMI name T_PAG_PS
This timer indicates the maximum time a PS PAGING message can remain in a Paging Group
Queue. It includes the round-trip delay on Gb and A-bis interface.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules Equal to T_PAG_PS (MFS)
Recommended rules T_PAG_PS < T3313 (SGSN timer)
External comment -Internal comment round trip delay between SGSN and BTS
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
T_PAG_CS (BSC)
HMI name T_PAG_CS
This timer indicates the maximum time a CS PAGING message can remain in a Paging Group
Queue. It includes the round-trip delay on A and A-bis or Gs/Gb and A-bis interface.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules Equal to T_PAG_CS (MFS)
Recommended rules T_PAG_CS<T3113 (MSC timer)
External comment -Internal comment round trip delay between MSC and BTS
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
25.5
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
25.5
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
30
255
sec
30
255
sec
Page 365
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
GPRS
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
Type
Timer
Min value 0
Max value 5
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
displayed to the O&M user.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 366
14
50
sec
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Def value 1.4

Coded Def
External comment -Internal comment The T_PDA parameter is computed automatically by the OMC as a function of the BS_PA_MFRMS parameter.The T_PDA parameter is not
The T_PDA parameter is computed by the OMC as follows:

T_PDA = T_GPRS_assign_pch, or equivalently,
Recommended rules
-T_PDA = 1200 ms if BS_PA_MFRMS=2
T_PDA = 1200 ms if BS_PA_MFRMS=3
T_PDA = 2400 ms if BS_PA_MFRMS=9.
step size = 0.1sec
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
T_PDA
HMI name T_PDA
Indicates the maximum time an Immediate Assignment message for a DL TBF establishment on
PCH remains in the PCH queue.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GPRS
Site (CAE)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
The T_PUA parameter is computed by the OMC as follows:

T_PUA = T_GPRS_assign_agch (See the table below)
Recommended rules
-AG_PREMPT_PCH/BCCH_EXT/CCCH_CONF/BS_AG_BLKS_RES/T_GPRS_agch_queuing_max
(ms)/Comments
Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/0/600/
Disabled/False/CCCH combined/0/1000/
Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/0/x/Not allowed
Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/1/2000/
Disabled/True/CCCH combined/0/x/Not allowed
Disabled/True/CCCH combined/1/2000/
Disabled/True/CCCH combined/2/1000/
Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/0/600/
step size = 0.1sec
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
T_PUA
HMI name T_PUA
Indicates the maximum time an Immediate Assignment message for a UL or DL TBF
establishment on AGCH remains in the AGCH queue.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Timer
Min value 0
Max value 5
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
50
sec
Page 367
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
T_qho
GSM TS 08.08
Rec reference
GSM
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1sec
Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment MSC: Depends on MSC Type
Application
domain
Maximum queuing time for Handover Requests.
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name T_QHO
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
20
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
20
sec
Page 368
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def

Enabled/False/CCCH combined/0/1000/
Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/0/x/Not allowed
Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/1/600/
Def value 0.8
Coded Def
8
External comment Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/3/600/
-Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/4/600/
Internal comment Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/5/600/
The T_PUA parameter is computed automatically by the OMC as a function of the AG_PREEMPT_TCH, BCCH_EXT,
CCCH_CONF and
BS_AG_BLKS_RES parameters. The T_PUA parameter is not displayed to the O&M user.
T_RCR_ACK
None
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
Category
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
System (CST)
T_RECOVERY
HMI name T_RECOVERY
Delay between two consecutive audits on trace file transfer status when a file transfer failure
occurs.
GSM
HMI name T_RCR_ACK
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Transmitted by the OMC-R to the BSC at init with the OCD_admin tool
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Call release
Coding rules
step size = 0.1sec
Application
domain
Supervision of the RF Channel Release procedure.
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
6553.5
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
10
10
10
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
OMC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
50
65535
sec
10
10
10
mn
Page 369
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
VGCS
Site (CAE)
Category
None
VGCS
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
B9
200
1000
Timer
200
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
200
480
Timer
20
cell
Sub-syste BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Non
Non
10
24
ms
1
Page 370
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
10
ms
2
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Cell Type
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
- It is a CDM parameter
- The minimum value is 20 ms, since the UPLINK FREE message is sent on FACCH of VGCS channel and the periodicity of FACCH is 20 ms.
Application
domain
T_REPETITION_UPLINK_FREE
HMI name T_REPETITION_UPLINK_FREE
Delay between consecutive repetitions of the UPLINK FREE message, sent to the mobile station.
The UPLINK FREE messages shall be repeated as long as no uplink is granted to a mobile
station.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 20 ms
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Application
domain
T_REPETITION_CHANNEL_RELE
ASE
This parameter defines the repetition period of CHANNEL RELEASE message sent on FACCH
T_REPETITION_CHANNEL_RELEASE HMI name
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 100 ms
Rec reference
Definition
Logical name
T_RMS_BSC
None
Rec reference
T_RMS_BSC_RECONF
GSM
None
GSM
Application
domain
Delay to restart RMS job after reconfiguration.
Spec reference
Radio measurements
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Coding rules
step size = 100 ms
Application
domain
General supervision of RMS in the BSC.
Logical name
Definition
System (CST)
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name T_RMS_BSC_RECONF
Category
HMI name T_RMS_BSC
B9
B9
6553.5
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
60
65535
10
sec
sec
Page 371
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
T_RMS_BSC_RESTART
None
Application
domain
Delay to restart RMS job after TRE restart.

GSM
System (CST)
Category
HMI name T_RMS_BSC_RESTART
None
Application
domain
GSM
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
T_RMS_BTS
HMI name T_RMS_BTS
Time interval between BTS transfer of 2 successive RMS blocks of measurements.
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Coding rules
step size = 1sec
Mandatory rules T_RMS_BTS < T_RMS_BSC
Recommended rules T_RMS_BSC > 2* T_RMS_BTS
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Radio measurements
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
60
60
60
B9
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
6553
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
60
60
60
sec
6553
sec
Page 372
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
System (CST)
T_SEND_MULTIPLE_PAGING_CMD expiry, the message is sent even if it does not contain yet
NB_MAX_MSG_MULTIPLE_PAGING_CMD messages).
HMI name T_SEND_MULTIPLE_PAGING_CM

Maximum time between two sendings of MULTIPLE PAGING COMMAND message (i.e. at
T_SEND_MULTIPLE_PAGING_CMD
Site (CAE)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 50 msec.
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment This mechanism does not apply to G2 BTS and to G2 BSC.
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition
GSM
T_SDCCH_PC
HMI name T_SDCCH_PC
Time during which power control on SDCCH is inhibited after completion of the Immediate
Assignment procedure.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1 (2 x Samfr)
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules T_SDCCH_PC >= SDCCH_COUNTER
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
31
B9
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
50
250
Timer
50
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Non
Oui
31
Non
Cell Type
2 x Samfr
ms
1
Page 373
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
TRX nb
D
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
DTM
Category
System (CST)
HMI name T_SHARED_DTM_INFO (BSC)

Timer monitoring the reception of BSCGP BSC Shared DTM Info Indication (periodic or not) on
BSC side.
T_SHARED_DTM_INFO (BSC)
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Non
None
Application
domain
GSM
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
T_SMSCB_RESP
HMI name T_SMSCB_RESP
Maximum waiting time to get a response from the BTS to a primitive.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1 sec
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
This has no system impact.
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
10
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
10
sec
Page 374
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
100
sec
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Dual Transfer Mode Functional Specification
Type
Timer
Unit
Coding rules
Step size = 1 sec
Min value 1
Coded Min
Mandatory rules shall be at max equal to T_SHARED_DTM_INFO (MFS) / 2
Max value 100
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment -Internal comment Due to BSC implementation constraints, with a default value of 8 sec, the observed value on BSCGP interface will be in the range [8;9.6] sec.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
System (CST)
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
System (CST)
T_TFO
HMI name T_TFO
Timer for sending and acknowledgement of No_speech frames in case of TFO.
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
coded on 8 bits, step size = 20 ms
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment This parameter is set to 620ms by the BSC in case of Abis/Ater via satellite.
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Sent to the BTS via OML.
IP
HMI name T_TC_BTS_LINK_POLLING

The timer used by the BTS to supervise the link between BTS and TC in case of no traffic and as
long as the BTS context is valid in the TC.
Under study
T_TC_BTS_LINK_POLLING
Spec reference
TC/BTS Interface
Coding rules
Step size = 100
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
500
10000
Timer
100
BSC
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
220
2540
Timer
0
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Sub-syste BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Non
100
ms
1
11
127
ms
0
Page 375
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
IP
Category
System (CST)
HMI name T_TRAU_ACK_WAIT

Supervision of the correct receipt of Commands between CCU and TRAU, in case of IP
transport.
T_TRAU_ACK_WAIT
None
Application
domain
VGCS
Category
Site (CAE)
T_WAIT_UPLINK_ACCESS
HMI name T_WAIT_UPLINK_ACCESS
Guard timer to wait for an Uplink Access. If no such bursts are received at this timer expiry, the
BSC releases the voice group call channel in that cell and provide notifications containing no
channel description.
Internal comment
--
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
External comment The parameter is significant only if EN_UPLINK_REPLY is set to true
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1sec
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules T_Wait_Uplink_Access >= [START_UPLINK_REPLY + (10 * WAIT_UPLINK_ACCESS)] *
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Sent to the BTS via OML and the TC via TCSL.
Spec reference
TC/BTS Interface
Coding rules
step size = 20 msec
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Default value in case of Abis/Ater per satellite : 640 msec.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
640
5100
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
60
300
Timer
BSC
Sub-syste BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Non
32
255
ms
0
60
300
sec
Page 376
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 08.58
GSM
Application
domain
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
B9
500
5000
Timer
500
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
30
6553.5
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Category
T1_0858
HMI name T1_0858
Delay during which, after reception of an OVERLOAD from the BTS, a new OVERLOAD is
ignored.
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules T1_0858 < T2_0858
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
VGCS
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Application
domain
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
None
T_WAIT_UPLINK_REQUEST_ACK
HMI name T_WAIT_UPLINK_REQUEST_ACK
Guard timer to wait for UPLINK REQUEST ACK or UPLINK REQUEST REJECT message from
the MSC.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 500 ms
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Oui
Oui
10
ms
1
300
65535
30
sec
Page 377
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
T1_long
None
Rec reference
T1_short
GSM TS 08.08
Rec reference
GSM
GSM
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules T1_short > (31 x T_BURST) / B_NUM
Internal comment --
Application
domain
Supervision of the Blocking/Unblocking procedure.
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules T1_long >= T1_short
Internal comment --
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name T1
Category
System (CST)
HMI name T1_long
Hold off time before attempting another Block/Unblock procedure.
Logical name
Definition
B9
60
60
B9
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
16
25.5
10
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
60
60
sec
160
255
100
sec
Page 378
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
T11
GSM TS 08.08
Rec reference
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
HMI name T11
None
Application
domain
GSM
Provision in MIB B5
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
T11_FORCED
HMI name T11_FORCED
Maximum queuing time for Assignment Requests where queuing is not allowed by the MSC.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1sec
Internal comment Must be < assignment timer in the MSC (trr1).
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1 s
Internal comment --
Application
domain
Maximum queuing time for Assignment Requests.
Logical name
Definition
B9
19
B9
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
19
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
19
sec
40
190
sec
Page 379
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
T13
GSM TS 08.08
Rec reference
HMI name T13
None
Rec reference
GSM
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1sec
HMI name T14
VGCS
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Site (CAE)
Category
Maximum queuing time for the VGCS Assignment Requests
T14
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
BSS global reset
Coding rules
step size = 0.1sec
Internal comment --
Application
domain
Delay for acknowledgement of RESET received from MSC.
Logical name
Definition
B9
15
B9
6553.5
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
19
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
150
65535
sec
19
sec
Page 380
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
GSM TS 08.08
T18
GSM TS 08.08
Rec reference
GSM
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Step size: 0.1 sec
GSM
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
HMI name T18
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Site (CAE)
Category
Delay between consecutive debarring actions after a BSS outage.
Logical name
Definition
Application
domain
T17
HMI name T17
Period of time where a new OVERLOAD that is received from the MSC, is not processed after
reception of a processed OVERLOAD.
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
step size: 0.1 sec
Mandatory rules T17 < T18_overload
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
30
B9
6553.5
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
50
6553.5
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
300
65535
sec
500
65535
sec
Page 381
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
GSM TS 08.08
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
T18_Overload
HMI name T18_OVERLOAD
Delay between the latest MSC OVERLOAD message or DTC internal overload detection and
debarring action. Also delay between consecutive debarring actions for overload procedure and
Telecom global reset procedure.
T19
GSM TS 05.08
Rec reference
GSM
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1sec
Internal comment --
Application
domain
Supervision of the Reset Circuit procedure.
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name T19
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
step size: 0.1 sec
Mandatory rules T18_OVERLOAD > T17
Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Comes from the split of T18 into two timers: T18 and T18_OVERLOAD
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
50
B9
6553.5
Timer
BSC
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
10
25.5
0.1
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Sub-syste BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
500
65535
sec
100
255
sec
Page 382
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
GSM TS 08.58
Application
domain
T20
GSM TS 08.08
Rec reference
GSM
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size=0.1 sec
Application
domain
Supervision of Circuit Group Blocking procedure.
Logical name
Definition
GSM
Network (CDE)
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name T20
Category
T2_0858
HMI name T2_0858
Minimum delay between debarring of an access class, in the case where the BTS stops sending
OVERLOAD.
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules T2_0858 > T1_0858
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
50
B9
6553.5
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
16
25.5
10
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
500
65535
30
sec
160
255
100
sec
Page 383
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
T200 (BSC)
GSM TS 08.56
Rec reference
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name T200 (BSC)
T200_GSL (BSC)
None
Application
domain
Category
System (CST)
HMI name T200_GSL (BSC)
GPRS
Supervision of acknowledgements on the GSL link.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules T_GSL_Ack (BSC) > T200_GSL (BSC) * (1 + N200_GSL (BSC))
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Internal comment
It can be changed indirectly from the OMC (through the change of Abis connection type)
The default value 300 ms corresponds to Abis terrestrial link.
--
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
step size: 100ms; (1: 100ms, 2: 200ms, 3: 300ms, 4: 400ms, .. . , 10: 1000ms
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules The recommended value for Abis via satellite is 1000 ms.
External comment The value of T200 (BSC) is driven by the associated Abis connection type.
Application
domain
Supervision of acknowledgements.
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
300
1000
Timer
300
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
A-bis link
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
10
ms
3
sec
Page 384
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
GSM TS 04.06
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
T200_TF
HMI name T200_TF
Supervision of acknowledgements for FACCH (TCH FR associated) SAPI 0.
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
GSM TS 04.06
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
T200_TH
HMI name T200_TH
Supervision of acknowledgements for FACCH (TCH HR associated) SAPI 0.
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 385
50
ms
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
LAPDm functional specification
Type
Timer
Unit
Coding rules
step size = 20 msec.
Min value 180
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment Modification of the value of this parameter will trigger an automatic restart of all TREs of the cell, leading to a release of all ongoing calls.
Internal comment Sent to the BTS via OML. Default value shall be used to ensure normal behaviour of LAPDm layer.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
10
50
ms
10
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Timer
Unit
Coding rules
Step size = 20 msec
Min value 200
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment Modification of the value of this parameter will trigger an automatic restart of all TREs of the cell, leading to a release of all ongoing calls.
Internal comment Sent to the BTS via OML. Default value shall be used to ensure normal behaviour of LAPDm layer.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
T203 (BSC)
GSM TS 08.56
Rec reference
T203_GSL (BSC)
None
Application
domain
Link supervision timer on the GSL link.
System (CST)
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name T203_GSL (BSC)
Category
HMI name T203 (BSC)
GPRS
GSM
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules Equal to T203_GSL (MFS)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules Equal to T203 (MFS)
Application
domain
Link supervision timer.
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
10
10
10
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
sec
10
10
10
sec
Page 386
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
T3101
GSM TS 04.08
Rec reference
T3103
GSM TS 04.08
Internal channel changes
Rec reference
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
GSM
--
GSM
T3103 > Ny1 x T3105_D.

T3103 > Ny1 x T3105_F_FR.
Recommended rules T3103 > Ny1 x T3105_F_HR.
T3103 > T3106_D.
T3103 > T3106_F
step size = 0.1sec
Application
domain
Supervision of the Internal Handover procedure.
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules T3101 > 2s
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name T3103
Category
HMI name T3101
Supervision of the Immediate Assignment procedure.
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
25.5
Timer
Def value
16.5
Type
Timer
Min value 0
Max value 25.5
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
30
255
sec
165
255
sec
Page 387
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
GSM
T3105_D_STOP
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
HMI name T3105D_STOP
Mandatory rules
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
0: stopped on reception of SABM frame, 1: stopped on reception of any correct L2 signalling

frame
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
Criterion to stop T3105_D timer.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
Category
T3105_D x Ny1 < T3103

T3105_D x Ny1 < T9113
Recommended rules T3105_D x Ny1 > T3124
T3105_D << T3124 (T3124 = 675 ms on SDCCH)
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
GSM TS 04.08
T3105_D
HMI name T3105D
Delay between consecutive repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATION on SDCCH.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Flag
Max value 1
Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B9
None
Page 388
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
200
200
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
B10 Oui
220
200
200
ms
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Oui
Type
Timer
Min value 200
Max value 220
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
GSM
GSM
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
T3105_F_HR x Ny1 < T3103

T3105_F_HR x Ny1 < T9113
Recommended rules T3105_F_HR x Ny1 > T3124
T3105_F_HR << T3124 (T3124 = 320 ms on TCH)
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
GSM TS 04.08
T3105_F_HR
HMI name T3105F_HR
Delay between consecutive repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATION on FACCH for HR
channels.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
Category
T3105_F_FR x Ny1 < T3103

T3105_F_FR x Ny1 < T9113
Recommended rules T3105_F_FR x Ny1 > T3124
T3105_F_FR << T3124 (T3124 = 320 ms on TCH)
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
GSM TS 04.08
T3105_F_FR
HMI name T3105F_FR
Delay between consecutive repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATION on FACCH for FR
channels.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
50
50
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
Page 389
250
100
20
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
ms
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Type
Timer
Min value 20
Max value 250
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B9
50
50
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
B10 Oui
250
50
20
ms
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Oui
Type
Timer
Min value 20
Max value 250
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
T3105_F_STOP
GSM
GSM
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
T3106_D < T3103

T3106_D < T9113
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
Rec reference
T3106_D
HMI name T3106D
Supervision of the reception of valid frame from the MS on the target cell in case of SDCCH
synchronous handover.
Mandatory rules
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
Category
HMI name T3105F_STOP

frame or of a correct traffic frame
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
Criterion to stop T3105_F timer.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
None
1200
1200
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
Page 390
1500
1200
1100
ms
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Oui
Type
Timer
Min value 1100
Max value 1500
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
B9
Flag
Max value 1
Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
T3106_D_STOP
Site (CAE)
Category
GSM
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
T3106_F < T3103

T3106_F < T9113
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
Rec reference
T3106_F
HMI name T3106F
Supervision of the reception of valid frame from the MS on the target cell in case of TCH
synchronous handover.
Mandatory rules
Logical name
Definition
GSM
HMI name T3106D_STOP

frame
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
Criterion to stop T3106_D timer.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
None
1000
1000
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
Page 391
1000
1000
500
ms
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Oui
Type
Timer
Min value 500
Max value 1000
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
B9
Flag
Max value 1
Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
T3106_F_STOP
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
HMI name T3106F_STOP
T3107
GSM TS 04.08
Rec reference
Spec reference
Normal assignment
Coding rules
step size = 0.1sec
GSM
Application
domain
Supervision of the Assignment procedure.
Logical name
Definition
Mandatory rules
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name T3107

frame or of a correct traffic frame
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
Criterion to stop T3106_F timer.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
14
25.5
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
B9
Flag
Max value 1
Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
140
255
sec
Page 392
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
T3109
GSM TS 04.08
Rec reference
T3111
GSM TS 04.08
Rec reference
GSM
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name T3111
Category
HMI name T3109
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Call release
Coding rules
step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules T3111 > 2 x T200_D. T3111 > 2 x T200_TH. T3111 = T3110 (MS)
Application
domain
Delay of the RF Channel Release procedure.
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Call release
Coding rules
step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules T3109 > RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT + 1s
Application
domain
Supervision of the Channel Release procedure.
Logical name
Definition
B9
12
35
B9
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
0.5
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
120
350
sec
20
sec
Page 393
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
2G-3G
VGCS
Site (CAE)
Category
Site (CAE)
Category
3GPP TS 44.018
Application
domain
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
T3121
HMI name T3121
This timer is started by sending an INTER SYSTEM TO UTRAN HANDOVER message to the MS
and is normally stopped when the MS has correctly seized the UTRAN channel(s). Its purpose is
to keep the old channels sufficiently long for the MS to be able to return to the old channels, and
to release the channels if the MS is lost.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1 sec
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Application
domain
T3115
HMI name T3115
This timer is used for the repetition of the VGCS UPLINK GRANT message during the uplink
access procedure. If the timer expires before the reception of a correctly decoded frame from
MS, the BTS repeats the VGCS UPLINK GRANT message to the requesting MS
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 20ms
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
200
480
Timer
100
cell
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
14
25.5
Timer
BSC
Sub-syste BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Sub-syste BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
10
24
ms
5
140
255
sec
Page 394
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
None
Rec reference
System (CST)
Category
DTM
Category
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 100 msec
Mandatory rules Shall be equal to T3148n (MFS)
Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Corresponds to T3148 (on MS side) - Round Trip Delay
Application
domain
HMI name T3148n (BSC)

Timer controlling on BSC side the uplink DTM assignment. It is started at reception of DTM
Request, and stopped at reception of DTM Assignment Command or DTM Reject from MFS.
T3148n (BSC)
Logical name
Definition
GSM
T3122
HMI name T3122
Timer controlling the period sending of SYSTEM INFORMATION messages to the BTS to avoid
sleeping cell problems.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 1 min
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
17
B9
65535
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
3,8
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Non
Oui
17
65535
mn
38
40
sec
Page 395
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Coding rules
GPRS
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
Timer
cell
Max value 4
Def value 1
Type
Min value
Instance
Sub-syste BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
sec
Page 396
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non

- T3168 = 1 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell,
- T3168 = 1.5 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links in the serving cell.
External comment The setting of T3168 should leave sufficient time to the MFS for granting PDCHs for serving the UL TBF request, plus also cover the round trip
time and the possible queuing delay within the MFS before the Packet Uplink Assignment can be sent to the Mobile Station. Therefore a value
of 500 ms is not allowed in this release of the Alcatel BSS.
Internal comment The following rules that cannot be checked by the OMC must be fulfilled nevertheless:
1. T3168 < T_ACK_WAIT - MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH*20 - 60 (ms)
2. T3168 > T_MFS_Processing + T_Queuing_PACCH + round_trip_delay.
T_MFS_Processing corresponds to the processing time that can be expected at worse in the MFS for answering an uplink TBF request. Because
the MFS may have to request additional PDCHs to the BSC (which can take about 400 msec), a value of 500 msec should be considered for
this parameter.
T_Queuing_PACCH corresponds to the maximum queuing time expected on PACCH and a value of about 200 msec should be considered.
Note that the chosen default values shall ensure that those rules are met.
Mandatory rules Equal to T3168 (MFS)

Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is
Coded on 3 bits as follows:

001: 1000 ms
010: 1500 ms
011: 2000 ms
100: 2500 ms
101: 3000 ms
110: 3500 ms
111: 4000 ms.
3GPP TS 04.60
Application
domain
T3168 (BSC)
HMI name T3168
This timer defines the maximum time the MS waits for a packet UL assignment, after sending a
Packet Resource Request (case of two-phase UL TBF establishment) or after including a Channel
Request Description Information Element in a Packet Downlink Ack/Nack (case of UL TBF
establishment on a concurrent DL TBF). Broadcast in SI13 within the GPRS Cell Options IE.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GPRS
Site (CAE)
Category
Internal comment
--
B9
0
0
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
500
Coded Max
Max value 1500
ms
7
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
200
Oui
Timer
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
==> Case GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in the
serving cell:
i) T3192 = 1500 ms if the non-DRX mode is not activated and the delayed DL TBF release
mode is not activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX = 0 and
EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 0)
ii) T3192 = 1000 ms if the non-DRX mode is activated or the delayed DL TBF release mode is
External comment The following values ofT3192 defined in the 3GPP TS 04.60 are not supported in this release of the Alcatel BSS:
0 1 1: 0 msec
1 0 0: 80 msec
1 0 1: 120 msec
1 1 0: 160 msec

0 0 0: 500 msec
0 0 1: 1000 msec
0 1 0: 1500 msec
1 1 1: 200 msec
T3192 + T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL + round_trip_delay < 5 sec
Recommended rules T3192>MS-BSS roundtrip delay + RRBP maximum duration (60 ms)
==> Case GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell:
activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX > 0 or EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 1)
iii) however, if T3192 is finally set to 200 msec, then :
- some abnormal DL TBF release may occur during the delayed phase, and
- the MS may not receive the NC2 deactivation order from the BSS, which may lead the MS
to send useless PMR before leaving its ready state.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
3GPP TS 04.18
T3192 (BSC)
HMI name T3192
Wait for release of the downlink TBF on MS side after reception of the final block by the MS.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 397
GSM TS 04.08
Application
domain
T4
GSM TS 08.08
Rec reference
GSM
Spec reference
BSS global reset
Coding rules
step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment T4 shall be set greater than T2 (timer in MSC).
Internal comment Used only when NBR_RESET_REP <> 0.
Application
domain
Supervision of RESET message sent to the MSC.
Logical name
Definition
GSM
Site (CAE)
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name T4
Category
T3212 (BSC)
HMI name T3212
This timer indicates to the MS the delay between two consecutive Periodic Location Update
procedures.
Spec reference
Coding rules
0: no periodic location update
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
30
B9
255
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
6553.5
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
30
255
6 mn
30
65535
20
sec
Page 398
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
T7
GSM TS 08.08
Rec reference
Application
domain
GSM TS 08.08
Application
domain
GSM
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1sec
Rec reference
GSM
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Site (CAE)
Category
T8
HMI name T8
Supervision of the External Handover procedure in the serving BSC.
Spec reference
Handover management
Coding rules
step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules T7 < T_HO_REQD_LOST
Internal comment --
Logical name
Definition
HMI name T7
Timer controlling the repetition of HANDOVER REQUIRED.
Logical name
Definition
B9
20
B9
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
14
25.5
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
50
200
sec
140
255
sec
Page 399
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
T9101
None
Rec reference
T9103
None
Rec reference
GSM
Spec reference
Normal assignment
Coding rules
step size = 0.1sec
GSM
Application
domain
Supervision of the Channel Activation procedure.
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Call release
Coding rules
step size = 0.1sec
Application
domain
Network (CDE)
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name T9103
Category
HMI name T9101
Supervision of the SCCP connection release procedure.
Logical name
Definition
B9
10
B9
6553.5
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
6553.5
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
100
65535
sec
30
65535
sec
Page 400
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
T9105
None
Rec reference
GSM
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name T9105
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules T9105 > T(conn est)
Recommended rules T9105 > max T3210. T9105 > max T3220. T9105 > max T3230
Application
domain
Supervision of the SCCP Connection procedure.
Logical name
Definition
Application
domain
T9104
HMI name T9104
Supervision of the call clearing procedure when triggered by the BSC.
Spec reference
Call release
Coding rules
step size = 0.1sec
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
25.5
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
31
6553,5
11
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
20
255
sec
310
65535
110
sec
Page 401
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
T9108
None
Rec reference
GSM
GSM
Network (CDE)
Category
HMI name T9108
None
Application
domain
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
T9110
HMI name T9110
Guards the response of the MSC when no resources are allocated to the SCCP connection
(started on the reception of CONN_IND(SCCP_CON_REQ) not carrying a HANDOVER
REQUEST message and stopped when a HANDOVER REQUEST message is received on the
same SCCP connection as the SCCP_CON_REQ message). Guards also the response of the
MSC when a HANDOVER FAILURE or ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message has been sent (stopped
when a HANDOVER REQUEST or CLEAR COMMAND message is received).
Spec reference
Call release
Coding rules
step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules T9110 << max [T(ias), T(iar)].
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Normal assignment
Coding rules
step size = 0.1sec
Application
domain
Supervision of the Physical Context procedure.
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
6553.5
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
20
6553.5
Timer
0
BSC
Sub-syste BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
30
65535
sec
200
65535
sec
Page 402
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
T9112
None
Rec reference
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name T9112
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
T9113
HMI name T9113
Supervision of the External Handover procedure in the target BSC.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules T9113 > T3105_D x Ny1. T9113 > T3105_F x Ny1. T9113 > T3106_D. T9113 > T3106_F
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
procedure.
Spec reference
Channel modification
Coding rules
step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules T9112 >= 15s. T9112 <= T9114. T9112 is inferior to the MSC timer supervising the Modify
Application
domain
Supervision of the channel modification in the MS.
Logical name
Definition
B9
15
B9
6553.5
0.1
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
20
25.5
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
150
65535
sec
200
255
sec
Page 403
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
TCH_INFO_PERIOD
None
Application
domain
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name TCH_INFO_PERIOD
Periodicity of TCH usage information update in the BSC.
Spec reference
Coding rules
stepsize = 0.1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
TA_STAT
HMI name TA_STAT
Threshold on timing advance to define the cell limit used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment 1 bper corresponds to about 550m
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
63
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
25.5
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
63
bper
50
255
20
sec
Page 404
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
IP
Site (CAE)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
In case of a BTS with 2 Abis (2 E1 links), TCH_TS_ACTIVITY_FACTOR shall take the same value
for both Abis.
Recommended rules Shall be set to a value high enough to ensure that CS traffic will (nearly) never be limited
because of this constraint. The ABIS_BANDWIDTH shall be dimensioned in proportion.
In addition, if GPRS is activated in some cells of the Abis BTS group, it is highly
recommended to avoid configurations where the reserved PS bandwidth is very low or null.
This can indeed imply risks of PS traffic blocking situation in the Abis BTS group due to lack
of Abis bandwidth, or risks of PMU-PTU interface traffic congestion, or risks of IPGCH
Step size = 1%
None
Application
domain
TCH_TS_ACTIVITY_FACTOR
HMI name TCH_TS_ACTIVITY_FACTOR
Maximum percentage of RTSs supporting some TCH(s) at the same time (one FR TCH or two HR
TCHs), among all the RTSs configured as TCH or configured as dynamic SDCCH.
The RTSs supporting only one HR TCH are counted as half a RTS.
Allows to perform a radio over-dimensioning in case < 100%.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
100
100
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
Page 405
100
100
10
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Abis segment
Non
Type
Number
Min value 10
Max value 100
Instance
Sub-syste BSC
B10 Oui
IP
System (CST)
Category
10
10
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
IP
System (CST)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
there is a risk to not be able to configure this kind of parameter. It depends on the TCP stack.
B9
Type
Number
Min value 1
Max value 20
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Def value
External comment The purpose of 2nd mandatory rule is to ensure that failure at TCP level will be detected before failure GSL level.
Shall be equal to TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT (BTS) and TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT (MFS)

TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE + TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL * TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT <= T_GSL_ACK
Recommended rules (BSC) * 2
--
Step size = 1.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
HMI name TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT

Number of TCP keep-alive messages sent by the IPGSL and not acknowledged by the peer
before triggering a TCP disconnection
TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT (BSC)
Non
20
None
Page 406
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
36000
10
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
sec
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Type
Timer
Min value 1
Max value 36000
Non
For example, if a global failure happens during a TCP transfer in which the failed connection side was the data receiver, the sending TCP will try
to retransmit the non-acknowledged data segments, but TCP will limit the number of retransmissions by means of this timer. On timer expiry,
TCP resets the connection (RST segment).
IP demo parameter.
Corresponds to Abort_Interval in Solaris TCP implementation.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Internal comment
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
TCP_ABORT_TIMER (BSC) = TCP_ABORT_TIMER (BTS)

TCP_ABORT_TIMER <= T_GSL_ACK (BSC) x 2
Step size = 1
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
HMI name TCP_ABORT_TIMER

This timer controls how long transmitted TCP data may remain unacknowledged (at TCP level)
before the TCP connection is aborted.
TCP_ABORT_TIMER (BSC)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
IP
System (CST)
Category
IP
System (CST)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
B9
Type
Timer
Min value 1
Max value 255
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Timer
Min value 1
Max value 36000
Def value
Equal to TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL (BTS) and TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL (MFS)

--
Step size = 1
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL (BSC)
HMI name TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL
Time between the sending of two TCP keep-alive messages by IPGSL.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Def value
Shall be equal to TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE (BTS), TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE (BSC)

--
Step size = 1
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
HMI name TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE

IPGSL link supervision: Time to wait before sending the first TCP keep alive message.
TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE (BSC)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Non
Non
36000
sec
255
sec
Page 407
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
TCP_MSL (BSC)
None
Application
domain
IP
TCP message segment lifetime, used by IPGSL.
Category
System (CST)
HMI name TCP_MSL (BSC)
Mandatory rules
0: higher priority
3: lower priority
--
IP
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name TCSL_PRIORITY
BSS internal priority used by the TCSL flow in IP network
TCSL_PRIORITY
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 1
Mandatory rules Shall be equal to TCP_MSL (MFS) and TCP_MSL (BTS)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
36000
Timer
Number
Max value 3
Def value 1
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Non
Non
36000
sec
None
Page 408
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
2G-3G
Site (CAE)
B9
--
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
-1
16383
Page 409
Coded Def
Coded Max
MHz
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
The TDD UTRAN frequencies of the 3G neighbour cells are broadcast on BCCH.
Up to 3 TDD UTRAN frequencies can be defined in the list. They form a table with the 3 following values TDD_ARFCN[I] for I = 1,,3. The
value of -1 indicates that no UTRAN TDD frequency is provided.
The OMC always sends to the BSC precisely 3 values for this list, including the dummy ones, if any, at the end of the list.
Internal comment
Non
List of numbers
Max value 16383
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Def value -1
External comment The TDD UTRAN frequencies are coded as the UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Numbers (ARFCN) on the Air interface.
0 = 0.0 MHz, 1 = 0.2 MHz, ... , 16383 = 3276.6 MHz. The value of -1 indicates that no UTRAN
TDD frequency is provided.
Mandatory rules The defined frequencies (i.e. not set to -1) in the set shall be different.
Only following frequency bands are standardised : a) 1900 1920 MHz (UL/DL), 2010 2025 MHz
Recommended rules (UL/DL) b) 1850 1910 MHz (UL/DL), 1930 1990 MHz (UL/DL) c) 1910 1930 MHz (UL/DL).
Bands b) and c) are defined only for ITU region 2 (Americas).
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
Category
HMI name TDD_FREQUENCY_LIST
List of neighbour TDD UTRAN frequencies (TD-SCDMA)
TDD_ARFCN_LIST
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
3GPP TS 45.008
Rec reference
Spec reference
Coding rules
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
-32
15
dB
0
Page 410
Coded Max
Coded Def

1: -28: -28 dB
2: -24: -24 dB
3: -20: -20 dB
4: -16: -16 dB
5: -12: -12 dB
6: -8: -8 dB
7: -4: -4 dB
8: 0: 0 dB
9: 4: 4 dB
10: 8: 8 dB
11: 12: 12 dB
12: 16: 16 dB
13: 20: 20 dB
14: 24: 24 dB
15: 28: 28 dB
Type
Min value
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non

External comment This parameter is broadcast on BCCH.
Site (CAE)
Category
Non
Unit
Coded Min
2G-3G
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Number
Application
domain
HMI name TDD_Qoffset

Offset added to the received level average of the serving cell and of the neighbour GSM
cells for UTRAN TDD cell re-selection.
TDD_Qoffset
Logical name
Definition
3GPP TS 05.08
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 10dB. 0: 0dB, 1:10dB, 6: 60dB, 7: infinity
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment If the VGCS is licensed, the parameter is modifiable only via the provisioning context of the OMC.
Internal comment Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS.
Rec reference
HMI name TEMPORARY_OFFSET
Offset applied to C2 criterion for the duration of PENALTY_TIME.
TEMPORARY_OFFSET
Site (CAE)
Category

"WWW.XXX.YYY.ZZZ" (ex: 255.245.247.001)
Mandatory rules
Logical name
Definition
IP
coded on 32 bits
default value : 255.255.255.240
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
telecom protocols
HMI name TELECOM_IP_SUBNET_MASK_BS

Mask of the subnet where is allocated the range of BSC addresses used for
TELECOM_IP_SUBNET_MASK_BSC
Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition
B9
Number
Non
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
infinity
Number
0
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui

Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Non
Cell Type
4294967295
None
dB
0
Page 411
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
RMS template Non
TRX nb
TEMPORARY_OFFSET(n)
Application
domain
Rec reference
VGCS
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
THR_CCCH_LOAD
HMI name THR_CCCH_LOAD
Threshold triggering the sending of CCCH LOAD INDICATION message.
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
B9
B9
infinity
Number
500
3000
100
Oui
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Spec reference
Radio measurements
Type
Coding rules
-Min value
External comment -Internal comment Percentage of busy to successful accesses. Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS.

Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 10dB. 0: 0dB, 1:10dB, 6: 60dB, 7: infinity
None
Site (CAE)
HMI name TEMPORARY_OFFSET
Offset applied to C2 criterion for the duration of PENALTY_TIME.
Logical name
Definition
dB
0
500
3000
100
Page 412
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
2G-3G
Site (CAE)
Category
None
Application
domain
2G-3G
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name THR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REQ

Load threshold on the serving cell below which handovers towards 3G cells are forbidden when
I.E. Service Handover is missing and EN_2G_3G_HO_NO_SERVICE_HO = 0
THR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REQ
Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 1
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Value 0 disables the feature.
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
THR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REJECT shall be lower than the 2G load thresholds

HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD or equal to 100%.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
3GPP TS 08.08
THR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REJECT
HMI name THR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REJECT
Load threshold determining whether a 3G to 2G handover request shall be rejected in load
situation; the feature is deactivated by setting THR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REJECT to its maximum
value 100%.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Non
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
100
Threshold
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B9
100
Page 413
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
100
100
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
B10 Oui
100
100
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
cell
Oui
Type
Number
Min value 0
Max value 100
Instance
Sub-syste BSC
B10 Oui
2G-3G
step size = 0.5 dB, coded over 6 bits

0: HO to 3G attempted whatever the Ec/No,
1: -24.0,
2: -23.5,
3: -23,
...,
48: -0.5,
49: 0.0
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
THR_ECNO_HO
HMI name THR_ECNO_HO
Ec/No threshold above which a handover to UTRAN may be triggered
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Oui
Threshold
-24.5
Max value 0
Def value -15
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
19
49
dB
0
Page 414
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
Internal comment
--
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 <= THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 &

THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3<=THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1
Recommended rules When choosing the THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 value, it is recommanded to check that the
number of DR TCH in the cell is greater than (100 - THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3) /100*total
number of TCH in the cell.
External comment --
Step size = 10%
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3
HMI name THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3
Lower load threshold for allocation policy of AMR HR in a dual rate cell supporting AMR HR.
--
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Internal comment
THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 <= THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 &

THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1>=THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3
Recommended rules When choosing the THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 value, it is recommanded to check that the
number of DR TCH in the cell is greater than (100 - THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1) /100*total
External comment --
step size = 10%
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1
HMI name THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1
Lower load threshold for allocation policy definition in dual rate cell.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
10
10
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
Page 415
10
100
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
TRX nb
Oui
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Type
Threshold
Min value 0
Max value 100
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B9
Oui
10
10
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
B10 Oui
10
100
TRX nb
Oui
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Type
Threshold
Min value 0
Max value 100
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
Internal comment
--
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 >= THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 &

THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3<=THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1
Recommended rules When choosing the THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 value, it is recommanded to check that the
number of DR TCH in the cell is greater than (100 - THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3) /100*total
External comment --
Step size = 10%
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3
HMI name THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3
Higher load threshold for allocation policy of AMR HR in a dual rate cell supporting AMR HR.
--
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Internal comment
THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 >= THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 &

THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1>=THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3
Recommended rules When choosing the THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 value, it is recommanded to check that the
number of DR TCH in the cell is greater than (100 - THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1) /100*total
External comment --
Step size = 10%
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1
HMI name THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1
Higher load threshold for allocation policy definition in dual rate cell.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
10
10
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
Page 416
10
100
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
TRX nb
Oui
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Type
Threshold
Min value 0
Max value 100
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B9
Oui
10
10
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
B10 Oui
10
100
TRX nb
Oui
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Type
Threshold
Min value 0
Max value 100
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Network (CDE)
THR_LB_OV
HMI name THR_LB_OV
Counter threshold for triggering global defence actions in the BSC upon FU overload.
None
Application
domain
GPRS
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
THR_MARGIN_PRIO_PS
HMI name THR_MARGIN_PRIO_PS
Margin of radio timeslots reserved for PS traffic between two sendings of the BSCGP RR
Allocation Indication messages. The threshold is expressed in percentage of radio timeslots.
This margin only applies in case of high CS load and low PS load.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
10
50
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Oui
B9
10
100
Number
0
BSC
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
10
50
None
10
100
Page 417
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH
Application
domain
Rec reference
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH
THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL
Threshold for channel adaptation under normal load.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH >= THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH >= THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL
None
Threshold for channel adaptation under high load.
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
B9
Threshold
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
70
None
70
None
Page 418
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Network (CDE)
Category
None
Application
domain
GSM
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
THRESHOLD_1_1
HMI name THRESHOLD_1_1
Free buffer thresholds separating no overload condition and overload level 1 condition when
pointer P points at position 1.
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_1_1 >= THRESHOLD_2_1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
THRESHOLD_1_0
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
25
B9
100
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
28
100
Threshold
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
25
100
28
100
Page 419
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Network (CDE)
Category
None
Application
domain
GSM
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
THRESHOLD_1_2
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
THRESHOLD_1_10
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
55
B9
100
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
31
100
Threshold
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
55
100
31
100
Page 420
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Network (CDE)
Category
None
Application
domain
GSM
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
THRESHOLD_1_4
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
THRESHOLD_1_3
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
34
B9
100
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
37
100
Threshold
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
34
100
37
100
Page 421
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Network (CDE)
Category
None
Application
domain
GSM
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
THRESHOLD_1_6
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
THRESHOLD_1_5
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
40
B9
100
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
43
100
Threshold
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
40
100
43
100
Page 422
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Network (CDE)
Category
None
Application
domain
GSM
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
THRESHOLD_1_8
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
THRESHOLD_1_7
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
46
B9
100
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
49
100
Threshold
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
46
100
49
100
Page 423
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Network (CDE)
Category
None
Application
domain
GSM
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
THRESHOLD_2_0
Free buffer thresholds separating overload level 1 condition and overload level 2 condition
when pointer P points at position 0.
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_2_0 <= THRESHOLD_1_0
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
THRESHOLD_1_9
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
52
B9
100
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
22
100
Threshold
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
52
100
22
100
Page 424
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Network (CDE)
Category
None
Application
domain
GSM
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
THRESHOLD_2_10
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
THRESHOLD_2_1
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
25
B9
100
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
52
100
Threshold
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
25
100
52
100
Page 425
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Network (CDE)
Category
None
Application
domain
GSM
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
THRESHOLD_2_3
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
THRESHOLD_2_2
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
28
B9
100
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
31
100
Threshold
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
28
100
31
100
Page 426
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Network (CDE)
Category
None
Application
domain
GSM
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
THRESHOLD_2_5
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
THRESHOLD_2_4
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
34
B9
100
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
37
100
Threshold
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
34
100
37
100
Page 427
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Network (CDE)
Category
None
Application
domain
GSM
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
THRESHOLD_2_7
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
THRESHOLD_2_6
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
40
B9
100
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
43
100
Threshold
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
40
100
43
100
Page 428
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Network (CDE)
Category
None
Application
domain
GSM
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
THRESHOLD_2_9
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
THRESHOLD_2_8
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
46
B9
100
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
49
100
Threshold
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
46
100
49
100
Page 429
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Network (CDE)
Category
None
GSM
Application
domain
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
TL0
HMI name TL0
Threshold on TCU Processor Occupancy Level. The TCU is in "Low Overload" state if its
Processor Occupancy Level is higher or equal to TL0 and less than TL3." The TCU is in "No
Overload" state if its Processor Occupancy Level is less than TL0.
Spec reference
Overload Control
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules TL0 < TL3 < TL4
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
TL_TCUA
HMI name TL_TCUA
Minimum delay between two consecutive TCU load increaseby the local overload controller.
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules TL_TCUA >TS_TCUA
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
20
50
B9
0.1
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
60
100
Oui
Oui
Threshold
BSC
Sub-syste BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
200
500
sec
60
100
Page 430
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
GSM
Network (CDE)
Category
None
GSM
Application
domain
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
TL2
HMI name TL2
BSC processor occupancy threshold used to increment pointer P on buffer occupancy thresholds.
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules TL3 > TL4
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Application
domain
TL1
HMI name TL1
BSC processor occupancy threshold used to decrement pointer P on buffer occupancy
thresholds.
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules TL1 < TL2
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
70
B9
100
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
85
100
Threshold
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
70
100
85
100
Page 431
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
GSM
Network (CDE)
Category
None
GSM
Application
domain
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
TL4
HMI name TL4
Threshold on TCU Processor Occupancy Level. The TCU is in Very High Overload state if its
Processor Occupancy Level is higher or equal to TL4.
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules TL4 > TL3 > TL0
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Application
domain
TL3
HMI name TL3
Threshold on TCU Processor Occupancy Level:
1) In upward direction, the TCU Overload State is in High Overload state if TL3 <= TCU
Processor Occupancy Level < TL4;
2) In downward direction, the TCU Overload State is still in Very High Overload State if TL3 <=
TCU Processor Occupancy Level < TL4;
3) In downward direction, the TCU Overload State is in Low Overload state if TL0 <= TCU
Processor Occupancy Level < TL3.
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules T0 < TL3 < TL4
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
75
B9
100
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
95
100
Threshold
Oui
Threshold
BSC
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Sub-syste BSC
B10 Oui
75
100
95
100
Page 432
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Q714
Application
domain
GSM
Category
System (CST)
Treassembly
HMI name Treassembly
Timer controlling the reception of subsequent segments after reception of the first segment of a
segmented layer 3 message.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Treassembly < T9110 (the rule is checked neither by BSC nor by the OMC.)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
4
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Non
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
10
20
10
Timer
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
100
200
100
sec
Page 433
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
sec
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def

Range ensures that TRAU_Activity_Timer <= TRAU_Connection_Timeout. when TRAU_Connection_Timeout = TRAU_Activity_Timer; only the
mechanism linked to TRAU_Connection_Timeout is used
IP
HMI name TRAU_CONNECTION_TIMEOUT

Waiting time to detect loss of synchronisation between BTS and TC in case of IP transport.
TRAU_CONNECTION_TIMEOUT
Spec reference
TC/BTS Interface
Coding rules
Step size = 1.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Network (CDE)
TRG_SDCCH
HMI name TRG_SDCCH
Controls if local overload controller is triggered upon SDCCH overload.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
1 for TCU, 0 for others
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment This parameter is set by default to 1 for TCUs. It shall be set to 0 for other BSC processors
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
1
Flag
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC proc
B10 Oui
None
Page 434
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
TRX_PREF_MARK
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
Number
Max value 7
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
TRX
B10 Oui
Oui
Coded Max
Unit
Coded Min
Internal comment
pool allowing the usage of 8-PSK, the operator shall ensure that the difference in the mean output powers between GSMK and 8-PSK signals is
less than 2 dB in order to be compliant with 3GPP TS 05.05 and 3GPP TS 05.08 requirements (or 4 dB if an SDCCH timeslot is defined in
timeslot number 7 of the BCCH TRX).
Note: It may happen that a TRX for which TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 can carry also CS/PS signalling traffic (if it is the BCCH TRX and if there
is an MPDCH on this TRX), see also the rules for the parameter NB_TS_MPDCH.
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Def value 1
Coded Def
External comment If EGPRS is activated in the cell, TRX_PREF_MARK (BCCH TRX) = 0 and the BCCH TRX is associated to a TRE hardware and a transmission
4) In case of cell shared over 2 BTSs, the GPRS TRXs of the cell (ie TRX_PREF_MARK=0) can
be either on the main sector or on the secondary, but not on both.
MAX_PDCH:
1) For a TRX in the inner zone of a monoband or multiband concentric cell, the parameter
TRX_PREF_MARK shall be set to a non-null value.
Recommended rules
-2) For a hopping or a pseudo non hopping G1 TRX, if EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY = 0 then
TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0
Mandatory rules
GSM
HMI name Preference Mark
0: PS/CS TRX: This TRX can carry PS and CS traffic and has the lowest preference in the TCH
sub-channel selection process used to serve a CS call.
1: CS TRX with preference mark 1: This TRX can carry only CS traffic and has the preference
mark 1 in the TCH sub-channel selection process used to serve a CS call.
7: CS TRX with preference mark 7: This TRX can carry only CS traffic and has the highest
preference in the TCH sub-channel selection process used to served a CS call. It means that this
TRX has the highest priority for CS traffic.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
Preference mark assigned to a given TRX.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 435
None
Application
domain
Network (CDE)
3GPP TS 05.02
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
TSC
HMI name TSC
Training Sequence Code for any (packet) channel except for BCCH, CCCH and CBCH
Category
Internal comment
B9
10
50
B9
0.1
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
--
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
None
Page 436
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
100
500
sec
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
Two training sequence codes are used in Alcatel BSS:

*) TSC for BCCH, CCCH and CBCH: the BSS sets the TSC to the O&M parameter BCC. This behaviour is compliant to 3GPP TS 05.02 which
states that for BCCH and CCCH, the TSC must be equal to the BCC. In Alcatel BSS, for CBCH, the TSC is also set to BCC.
**) TSC for any other (packet) channel: the BSS sets the TSC to the O&M parameter TSC.
Spec reference
Coding rules
coded over 3 bits
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
TS_TCUA
HMI name TS_TCUA
Minimum delay between two consecutive TCU load reduction by the local overload controller.
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules TS_TCUA < TL_TCUA
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
Note:
- In the non-combined CCCH configuration, there are 51 RACH frames per 51-multiframe
- In the combined CCCH configuration, there are 27 RACH frames per 51-multiframe.
2) for combined CCCH:

- Tx_Integer = 3, 8, 14, 50 --> S = 41 RACH frames (i.e. 357.5 ms)
- Tx_Integer = 4, 9, 16 --> S = 52 RACH frames (i.e. 453.4 ms)
1) for non combined CCCH:

Tx_Integer = 7, 12, 32 --> S = 217 RACH frames (i.e. 998.2 ms)
The number of slots belonging to the MSs RACH between 2 successive Channel Request
messages is a random value drawn randomly for each new retransmission with uniform
distribution in the set (S, S+1, ...,S+T-1). With T = Tx_Integer and S depending on the CCCH
configuration as shown below:
When the GPRS is supported through Abis or Ater satellite links, it is recommended to set:
TX_INTEGER = 32 whatever the configuration of the CCCH.
TX_INTEGER = 32 if the CCCH is not combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 0

TX_INTEGER = 12 if the CCCH is combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 1.
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules When the GPRS is supported through Abis or Ater terrestrial links, it is recommended to set:
Possible values are:3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 32, 50 respectively binary
coded from 0000 to 1111
Equal to Tx_integer (MFS)
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
3GPP TS 04.18
Tx_integer (BSC)
HMI name TX_INTEGER
Number of RACH timeslots that spread transmission of CHANNEL REQUEST.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Number
Max value 50
Def value 32
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
14
15
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 437
U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO
Downlink level threshold for Microcell to Macrocell handover.
U_RXLEV_DL_P
GSM TS 05.08
Application
domain
GSM
Upper downlink level threshold for power control.
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name U_RXLEV_DL_P
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules U_RXLEV_DL_P > L_RXLEV_DL_P
Recommended rules U_RXLEV_DL_P >= L_RXLEV_DL_P + 10 dB
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
-75
-47
-110
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
-47
-47
-110
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Spec reference
Type
Coding rules
coded over 6 bits :0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm
Min value
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Internal comment

TX_INTEGER = 12 if the CCCH is combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 1
For more details on the setting of this parameter, refer to the memo MND/TD/SYT/EBR/0497.2001.
External comment When EN_GPRS=1, it is recommended to set:
63
63
dBm
35
63
dBm
Page 438
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO
Uplink level threshold for Microcell to Macrocell handover.
U_RXLEV_UL_P
GSM TS 05.08
Application
domain
GSM
Upper uplink level threshold for power control.
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name U_RXLEV_UL_P
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
coded over 6 bits :0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm
Mandatory rules U_RXLEV_UL_P > L_RXLEV_UL_P
Recommended rules U_RXLEV_UL_P >= L_RXLEV_UL_P + 10 dB
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
-75
-47
-110
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
-47
-47
-110
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Spec reference
Type
Coding rules
Min value
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
63
63
dBm
35
63
dBm
Page 439
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
U_RXQUAL_DL_P
GSM TS 05.08
Application
domain
U_RXQUAL_UL_P
GSM TS 05.08
Application
domain
GSM
Upper uplink quality threshold for power control.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 70==7)
Mandatory rules U_RXQUAL_UL_P < L_RXQUAL_UL_P
Recommended rules -External comment Highest value is the worst quality
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
Upper downlink quality threshold for power control.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 70==7)
Mandatory rules U_RXQUAL_DL_P < L_RXQUAL_DL_P
Recommended rules -External comment Highest value is the worst quality
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name U_RXQUAL_UL_P
Category
HMI name U_RXQUAL_DL_P
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
B9
Threshold
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
10
70
None
10
70
None
Page 440
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
U_TIME_ADVANCE
GSM TS 05.08
Application
domain
GSM
Timing Advance threshold for distance handover.
Use_of_Extended_CBCH
Application
domain
None
Rec reference
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Site (CAE)
Category
HMI name Extended CBCH
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
If SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS2, Use_of_Extended_CBCH should be set to "Yes".

--
External comment Default value correspond to SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS1.
Internal comment
Site (CAE)
Category
HMI name UPPER_TIMING_ADVANCE
shall be set to "No" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1"

can be changed only when SMSCB_STATE="inactive"
0: not used, 1: used
GSM
This flag indicates if the extended CBCH is used.
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment One unit corresponds to a distance of about 550m
Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell type
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
63
63
Oui
B9
63
63
bper
0
0
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
Page 441
1
0
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
Type
Flag
Min value 0
Max value 1
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
IP
System (CST)
Category
B9
Type
Min value
0
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Non
Unit
Coded Min
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
the parameter Py_layer3_mapping

IP demo parameter. In case of specific configurations using RIP or OSPF inside the BSC, this parameter also gives the internal priority used by
the routing protocol.
Internal comment
Page 442
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Mandatory rules
Max value 3
Coded Max
Recommended rules Should be consistent with the priorities used by others Nes
Def value 3
Coded Def
External comment Each internal priority can be mapped to a L2 priority using the parameter Px_layer2_mapping and also mapped to a L3 priority (DSCP) using
0: higher priority
3: lower priority
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
HMI name VARIOUS_IP_PRIORITY (BSC)

BSS internal priority used by the BSC for the DHCP, ICMP and ARP protocols in the IP network
VARIOUS_IP_PRIORITY (BSC)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Application
domain
VGCS
0 : AMR Full Rate Codec 12,2 kbit/s;

7 : AMR Full Rate Codec 4,75 kbit/st;
None
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
VGCS_FIX_AMR_FR_CODEC
HMI name VGCS_FIX_AMR_FR_CODEC
This parameter defines the type of FR AMR codec used in the network.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Number
Max value 7
Def value 1
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Page 443
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Application
domain
0 : AMR Half Rate Codec 7,95 kbit/s;

None
VGCS
Site (CAE)
Category
VGCS_FIX_AMR_HR_CODEC
HMI name VGCS_FIX_AMR_HR_CODEC
This parameter defines the type of HR AMR codec used in the network.
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
B9
Number
Max value 5
Def value 4
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Number
Coding rules
step size = 1 Samfr
Min value 0
External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameter
Internal comment --
None
VQ_AVERAGE
HMI name VQ_AVERAGE
Average window size on measurements to obtain samples for Voice Quality statistics.
Logical name
Definition
Rec reference
AMR Half Rate codec mode 7,4kb/s is not supported as a "stand-alone" codec
--
Internal comment
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment AMR Half Rate codec mode 7,95 kb/s is not supported by Alcatel BSS.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
128
Samfr
Page 444
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
VQ_BAD_RXFER
HMI name VQ_BAD_RXFER
Radio bad FER threshold to specify bad quality samples for Voice Quality statistics.
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
VQ_FER_THRESHOLD
HMI name VQ_FER_THRESHOLD
Radio FER threshold to detect calls with bad speech quality for Voice Quality statistics.
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Threshold
Coding rules
step size = 1%
Min value 0
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Threshold
Coding rules
coded 0 to 200, step size=0.1% (0= 0%, 1 = 0.1 %, , 200 = 20%)
Min value 0
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
30
200
30
100
Page 445
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
VQ_GOOD_RXFER
HMI name VQ_GOOD_RXFER
Radio good FER threshold to specify bad quality samples for Voice Quality statistics.
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD
HMI name VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD
Radio interference threshold to detect noisy calls for Voice Quality statistics.
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Threshold
Coding rules
step size = 1%
Min value 0
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Threshold
Coding rules
coded 0 to 200, step size=0.1% (0= 0%, 1 = 0.1 %, , 200 = 20%)
Min value 0
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
10
200
30
100
Page 446
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
VQ_RXLEV
HMI name VQ_RXLEV
Radio level threshold to specify bad quality samples for Voice Quality statistics.
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
VQ_RXQUAL
HMI name VQ_RXQUAL
Radio quality threshold to specify bad quality samples for Voice Quality statistics.
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Threshold
Coding rules
step size=0.1 (1==0.1 70==7)
Min value 0
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Threshold
Coding rules
0 = -110 dBm, 1 = -109 dBm, 62 = -48 dBm, 63 = -47 dBm, step = 1dBm
Min value -110
Mandatory rules -Max value -47
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
15
63
dBm
40
70
None
Page 447
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER
HMI name VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER
Radio quality threshold to specify correlation between quality samples for Voice Quality
statistics.
B9
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
W_LEV_HO
HMI name W_LEV_HO
Weight applicable to level samples for handover when no DTX is applied.
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules A_LEV_HO + W_LEV_HO < 32
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Spec reference
Radio Measurements
Type
Threshold
Coding rules
step size=0.1 (1==0.1 70==7)
Min value 0
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
40
70
None
None
Page 448
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Oui
None
Application
domain
GSM
None
Application
domain
GSM
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
W_LEV_PC
HMI name W_LEV_PC
Weight applicable to level samples for power control when no DTX is applied.
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules A_LEV_PC + W_LEV_PC < 32
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
Category
W_LEV_MCHO
HMI name W_LEV_MCHO
Weight applicable to level samples for microcell handover when no DTX is applied.
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules A_LEV_MCHO + W_LEV_MCHO < 16
Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where: Cell_type = Microcell
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 449
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
W_QUAL_CA
None
Rec reference
Spec reference
Codec Adaptation
Coding rules
GSM
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name W_QUAL_CA
Category
Averaging weight applicable for full quality (Channel adaptation).
Logical name
Definition
GSM
W_PBGT_HO
HMI name W_PBGT_HO
Weight applicable to level samples for power budget when no DTX is applied.
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules A_PBGT_HO + W_PBGT_HO < 32
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 450
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
Category
None
Application
domain
GSM
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
W_QUAL_PC
HMI name W_QUAL_PC
Weight applicable to quality samples for power control when no DTX is applied.
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules A_QUAL_PC + W_QUAL_PC < 32
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
W_QUAL_HO
HMI name W_QUAL_HO
Weight applicable to quality samples for handover when no DTX is applied.
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules A_QUAL_HO + W_QUAL_HO < 32
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 451
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
WAIT_UPLINK_ACCESS
HMI name WAIT_UPLINK_ACCESS
Maximum number of repetitions for the UPLINK FREE message (with the Uplink Access Request
bit set to L) per cycle, during the non-initial part of the uplink access procedure (i.e. after sending
the first UPLINK FREE message with the Uplink Access Request bit set to H).
Each time the value of this counter becomes zero, the BTS send one UPLINK FREE message
with the Uplink Access Request bit set to H.
None
Application
VGCS
Category Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 04.18
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
WI_CR
HMI name WI_CR
Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = Call Re-establishment.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
0: 0s, 1: 1s, ..., 254: 254s, 255: no IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT message is sent.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
domain
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment The parameter is significant only if EN_UPLINK_REPLY is set to true.
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
32
B9
Number
cell
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
255
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Sub-syste BSC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
32
None
255
None
Page 452
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
3GPP TS 04.18
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
WI_EC
HMI name WI_EC
Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = Emergency call.
3GPP TS 04.18
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
WI_OC
HMI name WI_OC
Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = Originating call.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
255
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
255
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
255
None
255
None
Page 453
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
3GPP TS 04.18
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
WI_OP
HMI name WI_OP
Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = Location updating or Other procedures which
can be completed with an SDCCH.
None
GSM
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
ZONE_HO_HYST_DL
HMI name ZONE_HO_HYST_DL
Hysteresis applied to RXLEV_DL_ZONE for outer to inner zone handover.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
255
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
40
-40
Number
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
255
None
40
-40
dB
Page 454
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
Category
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Mandatory rules
Internal comment This parameter is meaningful only in cells with: cell_PARTITION_TYPE = Concentric cell
Coded as a 16 bits bitmap. Each bit specifies the zone the corresponding TRX (if declared)
belongs to. 0: Outer zone, 1: Inner zone.
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
ZONE_TYPE
HMI name TRX zone
Determines which TRX(s) belong to the inner zone and which TRX(s) belong to the outer zone of a
concentric cell.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
ZONE_HO_HYST_UL
HMI name ZONE_HO_HYST_UL
Hysteresis applied to RXLEV_UL_ZONE for outer to inner zone handover.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
40
B9
Number
-40
Oui
Oui
List of numbers
Max value 65535

Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
TRX
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BSC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
40
dB
-40
65535
None
Page 455
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Abort frame threshold for alarm detection.
ABORT_FRAME
parameters
GSM
System (CST)
Category
HMI name ABORT_FRAME
None
Application
domain
GSM
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
AG_FULL
HMI name AG_FULL
Maximum number of Access Grant messages that can be buffered for one CCCH slot.
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Coded in the firmware
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
2E+16 coded as 0
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
BTS
B9
B9
2E+16
2E+16
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
100
100
Number
50
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
None
100
100
50
None
Page 456
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
BCCH_CUT_TIMER
None
Application
domain
System (CST)
None
Application
domain
GSM
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
BTS_EN_RF_RES_IND
HMI name BTS_EN_RF_RES_IND
Enables/disables sending of RF RESOURCE INDICATION by the BTS.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
Category
HMI name BCCH_CUT_TIMER
Timeout for cut of BCCH on loss of LAPD connection.
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
step size = 1sec
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
210
65535
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
210
65535
sec
None
Page 457
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
CRC_ERR
None
Rec reference
GSM
System (CST)
Category
HMI name CRC_ERR
None
Application
domain
GSM
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
DMA_OVERRUN
HMI name DMA_OVERRUN
DMA overrun threshold for alarm detection (the chip has not enough time for DMA access in
reception).
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
2E+16 coded as 0
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
2E+16 coded as 0
Application
domain
CRC error threshold for alarm detection.
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
2E+16
2E+16
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
2E+16
2E+16
Threshold
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
None
None
Page 458
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
System (CST)
Category
None
Application
domain
GSM
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
FRAME_DISCARD
HMI name FRAME_DISCARD
Frame discard (due to lack of buffer) threshold for alarm detection.
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
2E+16 coded as 0
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
DMA_UNDERRUN
HMI name DMA_UNDERRUN
DMA underrun threshold for alarm detection (the chip has not enough time for DMA access in
transmission).
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
2E+16 coded as 0
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
2E+16
2E+16
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
2E+16
2E+16
Threshold
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
None
None
Page 459
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
IP
System (CST)
Category
None
Application
domain
GSM
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
I_LAPD_MAX_RX
HMI name I_LAPD_MAX_RX
Maximum number of I frames allowed in the reception buffer of the RSL in BTS.
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules > LAPD window size +3
External comment -Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. Configured via FU.CPF
0: higher priority
3: lower priority
shall be equal to FTP_PRIORITY (BSC).
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
HMI name FTP_PRIORITY (BTS)

BSS internal priority used by the BTS for FTP flow in IP network towards the BSC.
FTP_PRIORITY (BTS)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
16
25
Number
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
B9
Number
Max value 3
Def value 3
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Oui
Non
None
16
25
None
Page 460
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
INACT_DLCI
None
Rec reference
GSM
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
2**16 coded as 0
Application
domain
Inactive DLCI threshold for alarm detection.
Logical name
Definition
GSM
System (CST)
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name INACT_DLCI
Category
I_LAPD_MAX_TX
HMI name I_LAPD_MAX_TX
Maximum number of I frames allowed in the transmission buffer of the RSL in BTS.
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
40
60
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
2E+16
2E+16
Oui
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
40
60
None
65535
65535
None
Page 461
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
LapD Management
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
GSM
System (CST)
Category
None
Application
domain
Configured in the BTS via omu.cpf
IP
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name IP_CONGESTION_FILTER_WS

Window size of the filter used by the congestion detection mechanism.
IP_CONGESTION_FILTER_WS
Spec reference
TC/BTS Interface
Coding rules
Step size = 1.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
2E+16 coded as 0
0 : 20000000000000000
1: 1
2: 2
.
1999999999999999: 1999999999999999
None
INVALID_ADR
HMI name INVALID_ADR
Invalid address threshold for alarm detection (fixed format error when CRC is correct).
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
10
100
Timer
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Oui
Non
Threshold
Max value 2E+16

Def value 2E+6
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
2000000
None
10
100
sec
Page 462
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
HMI name
None
Application
domain
Application
domain
None
Rec reference
Spec reference
Coding rules
System (CST)
Category
Mandatory rules
0: higher priority
3: lower priority
Equal to IPGCHC_PRIORITY (MFS)
IP
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name IPGCHC_PRIORITY

BSS internal priority used by the IPGCH Control flow in IP network
IPGCHC_PRIORITY (BTS)
Logical name
Definition
Configured in the BTS via omu.cpf
IP
HOLD
THRESHOLD
Number of DL IP packets received from the TC during IP_CONGESTION_FILTER_WS for which
the delay measured by the BTS is 20 msec higher than the measured minimum delay, above
which the BTS considers the Abis interface enters IP congestion.
Non
IP_CONGESTION_PREVENTIVE_THRES
TRX nb
Spec reference
TC/BTS Interface
Coding rules
Step size = 1
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules -External comment
Rec reference
Definition
Non
Logical name
B9
100
Number
BTS
Number
Max value 3
Def value 1
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Sub-syste BTS
Non
Non
Oui
None
Page 463
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
100
None
RMS template Non
Cell Type
B10
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
IP_CONGESTION_PREVENTIVE_
B9
Application
domain
Rec reference
IP
Category
System (CST)
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
54272
54272
Number
53248
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
IP
Mandatory rules
0: higher priority
3: lower priority
Equal to IPGCHU_BE_PRIORITY (MFS)
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name IPGCHU_BE_PRIORITY

BSS internal priority used by the IPGCH Best Effort flow in IP network
IPGCHU_BE_PRIORITY (BTS)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Number
Max value 3
Def value 3
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Non
Page 464
Coded Max
Coded Def
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
to each TRE., These values are sent by the BTS to the BSC via OML HW_capability_report, and then to the MFS via BSCGP: state_change] .
Min = hD000, Max = hD400
54272
54272
53248
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. Hardcoded inside the SUM SW Values for each TRE are taken by the BTS(SUM) in the range specified and then distributed
each TRE belong to the range specified
Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 1
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules SUM shall take care that with the value of this parameter, all TCP ports values computed for
None
HMI name IPGCHC_TCP_PORT_BTS

TCP port used by the IPGCHC protocol on BTS side by each TRE.
IPGCHC_TCP_PORT_BTS
Logical name
Definition
Application
domain
Rec reference
IP
Category
System (CST)
None
Application
domain
IP
Category
System (CST)
HMI name IPGCHU_ExtraGBR_UL_THRES

Threshold used by MAC in order to avoid the overflow of the internal extra GBR queue of the
TRE (and of the BE queue of the TRE due to the extra GBR traffic). This parameter concerns the
uplink extra GBR flow sent by MAC to IPGCH.
IPGCHU_ExtraGBR_UL_THRES
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 1
Mandatory rules IPGCHU_ExtraGBR_UL_THRES < IPGCHU_BE_UL_THRES
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 1
Mandatory rules IPGCHU_ExtraGBR_UL_THRES < IPGCHU_BE_UL_THRES
Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. Configured via FU.CPF.
None
HMI name IPGCHU_BE_UL_THRES

Threshold used by MAC in order to avoid the overflow of the BE queue of the TRE. This
parameter concerns the uplink BE flow sent by MAC to IPGCH.
IPGCHU_BE_UL_THRES
Logical name
Definition
B9
80
B9
100
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Non
60
100
Threshold
BTS
Non
Threshold
Sub-syste BTS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
80
100
60
100
Page 465
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
IPGCHU_GBR_PRIORITY (BTS)
Application
domain
Rec reference
IP
Category
IP
Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 1%
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules
External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. Configured via FU.CPF
None
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name IPGCHU_GBR_UL_THRES

Threshold used by MAC in order to avoid the overflow of the GBR queue of the TRE. This
parameter concerns the uplink GBR flow sent by MAC to IPGCH.
IPGCHU_GBR_UL_THRES
Logical name
Definition
Mandatory rules
0: higher priority
3: lower priority
Equal to IPGCHU_GBR_PRIORITY (MFS)
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
System (CST)
HMI name IPGCHU_GBR_PRIORITY
BSS internal priority used by the IPGCH GBR flow in IP network
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
80
100
Non
Non
Threshold
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
B9
Number
Max value 3
Def value 2
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
None
80
100
%
1
Page 466
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Non
None
Application
domain
IP
System (CST)
ZE_G3
HMI name
Category
Maximum UDP window size for IPGCH usable for a G3 TRE.
TRX nb
IPGCHU_UDP_MAX_WINDOW_SIZE_G
None
Application
domain
IP
Category
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the BTS
Rec reference
HMI name
4_G5
ZE_G4_G5
Maximum UDP window size for IPGCH usable for a G4 or a G5 TRE.
Non
Definition
TRX nb
Non
Logical name
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the BTS
Rec reference
Definition
Non
Logical name
112
112
112
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
496
496
496
Number
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
Non
Oui
Non
Oui
496
496
496
None
Page 467
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
Cell Type
B10
112
112
112
None
RMS template Non
Cell Type
B10
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
IPGCHU_UDP_MAX_WINDOW_SI
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B9
B9
Application
domain
Rec reference
IP
Category
System (CST)
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
54272
54272
Number
53248
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Non
None
Application
domain
IP
Category
Site (CAE)
IPTCH_UDP_PORT_BTS
HMI name IPTCH_UDP_PORT_BTS
UDP port of IPTCH link used on BTS side (for MUXTRAUP and TRAUP protocols)..
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
TC/BTS Interface
Coding rules
Step size = 1
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. Min = hC800, Max = hCC00. Received by the BSC by SNMP
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
TRE are sent by each TRE to the MFS in the IPGCH_init_cnf message . Min = hD000, Max = hD400
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
51200
52224
51200
Number
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Non
51200
52224
51200
None
Page 468
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
54272
54272
53248
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. Hardcoded inside the SUM SW. Values for each TRE are taken by the BTS(SUM) in the range specified Values for each
each TRE belong to the range specified.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 1
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules SUM shall take care that with the value of this parameter, all UPD ports values computed for
None
HMI name IPGCHU_UDP_PORT_BTS

UDP port used by the BTS (SUM) to configure the IPGCHU protocol on BTS side for each TRE.
IPGCHU_UDP_PORT_BTS
Logical name
Definition
K_LAPD_OML
GSM TS 08.56
Rec reference
K_LAPD_RSL
GSM TS 08.56
Rec reference
GSM
GSM
System (CST)
Category
Network (CDE)
HMI name K_LAPD_RSL
Category
HMI name K_LAPD_OML
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Recommended values:4 for 16 kbit/s RSL, 7 for 64 kbit/s RSL
Application
domain
Maximum number of outstanding frames (OML).
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
Application
domain
Maximum number of outstanding frames (OML).
Logical name
Definition
B9
16
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
16
Number
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
16
None
16
None
Page 469
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
K_LAPDm
GSM TS 04.06
Rec reference
System (CST)
Category
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
System (CST)
M_PEND_A (BTS)
HMI name M_PEND_A (BTS)
Maximum number of I-frames received on RSL by an Evolium BTS before sending an
acknowledgement.
GSM
HMI name K_LAPDm
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
B9
B9
Number
Number
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Spec reference
LAPD management
Type
Coding rules
step size = 1
Min value
Mandatory rules The value of this parameter shall be lower than (K_LAPD_RSL minus 2)
Max value
External comment This parameter is used only with the Evolium BTS. The same valu is used for terrestrial and satellite links.
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
Application
domain
Maximum number of outstanding I frames.
Logical name
Definition
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 470
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Network (CDE)
Category
None
Application
domain
GSM
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
N_INCR
HMI name N_INCR
Stepsize by which a leaky bucket overload counter in the FU is incremented each time an
overload is reported.
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
N_DECR
HMI name N_DECR
Stepsize by which a leaky bucket overload counter in the FU is decremented on T_SUP expiry.
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
10
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
10
Number
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
10
None
10
None
Page 471
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
System (CST)
Category
None
Application
domain
GSM
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
N_WAIT
HMI name N_WAIT
Spacing between two consecutive DL_DATA_CONGESTION_IND sent to BTS Layer 3.
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Configured via FU.CPF
IP
N_TA_IP
HMI name N_TA_IP
Minimum number TRAUP packet between the sending by CCU of the last Time Alignment request
and the sending of next TA request.
Spec reference
TC/BTS Interface
Coding rules
Step size = 1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
10
20
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
20
Oui
Non
Threshold
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
10
20
None
20
None
Page 472
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
System (CST)
GSM TS 04.06
Application
domain
GSM
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Number
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Category
N200_LR
HMI name N200_LR
Maximum number of retransmission of a frame (that requires acknowledgement) before detecting
radio failure in Link Release state.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Application
domain
B9
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
GSM TS 04.06
N200_LE
HMI name N200_LE
radio failure in Link Establishment state.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 473
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
GSM TS 08.56
Application
domain
GSM TS 08.56
Application
domain
GSM
Category
System (CST)
HMI name N200_RSL (BTS)
Maximum number of retries for sending I frame by the BTS (RSL).
N200_RSL (BTS)
System (CST)
Category

Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message
Internal comment
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules The recommended value for Abis via satellite is 5.
External comment The value of N200_RSL (BTS) is driven by the associated Abis connection type.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
N200_OML (BTS)
HMI name N200_OML (BTS)
Maximum number of retries for sending I frame by the BTS (OML).
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
10
20
Number
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
A-bis link
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
10
20
None
Page 474
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
System (CST)
GSM TS 04.06
Application
domain
GSM
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
23
23
B9
Number
23
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Number
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Category
N200_TS
HMI name N200_TS
radio failure in Timer Recovery state on SACCH.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Application
domain
B9
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
GSM TS 04.06
N200_TD
HMI name N200_TD
radio failure in Timer Recovery state on SDCCH.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Oui
Oui
23
23
23
None
None
Page 475
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
System (CST)
GSM TS 04.06
Application
domain
GSM
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
34
34
B9
Number
34
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
29
29
29
Number
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Category
N200_TTH
HMI name N200_TTH
radio failure in Timer Recovery state on FACCH (TCH/HR associated).
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Application
domain
B9
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
GSM TS 04.06
N200_TTF
HMI name N200_TTF
radio failure in Timer Recovery state on FACCH (TCH/FR associated).
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Oui
Oui
34
34
34
None
29
29
29
None
Page 476
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
N201 (BTS)
GSM TS 08.56
Rec reference
N201_BTER_D
None
Rec reference
GSM
Spec reference
Coding rules
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name N201_BTER_D
VGCS
Application
domain
System (CST)
Category
HMI name N201 (BTS)
Length of information field on FACCH (Format Bter).
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
Application
domain
Maximum length of user data in an I frame.
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
260
260
260
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
23
23
23
Number
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
260
260
260
bytes
23
23
23
bytes
Page 477
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
N201_BTER_S
None
Rec reference
N201_C
GSM TS 04.06
Rec reference
GSM
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
Application
domain
System (CST)
Not Used (NU)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name N201_C
VGCS
Length of information field on BCCH, AGCH and PCH.
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
LAPDM functional specification
Coding rules
Application
domain
Category
HMI name N201_BTER_S
Length of information field on SACCH (Format Bter).
Logical name
Definition
B9
21
21
B9
Number
21
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
23
23
23
Number
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
21
21
21
bytes
23
23
23
bytes
Page 478
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
N201_D
GSM TS 04.06
Rec reference
N201_S
GSM TS 04.06
Rec reference
GSM
GSM
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
Length of information field on SACCH.
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
Application
domain
Length of information field on SDCCH and FACCH.
Logical name
Definition
System (CST)
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name N201_S
Category
HMI name N201_D
B9
20
20
B9
Number
20
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
18
18
18
Number
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
20
20
20
bytes
18
18
18
bytes
Page 479
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
IP
System (CST)
Category
None
Application
domain
GPRS
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
PDA_FULL
HMI name PDA_FULL
Maximum number of PACKET DL ASSIGNMENT messages that can be stored for one CCCH
group.
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Coded in the firmware.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. Configured via FU.CPF.
0: higher priority
3: lower priority
Shall be equal to OML_PRIORITY (BSC)
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
HMI name OML_PRIORITY (BTS)

BSS internal priority used by the BTS for the OML flow in IP network
OML_PRIORITY (BTS)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
200
200
Number
0
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
B9
Number
Max value 3
Def value 1
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Oui
Non
None
200
200
None
Page 480
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
System (CST)
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
System (CST)
RR_ACK_TIMER (BTS)
HMI name RR_ACK_TIMER (BTS)
Maximum delay for sending a RR acknowledgement frame on RSL and GSL
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
B9
B9
400
400
81
Number
200
200
Timer
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Spec reference
LAPD management
Type
Coding rules
step size = 100ms
Min value
Mandatory rules The value of this parameter shall be lower than (T200 TRE minus 50ms
Max value
External comment This parameter is used only with the Evolium BTS. The same value is used for terrestrial and satellite links.
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
PG_FULL
HMI name PG_FULL
Maximum number of PAGING REQUEST messages that can be stored for one CCCH group.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Oui
Oui
400
400
81
None
ms
Page 481
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
System (CST)
0
None
Application
domain
Category
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
0: 16 kbit/s, 1: 64 kbit/s.
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message. Should be the same as the BSC value
Rec reference
Rate used on all RSL links of the BTS.
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B9
Number
B10 Oui
Logical name
Definition
HMI name RSL_RATE (BTS)
Type
Min value
RSL_RATE (BTS)
Category
Max value 3
Def value 1
GSM
IP
B9
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Mandatory rules
0: higher priority
3: lower priority
shall be equal to RSL_I_PRIORITY(BSC)
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
HMI name RSL_I_PRIORITY (BTS)

BSS internal priority used by the BTS for the RSL-I flow in IP network
RSL_I_PRIORITY (BTS)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Oui
Non
None
None
Page 482
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
UDP port number used for RSL on BTS side.
RSL_UDP_PORT_TRX
IP
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name RSL_UDP_PORT_TRX
B9
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
RSL
B10 Oui
Non
SHORT_FRM
None
Rec reference
GSM
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
2E+16 coded as 0
Application
domain
Short frame threshold for alarm detection.
Logical name
Definition
each TRX.
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name SHORT_FRM
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
2E+16
2E+16
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
None
Page 483
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
49152
50176
49152
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Number
Unit
Coding rules
Step size = 1
Min value 49152
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. Min = hC000, Max = hC400. Values for each TRX are taken by the BTS (SUM) in the range specified and distributed to
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
Category
IP
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. Used for OML establishment.
0: higher priority
3: lower priority
shall be equal to SNMP_PRIORITY(BSC)
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name SNMP_PRIORITY (BTS)

BSS internal priority used by the BTS for the SNMP flow in IP network
SNMP_PRIORITY (BTS)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
IP
SIDMO_TCP_PORT_TRE
HMI name SIDMO_TCP_PORT_TRE
TCP port used by the SIDMO protocol (SCP IP Debug Monitor) on BTS side by each TRE. SIDMO
is used for debug purposes to send messages on IP network related for example to RLC/MAC.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
55296
56320
Number
55296
Number
Max value 3
Def value 2
Type
Min value
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
TRE
B10 Oui
Non
Non
55296
56320
55296
None
None
Page 484
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Network (CDE)
Category
None
Application
domain
GSM
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
T_CONFIRM_ABIS
HMI name T_CONFIRM_ABIS
Timer controlling the periodic sending by the BTS to the BSC of the message CONFIRM ABIS
NIBBLES, containing the list of Abis nibbles allocated to the concerned TRE of the BTS.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
T_CFI_TR
HMI name T_CFI_TR
Timer used in the BTS for filtering transcoder alarms after the sending of the 08.58 ESTABLISH
INDICATION message at the beginning of the TCH assignment.
Spec reference
Normal assignment
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules T_CFI_TR > T_SYNC
Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Sent to the FU at initialisation via FU_CPF.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
60
60
60
Timer
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
sec
60
60
60
sec
Page 485
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
T_RESET_COUNTER
None
Application
domain
Used to reset LAPD error counters.

GSM
System (CST)
Category
HMI name T_RESET_COUNTER
None
Application
domain
GSM
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
T_SMSCB_READY
HMI name T_SMSCB_READY
Maximum waiting time before repetition of response from the BTS.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1sec
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
step size = 1sec
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
30
B9
300
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
10
Timer
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
30
300
sec
10
sec
Page 486
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Network (CDE)
Category
3GPP TS 08.60
Application
domain
GSM
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
T_SYNC
HMI name Tsync
Timer used in the BTS to detecta loss of synchronisation between BTS and transcoder
Spec reference
TRCU/BTS interface
Coding rules
step size = 1s
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Coded in the software. Configured via the FU.CPF file
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
T_SUP
HMI name T_SUP
Delay between latest increment and decrement and between two consecutive decrement of FU
load counter.
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
step size = 0.1sec
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
25.5
0.1
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
15
Timer
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
TRAU
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
10
255
sec
15
sec
Page 487
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
GSM TS 08.60
Application
domain
GSM
GSM TS 08.60
Application
domain
GSM
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
T_SYNCu
HMI name TsyncU
Time for detection of uplink framing errors for enhanced full rate and half rate channels.
Spec reference
TRCU/BTS interface
Coding rules
step size = 1sec
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
System (CST)
Category
T_SYNCd
HMI name TsyncD
Time for detection of loss of synchronisation on downlink from transcoder to BTS for enhanced
full rate and half rate channels.
Spec reference
TRCU/BTS interface
Coding rules
step size = 1sec
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
11
B9
163
11
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
11
163
11
Timer
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
TRAU
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
TRAU
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
11
163
11
sec
11
163
11
sec
Page 488
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
GSM TS 08.61
Application
domain
GSM
Category
T_ta
HMI name Tta
Minimum delay between two consecutive time alignment changes.
System (CST)
B9
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Rec reference
Spec reference
TC/BTS Interface
Coding rules
Step size = 1 msec
IP
Application
domain
Margin between TA-target-value and TA-On-Time
T_TA_ Margin
Logical name
Definition
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name T_TA_ Margin
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
20
Timer
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Non
Spec reference
TRCU/BTS interface
Type
Timer
Coding rules
step size = 20ms
Min value 60
External comment Values equal to or higher than 500 ms disable time alignment for FR and EFR in BTS-TC interface and link adaptation for AMR
Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
50
ms
3
20
ms
Page 489
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
T200_D
GSM TS 04.06
Rec reference
GSM
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
System (CST)
Category
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name T200_D
Supervision of acknowledgements for SDCCH SAPI 0.
Logical name
Definition
IP
HMI name T_TA_delta_min

Minimum absolute TA-target-value, which allows to send a new TA command.
T_TA_delta_min
Spec reference
TC/BTS Interface
Coding rules
Step size = 1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
20
B9
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
220
220
220
Timer
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Oui
Non
20
ms
1
220
220
220
ms
Page 490
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
T200_D3
GSM TS 04.06
Rec reference
T200_OMU
None
Rec reference
GSM
GSM
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment hardcoded in OMU PROM.
Application
domain
System (CST)
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name T200_TRE
Supervision of acknowledgements on RSL for OMU SW.
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
Category
HMI name T200_D3
Supervision of acknowledgements for SDCCH SAPI 3.
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
450
450
Timer
450
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Timer
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
450
450
ms
450
sec
Page 491
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
GSM TS 04.06
Application
domain
System (CST)
Category
GSM TS 04.06
Application
domain
GSM
Not Used (NU)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
T200_SD
HMI name T200_SD
Supervision of acknowledgements for SACCH (SDCCH associated) SAPI 0.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
T200_S3
HMI name T200_S3
Supervision of acknowledgements for SACCH (TCH associated) SAPI 3.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
1420
1420
Timer
1420
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
900
900
900
Timer
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
1420
1420
ms
1420
900
900
900
ms
Page 492
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
GSM TS 04.06
Application
domain
T200_TRE
GSM TS 08.56
Rec reference
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
Internal comment
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
It can be changed indirectly from the OMC (through the change of Abis connection type).
The default value 270 ms corresponds to Abis terrestrial link.
--
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
step size 10 ms
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules The recommended value for Abis via satellite is 1000 ms.
External comment The value of T200_TRE is driven by the associated Abis connection type,
Application
domain
Not Used (NU)
Category
HMI name T200_TRE
Supervision of acknowledgements on RSL for TRE SW.
Logical name
Definition
GSM
T200_ST
HMI name T200_ST
Supervision of acknowledgements for SACCH (TCH associated) SAPI 0.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
900
900
Timer
900
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
270
1000
160
Timer
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
900
900
ms
900
27
100
16
ms
Page 493
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
T203 (BTS)
GSM TS 08.56
Rec reference
GSM
System (CST)
Category
HMI name T203 (BTS)
IP
System (CST)
Category
B9
B9
Timer
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 494
10
10
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
10
36000
sec
1
to retransmit the non-acknowledged data segments, but TCP will limit the number of retransmissions by means of this timer. On timer expiry,
TCP resets the connection (RST segment).
IP demo parameter. Configured via FU.CPF
Corresponds to Abort_Interval in Solaris TCP implementation.
Internal comment
sec
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Non
Oui
Type
Timer
Min value 1
Max value 36000
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
External comment For example, if a global failure happens during a TCP transfer in which the failed connection side was the data receiver, the sending TCP will try
TCP_ABORT_TIMER (BSC) = TCP_ABORT_TIMER (BTS)

TCP_ABORT_TIMER <= T_GSL_ACK (BSC) x 2
Step size = 1
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
HMI name TCP_ABORT_TIMER

This timer controls how long transmitted TCP data may remain unacknowledged (at TCP level)
before the TCP connection is aborted.
TCP_ABORT_TIMER (BTS)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules T203 (BTS) > T_SYNC
Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file
Application
domain
RSL Link supervision timer.
Logical name
Definition
IP
System (CST)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Shall be equal to TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT (MFS) and TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT (BSC)

-TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE + TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL * TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT <=
T_IPGCHU_TIMEOUT
Step size = 1.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None

Number of TCP keep-alive messages sent by the IPGCH-C and not acknowledged by the peer
before triggering a TCP disconnection
TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT (BTS)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Page 495
Coded Def
Def value
20
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Non
Type
Number
Min value 1
Max value 20
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
IP
System (CST)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Shall be equal to TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE (MFS), TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE (BSC)

T_IPGCHU_TIMEOUT
Step size = 1
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None

IPGCH-C link supervision: Time to wait before sending the first TCP keep alive message.
TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE (BTS)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Page 496
Coded Def
Def value
36000
sec
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Non
Type
Timer
Min value 1
Max value 36000
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
IP
System (CST)
Category
None
Application
domain
IP
TCP message segment lifetime, used by IPGCH-C.
TCP_MSL (BTS)
Category
System (CST)
HMI name TCP_MSL (BTS)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 1
Mandatory rules Shall be equal to TCP_MSL (BSC) and TCP_MSL (MFS)
Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter.Configured via FU.CPF
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Equal to TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL (MFS) TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL (BSC)

T_IPGCHU_TIMEOUT
Step size = 1
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None

Time between the sending of two TCP keep-alive messages by IPGCH-C
TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL (BTS)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
36000
Timer
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BVC
B10 Oui
36000
sec
Page 497
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Def
Def value
255
sec
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Non
Non
Type
Timer
Min value 1
Max value 255
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
THR_ACT_1
None
Rec reference
GSM
Category
None
Application
domain
GSM
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
THR_ACT_2
HMI name THR_ACT_2
Threshold for triggering global overload defence actions in the FU.
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Application
domain
Network (CDE)
HMI name THR_ACT_1
Threshold for triggering local overload defence actions in the FU.
Logical name
Definition
B9
50
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
B9
50
Threshold
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
50
None
50
None
Page 498
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
THR_BUFFER
None
Rec reference
THR_IDLE
None
Rec reference
GSM
GSM
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Application
domain
Processor idle time threshold in Frame Unit.
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Overload control
Coding rules
Application
domain
Free buffers threshold in Frame Unit.
Logical name
Definition
Network (CDE)
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name THR_IDLE
Category
HMI name THR_BUFFER
B9
20
B9
100
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
30
100
Threshold
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
20
100
30
100
Page 499
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
System (CST)
Category
None
Application
domain
GSM
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
THRES_LOW_TX
HMI name THRES_LOW_TX
Congestion clear threshold for transmission buffer of the RSL in BTS.
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules THRES_LOW_TX < THRES_HIGH_TX
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
THRES_HIGH_TX
HMI name THRES_HIGH_TX
Congestion onset threshold for transmission buffer of the RSL in BTS.
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules THRES_HIGH_TX > THRES_LOW_TX
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
80
B9
100
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
70
100
Threshold
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
80
100
70
100
Page 500
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
TLC_CONFIG_T
None
Application
domain
TRAU_ACTIVITY_TIMER
None
Application
domain
Timer to supervise the TRAU activity.
IP
System (CST)
Category
HMI name TRAU_ACTIVITY_TIMER
System (CST)
B9
B9
300
65535
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
500
1000
Timer
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Non
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
25
50
ms
Page 501
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
300
65535
sec
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def

Range ensures that TRAU_Activity_Timer <= TRAU_Connection_Timeout. when TRAU_Connection_Timeout = TRAU_Activity_Timer; only the
mechanism linked to TRAU_Connection_Timeout is used
Spec reference
TC/BTS Interface
Coding rules
Step size = 20 msec
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
Category
HMI name TLC_CONFIG_T
Supervision of the initialisation of the FU via the RSL.
Spec reference
BSS init of telecom part
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Configured in the BTS via the FU.CPF file
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
IP
Category
System (CST)
TRE_CONTAINER_MAX_NB_UDP
_G3
Maximum number of UDP containers to consider when computing the maximum IPGCHU
segment size (IPGCHU MISS value) in a G3 TRE.
TRE_CONTAINER_MAX_NB_UDP_G3 HMI name
None
Application
domain
IP
Category
System (CST)
TRE_CONTAINER_SIZE_TCP_G3
HMI name TRE_CONTAINER_SIZE_TCP_G3
Size of a TCP container in a G3 TRE.
This size is used in the computing of the TCP maximum segment size in DL (TCP DL MSS for the
IPGCHC TCP connections).
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
2
10
Number
Non
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
768
2048
Number
16
BTS
Sub-syste BTS
B10 Oui
Non
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Non
Non
768
2048
16
byte
Page 502
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
10
None
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Cell Type
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
The default value of 768 bytes is not optimal. As the TCP NO DELAY option is used and as the size of the IPGCH control messages is
generally quite low (far below 768 bytes), setting this parameter to 768 bytes is inefficient and can lead to a waste of memory in the TRE. For
the moment, it will stay at this high default value to minimize efforts. The intent is to play around with this value when the load tests start and to
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the TRE SW.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
For a G3 TRE, limiting the number of UDP containers to the TRE_CONTAINER_MAX_NB_UDP_G3 parameter value has for goal to avoid the
allocation of too much TRE memory for the IPGCHU segment retransmission buffers. This is not really seen as a problem for G4 or G5 TREs
which have much more memory available than G3 TREs.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 1
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules
External comment
Internal comment IP demo parameter. This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the TRE SW.
Rec reference
Definition
Logical name
None
Application
domain
IP
Category
System (CST)
None
Application
domain
IP
Category
System (CST)
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
768
2048
Number
16
BTS
Non
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
768
2048
Number
16
BTS
Sub-syste BTS
B10 Oui
Non
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
768
2048
16
byte
Page 503
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
768
2048
16
byte
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Sub-syste BTS
B10 Oui
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
System (CST)
Category
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
150
2048
Number
16
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Non
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 504
150
2048
16
byte
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the TRE SW.

The following rules shall be verified by this parameter:
- its value should not be too low in order to avoid CPU consumption in the TRE (memory buffer allocations when sending LLC data are indeed
CPU-consuming),
- its value should not be higher than IPGCH_SEGMENT_SIZE 32, otherwise it will fragment and waste IPGCH memory / increase risks of
IPGCH memory congestion in the TRE, which can especially be a problem for G3 TREs (this rule is not really seen as a problem for G4 or G5
TREs which have much more memory available than G3 TREs).
For the moment, this parameter will stay with a default value of 150 bytes: the intent is to play around with this value when the load tests start
and to decide afterwards.
To be noted that, as IPGCH_SEGMENT_SIZE is a changeable parameter, it will anyway be impossible to set this parameter value in an optimal
way in all situations.
In particular, GMM traffic (which uses very short LLC PDUs) could put some problems if this parameter value is too high.
IP
HMI name TRE_CONTAINER_SIZE_UDP_G3

Size of an UDP container in a G3 TRE.
This size is used in the computing of the maximum IPGCHU segment size (IPGCHU MISS value).
TRE_CONTAINER_SIZE_UDP_G3
Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 1 byte
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
System (CST)
Category
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
600
2048
Number
16
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Non
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 505
600
2048
16
byte
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def

CPU-consuming),
IP

Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 1 byte
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
System (CST)
Category
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
600
2048
Number
16
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Non
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 506
600
2048
16
byte
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def

CPU-consuming),
IP

Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 1 byte
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
System (CST)
Category
IP
System (CST)
Category
B9
20
30
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Number
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste BTS
Instance
BTS
B10 Oui
Non
Oui
Unit
Coded Min
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA

IP demo parameter. In case of specific configurations using RIP or OSPF inside the TC, this parameter also gives the internal priority used by
Internal comment
20
30
None
Page 507
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Mandatory rules
Max value 3
Coded Max
Recommended rules Should be consistent with the priorities used by others Nes
Def value 3
Coded Def
0: higher priority
3: lower priority
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
HMI name VARIOUS_IP_PRIORITY (BTS)

BSS internal priority used by the BTS for the DHCP, ICMP and ARP protocols in the IP network
VARIOUS_IP_PRIORITY (BTS)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
UI_LAPD_MAX_TX
HMI name UI_LAPD_MAX_TX
Maximum number of UI frames allowed in the transmission buffer of the RSL in BTS.
Spec reference
LapD Management
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GPRS
Site (CAE)
Category
ACCESS_RATE_BC
GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-layer
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Not changeable after MFS system initialization.

CIR <= NIR <= CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) <= ACCESS_RATE_BC
--
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
Category
HMI name Capacity
Physical access rate of the Frame Relay bearer channel.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
External comment -Internal comment The mandatory rule on the BTS DRFU aims at keeping the same functional level as in Release B7.2.
For Non-Evolium BTS (i.e. DRFU BTS), the OMC-R shall force the ACCESS_BURST_TYPE
parameter to 8-bits access bursts.
Recommended rules A couple of mate cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same
-ACCESS_BURST_TYPE when they are PS capable.
0 : 8 bits access bursts, 1 : 11 bits access bursts
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
3GPP TS 04.60
ACCESS_BURST_TYPE
HMI name ACCESS_BURST_TYPE
Format of the access burst used by (E)GPRS MSs when sending a PACKET CHANNEL
REQUEST, a PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT or a PTCCH/U message.
parameters
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
MFS
B9
B9
64
64
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
Page 508
1984
64
64
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
kbit/s
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Type
Number
Min value 64
Max value 1984
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BC
B10 Oui
Coded Def
0
Def value
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Oui
Type
Flag
Min value 0
Max value 1
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Site (CAE)
Category
Spec reference
Coding rules
Site (CAE)
Category
Mandatory rules
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Possible values are : 0.0 to 1.0 with step of 0.1respectively binary coded : 0000, 0001, 0010
1010
Equal to ALPHA (BSC)
Application
domain
GPRS
GSM TS 04.60
Rec reference
HMI name ALPHA
ALPHA (MFS)
Alpha power control parameter.
Logical name
Definition
B9
Flag
Max value 1
Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
B9
Number
Max value 1
Def value 1
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
10
10
None
Page 509
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
- This flag provides a mean to disable the usage of EDA in case of DTM operations. Indeed some mobile stations might not correctly support
the combination of these two features.
- None of the combination of the EN_EDA, EN_DTM, EDA_MS_ACTIVATION_LEVEL and ALLOW_DTM_EDA_COMBINATION parameters allows
activating EDA only in case of DTM operations.
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules -External comment This flag is relevant only if DTM and EDA are both activated.
Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter
0: the usage of EDA for mobile stations in DTM mode is not allowed,
1: the usage of EDA for mobile stations in DTM mode is allowed.
--
FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC)
E-GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
HMI name ALLOW_DTM_EDA_COMBINATIO
Allows EDA operations for mobile stations in DTM mode.
ALLOW_DTM_EDA_COMBINATION
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
Ater_Usage_Threshold
HMI name Ater_Usage_Threshold
Threshold (percentage of used Ater nibbles, in a GPU) above which the Ater usage is said high.
Category
B9
B9
1.2
1.5
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
70
100
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
of used Ater nibbles is below the threshold), no GCH reduction factor is applied.
--
Internal comment
12
15
10
None
70
100
Page 510
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
External comment When the Ater usage is high, the GCH_RED_FACTOR_High_Ater_Usage is applied, whereas when the Ater usage is normal (i.e. percentage
Ater_Usage_Threshold (it will avoid reaching the saturation point of 100% of the Ater
resources used at the same moment in the GPU).
Reciprocally, a high value of GCH_RED_Factor_High_Ater_Usage can be coherent with a low
value of Ater_Usage_Threshold (it will limit the risks of wasting, i.e. of not using, Ater
resources in the GPU).
Spec reference
GPRS traffic model and performances; RRM (PRH)
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules A low value of GCH_RED_Factor_High_Ater_Usage can be coherent with a high value of
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
LCS
ARC_SIZE_FACTOR
HMI name ARC_SIZE_FACTOR
Factor used in the computation of the width in degree of the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS
when computing location estimate based on TA positionning method.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM TS 04.08
Application
domain
GSM
None
Application
domain
GPRS
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
This limit applies to both RT and NRT TBFs (i.e to both credit and weight).
HMI name Basic_Scheduling_Limit

Limit of Credit/weight below which a TBF cannot be scheduled during the basic scheduling phase.
Basic_Scheduling_Limit
Spec reference
GPRS radio interface - MAC sublayer
Coding rules
step size = 0,5
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Hardcoded in MAC layer
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
Category
ATT (MFS)
HMI name IMSI Attach/Detach
This flag indicates to the MS whether IMSI Attach/detach procedure is allowed in the cell.
Spec reference
Coding rules
0: not allowed, 1: allowed
Mandatory rules Equal to ATT (BSC)
Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Flag
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Number
MFS
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Non
Oui
None
None
Page 511
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
BCC (MFS)
None
Rec reference
GSM
Category
HMI name BCC
Site (CAE)
BCC (n)
GSM TS 04.60
Rec reference
GSM
Category
HMI name BCC
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
coded over 3 bits
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
Application
domain
BTS colour code of the adjacent cell.
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
coded over 3 bits
Mandatory rules Equal to BCC (BSC)
Application
domain
BTS colour code of the cell.
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
adj
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 512
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
Def value
None
Type
Number
Min value 0
Max value 1023
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
adj
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 513
Coded Def
1023
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
- The BCCH frequency of an adjacent external cell is directly editable in the HMI. The OMC-R access is defined accordingly (changeable). The
BCCH frequency of an adjacent internal cell is virtual changeable.
External comment -Internal comment - Needed for MPDCH feature. The ARFCN of the G1 band are in the range {975, 976, , 1023, 0}.
- for serving cell handled by a pre-MR4 BSC:

target for reselection of the same serving cell if EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION(MFS) <>
-for Non Evolium serving cell handled by a BSC from MR4 onwards :
target for reselection of that same serving cell if EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION <>
- For Evolium serving cell handled by a BSC from MR4 onwards :
There shall be no more than 32 different BCCH frequencies for the set of all target cells.
- BCCH_FREQUENCY(n) = BCCH_ARFCN(n)
Recommended rules belonging to the G1 band may be selected by the operator, only if
-EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY<>0, and, for the concentric cells, only in the outer zone. These
--
GSM
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
BCCH_ARFCN(n)
HMI name BCCH_ARFCN
Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number of the BCCH of the adjacent cell.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
3GPP TS 05.08
Rec reference
Spec reference
Coding rules
E-GPRS
Site (CAE)
B9
Type
Min value
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Internal comment
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
10
Page 514
Coded Max
Coded Def
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
In case of cell without frequency hopping and without fast mobiles (i.e. not motorway or TGV coverage), it is advised to set a higher value
(e.g. 25) in order to avoid spurious MCS changes causing higher BLER and throughput loss.
Only the values from 1 to 25 are displayed at the OMC-R.

External comment The BEP_PERIOD parameter defines the forgetting factor used in the MEAN_BEP and CV_BEP averaging at the MS side.
coded on 4 bits as follows:

0: 1
1: 2
2: 3
3: 4
4: 5
5: 7
6: 10
7: 12
8: 15
9: 20
10: 25
11: Reserved for future use
Application
domain
Category
HMI name BEP_PERIOD
BEP_PERIOD
Filter constant for EGPRS channel quality measurements.
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
BEST_EFFORT_PRIORITY
HMI name BEST_EFFORT_PRIORITY
Defines the relative priority used for the pre-defined Best Effort Packet Flow Context, and for all
MS traffic without PFC
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
The minimum value (the highest priority) corresponds to one priority level below the streaming class.
--
Internal comment
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Default value corresponds to the priority for interactive THP3.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
12
15
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Oui
12
15
None
Page 515
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
Def value
--
Type
Number
Min value 0
Max value 7
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
For CCCH_CONF=1, max=2, def=1

Needed for MPDCH feature.
At OMC, CBCH configured in the cell corresponds to channelCombination = CBH or SDH in the TRX attribute listOfRadioChannel.
Internal comment
External comment Maximum and Default values given for CCCH_CONF=0
-BS_AG_BLKS_RES (MFS) = BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC) for a given cell

-when CCCH_CONF=0 and CBCH is configured in the cell, BS_AG_BLKS_RES>0
Recommended rules - when CCCH_CONF=2, max value of BS_AG_BLKS_RES is 7 and BS_AG_BLKS_RES must be
> 0 if CBCH is configured in the cell.
-When EN_VGCS is disabled :
. if BCCH_EXT = false, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS
coded on 3 bits (000 : 0, ...111 : 7)
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
GSM TS 04.60
BS_AG_BLKS_RES (MFS)
HMI name BS_AG_BLKS_RES
Number of CCCH blocks reserved for the access grant channel (AGCH), broadcast on the
PBCCH for CS service establishment.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Page 516
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
3GPP TS 04.60
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
BS_CV_MAX (MFS)
HMI name BS_CV_MAX
Number of remaining RLC data blocks sent (per assigned PDCH) by the MS, below which the
Count Down procedure is entered.
One third of the number of RLC data blocks per assigned PDCH before the MS checks if the
resolution contention has failed.
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
15
Number
cell
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
data block. Lower values avoid too many TBF releases and reestablishments.
--
Internal comment
Page 517
15
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment Used by the MS to start the countdown value process (release of UL TBF) or to consider acknowledgement messages as valid for a given RLC
uplink re-transmission of non-acknowledged blocks and minimise window-stalled situations.

If BS_CV_MAX is set greater than round-trip-delay, uplink retransmissions of unacknowledged
blocks may be delayed.
- BS_CV_MAX = 9 if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the
serving cell,
- BS_CV_MAX = 15 if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite
links in the serving cell.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Coded on 4 bits (1==0001, 2 == 0010 .. 15 == 1111).
Mandatory rules Equal to BS_CV_MAX (BSC)
Recommended rules BS_CV_MAX should be set to a value equal to the "minimum" round trip delay to optimise the
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM TS 04.60
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
BS_PA_MFRMS (MFS)
HMI name BS_PA_MFRMS
Number of 51 frame multiframes between consecutive occurrences of a Paging Group, broadcast
on the PBCCH for the CS service establishment.
Site (CAE)
Category
Internal comment
B9
B9
Number
Number
Max value 10
Def value 2
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
None
10
None
Page 518
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
(12 - BS_PAG_BLKS_RES - BS_PBCCH_BLKS) * 64. In order for the network to be able to page GPRS-attached Mobile Stations when PCCCH
is present in the cell, there shall be at least one radio block where paging can occur. This requires (12 - BS_PAG_BLKS_RES BS_PBCCH_BLKS) to be strictly greater than 0.
Needed for MPDCH feature
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules -External comment According to 3GPP TS 05.02, the number of paging blocks available on one PCCCH =
coded on 4 bits (0001: 1, ..., 1010: 10)

The codepoints 0000: 0, 1011: 11 and 1100: 12 are not supported by the ALCATEL BSS.
BS_PAG_BLKS_RES < 12 BS_PBCCH_BLKS
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
GSM TS 04.60
BS_PAG_BLKS_RES
HMI name BS_PAG_BLKS_RES
Number of blocks allocated to the PAGCH or PDTCH or PACCH per 52 multiframe.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
coded on 3 bits (000 : 2, ... 111: 9)
Mandatory rules BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC) = BS_PA_MFRMS (MFS) for a given cell
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
BS_PBCCH_BLKS
3GPP TS 04.60
Application
domain
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
coded on 4 bits (0001: 1, .., 1000: 8)
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
BS_PRACH_BLKS
HMI name BS_PRACH_BLKS_MIN
Number of blocks statically allocated to the PRACH per 52 multiframe on each MPDCH.
Mandatory rules
Logical name
Definition
Category
coded on 2 bits : 00=Block B0 used for PBCCH, 01=Block B0, B6 used for PBCCH, 10=Block B0,
B6, B3 used for PBCCH, 11=Block B0, B6, B3, B9 used for PBCCH
BS_PBCCH_BLKS < 12 - BS_PAG_BLKS_RES
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
3GPP TS 04.60
Site (CAE)
HMI name BS_PBCCH_BLKS
Number of blocks allocated to the PBCCH per 52 multiframe.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Number
1
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
B9
Number
Max value 4
Def value 4
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 519
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
BS_PRR_BLKS
HMI name BS_PRR_BLKS_SPDCH
Maximum number of radio blocks that may be allocated to Packet Resource Request message
for two-phase access UL TBF establishment, Packet Measurement Report message, or Packet
Cell Change Failure message. This maximum number is defined per 52-multiframe on each uplink
slave PDCH.
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
BS_PRR_BLKS_MPDCH
HMI name BS_PRR_BLKS_MPDCH
Maximum number of radio blocks that may be allocated to Packet Resource Request message
for two-phase access UL TBF establishment, Packet Measurement Report message, or Packet
Cell Change Failure message. This maximum number is defined per 52-multiframe on each uplink
master PDCH.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA

This parameter only applies to cells where there is at least one PCCCH.
Spec reference
GPRS Radio interface - MAC sublayer
Coding rules
6 possible values (1;2;3;4;6;12)
Mandatory rules BS_PRR_BLKS_MPDCH <= BS_PRR_BLKS
Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment number blocks per multiframe which are available for a Packet Resource Request.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
6 possible values (1;2;3;4;6;12)
Mandatory rules BS_PRR_BLKS_MPDCH <= BS_PRR_BLKS
Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment This parameter only applies to cells where there is no PCCCH.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
12
B9
Number
cell
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
12
Number
cell
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
12
radio blocks
12
radio blocks
Page 520
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
0
0
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
Spec reference
Coding rules
Site (CAE)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Mandatory rules
Internal comment --
Only values [1..255] are significant.

Value 0 means that the cell is external to the OMC.
--
Application
domain
GPRS
None
Rec reference
HMI name BSC_ID
BSC_ID(n)
BSC identifier of an adjacent cell.
Logical name
Definition
B9
Number
Max value 255

Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
adj
B10 Oui
Oui
255
None
Page 521
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
15
dB
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Type
Number
Min value -30
Max value 0
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Internal comment --
Equal to BS_TXPWR_MAX (BSC)

BS_TXPWR_MAX >= BS_TXPWR_MIN
0 0 0 0 = 0 dB, 0 0 0 1 = -2 dB, 0 0 1 0 = -4 dB, ..., 1 1 1 1 = -30 dB
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
3GPP TS 04.60
BS_TXPWR_MAX (MFS)
HMI name BS_TXPWR_MAX
BTS.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
bssgp_T1
GSM TS 08.18
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Network (CDE)
Category
HMI name T1
GPRS
Spec reference
GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP layer
Coding rules
step size=1sec
Application
domain
Guards the (un)blocking procedures.
Logical name
Definition
IP
HMI name BSS_TRANSPORT_MODE

IP Transport mode for Ater level signalling links (GSL, Qmux/TCSL, N7, knowing only GSL applies
to the MFS): TDM or IP
BSS_TRANSPORT_MODE (MFS)
Spec reference
Coding rules
0 : TDM, 1 :IP
Mandatory rules Equal to BSS_TRANSPORT_MODE (BSC)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Flag
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
30
Timer
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Oui
Non
None
30
sec
Page 522
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
bssgp_T2
GSM TS 08.18
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
Category
GSM TS 08.18
Application
domain
GPRS
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
bssgp_T3
HMI name BSSGP_T3
Timer used by MFS to wait for Suspend acknowledgement from SGSN.
GPRS
HMI name T2
Spec reference
Coding rules
1:0,1 ; 2: 0,2 ; ; 10: 1
; ; 100: 10
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size=1sec
Application
domain
Guards the reset procedure.
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
120
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
0.6
10
0.1
Timer
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
120
sec
100
sec
Page 523
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
GSM TS 08.18
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Network (CDE)
bssgp_T4
HMI name BSSGP_T4
Timer used by MFS to wait for Resume acknowledgement from SGSN.
None
periods.
Application
domain
IP
System (CST)
B9
B9
0.6
10
0.1
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
26
128
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
100
sec
Cell Type
Non
26
128
None
Page 524
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
OR
TRX nb
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
- The highest the BTS_LOAD_FORGETTING_FACTOR value, the highest the likelihood for a BTS CPU load peak (i.e. a load increase followed
by a load decrease in a short period of time) to be notified to RRM. And such a notification wil result in some TBF traffic blocking in RRM during
the entire next T_BTS_LOAD_REPORT period.
- The lowest the BTSP_LOAD_FORGETTING_FACTOR value, the less reactive RRM will be in case of BTS CPU load increase (potential risk for
a BTS to reach a CPU load close to 100% before RRM begins to react by blocking some TBF traffic).
- The value of the forgetting factor in percent is BTS_LOAD_FORGETTING_FACTOR / 128 * 100%
Category
HMI name BTS_LOAD_FORGETTING_FACT

Forgetting factor of the filter used to compute the CPU load of a BTS over the last 20 ms
BTS_LOAD_FORGETTING_FACTOR
Spec reference
Overload Control and CPU power budget management
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter.
Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
1:0,1 ; 2: 0,2 ; ; 10: 1
; ; 100: 10
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules BSSGP_T4 < T_GPRS_Resume/ (Resume_retries+1))
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
BVC_BLOCK_RETRIES
GSM TS 08.18
Application
domain
BVC_RESET_RETRIES
GSM TS 08.18
Application
domain
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name BVC RESET RETRIES
GPRS
Number of retries of theBVC RESET procedure.
Spec reference
GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP Layer
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
System (CST)
Category
HMI name BVC BLOCK RETRIES
GPRS
Number of retries of the BVC Blocking procedure.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
NSE
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
NSE
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 525
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
BVC_UNBLOCK_RETRIES
GSM TS 05.08
Application
domain
GPRS
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
System (CST)
C31_HYST
HMI name C31_HYST
Determines whether an additional cell hysteresis shall be applied to the C31 criterion. The
hysteresis is GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS (for NC0 mode).
Spec reference
Coding rules
0 : no, 1 : yes
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GPRS
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Application
domain
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
NSE
B10 Oui
GSM TS 08.18
Category
HMI name BVC_UNBLOCK_RETRIES
Number of retries of the BVC Unblocking procedure.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 526
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
GSM TS 05.08
Application
domain
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
CIR=0 <=> CBS=0 => EBS > 0

CIR <= NIR <= CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) <= ACCESS RATE BC
--
Application
domain
GPRS
None
Rec reference
HMI name Commited Burst Size
CBS
Commited Burst Size.
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
Category
C32_QUAL
HMI name C32_QUAL
Flag indicating an exception rule for GPRS_RESELECT_OFFSET in NC0 mode.
Spec reference
Coding rules
0=NO, 1=YES
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Flag
None
0
0
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
Page 527
248
0
kbyte
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Oui
Type
Number
Min value 0
Max value 248
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
PVC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
shall be coded over (at least) 3 bits as a provision for Multislot CCCH.
External comment -Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
MAX_PDCH:
iv) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 3 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on
Recommended rules 2)The following conditions are verified by the OMC-R in order to check the upper limit of
Mandatory rules
Category
0: one CCCH not combined,

1: one CCCH combined,
2: two CCCH not combined
1) CCCH_CONF (BSC) = CCCH_CONF (MFS) for a given cell
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
GSM TS 04.60
CCCH_CONF (MFS)
HMI name CCCH_CONF
Configuration of the CCCH, broadcast on the PBCCH for CS service establishment.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
--
B9
Number
Def value
Max value 2
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Page 528
Coded Def
Coded Max
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
CELL_RANGE (MFS)
GPRS
Site (CAE)
Category
HMI name Cell Range
CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (MFS)
3GPP TS 05.08
Application
domain

GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (MFS) = CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (BSC)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
The CELL_RANGE parameter is not displayed as such to the O&M user.
CELL-RANGE(MFS) = CELL_RANGE(BSC)
RAC when they are PS capable)
0: Normal cell, 1: Outer cell, 2: Inner cell
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
Determines if the cell belongs to an extended cell.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
126
Number
0
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Def value
--
Type
Number
Min value 0
Max value 2
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
63
dB
0
Page 529
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Oui
RMS template Non
GSM TS 05.08
Application
domain
Category
Site (CAE)
GPRS
CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(n)(MFS)
Site (CAE)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Internal comment --

Equal to CI (BSC)
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
GPRS
3GPP TS 04.60
Rec reference
Application
domain
CI (MFS)
HMI name cell identity (CI)
Cell Identity.
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(n)(MFS) = CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (n)(BSC)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
126
Number
63
dB
0
65535
65535
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
Page 530
65535
65535
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Oui
Type
Reference
Min value 0
Max value 65535
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
adj
B10 Oui
CI(n)
3GPP TS 04.18
Rec reference
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
HMI name CI(n)
Site (CAE)
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
CIR=0 when direct access is used, CIR=0 <=> CBS=0 => EBS > 0
--
Application
domain
GPRS
None
Rec reference
HMI name Committed Information Rate
CIR
Committed Information Rate.
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Values 0..65535 correspond to the standard CI-value.
Mandatory rules LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time.
Internal comment --
Cell Identity.
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
65535
65535
Oui
65535
65536
None
0
0
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
Page 531
1984
0
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
kbit/s
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Type
Number
Min value 0
Max value 1984
Oui
Reference
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
PVC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
adj
B10 Oui
None
Application
domain
Non
CONFIDENCE_VS_ARC_FACTOR_SLO
Network (CDE)
HMI name
Category
None
Application
domain
LCS
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
PE
R_SLOPE
Slope ratio between the confidence and the arc factor used in the 3D linear regression of the
confidence of the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS when providing the reference location to the
A-GPS server.
TRX nb
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Rec reference
Definition
Oui
Logical name
LCS
CONFIDENCE_ORIGIN
HMI name CONFIDENCE_ORIGIN
Confidence origin used in the 3D linear regression of the confidence of the ellipsoid arc returned
by the MFS when providing the reference location to the A-GPS server.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
50.7
100
Number
Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
25
100
Number
0
MFS
Sub-syste MFS
Non
Oui
250
1000
Page 532
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
Cell Type
B10
507
1000
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
CONFIDENCE_VS_ARC_FACTO
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
B9
None
Application
domain
Network (CDE)
Category
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
CS_AVG_PERIOD_LT
HMI name CS_AVG_PERIOD_LT
"Forgetting time in the long term averaging of channel quality measurements in the GPRS link
Adaptation: measurements which are older than CS_AVG_PERIOD_LT are negligible in the
average of channel quality measurements.
Spec reference
GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer
Coding rules
step size = 20ms
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
LCS
factor used in the 3D linear regression of the confidence of the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS
when providing the reference location to the A-GPS server.
CONFIDENCE_VS_RADIUS_SLOPE HMI name CONFIDENCE_VS_RADIUS_SLO

Slope ratio between the confidence and the sum of minimum radius factor and maximum radius
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.01
Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
15.28
100
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
0.02
Oui
Oui
Threshold
BSS
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Cell Type
Non
1528
10000
100
250
sec
Page 533
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
PE
TRX nb
None
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
Category
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
CS_BLER_DL_3_4
HMI name CS_BLER_DL_3_4
CS3 BLER threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from
CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction when the SIR measurements are not reported by the MS
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GPRS
CS_AVG_PERIOD_ST
HMI name CS_AVG_PERIOD_ST
"Forgetting time" in the short term averaging of channel quality measurements in the GPRS link
adaptation: measurements which are older than CS_AVG_PERIOD_ST are negligible in the
average of channel quality measurements.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 20ms
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
0.32
0.02
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
100
Threshold
Oui
Threshold
BSS
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
16
250
sec
100
Page 534
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
Category
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
CS_HST_DL_LT
HMI name CS_HST_DL_LT
Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_LT thresholds used in the downlink radio link supervision to
change the TBF coding scheme.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GPRS
CS_BLER_DL_4_3
HMI name CS_BLER_DL_4_3
CS4 BLER threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from
CS4 to CS3 in the downlink direction when the SIR measurements are not reported by the MS.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
15
B9
100
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
0.5
Number
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
15
100
60
None
Page 535
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
Category
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
CS_HST_UL_LT
HMI name CS_HST_UL_LT
Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_LT thresholds used in the uplink radio link supervision to
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GPRS
CS_HST_DL_ST
HMI name CS_HST_DL_ST
Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_ST thresholds used in the downlink radio link supervision to
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
1.5
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
0.5
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
15
60
None
60
None
Page 536
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
None
Application
domain
Category
Site (CAE)
CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD
HMI name CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD
Maximum transfer inactivity time to reuse the previous (Modulation and) Coding Scheme. This
applies in case of transfer resumption during inactive TBF phase (delayed downlink TBF mode /
extended uplink TBF mode) and in case of uplink TBF establishment on PACCH while extended
uplink TBF mode is not used (with some additional restrictions).
GPRS
Site (CAE)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 20 ms
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment This parameter applies to both GPRS and EGPRS TBFs.
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GPRS
CS_HST_UL_ST
HMI name CS_HST_UL_ST
Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_ST thresholds used in the uplink radio link supervision to
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
1.5
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
680
5000
Timer
0
cell
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
15
60
None
34
250
ms
0
Page 537
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
Category
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_NACK
HMI name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_NACK
RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS1
to CS2 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is
established on a hopping TRX.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GPRS
CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_ACK
HMI name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_ACK
to CS2 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established
on a hopping TRX.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Oui
B9
Threshold
BSS
Oui
Threshold
BSS
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
60
70
None
30
70
None
Page 538
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
Category
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_NACK
HMI name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_NACK
established on a non-hopping TRX.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GPRS
CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_ACK
HMI name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_ACK
on a non-hopping TRX.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Oui
B9
Threshold
BSS
Oui
Threshold
BSS
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
50
70
None
30
70
None
Page 539
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
Category
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GPRS
on a hopping TRX.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Oui
B9
Threshold
BSS
Oui
Threshold
BSS
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
40
70
None
20
70
None
Page 540
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
Category
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
3.5
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Oui
Threshold
BSS
Oui
Threshold
BSS
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
35
70
None
20
70
None
Page 541
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
Category
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GPRS
on a hopping TRX.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
0.5
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Oui
Threshold
BSS
Oui
Threshold
BSS
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
70
None
70
None
Page 542
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
Category
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
0.5
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Oui
Threshold
BSS
Oui
Threshold
BSS
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
70
None
70
None
Page 543
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
Category
None
Application
domain
Def value = (Coded_default - 30) / 10;

Max value = (Coded Max - 30) / 10.
GPRS
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_NACK
HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_NACK
to CS2 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established
on a hopping TRX.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Min value = (Coded Min - 30) / 10;
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition

GPRS
CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_ACK
HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_ACK
to CS2 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on
a hopping TRX.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Oui
B9
Threshold
BSS
Oui
Threshold
BSS
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
90
100
30
None
60
100
30
None
Page 544
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
Category
None
Application
domain

GPRS
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_NACK
HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_NACK
to CS2 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition

GPRS
CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_ACK
HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_ACK
to CS2 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on
a non-hopping TRX.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Oui
B9
Threshold
BSS
Oui
Threshold
BSS
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
80
100
30
None
60
100
30
None
Page 545
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
Category
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS2 to CS3
in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a
hopping TRX.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GPRS
in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a
hopping TRX.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Oui
B9
Threshold
BSS
Oui
Threshold
BSS
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
40
70
None
20
70
None
Page 546
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
Category
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
non-hopping TRX.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GPRS
non-hopping TRX.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
3.5
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Oui
Threshold
BSS
Oui
Threshold
BSS
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
35
70
None
20
70
None
Page 547
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
Category
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
hopping TRX.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GPRS
hopping TRX.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
0.5
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Oui
Threshold
BSS
Oui
Threshold
BSS
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
70
None
70
None
Page 548
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
Category
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
non-hopping TRX.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GPRS
non-hopping TRX.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
0.5
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Oui
Threshold
BSS
Oui
Threshold
BSS
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
70
None
70
None
Page 549
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
Category
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_NACK
HMI name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_NACK
Signal to Interference Ratio threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding
Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and
the TBF is established on a hopping TRX.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GPRS
CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_ACK
HMI name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_ACK
Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the
TBF is established on a hopping TRX.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
14
15
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Oui
B9
15
15
Threshold
BSS
Oui
Threshold
BSS
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
140
150
None
150
150
None
Page 550
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
Category
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_NACK
HMI name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_NACK
Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and
the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GPRS
CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_ACK
HMI name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_ACK
Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the
TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
13
15
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Oui
B9
15
15
Threshold
BSS
Oui
Threshold
BSS
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
130
150
None
150
150
None
Page 551
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
Category
None
Application
domain
GPRS
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Def_value_T_Flow_Ctrl_Cell
HMI name Def_value_T_Flow_Ctrl_Cell
Timer used for calculation of BVC bucket size when T_Flow_Ctrl_Cell = 0.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GPRS
CS_SIR_HST_DL
HMI name CS_SIR_HST_DL
Signal to Interference Ratio hysteresis used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the
Coding Scheme from CS4 to CS3 in the downlink direction.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
15
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Timer
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
10
150
None
sec
Page 552
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GPRS
None
Application
domain
GPRS
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
100% (i.e no load measurement in a such ms period because the corresponding DSP task cannot
run).
DELAY_FORCED_LOAD_REPORT
HMI name DELAY_FORCED_LOAD_REPOR
Number of 20ms periods before the DSP reports its CPU load to PMU once the DSP load reaches
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Applicable only to TDM transport.
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition
System (CST)
Category
Def_value_T_Flow_Ctrl_MS
HMI name Def_value_T_Flow_Ctrl_MS
Timer used for calculation of Bmax_default_MS when T_Flow_Ctrl_MS = 0.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
10
10
10
B9
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
50
Number
1
MFS
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
10
10
10
sec
Cell Type
Non
50
None
Page 553
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
DL_POLL_FACTOR
HMI name DL_DATA_CREDIT
This parameter defines the slope in credit computation for the downlink cyclic polling algorithm.
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Application
domain
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
ITU-T Q.922
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
DLCI
HMI name Data Link Connection Identifier
Data Link Connection Identifier, corresponds to a PVC identifier, see Q.922 Annex A, Table 1.
Logical name
Definition
Rec reference
respected (taking into account needed bandwidth for PACCH en downlink).

--
Internal comment
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
None
991
16
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
PVC
B10 Oui
Oui
991
16
None
Page 554
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
16
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Number
Unit
Coding rules
-Min value 1
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment The max number of downlink TBFs assigned per PDCH shall be such that the periodicity of polling needed for Channel Quality reports is
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
periods.
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
B9
Number
Max value 4
Def value 2
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
by a load decrease in a short period of time) to be notified to RRM. And such a notification wil result in some TBF traffic blocking in RRM during
the entire next T_DSP_LOAD_REPORT period.
- The lowest the DSP_LOAD_FORGETTING_FACTOR value, the less reactive RRM will be in case of DSP CPU load increase (potential risk for
a DSP to reach a CPU load close to 100% before RRM begins to react by blocking some TBF traffic).
- The value of the forgetting factor in percent is DSP_LOAD_FORGETTING_FACTOR / 128 * 100%
sec
Cell Type
Non
Page 555
26
128
None
RMS template Non
OR
TRX nb
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Number
Unit
Coding rules
-Min value 1
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment Applicable only to TDM transport.
Internal comment - The highest the DSP_LOAD_FORGETTING_FACTOR value, the highest the likelihood for a DSP CPU load peak (i.e. a load increase followed
Rec reference
Non
DSP_LOAD_FORGETTING_FACTOR HMI name DSP_LOAD_FORGETTING_FACT

Forgetting factor of the filter used to compute the CPU load of a DSP over the last 20 ms
Sent on PSI 13
Mandatory rules
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
Category
Radio coding :Possible values : 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64 respectively binary coded as 000, 001,
, 111
Equal to DRX_TIMER_MAX (BSC)
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
GSM TS 04.60
DRX_TIMER_MAX (MFS)
HMI name DRX_TIMER_MAX
Maximum value allowed for the MS to request for non-DRX mode after packet transfer mode.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
GPRS
None
Application
domain
GPRS
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
DSP_LOAD_THR_2
HMI name DSP_LOAD_THR_2
Threshold beyond which a given DSP is considered as "overloaded" in terms of CPU load by
RRM.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1 %
Mandatory rules DSP_LOAD_THR_1 < DSP_LOAD_THR_2
Recommended rules -External comment Applicable to TDM only.
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
System (CST)
Category
DSP_LOAD_THR_1
HMI name DSP_LOAD_THR_1
Threshold beyond which a given DSP is considered as "loaded" in terms of CPU load by RRM.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1%
Mandatory rules DSP_LOAD_THR_1 < DSP_LOAD_THR_2
Recommended rules -External comment Applicable to TDM only.
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
85
95
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
B9
95
95
Threshold
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
85
95
95
95
Page 556
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
DTX_INDICATOR (MFS)
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
Type
Min value
0
Flag
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Unit
Coded Min
None
Application
domain
E-GPRS
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
E_TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD
HMI name E_TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD
Number of received radio blocks for an EGPRS TBF after which E_TX_EFFICIENCY is
computed.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
(SACCH) IE in SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 6 in some cases

The DTX_INDICATOR (MFS) parameter is not displayed as such to the O&M user.
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
200
500
Number
1
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Oui
200
500
None
Page 557
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Mandatory rules
Max value 2
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment DTX_INDICATOR calculated from DTX_INDICATOR_FR
Internal comment this parameter is used to set the value of the DTX field in cell Options (BCCH) IE in SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 3 and in cell Options
coded over 2 bits. 0: MS may use uplink DTX, 1: MS shall use uplink DTX, 2: MS shall not use
uplink DTX
Equal to DTX_INDICATOR (BSC)
GSM
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
3GPP TS 04.18
Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 1 MS.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
Internal comment
B9
B9
Number
Max value 2
Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
None
Page 558
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Def
None
Def value
248
kbyte
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Non
Oui
Type
Number
Min value 0
Max value 248
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
PVC
B10 Oui
-The activation level may provide an artificial mean to limit the inter-operability risks due to mobile stations with uncorrect EDA implementation
(EDA is a R97 feature but has been completely clarified in Rel-6). R99 is detected through the Revision Level Indicator. A mobile station is
assumed to be Rel-4-compliant if it supports the GERAN Feature Package 1 (theoretically it is not possible to precisely identify a
B10 MR2 parameter
- Further releases have not been considered since there is no same mean to detect if a mobile station is compliant with them.
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules -External comment -This parameter is relevant only if EDA is activated (EN_EDA parameter).
0: EDA activated for all mobile stations (supporting the feature),

1: EDA activated for R99-onwards mobile stations (supporting the feature),
2: EDA activated for Rel-4-onwards mobile stations (supporting the feature).
--
E-GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
Category
HMI name EDA_MS_ACTIVATION_LEVEL
Activation level of Extended Dynamic Allocation (EDA).
EDA_MS_ACTIVATION_LEVEL
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
Category
CIR=0 <=> CBS=0 => EBS > 0

Recommended rules EBS=FR_CAPACITY(expressed in kbit/s) / 8, if CIR=0
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
GPRS
None
Rec reference
Application
domain
EBS
HMI name Excess Burst Size
Excess Burst Size.
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
System (CST)
None
Application
domain
E-GPRS
Category
System (CST)
EGPRS_DL_ACK_factor_Satellite
HMI name EGPRS_DL_ACK_factor_Satellite
If the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellite link or Ater satellite link, this parameter
defines the downlink EGPRS ARQ period factor: Acknowledgement period over window size ratio.
Category
B9
B9
0.25
Number
MFS
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Type
Number
Coding rules
step size: 0.01
Min value 0
Recommended rules -Def value 0.25
External comment -Internal comment This parameter is used by the MFS only if round_trip_delay >= 500 ms and shall be tuned according to the simulation result.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
E-GPRS
EGPRS_DL_Ack_Factor
HMI name EGPRS_DL_Ack_Factor
If the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and Ater terrestrial link, this parameter
defines the ratio between the number of transmitted RLC data blocks necessary to request for a
EGPRS Packet Downlink Ack Nack in acknowledged mode, and the RLC window size
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size =0.01
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Oui
Oui
25
100
None
25
100
None
Page 559
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
distribution
Application
domain
System (CST)
Category
None
E-GPRS
Application
domain
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_TH
R_10
Lower limit of the 10th class for EGPRS LLC THROUGHTPUT distribution
EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_10 HMI name
Spec reference
MFS counters catalogue
Coding rules
step size = 20
Rec reference
Definition
Logical name
E-GPRS
Upper limit of the 1st class, lower limit of the 2nd class for EGPRS LLC THROUGHTPUT
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 20
Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition
B9
20
B9
200
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
200
200
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
Non
Cell Type
Non
10
kbit/s
Non
Non
10
10
kbit/s
Page 560
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Cell Type
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
R_1
TRX nb
None
Application
domain
System (CST)
Category
None
distribution
E-GPRS
Application
domain
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Upper limit of the 2st class, lower limit of the 3rd class for EGPRS LLC THROUGHTPUT
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 20
Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition
E-GPRS
R_11
Upper limit of the 10th class for EGPRS LLC THROUGHTPUT distribution
Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 20
Rec reference
Definition
Logical name
B9
B9
500
500
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
40
200
Number
0
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
Non
Non
Non
25
25
kbit/s
Cell Type
Non
10
kbit/s
Page 561
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
R_2
TRX nb
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Cell Type
None
distribution
Application
domain
System (CST)
Category
None
distribution
E-GPRS
Application
domain
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Upper limit of the 4th class, lower limit of the 5th class for EGPRS LLC THROUGHTPUT
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 20
Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition
E-GPRS
Upper limit of the 3rd class, lower limit of the 4th class for EGPRS LLC THROUGHTPUT
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 20
Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition
B9
60
B9
200
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
80
200
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
Non
Cell Type
Non
10
kbit/s
Cell Type
Non
10
kbit/s
Page 562
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
R_4
TRX nb
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
R_3
TRX nb
None
distribution
Application
domain
System (CST)
Category
None
distribution
E-GPRS
Application
domain
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 20
Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition
E-GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 20
Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
100
200
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
120
200
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
Non
Cell Type
Non
10
kbit/s
Cell Type
Non
10
kbit/s
Page 563
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
R_6
TRX nb
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
R_5
TRX nb
None
distribution
Application
domain
System (CST)
Category
None
distribution
E-GPRS
Application
domain
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 20
Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition
E-GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 20
Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
140
200
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
160
200
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
Non
Cell Type
Non
10
kbit/s
Cell Type
Non
10
kbit/s
Page 564
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
R_8
TRX nb
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
R_7
TRX nb
Internal comment
Oui
cell
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
10
kbit/s
Page 565
20
32
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
EGPRS_N3105_Limit has to be set in order not to release a DL TBF in case of transient bad radio conditions.The polling frequency depends on
Ack_factor, T_DL_EGPRS_MeasReport, MS multislot class and on the number of TBFs per PDCH.
Was local to MFS in B9.
Instance
Sub-syste MFS
B9
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
R_9
TRX nb
domain
Spec reference
GPRS Radio interface - RLC sublayer
Type
Threshold
Unit
Coding rules
-Min value 1
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment If EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT < TBF_MCS_DL then the loss of consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF release.
Logical name
Definition
180
200
Number
Rec reference
System (CST)
B10 Oui
Category
EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT
HMI name EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT
For a DL EGPRS TBF, if the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and Ater
terrestrial link, this parameter defines the maximum number of expected Packet Downlink
ACK/NACK or Packet Control Acknowledgement messages consecutively lost on the radio
interface, before triggering an abnormal release of the DL TBF. This parameter is used in
conjunction with the MIN_RLF_TIME_DL delay to decide if the DL TBF shall be released.
3GPP TS 04.60
Application
E-GPRS
Category Site (CAE)
E-GPRS
Non
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Application
domain
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
None
distribution
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 20
Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition
EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE
HMI name EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE B10 Oui
For a DL EGPRS TBF, if the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellite link or Ater satellite
link, this parameter defines the maximum number of expected Packet Downlink ACK/NACK or
Sub-syste
Packet Control Acknowledgement messages consecutively lost on the radio interface, before
triggering an abnormal release of the DL TBF. This parameter is used in conjunction with the
Instance
MIN_RLF_TIME_DL delay to decide if the DL TBF shall be released.
3GPP TS 04.60
Application
E-GPRS
Category Site (CAE)
cell
MFS
B9
Oui
None
Application
domain
E-GPRS
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
EGPRS_UL_Ack_Factor
HMI name EGPRS_UL_Ack_Factor
If the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and Ater terrestrial link, this parameter
defines the ratio between the number of received RLC data blocks necessary to send a Packet
Uplink Ack/Nack in acknowledged mode, and the RLC window size.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.01
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Internal comment
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
0.25
Number
0
MFS
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
Page 566
25
100
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
release. EGPRS_N3105_Limit_Satellite has to be set in order not to release a DL TBF in case of transient bad radio conditions.The polling
frequency depends on Ack_factor, T_DL_EGPRS_MeasReport, MS multislot class and on the number of TBFs per PDCH.
This parameter is used by the MFS only if round_trip_delay >= 500 ms and shall be tuned according to the simulation result.
24
32
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
domain
Spec reference
Type
Threshold
Unit
Coding rules
-Min value 1
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment If EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE < TBF_MCS_DL then the loss of consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
E-GPRS
Category
System (CST)
EGPRS_UL_Ack_Factor_Satellite
HMI name EGPRS_UL_Ack_Factor_Satellite
If the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellite link or Ater satellite link, this parameter
defines the ratio between the number of received RLC data blocks necessary to send a Packet
Uplink Ack/Nack in acknowledged mode, and the RLC window size.
B9
Instance
MFS
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Network (CDE)
EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTING
HMI name EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTING
This flag enables / disables autonomous rerouting of DL LLC PDUs.
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
NSE change and the SGSN does not support the inter-NSE rerouting optional R4 feature.
None
Page 567
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
25
100
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment -Internal comment This flag enables the BSS to autonomously reroute pending DL LLC PDUs from the old cell to the new cell (in the same RA) in case there is a
(EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF) and the DL PDU rerouting feature

(EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTING)
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules It is recommended not to activate simultaneously extended UL TBF feature
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Type
Number
Coding rules
step size = 0.01
Min value 0
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM TS 08.18
Application
domain
GPRS
None
Application
domain
LCS
Category
Site (CAE)
EN_CONV_GPS
HMI name EN_CONV_GPS
Flag to enable or disable the positioning method Conventional GPS.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment The activation of this positioning method is meaningful when EN_LCS=1.
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Network (CDE)
Category
EN_CBL
HMI name EN_CBL
This flag enables / disables CBL feature (Leaky Bucket Synchronisation)
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Flag
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 568
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK
HMI name EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK
Enables / disables the link adaptation in RLC acknowledged mode.
EN_CS_ADAPTATION_NACK
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name EN_CS_ADAPTATION_NACK
Enables / disables the link adaptation in RLC unacknowledged
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
0: Disable; 1: Enable
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment This parameter applies to both GPRS and EGPRS TBFs.
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
External comment This parameter applies to both GPRS and EGPRS TBFs.
Internal comment --
in order to activate the link adaptation mechanism so that the (M)CS can reach a suitable
level regarding the level of the configured Rmin_(E)GPRS. Otherwise, the streaming PFCs
can be downgraded to the Default Best Effort ABQP because the negotiated GBR cannot be
reached on the radio interface.
Spec reference
Coding rules
0: Disable; 1: Enable
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules If EN_STREAMING = 1 then it is recommended to set EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK to TRUE
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Flag
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 569
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
EN_DL_LLC_PDU_REROUTING
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name EN_DL_LLC_PDU_REROUTING
This flag enables / disables rerouting of DL LLC PDUs.
None
Application
domain
E-GPRS
Category
Network (CDE)
HMI name EN_DL_RETRANS_BTS
This flag enables / disables downlink retransmission in the BTS.
EN_DL_RETRANS_BTS
This parameter applies to both, intra-NSE and inter-NSE cell change.

Category in B7.2: System(CST) + None(DLS).
B9
B9
Flag
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
link (whatever the TRE type G3 or G4). In a cell with terrestrial Abis and Ater links, this feature is disabled for G3 TREs only.
The feature shall be disabled by the MFS :
- on a TRX when the hardware capability is set to CS-1 up to CS-4 (I.e. a TRX mapped onto a G3 TRE in the BTS)
- in a cell when the cell round_trip_delay parameter indicates an Abis or Ater satellite link
Internal comment
None
Page 570
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Flag
Unit
Coding rules
Min value 0
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment DL retransmission in the BTS will be disabled by the MFS in the cells mapped to non Evolium BTSs or in cells having an Abis or an Ater satellite
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Internal comment
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment This parameter locks only the rerouting part of the feature. It has no effect on the securisation part.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
None
Page 571
0
0
Coded Def
Coded Def
0
Def value
None
1
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Flag
Non
Non
Max value 1
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
B9
Flag
Max value 1
Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
External comment When EDA is activated, its activation domain is given by the EDA_MS_ACTIVATION_LEVEL and ALLOW_DTM_EDA_COMBINATION
0: EDA not activated,

1: EDA activated
Mandatory rules EN_EDA = 0 in case of not Evolium BTS
EN_EDA = 0 in case of extended cell
Application
domain
E-GPRS
None
System (CST)
Category
HMI name EN_EDA
Rec reference
Enables Extended Dynamic Allocation (EDA).
EN_EDA
Logical name
Definition
Mandatory rules
0: No DSP reset is triggered in case of Critical Error.

1: DSP reset is triggered in case of Critical Error.
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
HMI name EN_DSPRESET_CRITICALERRO
Enables/Disables the DSP reset in case of Critical Error
EN_DSPRESET_CRITICALERROR
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
External comment I-EUTM (improved EUTM) allow MS in EUTM mode to not answer to a USF
Internal comment --
(EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF) and the DL PDU rerouting feature

(EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTING)
- if EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF is enabled and if RA capability update is supported by SGSN,
then the parameter EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE must be enabled.
The Extended UL TBF mode feature is completely effective only if the parameter
EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE is set to enabled.
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules -It is recommended not to activate simultaneously extended UL TBF feature
0: Extended UL TBF mode (EUTM) is not used

1: EUTM is used
2: I-EUTM is used (improved EUTM mode)
--
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF
HMI name EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF
Flag to disable/enable the extended TBF mode feature on the uplink (without or with allowing the
MS not to answer to a USF received while in Extended UL TBF mode).
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Number
Max value 2
Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Page 572
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
B9
Flag
Max value 1
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Coded Max
Unit
Coded Min
Internal comment
the cell. A compromise has to be made by the operator between performance gain and the cost of radio and terrestrial resources. This
compromise becomes of higher importance in case of a cell connected through a satellite link due to the higher GPRS access time with satellite
links, but also the higher cost of transmission links.
If this flag is enabled, it guarantees that the concerned cell is able to convey GPRS traffic and that an UL TBF might be established without
further delay.
Non
Cell Type
None
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Def value 0
Coded Def
External comment Better performances for service access time will be obtained when this parameter is set to enabled, but one PDCH will always be established in
Recommended rules MIN_PDCH >= NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = disabled. --
Mandatory rules
Site (CAE)
Category
0: disabled,
1: enabled
MIN_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = enabled;
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
(fast initial PS access feature).

- In a Non Evolium BTS, that corresponds to an established PDCH being able to support incoming
(E)GPRS traffic.
- In an Evolium BTS, that corresponds to a PDCH being able to support incoming (E)GPRS
traffic, that PDCH being located on an established TRX (i.e. the TRX owns an M-EGCH link)
EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS
HMI name EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCES
This flag indicates whether or not one Slave PDCH is available for (E)GPRS traffic in the cell
Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 573
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
EN_FAST_USF_UL_EXTENDED
HMI name EN_FAST_USF_UL_EXTENDED
Flag to disable/enable the transmission of USF every 20ms in extended mode
Application
domain
None
Rec reference
Spec reference
Coding rules
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
B9
Flag
Flag
Max value 1
Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Non
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
MS). When this parameter is set to 1, the RLC resegmentation is not allowed, meaning that, in case of degradation of the radio conditions, the
IR would permit to continue the transfer on a high MCS. In fact, with the IR implementation of the MS, it appeared that this hypothesis was not
true and the best throughput is obtained if the resegmentation is allowed (so, the possibility to decrease the MCS).
None
Page 574
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment -Internal comment This parameter was previously named "EN_IR" wich lead to misunderstanding. In fact, IR is always activated (it is a mandatory feature for the
to not forbid the resegmentation.
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules To allow the best throughput in DL, it is strongly recommended to set this parameter to 0 i.e.
0: Disable the "full" IR, so : Incremental Redundancy with resegmentation allowed in DL,
1: Enable the "full" IR, so, Incremental Redundancy without resegmentation in DL
--
GPRS
HMI name EN_FULL_IR_DL

Enables/Disables the resegmentation for the downlink TBF in the cell.
EN_FULL_IR_DL_per_cell
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment The parameter is significant only if EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF is enabled.
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
E-GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name EN_IR_UL

Enables/Disables Incremental redundancy for the uplink TBF in the BSS.
EN_IR_UL_per_cell
None
Rec reference
LCS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules Equal to EN_LCS (BSC)
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name EN_LCS
Enables/Disables the Location Services (LCS) in the BSS.
EN_LCS (MFS)
--
Logical name
Definition
Internal comment
in uplink (EN_RESEGMENTATION_UL), Alcatel recommends to enable first the Incremental

Redundancy in Uplink. The activation of both at the same time may reduce the gain of the
Incremental Redundancy
External comment The Incremental Redundancy for the uplink TBF feature is supported only on G4 BTSs.
Spec reference
Coding rules
0: Disable, 1: Enable
Mandatory rules Can be enabled only if BTS Generation = G4
Recommended rules Among the features Incremental Redundancy in uplink (EN_IR_UL) and RLC resegmentation
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Flag
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Non
None
None
Page 575
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
Type
Min value
0
Flag
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Non
Unit
Coded Min
None
Application
domain
LCS
Category
Site (CAE)
EN_MS_ASSISTED_AGPS
HMI name EN_MS_ASSISTED_AGPS
Flag to enable or disable the positioning method MS Assisted A-GPS.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Page 576
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Mandatory rules
Max value 1
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment The forced usage of MCS-1 for uplink EGPRS TBF in contention resolution phase at one-phase access corresponds to the behaviour in B9.
Internal comment --
0: the BSS does not force uplink EGPRS TBF to use MCS-1 during the contention resolution
phase at one-phase access.
1: the BSS forces uplink EGPRS TBF to use MCS-1 during the contention resolution phase at
one-phase access.
--
E-GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
EN_MCS1_in_CRP
HMI name EN_MCS1_in_CRP
Enables the forced usage of MCS-1 for uplink EGPRS TBF in contention resolution phase at
one-phase access to make this phase more robust.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
LCS
Category
Site (CAE)
EN_MS_BASED_AGPS
HMI name EN_MS_BASED_AGPS
Flag to enable or disable the positioning method MS Based A-GPS.
None
Rec reference
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
GPRS
Site (CAE)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Can be enabled only if round_trip_delay < 500 msec

When cell_type = extended inner or extended outer, then EN_NACC = 0
0: disabled; 1:enabled
Application
domain
HMI name EN_NACC
EN_NACC
Enables the Network Assisted Cell Change feature.
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Flag
None
0
0
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
Page 577
1
0
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Oui
Type
Flag
Min value 0
Max value 1
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
Flag
Max value 1
Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Internal comment
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
the radio link is good. The intention of GPRS redirections is to redirect the MS towards a target cell more appropriate to carry PS traffic (for
instance a macro cell).
This parameter shall also be valid for external cells.
Page 578
Coded Max
Coded Def
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
External comment An outgoing GPRS redirection is a NC cell reselection which is triggered when the MS enters the packet transfer mode in the serving cell even if
EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = Enable), it is up to the operator to ensure that at least one

NC cell reselection cause is always triggered upon receipt of the first Packet Measurement
Report message. For instance, NC cell reselection Cause PT1 can be always activated by
setting NC_DL_RXLEV_THR to -47 dBm (Always).
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered (i.e.
0: Outgoing GPRS redirections are not triggered

1: Outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered
--
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR
HMI name EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR
Indicates whether or not outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered from the serving
cell.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
Flag
Max value 1
Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
adj
B10 Oui
Oui
EN_PFC_FEATURE
GPRS
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
B9
Type
Min value
Flag
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Mandatory rules
Max value 1
External comment Any modification of the parameter leads the MFS to reset autonomously all the GPUs connected to this BSS.
Internal comment --
1 => PFC feature is supported,

0 => PFC feature is not supported
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
Site (CAE)
HMI name EN_PFC_FEATURE
Enables/disables the support of the PFC negotiation feature.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Internal comment
Oui
None
Page 579
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
the radio link is good. The intention of GPRS redirections is to redirect the MS towards a target cell more appropriate to carry PS traffic (for
instance a macro cell).
This parameter shall also be valid for external cells.
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
External comment An outgoing GPRS redirection is a NC cell reselection which is triggered when the MS enters the packet transfer mode in the serving cell even if
EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = Enable), it is up to the operator to ensure that at least one

NC cell reselection cause is always triggered upon receipt of the first Packet Measurement
Report message. For instance, NC cell reselection Cause PT1 can be always activated by
setting NC_DL_RXLEV_THR to -47 dBm (Always).
Mandatory rules
0: Disable Outgoing GPRS redirections are not triggered

1: Enable Outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered
--
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR(n)
HMI name EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR(n)
Indicates whether or not outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered from the serving
cell.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
Category
None
Application
domain
GPRS
System (CST)
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B9
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
None
Page 580
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
0
0
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
B10 Oui
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Oui
Type
Flag
Min value 0
Max value 1
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
The neighbour cell parameters 2 provides a shorter coding of neighbour cells parameters which improves the cell reselection duration.
Category
EN_PSI3_Coding2
HMI name EN_PSI3_Coding2
This flag enables the use of the optional neighbour cell parameters 2 structure in the coding of
PSI3bis messages
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Can be enabled only if round_trip_delay < 500 msec

When cell_type = extended inner or extended outer, then EN_PSI_STATUS = 0
0: disabled; 1:enabled
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
EN_PSI_STATUS
HMI name EN_PSI_STATUS
Enables the Packet SI Status feature in cells w/o PBCCH or the Packet PSI Status feature in
cells with a PBCCH.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE
Flag to enable/disable the Radio Acces Capability update on Gb
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
If EN_STREAMING is set to 1 then EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE must also be set to 1 (enabled).

Otherwise the BSS will not be able to handle streaming flow. If this rule is not respected then
all PFC creation requests related to a streaming flow will be downgraded to the default best
effort flow by the BSS.
exists, at least, one cell where EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF is enabled.

The Extended UL TBF mode feature is completely effective only if the parameter
EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE is set to enabled.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules This parameter must be enabled if RA capability update is supported by SGSN and if it
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
0
Flag
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Page 581
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
E-GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application
domain
LCS
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
EN_SAGI
HMI name EN_SAGI
Flag indicating whether SAGI (interface with the A-GPS server) is configured or not for this BSS.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
in uplink (EN_RESEGMENTATION_UL), Alcatel recommends to enable first the Incremental

Redundancy in Uplink. The activation of both at the same time may reduce the gain of the
Incremental Redundancy
Spec reference
Coding rules
0: Disabled, 1: Enabled
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules Among the features Incremental Redundancy in uplink (EN_IR_UL) and RLC resegmentation
Rec reference
Enables/Disables the resegmentation for the uplink TBF in the cell, in case of RLC in
acknowledged mode.
Definition
EN_RESEGMENTATION_UL
EN_RESEGMENTATION_UL_per_cell HMI name
Logical name
B9
B9
Flag
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Non
Non
Non
None
None
0
Page 582
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Cell Type
EN_SOLSA
None
Rec reference
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name EN_SOLSA
EN_SOLSA(n)
None
Rec reference
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name EN_SOLSA
B9
B9
Flag
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
adj
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
autonomously filled by the OMC in case the adjacent cell is an OMC internal cell.
--
Internal comment
None
0
Page 583
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Flag
Unit
Coding rules
Min value 0
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment This parameter is for every cell. The operator needs only to configure the value of that parameter for OMC external cells ; the parameter is
Application
domain
This flag enables / disables SoLSA feature.
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules May be set to Enabled only if BCCH_EXT=TRUE.
Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Used to determine O&M parameter SOLSA_FUNCT_LEVEL.
Application
domain
This flag enables / disables SoLSA feature.
Logical name
Definition
EN_STREAMING
GPRS
Site (CAE)
B9
Type
Flag
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Unit
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
1 => the cell supports the streaming flows in addition to the non real time flows (best effort,
Min value 0
Coded Min
0
interactive, background) if EN_PFC_FEATURE = 1 and if the PFC feature negotiation with the
SGSN is successful
0 => the cell supports the non real time flows (best effort, interactive, background) if
EN_PFC_FEATURE = 1 and if the PFC feature negotiation with the SGSN is successful
Mandatory rules - Can be enabled only if the BTS Generation = Evolium
Max value 1
Coded Max 1
- If EN_STREAMING = 1 then MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD > 0
Recommended rules - When cell_type = extended inner or extended outer, then EN_STREAMING = 0 1) If this parameter is set to 1 then the parameter EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE must also
be set to
1 (enabled). Otherwise the BSS will not be able to handle streaming flow. If this rule is not
respected then all PFC creation requests related to a streaming flow will be downgraded to the
Def value 0
Coded Def
0
default best effort flow by the BSS.
2) the parameter EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK must also set to TRUE in order to activate
the link adaptation mechanism so that the (M)CS can reach a suitable level regarding the level
of the configured Rmin_(E)GPRS. Otherwise, the streaming PFCs can be downgraded to the
Default Best Effort ABQP because the negotiated GBR cannot be reached on the radio
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
Category
HMI name EN_STREAMING
Enables/disables the support of the STREAMING flows.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 584
None
Application
domain
GPRS
None
Application
domain
IP
Category
System (CST)
HMI name Signaled_Speed_CS_FAMILY_0

Factor used by RLC (resp. RRM-PCC) for coding (resp. decoding) of the RLC buffer size on
IPGCH interface.
Estimated_Speed_CS_FAMILY_0
B9
B9
Flag
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Internal comment
Non
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
kbit/s
Page 585
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
0
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
Estimated_Speed_CS_FAMILY_0.
Values of Estimated_Speed_CS_FAMILY_i parameters have been determined to keep a trend as close as possible as the one of (M)CS raw
IP demo parameter.
Spec reference
Type
Number
Coding rules
-Min value 5
External comment An indication of ESS = 0 on IPGCH interface will be interpreated by PCC as TBF estimated speed = nb allocated PDCH *
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
System (CST)
Category
EN_UL_CONGESTION
HMI name EN_UL_CONGESTION
Flag to enable or disable the UL congestion process in case of UL NS congestion.
Spec reference
Coding rules
0: disabled; 1:enable
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
IP
Category
System (CST)
HMI name Estimated_Speed_CS_FAMILY_1
IPGCH interface.
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
None
Application
domain
IP
Category
System (CST)
IPGCH interface.
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Internal comment
Non
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
15
15
15
kbit/s
Page 586
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
10
10
10
kbit/s
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
IP demo parameter.
Spec reference
Type
Number
Coding rules
-Min value 15
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Internal comment
Non
IP demo parameter.
Spec reference
Type
Number
Coding rules
-Min value 10
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
IP
Category
System (CST)
IPGCH interface.
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
None
Application
domain
IP
Category
System (CST)
IPGCH interface.
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Internal comment
Non
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
25
25
25
kbit/s
Page 587
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
20
20
20
kbit/s
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
IP demo parameter.
Spec reference
Type
Number
Coding rules
-Min value 25
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Internal comment
Non
IP demo parameter.
Spec reference
Type
Number
Coding rules
-Min value 20
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
IP
Category
System (CST)
IPGCH interface.
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
None
Application
domain
IP
Category
System (CST)
IPGCH interface.
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Internal comment
Non
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
55
55
55
kbit/s
Page 588
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
45
45
45
kbit/s
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
IP demo parameter.
Spec reference
Type
Number
Coding rules
Step size = 0.1
Min value 55
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Internal comment
Non
IP demo parameter.
Spec reference
Type
Number
Coding rules
-Min value 45
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
IP
Category
System (CST)
IPGCH interface.
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Internal comment
Non
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 589
60
60
60
kbit/s
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
IP demo parameter.
Spec reference
Type
Number
Coding rules
Step size = 0.1
Min value 60
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
-32
15
dB
0
Page 590
Coded Max
Coded Def

1: -28: -28 dB
2: -24: -24 dB
3: -20: -20 dB
4: -16: -16 dB
5: -12: -12 dB
6: -8: -8 dB
7: -4: -4 dB
8: 0: 0 dB
9: 4: 4 dB
10: 8: 8 dB
11: 12: 12 dB
12: 16: 16 dB
13: 20: 20 dB
14: 24: 24 dB
15: 28: 28 dB
Type
Min value
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non

External comment This parameter is broadcast on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell.
Site (CAE)
Category
Oui
Unit
Coded Min
2G-3G
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Number
Packety system information management
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
GSM TS 05.08
FDD_GPRS_Qoffset
HMI name FDD_GPRS_Qoffset
Offset added to the received level average of the serving cell and of the neighbour GSM cells
for UTRAN FDD cell re-selection in GPRS
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
3GPP TS 08.18
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Network (CDE)
class of the MS present on the network
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
20
B9
100
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
10
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Network (CDE)
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules FLOW_DIM_Safety_MS should be set to a value corresponding to the maximum multi-slot
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Category
FLOW_DIM_Safety_MS
HMI name FLOW_DIM_Safety_MS
Safety factor to size default MS_Bucket_Size parameter, for downlink flow control, on Gb
interface.
GPRS
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Application
domain
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
3GPP TS 08.18
FLOW_DIM_Safety_BVC
HMI name FLOW_DIM_Safety_BVC
Safety factor to size BVC_Bucket_Size parameter, for downlink flow control, on Gb interface.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Oui
Oui
200
1000
10
None
40
100
10
None
Page 591
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
FR_INFO_SIZE
None
Rec reference
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name Info Frame size
GPRS
Spec reference
GPRS Gb interface - Subnetwork service sublayer
Coding rules
Application
domain
Maximum frame relay information frame size.
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
1600
1600
Number
1600
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
1600
1600
1600
byte
Page 592
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
FREQUENCY_RANGE(n)
Application
domain
None
Normal assignment
Rec reference
Spec reference
Coding rules
Site (CAE)
B9
Internal comment
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Values 4 and "5" are for Multiband cells. Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message.
- PGSM (GSM900) or EGSM (GSM900) or DCS1800 or PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to
- GSM850 or DCS1800 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1800 bands",
- GSM850 or DCS1900 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1900 bands.
None
Page 593
Coded Def
0
Def value
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Number
Oui
Max value 6
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
adj
B10 Oui
External comment Within the same PLMN, the FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter of a given cell shall be selected among one of the following values:
0: PGSM (GSM 900), 1: DCS 1800, 2: EGSM, 3: DCS 1900, 4: PGSM-DCS1800, 5:

EGSM-DCS1800, 6: GSM 850, 7..255: for future use. The parameter shall be coded over 8 bits as
a provision for future frequency bands support.
Mandatory rules - If FREQUENCY_RANGE = "GSM-DCS" then CELL_PARTITION_TYPE must be equal to
"Concentric".
Recommended rules - The micro concentric, mini concentric and indoor concentric cells must be multiband (the -allowed FREQUENCY_RANGE is PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800). This restriction does
EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY<>0, and, for the concentric cells, only in the outer zone. These
- The frequency range of an extended inner cell has to be the same as the frequency range of
the corresponding extended outer cell, where PGSM (0) and EGSM (2) are here considered as
belonging to the same frequency range.
GSM
Category
HMI name FREQUENCY_RANGE(n)
This parameter indicates the frequency range of the cell.
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
GAMMA_TNx
HMI name GAMMA_TNx
Binary representation of the gamma ch for MS output power control.
Gb_Data_PRIORITY
None
Application
domain
E-GPRS
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
System (CST)
HMI name Gb_Data_PRIORITY
BSS internal priority used by the MFS for the Gb over IP data flow
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1, O: highest priority
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Coded on 5 bits, step size=2dB, with 00000 == 0 dB, 00001 == 2 dB, ... 11111 == 62 dB.
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment In the context of a concentric cell, the parameter applies to the outer zone.
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
30
62
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Non
Oui
15
31
dB
0
None
Page 594
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Application
domain
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
When the NSE is associated to a BSS, the transport mode of the BSS defines the transport mode of all NSEs of the BSS (the
Gb_Transport_Mode - of the BSS - overrides the transport mode defined in the NSE instance).
B10 MR2 parameter.
Internal comment
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Mandatory rules
Max value 1
External comment When the NSE is not associated to a BSS, the Gb_Transport_Mode_perNSE defines the transport mode of the NSE.
0: FR mode
1: IP mode
--
GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub-layer
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
System (CST)
Category
HMI name Gb_Transport_Mode
3GPP TS 48.016
Mode of the transport for Gb interface: FR or IP.
Gb_Transport_Mode
E-GPRS
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 1. 0: highest priority
None
HMI name Gb_Signalling_PRIORITY

BSS internal priority used by the MFS for the Gb over IP signalling flow
Gb_Signalling_PRIORITY
Logical name
Definition
Non
Non
None
None
Page 595
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Category
Type
Min value
Number
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
When the NSE is associated to a BSS, the transport mode of the BSS defines the transport mode of all NSEs of the BSS (the
Gb_Transport_Mode - of the BSS - overrides the transport mode defined in the NSE instance).
B10 MR2 parameter.
Internal comment
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
NSE
B10 Oui
Mandatory rules
Max value 1
External comment When the NSE is not associated to a BSS, the Gb_Transport_Mode_perNSE defines the transport mode of the NSE.
0: FR mode
1: IP mode
--
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
3GPP TS 48.016
Site (CAE)
HMI name Gb_Transport_Mode_per_NSE
Mode of the transport for Gb interface (per NSE): FR or IP.
Gb_Transport_Mode_per_NSE
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Non
None
Page 596
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
GCH_RED_FACTOR_HiAter
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
Reduction factor of the number of GCHs targeted per PDCH, when the Ater usage is high.
GCH_RED_FACTOR_High_Ater_Usag HMI name

e
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
0.75
0.1
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
This parameter can be reduced in order to avoid Ater shortage situations.

--
Internal comment
Non
Non
Page 597
75
100
10
None
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Cell Type
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment The GCH reduction factor applies to the new PDCHs which are used when the Ater usage is high (see the Ater_Usage_Threshold parameter).
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.01
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules A low value of GCH_RED_Factor_High_Ater_Usage can be coherent with a high value of
Rec reference
Definition
Logical name
GCH_RED_FACTOR_HiAter
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
Reduction factor of the number of GCHs targeted per PDCH, when the Ater usage is high.
GCH_RED_FACTOR_High_Ater_Usag HMI name

e
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
0.75
0.1
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
This parameter can be reduced in order to avoid Ater shortage situations.

--
Internal comment
Non
Non
Page 598
75
100
10
None
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Cell Type
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment The GCH reduction factor applies to the new PDCHs which are used when the Ater usage is high (see the Ater_Usage_Threshold parameter).
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.01
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules A low value of GCH_RED_Factor_High_Ater_Usage can be coherent with a high value of
Rec reference
Definition
Logical name
None
Application
domain
LCS
Site (CAE)
HMI name
Category
Indicates whether latitude and longitude are significant or not.
Non
GEOGRAPHICAL_COORDINATES_FLA
TRX nb
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
Geographical Coordinates
GSM TS 04.60
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 2dB; coded on 3 bits. 000=0 dB, 001= 2 dB, 111=14 dB
Rec reference
HMI name
RESIS
Additional hysteresis which applies in Ready state for cells in same RA.
Non
Definition
TRX nb
GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS
Oui
Logical name
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
14
Number
0
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
Non
Oui
Non
Cell Type
dB
0
Page 599
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
Oui
B10
None
RMS template Non
Cell Type
B10
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTE
Spec reference
Type
Flag
Coding rules
0: not significant, 1: significant
Min value 0
External comment -Internal comment This parameter allows the SMLC to know whether the geographical coordinates sent by the OMC-R are significant or not.
Rec reference
Definition
Oui
Logical name
B9
B9
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
GPRS_DL_Ack_period
HMI name GPRS_DL_Ack_period
If the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and Ater terrestrial link, this parameter
defines the number of transmitted radio blocks necessary to request a Packet Downlink
Ack/Nack in acknowledged mode.
B9
Instance
MFS
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Otherwise, it is recommended to set GPRS_DL_Ack_period = 16.

The value of GPRS_DL_Ack_period = 12 allows not blocking the RLC transmission window in case of Packet DL Ack/Nack message is lost on
the radio interface or is replaced by a Packet Measurement Report message (if NC2 is activated).
The value of GPRS_DL_Ack_period = 16 ensures that in most of the cases the MSs only manage one polling request at a given instant.
Page 600
12
64
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Number
Unit
Coding rules
step size = 1
Min value 3
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment The value of this parameter is linked with N3105_Limit.
Internal comment It is recommended to set GPRS_DL_Ack_period = 12 if the MSs used in the network are able to manage two polling requests at a given instant.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
GPRS_DL_Ack_period_Satellite
HMI name GPRS_DL_Ack_period_Satellite
If the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellite link or Ater satellite link, this parameter
defines the number of transmitted radio blocks necessary to request a Packet Downlink
Ack/Nack in acknowledged mode.
B9
Instance
MFS
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
GPRS_HCS_THR
GSM TS 05.08
Application
domain
HCS signal strength.

GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name HCS_THR
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
Coded on 5 bits. 00000=-110 dBm, 00001=-108 dBm, 11111=-48 dBm
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Oui
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
-84
-48
-110
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
13
31
dBm
Page 601
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
12
64
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
It is recommended to set GPRS_DL_Ack_period_Satellite = 12 if the MSs used in the network are able to manage two polling requests at a given
instant. Otherwise, it is recommended to set GPRS_DL_Ack_period_Satellite = 16.
The value of GPRS_DL_Ack_period_Satellite = 12 allows not blocking the RLC transmission window in case of Packet DL Ack/Nack message is
lost on the radio interface or is replaced by a Packet Measurement Report message (if NC2 is activated).
The value of GPRS_DL_Ack_period_Satellite = 16 ensures that in most of the cases the MSs only manage one polling request at a given
Spec reference
Type
Number
Coding rules
step size = 1
Min value 3
External comment The value of this parameter is linked with N3105_Limit_Satellite.
Internal comment This parameter is used by the MFS only if round_trip_delay >= 500 ms and shall be tuned according to the simulation result.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GPRS_HCS_THR(n)
GSM TS 05.08
Application
domain
HCS signal strength.

GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name HCS_THR
None
distribution
GPRS
Application
domain
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_

Upper limit of the 1st class, lower limit of the 2nd class for GPRS LLC THROUGHTPUT
GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_1
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 10
Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Coded on 5 bits. 00000=-110 dBm, 00001=-108 dBm, 11111=-48 dBm
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
-84
-48
-110
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
10
90
Number
0
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
adj
B10 Oui
Non
Oui
13
31
dBm
Cell Type
Non
kbit/s
Page 602
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
System (CST)
Category
None
distribution
GPRS
Application
domain
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category

Upper limit of the 2nd class, lower limit of the 3rd class for GPRS LLC THROUGHTPUT
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 10
Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition
GPRS

Upper limit of the 10th class for GPRS LLC THROUGHTPUT distribution
Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 10
Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
500
500
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
20
90
Number
0
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
Non
Non
Cell Type
50
50
kbit/s
Cell Type
Non
kbit/s
Page 603
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
TRX nb
10
None
distribution
Application
domain
System (CST)
Category
None
distribution
GPRS
Application
domain
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category

Upper limit of the 4th class, lower limit of the 5th class for GPRS LLC THROUGHTPUT
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 10
Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition
GPRS

Upper limit of the 3rd class, lower limit of the 4th class for GPRS LLC THROUGHTPUT
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 10
Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition
B9
30
90
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
40
90
Number
0
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
Non
Cell Type
Non
kbit/s
Cell Type
Non
kbit/s
Page 604
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
TRX nb
None
distribution
Application
domain
System (CST)
Category
None
distribution
GPRS
Application
domain
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category

Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 10
Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition
GPRS

Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 10
Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition
B9
50
90
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
60
90
Number
0
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
Non
Non
Cell Type
kbit/s
Cell Type
Non
kbit/s
Page 605
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
TRX nb
None
distribution
Application
domain
System (CST)
Category
None
distribution
GPRS
Application
domain
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category

Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 10
Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition
GPRS

Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 10
Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition
B9
70
90
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
80
90
Number
0
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
Non
Non
Cell Type
kbit/s
Cell Type
Non
kbit/s
Page 606
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
TRX nb
None
GPRS
Application
domain
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category

Lower limit of the 9th class for GPRS LLC THROUGHTPUT distribution
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 10
Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
90
90
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
Non
Cell Type
kbit/s
Page 607
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
TRX nb
B9
Number
Max value 43
Def value 43
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 608
Coded Max
Coded Def
19
dBm
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
2) The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band, but the same default coded value is always used, i.e. default coded value = 0.
By convention, the minimum, maximum, and default values in the main window of the parameter are given for the P-GSM/G1 frequency band.
1) This parameter is needed when a PBCCH is established in the serving cell.

Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band:
Internal comment
Site (CAE)
Category
Coded on 5 bits from 0 to 31

The coding depends on the BCCH frequency band:
19: 5 dBm.
0 dBm.
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
GSM TS 04.60
GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH
HMI name GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH
Maximum TX power level an MS may use when accessing the system.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Number
Max value 43
Def value 43
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
adj
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 609
Coded Max
Coded Def
19
dBm
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
1)This parameter is needed when a PBCCH is established in the serving cell.

Internal comment
Site (CAE)
Category
Coded on 5 bits from 0 to 31

The coding depends on the BCCH frequency band:
GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,
19: 5 dBm.
0 dBm.
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
GSM TS 04.60
GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n)
HMI name GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH
Maximum TX power level an MS may use when accessing the system.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
Category
2) Case where there are some DRFU BTSs in the BSS (together with some Evolium BTSs or
not):
2.1) In DRFU BTSs, the impacts of this parameter value on T2 TBF reallocations are the
same as in Evolium BTSs, so 1.1) and 1.2) recommendations are applicable in order to avoid
useless / to limit the number of T2 TBF reallocations .
2.2) On the other hand, in DRFU BTSs, in case the PS traffic is mainly signalling (e.g. there
is a great proportion of RA Updates among the UL TBF establishment requests) and in case
1) Case where there are only Evolium BTSs in the BSS:

1.1) In case the PS traffic is mainly signalling (e.g. there is a great proportion of RA Updates
among the UL TBF establishment requests), GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_VALUE shall
be set to 1 (optimization of the number of T2 TBF reallocations and of PPC / DSP CPU).
1.2) In case the PS traffic is mainly data (high proportion of UL TBF establishment requests
for data traffic), GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_VALUE should be set to the most common
multislot class which can be found among the mobile stations within the BSS (in order to limit
the number of T2 TBF reallocations and of PPC / DSP CPU, triggered with the establishment
of the concurrent DL TBF).
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules The recommendations to set this parameter are the following:
Only the following GPRS multislot class defined in 3GPP TS 05.02 annex B are allowed:
1: GPRS multislot class 1 (1+1 MS);
8: GPRS multislot class 8 (4+1 MS).
--
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
3GPP TS 05.02
- In an Evolium BTS :
The default MS class is used as an input of the best candidate TBF allocation computation
process when the MS class is not known on UL TBF establishment
- In a Non Evolium BTS :
The default MS class is used as an input of the best candidate TBF allocation computation
process when the MS class is not known on UL TBF establishment.
In the PDCH anticipation process on UL TBF establishment : the default MS class is used to
determine how many PDCHs are established in advance to anticipate the concurrent DL TBF
establishment.
B9
Number
BSS
MFS
Max value 8
Def value 8
Type
Min value
Instance
GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_
B10 Oui
VALUE
Default value of the (E)GPRS multislot class assumed at TBF establishment when the actual MS
(E)GPRS multislot class is unknown.
Sub-syste
GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_VAL HMI name

UE
Rec reference
Definition
Logical name
Oui
Non
Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
None
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Cell Type
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 610
GSM TS 04.60
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
Internal comment
Type
Number
Min value 10
Max value 320
-Def value
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
encountered because some transmission resources (PDCHs) are established in advance by

RRM based on the value of GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_VALUE (PDCH anticipation
process). Once the traffic type is confirmed signalling, these resources (PDCHs) are
released, but at T_GCH_Inactivity timer expiry. As a consequence, the transmission
resources (PDCHs) can be established even if they are not used during several seconds,
which can generate an Ater congestion in some GPUs.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 10 sec, coded on 5 bits (00000 = 10 sec, 11111 = 320 sec)
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules of low number of Ater resources (risk of Ater congestion in some GPUs), it is recommended
External comment -- to set GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_VALUE to 1. Indeed, an Ater congestion may be
Rec reference
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
adj
B9
GPRS_PENALTY_TIME(n)
HMI name GPRS_PENALTY_TIME
Time during which GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET is active in neighbour cells.
Logical name
Definition
B10 Oui
access on CCCH) . Otherwise, the multislot class received in the request for uplink TBF establishment is taken into account.
--
Internal comment
Page 611
Coded Def
31
sec
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
10
External comment The entered value is assumed by default at uplink TBF establishment when the actual MS multislot class is unknown (e.g. RACH one phase
GPRS_PRIORITY_CLASS
Application
domain
Rec reference
GPRS
GPRS_PRIORITY_CLASS(n)
GSM TS 05.08
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name PRIORITY_CLASS
GPRS
HCS priority of the adjacent cell, used in NC0.
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
Category
HMI name PRIORITY_CLASS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Coded on 3 bits.
GSM TS 05.08
HCS priority of the cell, used in NC0.
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
adj
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 612
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
GPRS_RESELECTION_OFFSET(n)
3GPP TS 04.60
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1 dBm, coded on 6 bits (000000 = -110 dBm, 111111 = -47 dBm)
Rec reference
GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN
HMI name GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN
Minimum received level at the MS required for access to the system.
Logical name
Definition
Category
coded on 5 bits (00000 = -52 dB, 11111 = 48 dB)

00000= -52; 00001= -48; 00010= -44; 00011= -40; 00100= -36; 00101= -32; 00110= -28;
00111= -24; 01000= -20; 01001= -16; 01010= -12; 01011= -10; 01100= - 8; 01101= - 6; 01110=
- 4; 01111= - 2; 10000= 0; 10001= 2; 10010= 4; 10011= 6; 10100= 8; 10101=10; 10110= 12;
10111= 16; 11000= 20; 11001= 24; 11010= 28; 11011= 32; 11100= 36; 11101= 40; 11110= 44;
11111= 48
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
GSM TS 05.08
Site (CAE)
HMI name GPRS_RESELECTION_OFFSET
Permanent offset for GPRS cell reselection in neighbour cells.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
-100
-47
-110
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
B9
Number
-52
Max value 48
Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
adj
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
16
31
dB
0
10
63
dBm
Page 613
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
3GPP TS 04.60
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)
HMI name GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN
Minimum received level at the MS required for access to the system in neighbour cells.
GSM TS 04.60
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET(n)
HMI name GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET
Negative offset used for MS cell reselection process in neighbour cells.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
Possible values : 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, infinity respectively binary coded as 000, 001, , 111
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
coded on 6 bits, 0=-110 dBm, 63=-47 dBm, step size=1dBm
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
-100
-47
-110
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
infinity
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
adj
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
adj
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
10
63
dBm
dB
Page 614
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
System (CST)
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
GPRS_UL_Ack_period_Satellite
HMI name GPRS_UL_Ack_period_Satellite
If the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellite link or Ater satellite link, this parameter
defines the number of received radio blocks necessary to send a Packet Uplink Ack/Nack in
acknowledged mode.
Category
B9
16
64
B9
Number
MFS
Instance
MFS
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Type
Number
Coding rules
step size =1
Min value 3
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GPRS
GPRS_UL_Ack_period
HMI name GPRS_UL_Ack_period
If the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and Ater terrestrial link, this parameter
defines the number of received radio blocks necessary to send a Packet Uplink Ack/Nack in
acknowledged mode.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size =1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Oui
Oui
16
64
None
16
64
None
Page 615
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GPRS
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Network (CDE)
HMI name GPU_Gb_Base_UDP
UDP port number of the GPU board for Gb over IP interface.
GPU_Gb_Base_UDP

"WWW.XXX.YYY.000" (ex: 255.245.247.000)
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment used to define the UDP port of each GPU boards
Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter. Min = hF800, Max = hFC00
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Network (CDE)
Category
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules -External comment Base address used to define the GPU_Local_IP_Endpoint
coded on 32 bits
The last group is set to 000 (base address)
--
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
HMI name GPU_Gb_Base_IP

Base address of the local IP address used to define the Gb_IP_Address of each GPU.
GPU_Gb_Base_IP
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Number
Non
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
64512
64512
63488
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non

Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
4294967295
None
64512
64512
63488
None
Page 616
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name GPU_Gb_UDP_Port

UDP port number of the GPU board in the NSE instance (used for Gb over IP).
GPU_Gb_UDP_Port

"WWW.XXX.YYY.ZZZ" (ex: 255.245.247.001)
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment equal to GPU_Gb_base_UDP.
Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter. Min = hF800, Max = hFC00
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
Category
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules -External comment Calculated by the MFS from the GPU_Gb_Base_IP value.
coded on 32 bits
default value : 0.0.0.0
--
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
HMI name GPU_Gb_IP_Address

Allows to display the IP address used by a GPU board in a NSE instance (used for Gb over IP)
GPU_Gb_IP_Address
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Number
Non
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
64512
64512
Number
63488
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
GPU
B10 Oui
Non

Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
GPU
B10 Oui
4294967295
None
64512
64512
63488
None
Page 617
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
System (CST)
None
Application
domain
LCS
Category
Site (CAE)
HALFPWR_BEAM_WIDTH
HMI name HALFPWR_BEAM_WIDTH
Antenna half power beam for the sector supporting the cell (used by the MFS to compute location
estimate based on TA positionning method).
IP
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
0: half power beam width unknown, 1: 1 degree,, 360: 360 degree (omnidirectional cell)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Mandatory rules
0: higher priority
3: lower priority
Shall be equal to GSL_PRIORITY (BSC)
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
Category
HMI name GSL_PRIORITY (MFS)
BSS internal priority used by the GSL flow in IP network
GSL_PRIORITY (MFS)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
360
Number
0
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
B9
Number
Max value 3
Def value 1
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
Non
None
360
None
Page 618
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Site (CAE)
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Non
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name
ORITY
Defines the relative priority used for Interactive THP1 Packet Flow Context, with precedence
parameter set to 'high'
TRX nb
Definition
Oui
HIGH_PRECEDENCE_THP1_PRIORITY
Category
Logical name
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
HMI name
RIORITY
UND_PRIORITY
Defines the relative priority used for Background Packet Flow Context, with precedence
Non
Definition
TRX nb
HIGH_PRECEDENCE_BACKGROUND_P
Oui
Logical name
15
15
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
15
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
Non
Oui
Non
Cell Type
15
None
Page 619
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
Oui
B10
15
15
None
RMS template Non
Cell Type
B10
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
HIGH_PRECEDENCE_THP1_PRI
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
HIGH_PRECEDENCE_BACKGRO
B9
B9
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Site (CAE)
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Non
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name
ORITY
TRX nb
Definition
Oui
Category
Logical name
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
HMI name
ORITY
Non
Definition
TRX nb
Oui
Logical name
15
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
12
15
Number
4
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
Non
Cell Type
Non
Cell Type
12
15
None
Page 620
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
Oui
B10
15
None
RMS template Non
Oui
B10
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B9
B9
None
Application
domain
GPRS
None
Application
domain
IP
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name IP_BTS_LOAD_THR_1

Threshold beyond which a given BTS module (TRE module supporting a PTU) is considered as
"loaded" in terms of CPU load by RRM (IP BTS)
IP_BTS_LOAD_THR_1
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1%
Mandatory rules IP_BTS_LOAD_THR_1 < IP_BTS_LOAD_THR_2
Recommended rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
System (CST)
Category
HIGH_THRES_B_MAX
HMI name highThresBmax
Threshold of GPU memory occupancy from which the bvc leak rate reduction is applied.
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules LOW_THRES_B_MAX < HIGH_THRES_B_MAX
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
70
70
70
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
B9
85
95
Threshold
Non
Threshold
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
70
70
70
85
95
Page 621
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
IP
Mandatory rules
IP
System (CST)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Bitmap. Each bit indicates for a given PFC priority whether it shall be mapped on GBR priority (0)
or BE priority (1).
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
HMI name IP_PFC_PRIORITY_MAPPING

Mapping between PFC priorities (0 to 15) and IP priorities used in the BSS for GPRS (GBR, BE)
IP_PFC_PRIORITY_MAPPING
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
System (CST)
Category
HMI name IP_BTS_LOAD_THR_2

Threshold beyond which a given BTS module (TRE module supporting a PTU) is considered as
"overloaded" in terms of CPU load by RRM (IP BTS).
IP_BTS_LOAD_THR_2
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1%
Mandatory rules IP_BTS_LOAD_THR_1 < IP_BTS_LOAD_THR_2
Recommended rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
95
95
Def value
Max value
Type
Min value
Non
B9
95
95
65521
65535
Page 622
00
11111111111111 Coded Max
11
11111111111100 Coded Def
01
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
00000000000000 Coded Min
Reference
Non
Threshold
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Network (CDE)
Category
IP
Mandatory rules
coded on 32 bits
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
Rec reference
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name IPGB_SUBNET_MASK_MFS

Mask of the subnet where is allocated the range of MFS addresses used for
Gb telecom protocols
IPGB_SUBNET_MASK_MFS
Mandatory rules
Logical name
Definition
IP
coded on 32 bits
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
HMI name IPBSS_SUBNET_MASK_MFS

Mask of the subnet where is allocated the range of MFS addresses used for
IPGCH / IPGSL protocol
IPBSS_SUBNET_MASK_MFS
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Number
Non
B9
Number
0
Non

Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui

Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
4294967295
None
4294967295
None
Page 623
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
IP
Network (CDE)
Category
None
Application
domain
IP
Category
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
B9
Number
Non
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
12
Number
1
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
12
None
Page 624
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
Non
Oui
4294967295
Cell Type
B10
Coded Max
Coded Def
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
IPGCH_DL_BW_CONTROL_REPE

Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui

External comment Delay measurement will be done every IPGCH_DL_BW_CONTROL_REPEAT_RATE * T_IPGCH_ACK_UL
Measurements are done on an Abis basis.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 1.
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules 6 x IPGCH_DL_BW_CONTROL_REPEAT_RATE x T_IPGCH_ACK_UL =>
Rec reference
HMI name
ATE
AT_RATE
Parameter to control the repetition rate of the delay measurements performed in DL by IPGCH.
Non
Definition
TRX nb
IPGCH_DL_BW_CONTROL_REPEAT_R
Non
Logical name
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules -External comment operator must take care that a MFS will reserve 30 GPU address max from this base.
coded on 32 bits
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
HMI name IPGCH_Base_Address_MFS

Base address of the local IP address used by the MFS to define the IP address used by the
IPGCH protocol on each GPU
IPGCH_Base_Address_MFS
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Application
domain
None
Rec reference
Spec reference
Coding rules
Site (CAE)
None
IP
Category
System (CST)
B9
Non
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
12
Number
1
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
Internal comment
IP demo parameter. Sent to the BTS via IPGCH.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
12
None
Page 625
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
Non
Oui
4294967295
Cell Type
B10
Coded Max
Coded Def
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
IPGCH_UL_BW_CONTROL_REPE

Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
IPSigLink
B10 Oui
2
External comment Delay measurement will be done every IPGCH_UL_BW_CONTROL_REPEAT_RATE * T_IPGCH_ACK_UL. Measurements are done on a TRE
Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 1.
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules 6 x IPGCH_UL_BW_CONTROL_REPEAT_RATE x T_IPGCH_ACK_DL =>
Rec reference
Application
domain
ATE
AT_RATE
Parameter to control the repetition rate of the delay measurements in UL for IPGCH.
Non
Definition
TRX nb
IPGCH_UL_BW_CONTROL_REPEAT_R
Non
Logical name
HMI name
OMC-R access Virtual displayed
Category
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules -External comment Calculated by the MFS from IPGCH_Base_Address_MFS
coded on 32 bits
--
IP
HMI name IPGCH_IP_Address_MFS

Allow to display the IP address of the IPGCH link used by a GPU on the MFS side.
IPGCH_IP_Address_MFS
Logical name
Definition
B9
Application
domain
Rec reference
IP
Category
Network (CDE)
Application
domain
None
Rec reference
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
0: higher priority
3: lower priority
Equal to IPGCHC_PRIORITY (BTS)
IP
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name IPGCHC_PRIORITY

BSS internal priority used by the IPGCH Control flow in IP network
IPGCHC_PRIORITY (MFS)
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment The operator must take care that a MFS will reserve 1000 TCP port max from this base.
None
HMI name IPGCHC_Base_TCP_MFS

Base for the TCP port number used by each GPU boards of the MFS for IPGCHC protocol. This
base is used to define the TCP ports for each PTU access. The same base is used by each GPU
boards (they have different IP addresses to be distinguished).
IPGCHC_Base_TCP_MFS
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
53000
54999
53000
Number
MFS
Number
Max value 3
Def value 1
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Non
Non
53000
54999
53000
None
None
Page 626
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Mandatory rules
IP
0: higher priority
3: lower priority
Equal to IPGCHU_BE_PRIORITY (BTS)
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name IPGCHU_BE_PRIORITY

BSS internal priority used by the IPGCH Best Effort flow in IP network
IPGCHU_BE_PRIORITY (MFS)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
System (CST)
Category
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
75
100
Non
Threshold
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
B9
Number
Max value 3
Def value 3
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
Cell Type
Non
None
Page 627
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
75
100
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
Sent by the MFS to the BTS via IPGCH.

This parameter allows to speed up the acknowledgements (if there is too much traffic in regard to the value of the timers T_IPGCH_ACK_DL or
T_IPGCH_ACK_UL).
If IPGCHU_ACK_SEND_THRESHOLD is set to 100%, then the receive-window-size-based event for acknowledgement sending is turned off.
IP
for IPGCHU uplink data is sent by the MFS to the BTS / a downlink acknowledgement for
IPGCHU downlink data is sent by the BTS to the MFS.
HMI name IPGCHU_ACK_SEND_THRESHOL

Threshold on the IPGCHU BE/GBR receive window size above which an uplink acknowledgement
IPGCHU_ACK_SEND_THRESHOLD
Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 1.
Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition
IP
System (CST)
Category
None
Application
domain
IP
Category
System (CST)
IPGCHU_BW_MAX_CONG_UL
HMI name IPGCHU_BW_MAX_CONG_UL
Maximum Abis bandwidth usable by the Best-Effort IPGCHU in uplink when in congested
operation, for a given TRE with 8 active PDCHs.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA

The maximum value of 1Mbps corresponds to a hardware limit per TRE inside the BTS.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 10 kbit/s
Mandatory rules IPGCHU_BW_MIN_CONG_UL <= IPGCHU_BW_MAX_CONG_UL
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
IPGCHU_Nominal_Abis_BW_Factor >= IPGCHU_BW_MAX_CONG_DL

IPGCHU_BW_MIN_CONG_DL <= IPGCHU_BW_MAX_CONG_DL
Step size = 1
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
IPGCHU_BW_MAX_CONG_DL
HMI name IPGCHU_BW_MAX_CONG_DL
Percentage of the total Abis bandwidth (cf. the ABIS_BANDWIDTH parameter) indicating the
maximum Abis bandwidth usable by the Best-Effort IPGCHU in downlink when in congested
operation, for a given Abis BTS group.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Non
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
500
1000
10
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B9
50
100
kbit/s
Page 628
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
100
100
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
B10 Oui
100
100
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
MFS
Non
Type
Number
Min value 1
Max value 100
Instance
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
None
Application
domain
IP
Category
System (CST)
HMI name IPGCHU_BW_MIN_CONG_DL

minimum Abis bandwidth usable by the Best-Effort IPGCHU in downlink when in congested
operation, for a given Abis BTS group.
IPGCHU_BW_MIN_CONG_DL
None
Application
domain
IP
Category
System (CST)
HMI name IPGCHU_BW_MIN_CONG_UL

Minimum Abis bandwidth usable by the Best-Effort IPGCHU in uplink when in congested
operation, for a given TRE with 8 active PDCHs.
IPGCHU_BW_MIN_CONG_UL
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
B9
B9
100
Number
MFS
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
50
1000
10
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Provided by MFS to BTS. The maximum value of 1Mbps corresponds to a hardware limit per TRE inside the BTS.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 10 kbit/s
Mandatory rules IPGCHU_BW_MIN_CONG_UL <= IPGCHU_BW_MAX_CONG_UL
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 1
Mandatory rules IPGCHU_BW_MIN_CONG_DL <= IPGCHU_BW_MAX_CONG_DL
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Non
Non
100
100
kbit/s
Page 629
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
IPGCHU_GBR_PRIORITY (MFS)
IP
Category
None
Application
domain
IP
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
B9
Instance
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
10
100
Number
1
MFS
MFS
B9
Number
Max value 3
Def value 2
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
IPGCHU_MAX_PATTERN_MEAS_T B10 Oui

HROUGHPUT_DL
Maximum number of patterns used to compute the current Abis BE throughput used by IPGCHU
in DL.
Sub-syste
IPGCHU_MAX_PATTERN_MEAS_THR HMI name

OUGHPUT_DL
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1 pattern
Rec reference
Definition
Logical name
Mandatory rules
0: higher priority
3: lower priority
Equal to IPGCHU_GBR_PRIORITY (BTS)
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
System (CST)
HMI name IPGCHU_GBR_PRIORITY
BSS internal priority used by the IPGCH GBR flow in IP network
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Non
Non
None
Non
Non
10
100
None
Page 630
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Cell Type
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
IP
Category
System (CST)
maximum Abis bandwidth usable by the Best-Effort IPGCHU in downlink, for a given Abis BTS
group.
IPGCHU_Nominal_Abis_BW_Factor HMI name IPGCHU_Nominal_Abis_BW_Fact

B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
Instance
None
Application
domain
IP
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
HMI name IPGCHU_PATTERN_LIFETIME_DL B10 Oui

Lifetime of a pattern (i.e. time to switch from one pattern to the next one) used to compute the
current Abis BE throughput used by IPGCHU in DL.
Sub-syste
IPGCHU_PATTERN_LIFETIME_DL
Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 50
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
50
500
Timer
50
MFS
MFS
B9
Non
10
40
Page 631
10
ms
1
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
minimum guaranteed bandwidth. Thus, in such a case, setting the IPGCHU_Nominal_Abis_BW_Factor parameter to a value higher than 100%
may make sense.
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
or
TRX nb
Spec reference
Type
Number
Unit
Coding rules
Step size = 10
Min value 0
Coded Min
Mandatory rules
IPGCHU_Nominal_Abis_BW_Factor >= IPGCHU_BW_MAX_CONG_DL
Max value 400
Coded Max
Recommended rules
Def value 100
Coded Def
External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. In case of variable Abis bandwidth (e.g. micro-wave), the ABIS_BANDWIDTH parameter should be positioned to the
Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition
Non
None
Application
domain
IP
System (CST)
ZE_GPU
HMI name
Category
Maximum UDP window size for IPGCH usable in the MFS.
PU
TRX nb
None
Application
domain
IP
Category
System (CST)
IPGCHU_UDP_PORT_MFS
HMI name IPGCHU_UDP_PORT_MFS
UDP port used by the IPGCHU protocol on MFS side by each GPU board. The same UDP port is
used by each GPU boards (they have different IP addresses to be distinguished)
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
496
496
496
None
Page 632
54272
54272
53248
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
to the BTS in IPGCH_init_req message. In case of large configurations (lot of TREs) for memory constraints linked to the IP stacks, we may
have two UDP ports used by the GPU: in this case the value of the second one is the value of the first one + 1
Non
Oui
RMS template Non
Cell Type
B10
Spec reference
Type
Number
Unit
Coding rules
Step size = 1
Min value 53248
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. Min = hD000, Max = hD400. At migration from B9 to B10, no IPEndPoint exists at OMC (neither at MFS). Sent by the MFS
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
IPGCHU_UDP_MAX_WINDOW_SIZE_G4_G5), this MFS parameter is not hard-coded in the MFS.
496
496
496
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
Spec reference
Type
Coding rules
-Min value
External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. Contrary to the corresponding BTS parameters (IPGCHU_UDP_MAX_WINDOW_SIZE_G3 and
Rec reference
Definition
Non
Logical name
B9
None
Application
domain
None
Application
domain
IP
Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 1 LLC PDU
Rec reference
TRX nb
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name
OLD
HRESHOLD
Threshold on the GBR queue filling level to trigger an Xoff state for the GBR DL flow of a given
PTU (back pressure mechanism between RRM-PCC and IPGCH for the strict GBR DL flow).
Non
Definition
Non
System (CST)
Category
IPGCHU_XOFF_GBR_FIFO_DL_THRESH
IP
Logical name
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
HMI name
LD
RESHOLD
Threshold on the BE queue filling level to trigger an Xoff state for the BE DL flow of a given PTU
(back pressure mechanism between RRM-PCC and IPGCH for the BE DL flow).
Non
Definition
TRX nb
IPGCHU_XOFF_BE_FIFO_DL_THRESHO
Non
Logical name
40
50
Threshold
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
40
50
Threshold
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
Non
Oui
Non
Oui
40
50
None
Page 633
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
Cell Type
B10
40
50
None
RMS template Non
Cell Type
B10
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
IPGCHU_XOFF_GBR_FIFO_DL_T
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
IPGCHU_XOFF_BE_FIFO_DL_TH
B9
B9
None
Application
domain
IP
Non
System (CST)
HMI name
Category
None
Application
domain
IP
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
RESHOLD
Threshold on the GBR queue filling level to trigger an Xon state for the GBR DL flow of a given
PTU (back pressure mechanism between RRM-PCC and IPGCH for the strict GBR DL flow).
OLD
TRX nb
IPGCHU_XON_GBR_FIFO_DL_THRESH
Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 1 LLC PDU.
Rec reference
Definition
Non
Logical name
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
HMI name
LD
ESHOLD
Threshold on the BE queue filling level to trigger an Xon state for the BE DL flow of a given PTU
(back pressure mechanism between RRM-PCC and IPGCH for the BE DL flow).
Non
Definition
TRX nb
IPGCHU_XON_BE_FIFO_DL_THRESHO
Non
Logical name
20
50
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
20
50
Threshold
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
Non
Oui
Non
Oui
20
50
None
Page 634
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
Cell Type
B10
20
50
None
RMS template Non
Cell Type
B10
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
IPGCHU_XON_GBR_FIFO_DL_TH
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
IPGCHU_XON_BE_FIFO_DL_THR
B9
B9
IP
Network (CDE)
Category
None
Application
domain
IP
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
IPGSL_BASE_TCP_MFS
HMI name IPGSL_BASE_TCP_MFS
TCP port number used to configure the TCP port number of each GPU board of the MFS for
IPGSL interface.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 1.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules -External comment Operator must take care that a MFS will reserve 30 GPU address max from this base.
coded on 32 bits
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
IPGSL_Base_Address_MFS
HMI name IPGSL_Base_Address_MFS
Base address of the local IP address used to define the IP address used by the IPGSL on each
GPU.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Number
Non
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
49152
50999
Number
49152
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non

Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
4294967295
None
49152
50999
49152
None
Page 635
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
IP
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
B9
Non
Number

Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
IPSigLink
B10 Oui

"WWW.XXX.YYY.ZZZ" (ex: 255.245.247.001)
As the IPSigLink instance does not exist yet at migration from B9 to B10, this parameter can not be migrated by OMC.
Mandatory rules
Site (CAE)
Category
HMI name IPGSL_IP_Address_BSC
coded on 32 bits
Equal to IPGSL_IP_Address_BSC (MFS)
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
IP address of the IPGSL link on BSC side.
IPGSL_IP_Address_BSC (MFS)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
4294967295
None
Page 636
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
IP
None
Application
domain
IP
Category
Site (CAE)
(MFS)
HMI name IPGSL_TCP_PORT_BSCside
TCP port number of the BSC IPGSL link used by the MFS .
IPGSL_TCP_PORT_BSCside (MFS)
Non
Number
Non
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
IPSigLink
B10 Oui
B9

Type
Min value
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
4294967295
None
Page 637
49152
50999
49152
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Number
Unit
Coding rules
step size = 1.
Min value 49152
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. As the IPSigLink instance does not exist yet at migration from B9 to B10, this parameter can not be migrated by OMC.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
IPSigLink
B10 Oui

"WWW.XXX.YYY.ZZZ" (ex: 255.245.247.001)
As the IPSigLink instance does not exist yet at migration from B9 to B10, this parameter can not be migrated by OMC.
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules -External comment Calculated by the MFS from IPGSL_Base_Address.
Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Virtual displayed
Category
HMI name IPGSL_IP_Address_MFS
coded on 32 bits
Equal to IPGSL_IP_Address_MFS (BSC)
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
IP address of the IPGSL link on MFS side.
IPGSL_IP_Address_MFS (MFS)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
IP
Category
Site (CAE)
uses the same TCP port number (they can be distinguished by their IP address)
IPGSL_TCP_PORT_MFSside (MFS)
HMI name IPGSL_TCP_PORT_MFSside
TCP port number used by each GPU board of the MFS for IPGSL interface. Each GPU board
B9
Non
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
IPSigLink
B10 Oui
K_GSL (MFS)
None
Rec reference
GPRS
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA

- K_GSL = 7 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links in all BSC of the MFS.
- K_GSL = 16 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links in at least one BSC of the
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is
Application
domain
Category
HMI name K_GSL (MFS)
Maximum number of outstanding I frames on a GSL link.
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
32
Number
1
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
Non
Cell Type
32
None
Page 638
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
49152
50999
49152
None
RMS template Non
TRX nb
(MFS)
Spec reference
Type
Number
Unit
Coding rules
Step size = 1
Min value 49152
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. As the IPSigLink instance does not exist yet at migration from B9 to B10, this parameter can not be migrated by OMC.
Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Site (CAE)
Category
LAC(n)
3GPP TS 04.18
Rec reference
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name LAC(n)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time.
Internal comment --
Application
domain
Location Area Code.
Logical name
Definition
Internal comment --

Equal to LAC (BSC)
Recommended rules A couple of mate extended cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same LAC --
--
Application
domain
GPRS
3GPP TS 04.18
Rec reference
HMI name Location Area Code (LAC)
LAC (MFS)
Location Area Code.
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
65535
65535
Oui
Reference
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
adj
B10 Oui
65535
65535
65535
None
Page 639
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Def
65535
Def value
65535
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Type
Reference
Min value 1
Max value 65535
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
None
Application
domain
LCS
Category
Site (CAE)
LCS_AZIMUTH
HMI name AZIMUTH
Antenna direction orientation for the sector supporting the cell (used by the MFS to compute
location estimate based on TA positionning method).
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
0,0,0,false
List of numbers
Oui
Max value 90,59,9999,true

Def value #
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
360
Number
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
None
Page 640
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
360
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
2) The coding for OMC-R HMI is described in the "BSS O&M Parameters" document, parameter "LCS-Latitude".
1) This parameter is significant only when GEOGRAPHICAL_COORDINATES_FLAG is set to true;
2) the coding rules are only valid for MFS-OMC interface. The coding for OMC-R HMI is different due to the REAL numbers management
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules -External comment 1) 0 latitude corresponds to the Equator;
Internal comment
LCS
Sequence of:
- number of degrees (from 0 to 90)
- number of minutes (from 0 to 59)
- number of fractional minutes (from 0 to 9999)
- direction (boolean, true for South and false for North)
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
LCS_LATITUDE
HMI name LATITUDE
Latitude of the BTS supporting the cell (used by the MFS to compute location estimate based on
TA positionning method).
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Spec reference
Type
Coding rules
0: 0 degree,, 359: 359 degree, 360: omnidirectional cell
Min value
External comment 0 corresponds to the North orientation and is counted clockwise.
Internal comment This parameter is considered as being significant as soon as the geographical coordinates are significant.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
LCS
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
0,0,0,false
List of numbers
Oui
Unit
Coded Min
HMI name Length_On_Going_Requests_ListA
None
Application
domain
GPRS
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
_GP
Maximum number of on-going requests in list A. List A is used for on-going requests towards the
BSC on the BSCGP interface for the following messages: Detach Request, GIC Group State
Request, Transmission Allocation Request, Transmission Deallocation Command.
Length_On_Going_Requests_ListA
_GP
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
14
Number
1
MFS
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
Non
Non
14
None
Page 641
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Cell Type
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Max value 180,59,9999,true Coded Max

Def value #
Coded Def
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
2) The coding for OMC-R HMI is described in the "BSS O&M Parameters" document, parameter "LCS-Longitude".
1) This parameter is significant only when GEOGRAPHICAL_COORDINATES_FLAG is set to true;
2) the coding rules are only valid for MFS-OMC interface. The coding for OMC-R HMI is different due to the REAL numbers management
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Definition
Logical name
Internal comment
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules -External comment 1) 0 longitude corresponds to the Greenwich Meridian;
Sequence of:
- number of degrees (from 0 to 180)
- number of minutes (from 0 to 59)
- number of fractional minutes (from 0 to 9999)
- direction (boolean, true for West and false for East)
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
LCS_LONGITUDE
HMI name LONGITUDE
Longitude of the BTS supporting the cell (used by the MFS to compute location estimate based on
TA positionning method).
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
GPRS
System (CST)
None
Application
domain
GPRS
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Length_On_Going_Requests_ListB
_GP
Maximum number of on-going requests in list B. List B is used for on-going requests towards the
BSC on the BSCGP interface for the following messages: Ater Reset, BSC Reset, BSS Traffic
Control Request, Cell Reset, Start GPRS, Cell State Request, BSC State Request, Stop GPRS,
Update GPRS Parameters Request, Extra ABIS Pool Configuration Request.
System (CST)
Category
Length_On_Going_Requests_ListB_ HMI name

GP
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Definition
Logical name
HMI name Length_On_Going_Requests_ListA
_GPU
Maximum number of on-going requests in list A. List A is used for on-going requests towards the
BSC on the BSCGP interface for the following messages: Detach Request, GIC Group State
Request, Transmission Allocation Request, Transmission Deallocation Command.
Length_On_Going_Requests_ListA
_GPU
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Definition
Logical name
B9
10
B9
Number
MFS
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
14
Number
MFS
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
Non
Non
10
None
Non
Non
14
None
Page 642
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Cell Type
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Cell Type
None
Application
domain
System (CST)
HMI name Length_Suspended_Requests_Que
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
ueA_GP
Maximum number of suspended requests in queue A. Queue A is used for suspended requests
towards the BSC on the BSCGP interface for the following messages: Detach Request, GIC
Group State Request, Transmission Allocation Request, Transmission Deallocation Command.
Length_Suspended_Requests_Que
ueA_GP
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment 264 corresponds to the maximum number of cells per BSS.
Rec reference
Definition
Logical name
GPRS
Length_On_Going_Requests_ListB
_GPU
Maximum number of on-going requests in list B. List B is used for on-going requests towards the
BSC on the BSCGP interface for the following messages: Ater Reset, BSC Reset, BSS Traffic
Control Request, Cell Reset, Start GPRS, Cell State Request, BSC State Request, Stop GPRS,
Update GPRS Parameters Request, Extra ABIS Pool Configuration Request.
Length_On_Going_Requests_ListB_ HMI name

GPU
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Definition
Logical name
B9
10
B9
Number
MFS
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
264
264
Number
MFS
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
Non
Non
10
None
Non
Non
264
264
None
Page 643
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Cell Type
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Cell Type
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
ueA_GPU
Maximum number of suspended requests in queue A. Queue A is used for suspended requests
towards the BSC on the BSCGP interface for the following messages: Detach Request, GIC
Group State Request, Transmission Allocation Request, Transmission Deallocation Command.
ueA_GPU
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
ueB_GP
Maximum number of suspended requests in queue B. Queue B is used for suspended requests
towards the BSC on the BSCGP interface for the following messages: Ater Reset, BSC Reset,
BSS Traffic Control Request, Cell Reset, Start GPRS, Cell State Request, BSC State Request,
Stop GPRS, Update GPRS Parameters Request, Extra ABIS Pool Configuration Request.
ueB_GP
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment 264 corresponds to the maximum number of cells per BSS
Rec reference
Definition
Logical name
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment 264 corresponds to the maximum number of cells per BSS.
Rec reference
Definition
Logical name
B9
50
B9
264
Number
MFS
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
264
264
Number
MFS
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
Non
Non
50
264
None
Non
Non
264
264
None
Page 644
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Cell Type
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Cell Type
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
ueB_GPU
Maximum number of suspended requests in queue B. Queue B is used for suspended requests
towards the BSC on the BSCGP interface for the following messages: Ater Reset, BSC Reset,
BSS Traffic Control Request, Cell Reset, Start GPRS, Cell State Request, BSC State Request,
Stop GPRS, Update GPRS Parameters Request, Extra ABIS Pool Configuration Request.
ueB_GPU
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name
RIORITY
UND_PRIORITY
parameter set to 'low'
Non
Definition
TRX nb
LOW_PRECEDENCE_BACKGROUND_P
Oui
Logical name
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment 264 corresponds to the maximum number of cells per BSS
Rec reference
Definition
Logical name
B9
264
264
Number
MFS
Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
15
15
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
Non
Non
Non
Oui
15
15
None
Page 645
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
Cell Type
B10
264
264
None
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Cell Type
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
LOW_PRECEDENCE_BACKGRO
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
B9
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Site (CAE)
Category
Instance
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
LOW_PRECEDENCE_THP2_PRIO
B10 Oui
RITY
Sub-syste
LOW_PRECEDENCE_THP2_PRIORITY HMI name
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Definition
Logical name
Instance
B10 Oui
RITY
Sub-syste
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Definition
Logical name
B9
15
Number
4
MFS
BSS
15
Number
MFS
BSS
B9
Oui
Oui
Non
Non
15
None
Non
Non
15
None
Page 646
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Cell Type
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Cell Type
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Site (CAE)
Category
None
Application
domain
GPRS
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
LOW_THRES_B_MAX
HMI name lowThresBmax
Threshold of GPU memory occupancy from which the bvc leak rate reduction is no more applied.
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules LOW_THRES_B_MAX < HIGH_THRES_B_MAX
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Instance
12
15
B9
Number
MFS
BSS
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
50
50
50
Oui
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
B10 Oui
RITY
Sub-syste
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Definition
Logical name
Non
Non
12
15
None
50
50
50
Page 647
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Cell Type
LSA_ID_array (MFS)
GSM TS 03.03
Application
domain
List of authorised LSAs on a cell (up to 5).

GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name LSA_ID_I
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
GSM TS 03.03
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name LSA_ID_I(n)
List of authorised LSAs on a neighbour cell (up to 5).
LSA_ID_array (n)
The limitation to 5 LSA_Ids is due to data storage limitation in the BSC.

The maximum 0xFFFFFF is reserved as unvalid value for implementation purpose.
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
adj
B10 Oui
Oui
16777215
16777215
Number
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
autonomously filled by the OMC in case the adjacent cell is an OMC internal cell.
The maximum 0xFFFFFF is reserved as unvalid value for implementation purpose.
Internal comment
16777215
16777215
None
Page 648
16777215
16777215
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Number
Unit
Coding rules
Min value 0
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment This parameter is for every cell. The operator needs only to configure the value of that parameter for OMC external cells ; the parameter is
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Internal comment
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
significant LSA identity (in case of even number), as defined in GSM 03.03.
External comment The default value depends on the configuration. The value given here is for implementation purposes only.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules Equal to LSA_ID_array (BSC)
Recommended rules The LSA_ID may either be a Universal LSA identity (in case of odd number) or a PLMN
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
MATE_CI (MFS)
GPRS
Site (CAE)
Category
HMI name MATE_CI
B9
MAX_ADJ_CELL
None
Application
domain
Maximum number of adjacent cells for 1 cell.
In B8, the maximum number is 32
GPRS
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name MAX_ADJ_CELL
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
64
64
64
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
-1
64
64
64
None
Page 649
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Def
-1
Def value
65535
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Type
Reference
Min value 0
Max value 65535
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
MATE_CI is relevant for extended cells only

a cleanup is performed before the migration of the OMC to .an OMC version supporting PS in extended cell in order to have extended cell with
relevant mate in any case .
The value 1 is sent by the OMC for the normal cells
Spec reference
GPRS Radio interface - RRM sublayer
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Internal comment
External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes
MATE_CI (MFS) = MATE_CI (BSC)

If one mate cell is configured with GPRS (MAX_PDCH > 0) then the other mate cell shall also be
Recommended rules configured with GPRS (MAX_PDCH > 0). --
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
Cell Identity of the Mate cell
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
MAX_AGCH_QUEUING_DELAY
None
Application
domain
AGCH queuing time.

GPRS
MAX_BLER
None
Rec reference
GPRS
Category
B9
B9
0.4
0.1
Timer
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Type
Number
Coding rules
step size = 0,05
Min value 0
External comment The MAX_BLER value is used by RRM to evaluate the minimum number of GCHs necessary to support RT traffic on a TRX.
Internal comment --
Application
domain
Network (CDE)
HMI name MAX_BLER
Maximum mean BLER value that a TBF can possibly reach
Logical name
Definition
System (CST)
Category
HMI name MAX_AGCH_QUEUING_DELAY
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 100 ms
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Oui
Oui
10
sec
19
None
Page 650
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Maximum number of cells configured by GPUAB board (MFS)
MAX_CELLS_GPUAB
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules MAX_CELLS_GPUAB <= MAX_CTXT_CELLS_GPUAB
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Category
HMI name MAX_CELLS_GPUAB
GPRS
System (CST)
HMI name MAX_CELLS_GP
Maximum number of cells configured by GP board (Mx-MFS)
MAX_CELLS_GP
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules MAX_CELLS_GP <= MAX_CTXT_CELLS_GP
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
500
500
500
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
240
240
240
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
Non
500
500
500
None
240
240
240
None
Page 651
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
HMI name MAX_CELLS_GPUAC
Maximum number of cells configured by GPUAC board (MFS)
MAX_CELLS_GPUAC
None
Application
domain
GPRS
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
System (CST)
HMI name MAX_CTXT_CELLS_GP
Maximum number of cells supported per GP board (Mx-MFS)
MAX_CTXT_CELLS_GP
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules MAX_CELLS_GP <= MAX_CTXT_CELLS_GP
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules MAX_CELLS_GPUAC <= MAX_CTXT_CELLS_GPUAC
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
264
264
264
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
500
500
500
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
Non
264
264
264
None
500
500
500
None
Page 652
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
HMI name MAX_CTXT_CELLS_GPUAB
Maximum number of cells supported per GPUAB board (MFS)
MAX_CTXT_CELLS_GPUAB
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
HMI name MAX_CTXT_CELLS_GPUAC
Maximum number of cells supported per GPUAC board (MFS)
MAX_CTXT_CELLS_GPUAC
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules MAX_CELLS_GPUAC <= MAX_CTXT_CELLS_GPUAC
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules MAX_CELLS_GPUAB <= MAX_CTXT_CELLS_GPUAB
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
264
264
264
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
264
264
264
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
Non
264
264
264
None
264
264
264
None
Page 653
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
System (CST)
Category
None
Application
domain
GPRS
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name MAX_CTXT_MS_GPUAB

Maximum number of MS contexts supported by GPUAB board (MFS)
MAX_CTXT_MS_GPUAB
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment MAX_CTXT_MS_GPU in B9
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GPRS
MAX_CTXT_MS_GP
HMI name MAX_CTXT_MS_GP
Maximum number of MS context supported by GP board (Mx-MFS).
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
4000
4000
4000
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
1000
1000
1000
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
Oui
4000
4000
4000
None
1000
1000
1000
None
Page 654
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
System (CST)
Category
None
Application
domain
GPRS
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
MAX_CTXT_TBF_GP
HMI name MAX_CTXT_TBF_GP
Maximum number of TBF context supported by GP board (Mx-MFS) (in each direction).
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment 2880 in UL + 2880 in DL = 5760.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GPRS
HMI name MAX_CTXT_MS_GPUAC

Maximum number of MS contexts supported by GPUAC board (MFS)
MAX_CTXT_MS_GPUAC
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment MAX_CTXT_MS_GPU in B9
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
1000
1000
1000
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
2880
2880
2880
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
Non
1000
1000
1000
None
2880
2880
2880
None
Page 655
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Application
domain
Rec reference
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
None
Application
domain
720 (in UL) + 720 (in DL) = 1440
GPRS
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
MAX_CTXT_TBF_GPUAC
HMI name MAX_CTXT_TBF_GPUAC
Maximum number of TBFs supported by GPUAC board (MFS) (in each direction)
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment MAX_CTXT_TBF_GPU in B9
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment In B9 : MAX_CTXT_TBF_GPU 570 (UL) + 570 (DL) = 1140.
None
HMI name MAX_CTXT_TBF_GPUAB

Maximum number of TBFs supported by GPUAB board (MFS) (in each direction)
MAX_CTXT_TBF_GPUAB
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
720
720
Number
720
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
720
720
720
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
Non
720
720
720
None
720
720
720
None
Page 656
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Application
domain
Rec reference
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
System (CST)
HMI name MAX_CTXT_TRX_GPUAB
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules MAX_TRX_GPUAB <= MAX_CTXT_TRX_GPUAB
Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment MAX_CTXT_TRX_GPU in B9
None
System (CST)
Category
Maximum number of TRX supported by GPUAB board (MFS)
MAX_CTXT_TRX_GPUAB
Logical name
Definition
GPRS
MAX_CTXT_TRX_GP
HMI name MAX_CTXT_TRX_GP
Maximum number of TRX contexts supported by GP board (Mx-MFS).
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules MAX_TRX_GP <= MAX_CTXT_TRX_GP
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
960
960
960
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
448
448
448
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
Oui
960
960
960
None
448
448
448
None
Page 657
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Application
domain
Rec reference
GPRS
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
MAX_DL_TBF_SPDCH
HMI name MAX_DL_TBF_SPDCH
Indicative value of the maximum number of DownLink (E)GPRS TBFs per Slave PDCH.
Category
B9
B9
448
448
448
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
Non
Internal comment
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
PDCH.
When allocating a DL EGPRS TBF: MAX_DL_TBF_SPDCH is the maximum number of EGPRS TBFs allowed in DL on each Slave PDCH
Within PTU SW, a limit is hardcoded corresponding to the maximum number of DL (E)GPRS TBF resources which can be possibly reached per
Slave PDCH (taking into account TBF allocations and a margin for TBF reallocations). This hardcoded value is set to 16 (cf. MAC specification).
448
448
448
None
Page 658
10
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Number
Unit
Coding rules
-Min value 1
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment When allocating a DL GPRS TBF: MAX_DL_TBF_SPDCH is the maximum number of GPRS + EGPRS TBFs allowed in DL on each Slave
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules MAX_TRX_GPUAC <= MAX_CTXT_TRX_GPUAC
Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment MAX_CTXT_TRX_GPU in B9
None
System (CST)
HMI name MAX_CTXT_TRX_GPUAC
Maximum number of TRX supported by GPUAC board (MFS)
MAX_CTXT_TRX_GPUAC
Logical name
Definition
GPRS
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
Type
Min value
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Unit
Coded Min
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 659
MAX_EGPRS_MCS >= TBF_DL_INIT_MCS

Max value 9
Coded Max 8
MAX_EGPRS_MCS >= TBF_UL_INIT_MCS
Recommended rules When cell_type = extended outer, then MAX_EGPRS_MCS <= MCS-4 R_AVERAGE_EGPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher than the useful bitrate corresponding
to MAX_EGPRS_MCS (e.g. if MAX_EGPRS_MCS = MCS9 => R_AVERAGE_EGPRS shall not
be higher than 59,2kbps).
Def value 9
Coded Def
8
R_MIN_EGPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher than the useful bitrate corresponding to
Max_EGPRS_MCS. If the above recommended rule is not fulfilled, then some RT PFCs can
be accepted by the BSS whereas it will not be possible to handle their associated GBR. This
may result in RT PFC downgrades to Best Effort.
It is advised to set MAX_EGPRS_MCS to a value different from MCS-2 to cope with MEGCH
control message granularity in an optimal way.
Mandatory rules
0: MCS-1;
1: MCS-2;
2: MCS-3;
3: MCS-4;
4: MCS-5;
5: MCS-6;
6: MCS-7;
7: MCS-8;
8: MCS-9;
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
MAX_EGPRS_MCS
HMI name MAX_EGPRS_MCS
Maximum Modulation and Coding Scheme used for EGPRS traffic in the cell.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
MAX_GCH_DSP
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
HMI name MAX_GCH_DSP
Maximum number of GCH 16 kbit/s handled by a DSP (Mx-MFS).
MAX_GCH_DSP_GP
None
Application
domain
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the MFS
GPRS
Category
HMI name MAX_GCH_DSP_GP
Maximum number of GCH 16 kbit/s handled by a DSP
Spec reference
Coding rules
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Internal comment This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the MFS.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
120
120
Number
120
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
480
480
480
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
DSP
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
DSP
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
120
120
120
None
480
480
480
None
Page 660
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
Max_GPRS_assign_agch_retrans
HMI name Max_GPRS_assign_AGCH_retrans
Maximum number of Packet DL Assignment messages retransmitted on PACCH, after which the
complete DL TBF establishment procedure may be restarted. This parameter is applicable only if
the Immediate Assignment message has already been sent on AGCH for a MS in non-DRX mode.
B9
Instance
cell
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
A period lower than 200 ms may lead to the sending of two Packet DL Assignment messages although the first assignment is correctly
acknowledged by the MS. This behaviour has no consequence, the DL TBF begins after the reception of the first Packet Control Ack messages.
(Max_GPRS_assign_agch_retrans + 1)
Page 661
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Number
Unit
Coding rules
possible values: 0 to 7 (0: no retransmission)
Min value 0
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment -Internal comment The retransmission period of the Packet DL Assignment messages on PACCH is computed by the MFS as follows: T_GPRS_assign_agch /
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
Max_GPRS_assign_pch_retrans
HMI name Max_GPRS_assign_PCH_retrans
Maximum number of Packet DL Assignment messages retransmitted on PACCH after which the
complete DL TBF establishment procedure may be restarted. This parameter is applicable only if
the Immediate Assignment message has already been sent on PCH for a MS in DRX mode.
None
Application
domain
GPRS
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
MAX_LLC_PDU_Lifetime
HMI name MAX_LLC_PDU_Lifetime
Indicates the maximum time a LLC PDU may remain in queue in the BSS (MFS) even if "infinity"
as been indicated by the SGSN.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
The Max_GPRS_assign_PCH_retrans parameter is not displayed to the O&M user.
T_GPRS_assign_pch / (Max_GPRS_assign_pch_retrans + 1) >= 300 ms.
B9
Instance
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
120
120
120
Timer
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Number
cell
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Spec reference
Type
Coding rules
possible values: 0 to 7 (0: no retransmission)
Min value
External comment -Internal comment The retransmission period of the Packet DL Assignment messages on PACCH is computed by the MFS as follows:
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Oui
Oui
None
120
120
120
sec
Page 662
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
MAX_MPDCH_DSP
HMI name MAX_MPDCH_DSP
Maximum number of master PDCH which can be handled by a DSP (MFS).
None
Application
domain
System (CST)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA

This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PTU SW.
GPRS
MAX_MPDCH_DSP_GP
HMI name MAX_MPDCH_DSP_GP
Maximum number of master PDCH which can be handled by a DSP (Mx-MFS).
Spec reference
Coding rules
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Internal comment
I-GPU configuration: min value = max value = default value = 60

Applicable only to TDM transport.
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment GPU configuration: min value = max value = default value = 60
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
60
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
240
Number
0
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
DSP
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
DSP
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
60
None
240
None
Page 663
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
None
Application
domain
GPRS
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Max_Nb_Tcorr_Start
HMI name Max_Nb_Tcorr_Start
Maximum number of consecutive times the timer Tcorr can be started for the same (ME)GCH
link.
Spec reference
GPRS MFS-BTS interface - MEGCH stack
Coding rules
step size = 1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
System (CST)
Category

IP
HMI name MAX_MPDCH_PTU_IP

Maximum number of master PDCH which can be handled by a BTS (PTU)
MAX_MPDCH_PTU_IP
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Number
1
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
PTU
B10 Oui
Oui
Non
None
None
Page 664
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
MAX_PAGING_QUEUE
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name MAX_PAGING_QUEUE
Maximum number of CS+PS paging messages stored in GPU.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules Paging Rate = 100 paging/s
AND
Queueing Time = 5s
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
500
1000
Number
50
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Oui
500
1000
50
None
Page 665
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
Type
Number
Min value 0
Max value 127
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
To support LCS in a cell, it is mandatory to have Max_PDCH > 0
The following conditions are verified by the OMC-R in order to check the upper limit of
MAX_PDCH:
TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 on BCCH TRX
iv) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK=0) - 3 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on
When Max_PDCH > 0 and cell_type = extended inner or extended outer, then MAX_PDCH shall
be an even number.
MAX_PDCH shall be set so that at least one slave PDCH can be allocated to the MFS to serve
DL or UL TBFs. This means that MAX_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_GPRS = TRUE.

The aim of this rule is to prevent the BSC to trigger uselessly the algorithms of adjust ranking and
transmission pool set up (lead time and outage) for CS3 and CS4, in case Max_PDCH = 0 (i.e.
GPRS is not allowed)
Def value
Coded Def
Shall be equal to MAX_PDCH (BSC)

127
Max_PDCH >= MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD;
Recommended rules If MAX_PDCH > 0 then EN_GPRS = TRUE ;
In a micro cell, the operator may be interested to force the MS to reselect a macro cell by a
If MAX_PDCH = 0 then EN_GPRS = FALSE; correct setting of the cell reselection parameters broadcast on PBCCH (without using NC cell
If MAX_PDCH = 0 then EN_EGPRS = FALSE; reselections, i.e. when EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR is set to 0 and
NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to NC0 in the micro cell). In this case, the following
If EN_VGCS= enabled, then (MAX_VGCS_TS + MAX_PDCH) < Total number of TCHs of the cell configuration is recommended: NB_TS_MPDCH = 1, MAX_PDCH = 2,
MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD = 1, MIN_PDCH = 1.
--
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
MAX_PDCH (MFS)
HMI name MAX_PDCH
Maximum number of slave and master PDCHs that can be allocated to the MFS in the cell.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 666
MAX_PDCH_DSP
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
Internal comment This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the MFS
Rec reference
HMI name MAX_PDCH_DSP
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
120
120
Number
120
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
DSP
B10 Oui
Oui
Page 667
120
120
120
None
Non
Maximum number of PDCHs
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
account the number of slave PDCHs defined in the cell. However, implementing checks on a timeslot basis would degrade O&M performance.
The proposed checks are therefore seen as a good tradeoff between the O&M performance and optimized checks.
1) this parameter is available in the BSC through the BSCGP interface

2) the MPDCHs (primary and secondary) are also taken into account in this parameter.
3) The cell is not created into the MFS, if Max_PDCH = 0
m
4) The conditions to check the upper limit of MAX_PDCH are not fully optimized here. Indeed, ideally they should be performed taking into

handled by a DSP (MFS).
Logical name
Definition
Internal comment
MAX_PDCH_DSP_GP
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
HMI name MAX_PDCH_DSP_GP
Maximum number of PDCHs handled by a DSP (Mx-MFS)
Site (CAE)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
2) the MPDCHs (primary and secondary) are also taken into account in this parameter.-
External comment 127 is a theoretical value: 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH.

Internal comment 1) This parameter is available in the BSC through the BSCGP interface;
Shall be equal to MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD (BSC)

- MAX_PDCH >= MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD
Recommended rules - MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD >= MIN_PDCH -- If EN_DTM = 1 then MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD > 1
--
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD (MFS)
HMI name MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD
Maximum number of slave and master PDCHs that can be allocated to the MFS when the CS
traffic is high.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Applicable only to TDM mode.
Internal comment This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the MFS
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
480
480
Number
480
127
None
Page 668
Coded Def
Def value
480
480
480
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Oui
Type
Number
Min value 0
Max value 127
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
DSP
B10 Oui
None
Application
domain
GPRS
None
Application
domain
IP
Category
System (CST)
HMI name MAX_PDCH_PTU_IP_G3_G4

Maximum number of PDCHs handled by a PTU in IP mode (within a G3 or G4 TRE)
MAX_PDCH_PTU_IP_G3_G4
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
B9
B9
Number
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
PTU
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Spec reference
Type
Coding rules
Step size = 1
Min value
External comment -Internal comment This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PMU, PTU and SCP SW. IP demo parameter.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
Category
MAX_PDCH_PER_TBF
HMI name MAX_PDCH_PER_TBF
Maximum number of PDCHs allocated to a single (E)GPRS connection.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Non
Oui
None
None
Page 669
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
IP
Category
System (CST)
HMI name MAX_PDCH_PTU_IP_G5

Maximum number of PDCHs handled by a PTU in IP mode (within a G5 TRE)
MAX_PDCH_PTU_IP_G5
MAX_PFC_NUMBER_GP
Application
domain
Rec reference
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name MAX_PFC_NUMBER_GP
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
None
Maximum number of PFC per GP board (Mx-MFS)
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
4800
4800
4800
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
16
16
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
PTU
B10 Oui
Spec reference
Type
Coding rules
Step size = 1.
Min value
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Non
Non
16
16
None
4800
4800
4800
None
Page 670
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Application
domain
Rec reference
GPRS
System (CST)
Category
HMI name MAX_PFC_NUMBER_GPU
None
Application
domain
GPRS
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Max_PPCH_DRX_Occurrences
HMI name Max_PPCH_DRX_Occurrences
Maximum number of paging occurrences tested for the sending of a paging or a Packet Downlink
Assignment when the addressed MS is in DRX mode.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
None
Maximum number of PFC per GPU board (MFS)
MAX_PFC_NUMBER_GPU
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
1200
1200
1200
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
32
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
Non
1200
1200
1200
None
32
None
Page 671
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
MAX_PPCH_QUEUING_DELAY
None
Application
domain
PPCH queuing time.
GPRS
System (CST)
Category
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name MAX_PPCH_QUEUING_DELAY
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 100 ms
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Used to evaluate the MS DRX mode
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GPRS
Max_PPCH_Non_DRX_Lifetime
HMI name Max_PPCH_Non_DRX_Lifetime
Time limit for the sending of a paging or a Packet Downlink Assignment when the addressed MS is
in non DRX mode.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size: 100 ms
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
500
16000
Timer
100
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
0.2
0.1
Timer
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
160
ms
1
10
sec
Page 672
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
3GPP TS 08.18
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
Max_Rate_Safety
HMI name Max_Rate_Safety
Safety factor to compensate the Max_Rate_PDCH in the calculation of BVC_Bucket_Size and
MS_Bucket_Size, for downlink flow control, on Gb interface.
Category
B9
B9
0.6
Number
0.5
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
efficiency in order to avoid the underflow situation of BVC buffer and MS buffer.
12
20
10
None
Page 673
11
20
10
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Number
Unit
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Min value 1
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment -Internal comment In case of perfect radio condition and there is only one MS on each allocated PDCH, this parameter is used to artificially decrease the radio
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
LCS
MAX_RADIUS_FACTOR
HMI name MAX_RADIUS_FACTOR
Factor used in the computation of the maximum radius of the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.05
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
System (CST)
GSM TS 04.60
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
Max_retrans (MFS)
HMI name MAX_RETRANS
Maximum number of CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissions by the MS on the RACH, broadcast
on the PBCCH for CS service establishment.
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
Possible values are:1, 2 ,4 and 7 respectively binary coded:00, 01, 10 and 11
Mandatory rules Max_retrans (BSC) = Max_retrans (MFS) for a given cell
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Mandatory rules
step size = 0.1sec

0: Low Rate PSI period = High Rate PSI period
--
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
Max_Resel_Duration
HMI name Max_Resel_Duration
Defines targeted maximum duration of a cell reselection. Corresponds to the scheduling period of
Low Rate PSI messages.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Number
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Number
1
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Max value 3
Def value 1.5
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
15
30
sec
None
Page 674
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
GSM TS 04.60
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
MAX_RETRANS_1
HMI name MAX_RETRANS_1
Maximum number of PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissions by the MS on the PRACH
with priority level 1.
GSM TS 04.60
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
MAX_RETRANS_2
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
Possible values are : 1, 2, 4, 7 respectively binary coded : 00, 01, 10, 11
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 675
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
GSM TS 04.60
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
MAX_RETRANS_3
GSM TS 04.60
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
MAX_RETRANS_4
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 676
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
Max_retrans_DL
HMI name Max_retrans_DL
Maximum number of DL TBF establishment retries
(max_Retrans_Dl is decremented each time the DL TBF establishment procedure is started from
the beginning).
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Max_Retrans_DL:maximum number of retransmissions to establish a DL TBF

In case of simultaneous UL TBF Release and DL TBF establishment with loss of the Packet
Control Ack which acknowledges the final Packet UL Ack/Nack, the UL TBF has to be
released, at least before the last attempt to establish the DL TBF, in order to avoid the
emission of a Radio Status.
Consequently the following rule has to be followed:
(N3103_Limit + 1) x (RTD + 60) < Max_Retrans_DL x (RTD + 60)
N3103_Limit + 1:total number of attempts to send the final Packet UL Ack/Nack
RTD: Round Trip Delay
60 (msec): for the Packet UL Ack/Nack acknowledgement: RRBP + 3 is used
Max_Retrans_DL:total number of attempts minus one to send the Packet DL Assignment
60 (msec): for the Packet DL Assignment acknowledgement: RRBP + 3 is used
--> Max_Retrans_DL > (N3103_Limit + 1) x (RTD + 60) / (RTD + 60)
--> Max_Retrans_DL > (N3103_Limit + 1)
Spec reference
Coding rules
Possible values: 0 to 7.
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules N3103_Limit: maximum number of retransmissions to release an UL TBF
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Number
cell
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Page 677
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
MAX_RETRANS_PAGING_EXT
HMI name MAX_RETRANS_PAGING_EXT
Maximum number of Paging Request sent to the MS in an extended cell. This parameter
is used only when the MS didnt answer to any Packet DL Assignment message.
None
Application
domain
GPRS
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
MAX_Retrans_SIG
HMI name MAX_Retrans_SIG
Maximum number of retransmissions of a Packet TBF Release message, of a Packet
Measurement Order message with a 3G search deactivation command, or of a Packet Cell
Change Order message following a non-reception of the Packet Control Acknowledgement
message. This parameter is also used to define the maximum number of retransmissions of a
Packet Measurement Order message with a NC2 activation command following the non-reception
of a Packet Measurement Report message.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size: 1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
0 means no Paging Request.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 1
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment The first Paging request sending is counted in the parameter value.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Number
MFS
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 678
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
MAX_RLC_blks_DSP
HMI name MAX_RLC_blks_DSP
Maximum number of RLC/MAC data blocks stocked in a DSP, used for all coding schemes.
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
MAX_RLC_blks_DSP_GP
HMI name MAX_RLC_blks_DSP_GP
Maximum number of RLC/MAC data blocks stocked in a DSP, used for all coding schemes.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
Internal comment This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PTU SW.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
13000
13000
Number
13000
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
52000
52000
52000
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
DSP
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
DSP
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
13000
13000
13000
None
52000
52000
52000
None
Page 679
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
None
Application
domain
System (CST)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
IP
HMI name MAX_RLC_blks_PTU_G4_IP

Maximum number of RLC/MAC data blocks stocked in PTU for a G4 BTS, used for all coding
schemes.
MAX_RLC_blks_PTU_G4_IP
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
System (CST)
Category
IP

schemes.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
3400
3400
3400
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
4300
4300
4300
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
PTU
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
PTU
B10 Oui
Non
Non
3352
3352
3352
None
4295
4295
4295
None
Page 680
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
None
Application
domain
System (CST)
Category
B9
B9
8600
8600
8600
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
960
960
960
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
DSP
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
PTU
B10 Oui
Oui
Non
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
960
960
960
None
Page 681
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
4295
4295
4295
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PTU SW. It gives the maximum number of TBF for both directions which can be
simultaneously established in the DSP.
GPRS
MAX_TBF_DSP_GP
HMI name MAX_TBF_DSP_GP
Maximum number of (E)GPRS connections handled by a DSP (Mx-MFS)
Spec reference
Coding rules
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
System (CST)
Category
IP

schemes.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
HMI name MAX_TBF_DSP_GPUAB

Maximum number of (E)GPRS connections handled by a DSP (MFS) supported by GPUAB board
(MFS).
MAX_TBF_DSP_GPUAB
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
MAX_TBF_DSP_GPUAC
HMI name MAX_TBF_DSP_GPUAC
Maximum number of (E)GPRS connections handled by a DSP (MFS) supported by GPUAC board
(MFS).
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
simultaneously established in. Corresponds to MAX_TBF_DSP in B9.
Page 682
240
240
240
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Number
Unit
Coding rules
-Min value 240
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment Applicable only to TDM mode (with RLC/MAC in the MFS).
Internal comment This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PTU SW. It gives the maximum number of TBF for both directions which can be
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
simultaneously established in. Corresponds to MAX_TBF_DSP in B9.
210
210
210
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Number
Unit
Coding rules
-Min value 210
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment Applicable only to TDM mode (with RLC/MAC in the MFS).
Internal comment This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PTU SW. It gives the maximum number of TBF for both directions which can be
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
IP
None
Application
domain
IP
System (CST)
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
56
56
Number
56
Non
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
56
56
Number
56
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
DSP
B10 Oui
Non
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
56
56
56
None
Page 683
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
56
56
56
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
simultaneously established in the PTU in a G4 BTS.
Category
HMI name MAX_TBF_PTU_G4_IP

Maximum number of DL + UL TBFs handled by a G4 PTU in an IP BTS.
MAX_TBF_PTU_G4_IP
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
DSP
B10 Oui
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
System (CST)
Category

Maximum number of DL + UL TBFs handled by a G3 PTU in an IP BTS
MAX_TBF_PTU_G3_IP
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
IP
B9
112
112
Number
112
Non
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
MAX_TBF_TRX_DL
HMI name MAX_TBF_TRX_DL
Maximum number of (E)GPRS DL TBFs which can be simultaneously established on a TRX.
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
of the number of GCHs in the M-EGCH link of this TRX. Other parameters exist to limit the number of TBFs in function of the number of GCHs
(cf. RRM-PRH).
Within PTU SW, a limit of 80 is hardcoded (corresponding to the maximum value of this parameter).
Page 684
40
80
10
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
112
112
112
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
DSP
B10 Oui
Spec reference
Type
Number
Unit
Coding rules
step size =1
Min value 10
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment -Internal comment This parameter fixes the maximum number of (E)GPRS DL TBFs which can be simultaneously established on a TRX regardless, in TDM mode,
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
System (CST)
Category

Maximum number of DL + UL TBFs handled by a G5 PTU in an IP BTS.
MAX_TBF_PTU_G5_IP
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
MAX_TBF_TRX_UL
HMI name MAX_TBF_TRX_UL
Maximum number of (E)GPRS UL TBFs which can be simultaneously established on a TRX.
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
MAX_TRX_DSP
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
HMI name MAX_TRX_DSP
Maximum number of TRX handled by a DSP (MFS).
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
60
60
Number
60
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
DSP
B10 Oui
Oui
Page 685
60
60
60
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
of the number of GCHs in the M-EGCH link of this TRX. Other parameters exist to limit the number of TBFs in function of the number of GCHs
(cf. RRM-PRH).
Within PTU SW, a limit of 48 is hardcoded (corresponding to the maximum value of this parameter).
40
48
10
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Number
Unit
Coding rules
Step size =1
Min value 10
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment -Internal comment This parameter fixes the maximum number of (E)GPRS UL TBFs which can be simultaneously established on a TRX regardless, in TDM mode,
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
MAX_TRX_DSP_GP
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
HMI name MAX_TRX_DSP_GP
Maximum number of TRX handled by a DSP (Mx-MFS).
None
Rec reference
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules MAX_TRX_GP <= MAX_CTXT_TRX_GP
Application
domain
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name MAX_TRX_GP

Maximum number of TRX configured supported by GP board (Mx-MFS)
MAX_TRX_GP
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
240
240
Number
240
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
960
960
960
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
DSP
B10 Oui
Non
Oui
240
240
240
None
960
960
960
None
Page 686
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GPRS
None
Application
domain
GPRS
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name MAX_TRX_GPUAC

Maximum number of TRX configured supported by GPUAC board (MFS)
MAX_TRX_GPUAC
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules MAX_TRX_GPUAC <= MAX_CTXT_TRX_GPUAC
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
System (CST)
Category
HMI name MAX_TRX_GPUAB

Maximum number of TRX configured supported by GPUAB board (MFS)
MAX_TRX_GPUAB
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules MAX_TRX_GPUAB <= MAX_CTXT_TRX_GPUAB
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
240
240
Number
240
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
448
448
448
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
Non
240
240
240
None
448
448
448
None
Page 687
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
IP
Category
System (CST)
HMI name MAX_TRX_PTU_IP_G3_G4

Maximum number of TRX handled by a PTU in IP (within a G3 or a G4 TRE).
MAX_TRX_PTU_IP_G3_G4
None
Application
domain
IP
Category
System (CST)
MAX_TRX_PTU_IP_G5
HMI name MAX_TRX_PTU_IP_G5
Maximum number of TRX handled by a PTU in IP (within a G5 TRE).
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
B9
Number
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
DSP
B10 Oui
Spec reference
Type
Coding rules
1 : for G5 TRE configured as High Power; 2 : for G5 TRE configured as Twin
Min value
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
DSP
B10 Oui
Spec reference
Type
Coding rules
Step size = 1.
Min value
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Non
Non
None
None
Page 688
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH
HMI name MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH
Indicative value of maximum number of UpLink (E)GPRS TBFs per slave PDCH.
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Internal comment
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
PDCH.
When allocating an UL EGPRS TBF: MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH is the maximum number of EGPRS TBFs allowed in UL on each Slave PDCH
Within PTU SW, a limit is hardcoded corresponding to the maximum number of UL (E)GPRS TBF resources which can be possibly reached per
Slave PDCH (taking into account TBF allocations and a margin for TBF reallocations). This hardcoded value is set to 7 (cf. MAC specification)
Page 689
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Number
Unit
Coding rules
-Min value 1
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment When allocating an UL GPRS TBF: MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH is the maximum number of GPRS + EGPRS TBFs allowed in UL on each Slave
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
Oui
Type
Reference
Min value 0
Max value 999
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
catalogue document. The OwnMCC[x] parameter defines a MCC of the own PLMN set.
Page 690
999
999
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Def value 999

Coded Def
External comment The value depends on the configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
Internal comment The value sent by the OMC-R corresponds to the value of a OwnMCC[x] parameter (where x = 1, 2, 3 or 4) defined in the BSS O&M Telecom
- MCC (BSC) = MCC (MFS).
PLMNs.
3 digits BCD
Application
domain
GPRS
3GPP TS 04.18
Rec reference
MCC (MFS)
Mobile Country Code of the own PLMN.
Logical name
Definition
3GPP TS 04.18
Rec reference
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
GPRS
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
The migration rules and the handling of MCC parameter are described here assuming that Release
- MCC(n) (BSC) = MCC(n) (MFS)
3 digits BCD
Application
domain
Category
MCC(n) (MFS)
Mobile Country Code of the own or of a foreign PLMN.
Logical name
Definition
B9
Oui
Def value
999
Type
Reference
Min value 0
Max value 999
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
adj
B10 Oui
999
999
None
Page 691
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
System (CST)
Category
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
B9
0.1
0.02
Oui
Type
Number
Min value 0
Max value 127
Oui
Reference
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
250
sec
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA

Internal comment The MPDCHs (primary and secondary) are also taken into account in this parameter.
-When MIN_PDCH > 0 and cell_type = extended inner or extended outer, then MIN_PDCH
shall be an even number
Def value
Page 692
Coded Def
- Shall be equal to MIN_PDCH (BSC)

127
-MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD >= MIN_PDCH;
Recommended rules -MIN_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = enabled; It is recommended to set this parameter to a value smaller than the maximum
number of
-MIN_PDCH >= NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = disabled.
PDCHs that may be allocated in the cell, in order to avoid congestion on the MFSBSC
--
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
MIN_PDCH (MFS)
HMI name MIN_PDCH
Minimum number of master and slave PDCHs that are always allocated to the MFS.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GPRS
MCS_AVG_PERIOD
HMI name MCS_AVG_PERIOD
Filtering period used for calculation of the forgetting factor applied to the current UL MEAN_BEP
and CV_BEP samples in the averaging Modulation and Coding Scheme adaptation filter
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 20ms
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
MIN_RLF_TIME_DL
HMI name MIN_RLF_TIME_DL
Minimum time before detecting a radio link failure of a DL TBF, triggered by N3105 or
NstagnatingWindowDL.
Category
B9
B9
0.85
Number
0.5
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
4000
25000
Timer
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
slow channel profiles without frequency hopping or shadowing effects for fast.
40
250
ms
Page 693
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
17
20
10
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment -Internal comment The main goal of this mechanism is to avoid spurious abnormal DL TBF releases due to temporary bad radio conditions, e.g. fading holes for
that the operator would like to support during a DL TBF. Typically, a few seconds.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 100 ms
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules It is recommended to set a value close to the time of temporary very bad radio conditions
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
LCS
MIN_RADIUS_FACTOR
HMI name MIN_RADIUS_FACTOR
Factor used in the computation of the minimum radius of the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.05
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
E-GPRS
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
MIN_THROUGHPUT_GAIN
HMI name MIN_THROUGHPUT_GAIN
Minimum throughput gain required to be provided to the MS when performing a T2 or T3 TBF
reallocation.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0,1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
0,4
0,1
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
50
None
Page 694
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Site (CAE)
Category
Internal comment
B9
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
999
Page 695
Coded Def
999
Def value
999
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Type
Reference
Min value 0
Max value 999
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
The operator is allowed to enter 2 or 3 digits MNC.

The value sent by the OMC-R corresponds to the value of a OwnMNC[x] parameter (where x = 1, 2, 3 or 4) defined in the BSS O&M Telecom
catalogue document. The OwnMNC[x] parameter defines a MNC of the own PLMN set.
- MNC (BSC) = MNC (MFS).
PLMNs.
3 digits BCD
Application
domain
GPRS
3GPP TS 04.18
Rec reference
MNC (MFS)
Mobile Network Code of the own PLMN.
Logical name
Definition
3GPP TS 04.18
Rec reference
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
GPRS
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
The migration rules and the handling of MNC parameter are described here assuming that Release
- MNC(n) (BSC) = MNC(n) (MFS)
3 digits BCD
Application
domain
Category
MNC(n) (MFS)
Mobile Network Code of the own or of a foreign PLMN.
Logical name
Definition
B9
Oui
Def value
999
Type
Reference
Min value 0
Max value 999
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
adj
B10 Oui
999
999
None
Page 696
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD
HMI name MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD
Duration of the sliding window, used to estimate the average load on MPDCH channels.
LCS
Network (CDE)
Category
Mandatory rules
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
bit 8 (most significant) and bit 7 are not used (i.e. always set to 0); bit 6=1: real-time integrity is
retrieived; bit 5=1: acquisition assistance is retrieived; bit 4=1: reference time is retrieived; bit
3=1: DGPS corrections is retrieived; bit 2=1: UTC model is retrieived; bit 1 (least significant)=1:
Almanac is retrieived.
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
Oui
Reference
MFS
Max value 63
Def value 0
Type
Min value
B9
MFS
30
300
Timer
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
MS_BASED_AGPS_ASSIST_DATA B10 Oui

_LIST
Bitmap (8 bits) defining the types of optional assistance data to be retrieved from the A-GPS
server when using the MS based A-GPS positioning method. The following optional assistance
Sub-syste
data type are considered: Almanac, UTC model, DGPS corrections, reference time, acquisition
assistance, real-time integrity.
Instance
MS_BASED_AGPS_ASSIST_DATA_LI HMI name

ST
Rec reference
Definition
Logical name
External comment -Internal comment Needed for MPDCH load counters.
load samples period (Sig_Load_Period = MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD /

NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE)
For example, default values, give the following Sig_Load_Period: 30 / 6 = 5s.
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD and NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE are used to determine signalling
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
30
300
sec
Non
Non
63
None
Page 697
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Cell Type
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Non
HMI name
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
H
PDCH
Time that a Mobile Station is expected to need for switching to the assigned PDCHs after
acknowledging a (re)assignment message (PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT, PACKET
UPLINK ASSIGNMENT or PACKET TIMESLOT RECONFIGURE).
TRX nb
MS_TIME_TO_SWITCH_TO_NEW_PDC
Instance
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
40
1000
Timer
MFS
Sub-syste MFS
Non
Oui
Page 698
100
ms
0
RMS template Non
Cell Type
B10
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
MS_TIME_TO_SWITCH_TO_NEW_
Spec reference
Type
Coding rules
step size = 10 ms
Min value
External comment The 3GPP standard mandates the MS to switch to the new resources in 40 msec but some MSs may take longer.
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Definition
Oui
Logical name
B9
B9
Number
Max value 43
Def value 43
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 699
Coded Max
Coded Def
19
dBm
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
1)This parameter is needed when a PBCCH is established in the serving cell.

Internal comment
Site (CAE)
Category

19: 5 dBm.
0 dBm.
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
GSM TS 04.60
MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH (MFS)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Number
Max value 43
Def value 43
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
adj
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 700
Coded Max
Coded Def
19
dBm
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
1)This parameter is needed when a PBCCH is established in the serving cell

Internal comment
Site (CAE)
Category

19: 5 dBm.
0 dBm.
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
GSM TS 04.60
MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n)(MFS)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM 04.18
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
MSCR (MFS)
HMI name MSCR
Year corresponding to the version of ETSI/3GPP recommendations used to implement MSC
software.
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1 sec
Rec reference
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name
D
ERIOD
RRM reporting period to update the information (per cell) necessary for the Multi-GPU feature.
Non
Definition
TRX nb
Multi_GPU_INFO_BROADCAST_PERIO
Oui
Logical name
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
10
255
Timer
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
Non
Oui
Page 701
10
255
sec
RMS template Non
Cell Type
B10
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
Multi_GPU_INFO_BROADCAST_P
the MS and the MSC.Towards a MSC Release 99 (and newer), the MS is allowed to send several unacknowledge layer3 MM or CC messages to
the MSC, transparently to the BSS (defined in GSM TS24.007, TS24.008 and 04.18).
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Flag
Unit
Coding rules
0 = MSC is release '98 or older; 1 = MSC is release '99 onwards
Min value 0
Coded Min
Mandatory rules MSCR (BSC) = MSCR (MFS)
Max value 1
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment -Internal comment The BSS does not use this field but shall provide it to the MS (MSC Release is broadcast in SI/PSI message) for upper layer protocol between
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Site (CAE)
Category
Mandatory rules Equal to MULTIBAND_REPORTING (BSC)

3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Coded over 2 bits:

00: normal reporting of the six strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC,
irrespective of the band used;
01: the MS shall report the strongest cell, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of
the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell;
10: the MS shall report the two strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each
of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell;
11: the MS shall report the three strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in
each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell.
GSM
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
3GPP TS 05.08
MULTIBAND_REPORTING (MFS)
HMI name MULTIBAND_REPORTING
Minimum number of cells of each supported frequency band to be included in MEASUREMENT
REPORT by the MS.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Number
Max value 3
Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Page 702
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
E-GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
In case N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU = 0, then no Ater margin is managed.

In case N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU > 0, RRM will ensure that N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU 64k
Ater TSs are always free (i.e. not used by a GCH in the GPU). From then on, only prioritary
requests will be allowed to establish some GCHs (Evolium BTS) / PDCHs (non-Evolium BTS) with
those Ater resources.
N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU
HMI name N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU
Number of free 64k Ater TSs that are kept in reserve in order to be able to serve some prioritary
requests in cells managed by the GPU. The prioritary requests are the GCH establishment
requests launched when the first TBF has to be established in a cell (useful to guarantee that MM
traffic will be supported in any cell at any time).
Note : In case of non-Evolium BTS, those are PDCHs that will be established instead of GCHs.
B9
Instance
BSS
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
Internal comment
--
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 703
10
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
corresponds to a loss of Ater resources on the field, as the on-going TBF traffic will never benefit from the margin of Ater resources. But, on
the other hand, the likelihood of not serving a prioritary request in the GPU will be become very low.
- Decreasing the value of N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU (to a non null value) will make it possible that prioritary requests cannot be served in
case several such requests have to be served in a short period of time (i.e. before having had the time to fill the Ater margin up again),
especially if the requests have to be served on several different DSPs (one 64k Ater TS will be consumed by each DSP).
- Setting N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU to 0 will make it possible the cases where prioritary requests cannot be served at all.
Spec reference
Type
Number
Coding rules
-Min value 0
External comment - Increasing the value of N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU will make the average number of unused Ater nibbles in the GPU increase. That
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
3GPP TS 05.08
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
N_AVG_I (MFS)
HMI name N_AVG_I (MFS)
N_AVG_I (MFS) value is broadcast to the (E)GPRS MS in the PSI 13 and PSI1. The (E)GPRS MS
uses it for filtering the interference signal level measurements that it shall perform during the
packet transfer mode. These measurements are used by the (E)GPRS MS for output power
control, but also reported to the network and used for performing downlink link adaptation.
Instance
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
N_BIAS_DETERMINATION
HMI name N_BIAS_DETERMINATION
Number of kbytes which must be transferred on a TBF before the bias of the on-going user
application is determined.
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
15
Number
cell
Internal comment
Oui
Oui
--
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
100
kbyte
Page 704
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
15
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
N_BIAS_DETERMINATION bytes have been transferred in one direction or the other, the MFS compares the number of bytes transferred in
both directions; the direction in which more bytes have been transferred gives the bias of the on-going transfer. The resource reallocation
algorithm attempts to offer the best possible throughput in the direction of the bias depending on the available resources.
The value 0 disables the function (the bias of the on-going application is never assessed and therefore the application is always deemed
downlink biased, except in case the MS context is created upon an UL 2 phase access in which case the bias is uplink).
Spec reference
Type
Number
Coding rules
step size = 1 kbyte
Min value 0
External comment This parameter is used to tune the algorithm, which assesses the bias of the on-going application for a given MS. Each time
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Spec reference
Type
Coding rules
coded on 4 bits
Min value
Mandatory rules Equal to N_AVG_I (BSC)
Max value
External comment -Internal comment The Default value 6 has been used by the simulations performed by R&I, see report UTR/C/03/0011/V1 for detail.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
N_CANDIDATE_FOR_REALLOC
HMI name N_CANDIDATE_FOR_REALLOC
Number of bytes which must be transferred on a TBF before the corresponding MS becomes
candidate for resource reallocation.
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Application
domain
E-GPRS
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
N_GCH_FAST_PS_ACCESS
HMI name N_GCH_FAST_PS_ACCESS
Two definitions are possible :
- If EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = enabled : number of GCHs required to be
established due to the Fast Initial PS Access feature,
- If EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = "disabled : number of GCHs to keep established
when there is no more (E)GPRS traffic in a cell (while the T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST timer is
running). Those GCHs will be useful in case of (E)GPRS traffic resumption in the cell.
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment This parameter is significant only for Evolium BTSs
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Internal comment
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Number
MFS
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
Page 705
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
transfers. On the other hand, it shall not delay unnecessarily the reallocation for other kinds of traffic. When the parameter is set to 0, an MS
with a TBF in the direction of the bias shall become candidate for resource reallocation as soon as the TBF is established.
--
100
byte
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Number
Unit
Coding rules
Step size = 100 bytes
Min value 0
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment This parameter shall be big enough to avoid reallocating the resources of MSs that are used only to transfer signalling LLC PDUs or very short
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
- control the reactivity of the BSS with regards to T3 TBF reallocations

- and to control the extra CPU load generated by the T3 TBF reallocation attempts (the highest the value of
N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_ATTEMPT_T3, the highest the generated CPU load).
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_AT
B10 Oui
TEMPT_T3
Defines the total number of (unsuccessful) T3 radio resource reallocation attempts that are
allowed to be performed upon expiry of the T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC timer. As soon as
Sub-syste
N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_SUCCESS_T3 T3 radio resource reallocation attempts succeed,
no other attempt is performed (even if less than N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_ATTEMPT_T3
Instance
attempts have been performed so far).
The UL-biased MSs and the DL-biased MSs are considered regardless of each other.
As a result, in a given cell, up to 2 x N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_ATTEMPT_T3 T3 radio
resource reallocation attempts will be performed upon expiry of the timer.
N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_ATTEMHMI name
PT_T3
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment This parameter, with the parameter T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC, allows to :
Rec reference
Definition
Logical name
20
500
Number
MFS
MFS
B9
Oui
Non
Non
20
500
None
Page 706
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Cell Type
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
500
Number
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC timer is limited by the Round Trip Delay.

-This parameter is linked to the N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_ATTEMPT_T3 parameter.
-A default value of 1 leads to B9 behaviour.
-A default value of 2 allows performing more rapidly the non-muliplexed-EDA strategy in some scenarios.
Internal comment
Oui
Non
Non
Non
Oui
500
None
Page 707
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
Cell Type
B10
500
None
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Cell Type
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_SU
Spec reference
Type
Number
Coding rules
-Min value 1
Mandatory rules N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_SUCCESS_T3 <= N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_ATTEMPT_T3
Max value 500
External comment The maximum number of successful T3 radio resource reallocation attempts that can be performed upon expiry of the
None
HMI name
SS_T3
CCESS_T3
Maximum number of successful T3 radio resource reallocation attempts that can be performed
upon expiry of the T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC timer.
Non
Definition
TRX nb
N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_SUCCE
Rec reference
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
MFS
MFS
B9
- control the reactivity of the BSS with regards to T4 TBF reallocations

- and to control the extra CPU load generated by the T4 TBF reallocation attempts (the highest the value of N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_T4,
the highest the generated CPU load).
Logical name
Non
Instance
N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_AT
B10 Oui
TEMPT_T4
Defines the total number of T4 radio resource reallocation attempts (successful or not) that are
performed upon expiry of the T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC timer.
Sub-syste
N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_ATTEMHMI name
PT_T4
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment This parameter, with the parameter T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC, allows to :
Rec reference
Definition
Logical name
B9
N_PDCH_Release
None
Application
domain
Category
None
Application
domain
GPRS
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
N_POLLING_EUTM_LIMIT
HMI name N_POLLING_EUTM_LIMIT
Maximum number of consecutive polling request that can be sent to a MS in EUTM state without
receiving a polling response in a PCA.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1
Mandatory rules This parameter shall be lower than N3101_LIMIT / 3
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GPRS
System (CST)
HMI name N_PDCH_Release
Number of repetitions of a Packet PDCH Release message.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size: 1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
10
B9
100
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
20
20
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
Oui
10
100
None
20
20
None
Page 708
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GPRS
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
N_stagnating_Window_DL_LIMIT
HMI name NstagnatingWindowDL_LIMIT
This parameter defines the maximum number of consecutive Packet Downlink ACK/NACK or
EGPRS Packet Downlink ACK/NACK messages reporting the failure of progress of the RLC
window during the active phase of a downlink TBF, before triggering an abnormal release of the
DL TBF. This parameter is used in conjunction with the MIN_RLF_TIME_DL delay to decide if the
DL TBF shall be released.
None
Application
GPRS
Category Site (CAE)
domain
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Was local to MFS in B9.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
System (CST)
Category
N_SIG_REPEAT
HMI name N_SIG_REPEAT
Number of repetitions of Packet Measurement Order messages with a Reset command, of
Packet Uplink Assignment messages, or of Packet Power Control Timing Advance messages.
These repetitions are handled by the MAC layer.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size: 1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Number
MFS
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
32
256
Oui
Oui
Threshold
BSS
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
None
32
256
None
Page 709
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
None
Application
domain
E-GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name N_UL_BIAS_FOR_EDA

Minimum number of consecutive uplink bias observed during a transfer to allow a mobile station
to use Extended Dynamic Allocation.
N_UL_BIAS_FOR_EDA
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
10
B9
256
Oui
Non
Threshold
BSS
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
- A default value of 5 (in case N_BIAS_DETERMINATION is set to 3 and WEIGHT_BIAS_DETERMINATION to 70%) allows avoiding the usage
of EDA in case of ping scenarios. Indeed EDA can degrade the performances in such scenarios, especially in case of long ping with extended
uplink TBF mode.
10
256
None
Page 710
64
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Number
Unit
Coding rules
-Min value 1
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment Due to the constraints associated to the usage of the EDA mode, EDA can be used only when really necessary (i.e. in case of long uplink
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GPRS
N_stagnating_Window_UL_LIMIT
HMI name NstagnatingWindowUL_LIMIT
NstagnatingWindow limit above which a mono-slot uplink TBF alone on its PDCH shall be
released: the counter is incremented each time a Packet UL Ack/Nack fails in making the RLC
window progress. For a multi-slot TBF or a TBF which shares its PDCH, the limit is proportional to
the allocated bandwidth at the TBF establishment.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
N_UL_Dummy_LIMIT
HMI name N_UL_Dummy_LIMIT
N_UL_Dummy threshold limit above which a uplink TBF shall be released: the counter is
incremented each time the BSS receives a dummy block.
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
N_UL_Errors_LIMIT
HMI name N_UL_Errors_LIMIT
Number of received erroneous UL RLC blocks above which the uplink TBF is released by the
BSS.
B9
15
B9
128
12
Oui
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
received with a wrong UL TFI).
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
15
128
12
None
Page 711
16
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Threshold
Unit
Coding rules
-Min value 1
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment -Internal comment The counter N_UL_Errors is incremented each time the RLC layer receives an erroneous UL RLC block (for instance when an UL RLC block is
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules N_ul_dummy_limit > round trip delay / 20ms
External comment For a multislot TBF, the actual limit is value * n_allocated_TS
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
N200_GSL (MFS)
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
HMI name N200_GSL (MFS)
Maximum number of re-transmissions on a GSL link.
None
Application
domain
GPRS
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
N201_GSL (MFS)
HMI name N201_GSL (MFS)
Maximum number of bytes in Information part of an I frame sent by the BSC on the GSL link.
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules Equal to N201_GSL (BSC)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules Equal to N200_GSL (BSC)
Recommended rules T_GSL_Ack (BSC) > T200 (GSL) * (1 + N200 (GSL))
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
260
65535
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
260
65535
None
Page 712
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
3GPP TS 04.60
Application
domain
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name N3101_POLLING_THR

Threshold on the counter N3101 above which the RLC layer shall start sending polling request to a
MS for an UL TBF in EUTM mode when EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF is set ot 2 (IEUTM enabled).
N3101_POLLING_THR
Site (CAE)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules This parameter should be equal to N3101_LIMIT / 4.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GPRS
N3101_LIMIT
HMI name N3101_LIMIT
In an UL TBF tranfer procedure, maximum of consecutive times (before releasing abnormally the
UL TBF) when the network receives no valid UL RLC data block or nothing from the MS on its
allocated PDCH.
To note that the counter N3101 can be incremented more than one time per block period.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
64
64
10
B9
Number
BSS
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
16
16
Non
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
64
64
10
None
16
16
None
Page 713
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
GSM TS 04.60
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
N3103_LIMIT
In an UL TBF releasing procedure, maximum of consecutive times (before releasing abnormally
the UL TBF) when the network does not receive a Packet Control Acknowledgement from the MS
in response of its Packet UL ACK/NACK which specifies the end of the TBF.
External comment -Internal comment Was local to MFS in B9.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Max_Retrans_DL: maximum number of retransmissions to establish a DL TBF

In case of simultaneous UL TBF Release and DL TBF establishment with loss of the Packet
Control Ack which acknowledges the final Packet UL Ack/Nack, the UL TBF has to be
released, at least before the last attempt to establish the DL TBF, in order to avoid the
emission of a Radio Status.
Consequently the following rule has to be followed:
(N3103_Limit + 1) x (RTD + 60) < Max_Retrans_DL x (RTD + 60)
N3103_Limit + 1: total number of attempts to send the final Packet UL Ack/Nack
RTD: Round Trip Delay
60 (msec): for the Packet UL Ack/Nack acknowledgement: RRBP + 3 is used
Max_Retrans_DL: total number of attempts minus one to send the Packet DL Assignment
60 (msec): for the Packet DL Assignment acknowledgement: RRBP + 3 is used
N3103_Limit < (Max_Retrans_DL x (RTD + 60) / (RTD + 60)) - 1
N3103_Limit < [Max_Retrans_DL] - 1
Example:
With Max_Retrans_DL = 3: N3103_Limit < 2 that is N3103_Limit = 1
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules N3103_Limit: maximum number of retransmissions to release an UL TBF
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
16
Number
BSS
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
16
None
Page 714
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
has to be set in order not to release a DL TBF in case of transient bad radio conditions. The polling frequency depends on
GPRS_DL_Ack_Period, T_DL_GPRS_MeasReport, MS multislot class and on the number of TBFs per PDCH.
Rec reference
Internal comment
B9
cell
Oui
N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE
HMI name N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE
For a DL GPRS TBF, if the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellite link or Ater satellite
link, this parameter defines the maximum number of expected Packet Downlink ACK/NACK or
Packet Control Acknowledgement messages consecutively lost on the radio interface, before
triggering an abnormal release of the DL TBF. This parameter is used in conjunction with the
MIN_RLF_TIME_DL delay to decide if the DL TBF shall be released.
None
Application
GPRS
Category Site (CAE)
B9
Instance
cell
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
Internal comment
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE has to be set in order not to release a DL TBF in case of transient bad radio conditions. The polling frequency
depends on GPRS_DL_Ack_Period_Satellite, T_DL_GPRS_MeasReport, MS multislot class and on the number of TBFs per PDCH.
This parameter is used by the MFS only if round_trip_delay >= 500 ms and shall be tuned according to the simulation result.
Page 715
24
64
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
domain
Spec reference
Type
Threshold
Unit
Coding rules
-Min value 1
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment If N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE < TBF_CS_DL then the loss of consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF release.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
20
64
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
domain
Spec reference
Type
Threshold
Unit
Coding rules
-Min value 1
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment If N3105_LIMIT < TBF_CS_DL then the loss of consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF release. N3105_Limit
Instance
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
N3105_LIMIT
For a DL GPRS TBF, if the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and Ater
terrestrial link, this parameter defines the maximum number of expected Packet Downlink
ACK/NACK or Packet Control Acknowledgement messages consecutively lost on the radio
interface, before triggering an abnormal release of the DL TBF. This parameter is used in
conjunction with the MIN_RLF_TIME_DL delay to decide if the DL TBF shall be released.
None
Application
GPRS
Category Site (CAE)
Logical name
Definition
N392
ITU Q.933, Annex Application

GPRS
A
domain
Logical name
Definition
Rec reference
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules N392*T391 is the value of the link failure detection time
Category
Network (CDE)
HMI name N392
Error threshold (Frame Relay, see Q.933, Annex A).
Spec reference
Coding rules
Network (CDE)
ITU Q.933 Annex Application

GPRS
A, A.7
domain
Rec reference
Category
N391
HMI name N391
Number of polling cycles before Frame Relay " full status enquiry" (see ITU Q.933 Annex A,
A.7).
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
255
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
10
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
255
None
10
None
Page 716
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
NB_MAX_BC_PER_PHYSICAL_LINE
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
NE
Network (CDE)
HMI name NB_MAX_BC_PER_PHYSICAL_LI
Maximum number of bearer channels per physical line.
Spec reference
Coding rules

GPRS
A
domain
Rec reference
Category
N393
HMI name N393
Monitored error counts (Frame Relay, see ITU Q.933 Annex A, A.7).
Logical name
Definition
B9
10
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
31
31
31
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
GPU
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
10
None
31
31
31
None
Page 717
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Non
None
Application
domain
GPRS
System (CST)
PER GPU
HMI name
Category
Maximum number of Frame Relay bearer channels per GPU.
PU
TRX nb
NB_MAX_BEARER_CHANNELS_PER_G
NB_MAX_GB_PHYSICAL_LINES
None
Application
domain
GPRS
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name NB_MAX_GB_PHYSICAL_LINES
Maximum number of PCM per GPU for Gb interface.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment is linked to the maximum number of HDLC formatters per GPU
Rec reference
Definition
Oui
Logical name
B9
124
124
124
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
GPU
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
GPU
Oui
NB MAX BEARER CHANNELS
Non
Oui
124
124
124
None
None
Page 718
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
Cell Type
B10
B9
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
External comment -Internal comment Needed for MPDCH load counters.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
load samples period (Sig_Load_Period = MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD /

NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE)
For example, default values, give the following Sig_Load_Period: 30 / 6 = 5s.
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
30
Number
1
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
System (CST)
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD and NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE are used to determine signalling
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Category
NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE
HMI name NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE
Number of signalling load samples used to estimate the average load on MPDCH channels.
GPRS
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BC
Oui
NB MAX PVC PER BEARER
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Application
domain
CHANNEL
HMI name
None
Maximum number of PVC per Frame Relay bearer channel.
Non
NB_MAX_PVC_PER_BEARER_CHANNE
TRX nb
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Definition
Oui
Logical name
Non
Oui
None
30
None
Page 719
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
Cell Type
B10
B9
GPRS
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
Type
Number
Min value 0
Max value 4
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Internal comment
2) The signification of coded value is as follows:

0: MPDCH is not configured in the cell;
1: only one static primary MPDCH is configured in the cell;
2: one static primary MPDCH and one static secondary MPDCH are configured in the cell;
1) This parameter is used for the cell/GPU mapping purpose by MFS;
link, the usage of the MPDCH must consider the following criteria:
* higher cost of transmission resources through the satellite link;
* limited throughput of the RSL in case of Abis through satellite to about 6 kbit/s (because of round trip delay effect on acknowledged protocol
with limited LAP-D window size). In case of important CS signalling load, the RSL may not be able to transport the additional signalling load due
toTBF establishments when no MPDCH is established.
Hence the recommendation in the GPRS through satellite case is:
* for a cell connected with Abis through satellite and with non negligible signalling load (CS+PS), MPDCH is recommended;
* for a cell connected with Ater through satellite, MPDCH is not recommended.
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Def value 0
Coded Def
External comment The Master PDCH requires the establishment of a GCH (Abis and Ater) which does not carry traffic. In case of Abis or Ater through satellite
4) When cell_type = extended inner or extended outer, then NB_TS_MPDCH = 0
MAX_PDCH:
1) MIN_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = enabled;MIN_PDCH >=

NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = disabled.
Recommended rules
-2) if the network_operation_mode (MFS) parameter is set to 2 (NMO II) then all cells of the BSS
must have NB_TS_MPDCH = 0.
--
MFS INITIALISATION OF TELECOM PART
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
NB_TS_MPDCH (MFS)
HMI name NB_TS_MPDCH
Number of radio timeslots reserved for the primary and secondary master PDCHs defined in the
cell.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 720
GSM TS 05.08
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name NC_DL_RXLEV_LIMIT_THR

Non
Threshold below which a NC cell reselection Cause PT2 can be triggered due to the detection of a
better neighbour cell.
NC_DL_RXLEV_LIMIT_THR
B10
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
3: one static primary MPDCH and two static secondary MPDCH are configured in the cell;
4: one static primary MPDCH and three static secondary MPDCH are configured in the cell.
Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
-47
-47
-110
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = Enable), it is recommended to deactivate NC cell

reselection Cause PT2 (i.e. set NC_DL_RXLEV_LIMIT_THR to -110 dBm (Never). The aim of
this recommended rule is to limit the conditions triggering a GPRS redirection.
External comment 1) The specific value of -110 dBm (Never) deactivates the NC cell reselections Cause PT2.
2) The specific value of -47 dBm (Always) systematically allows the triggering of NC cell reselections Cause PT2
Internal comment --
Spec reference
Coding rules
0: -110 dBm (Never), 1: -109 dBm, ...,63: -47 dBm (Always) (step size = 1 dB)
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered (i.e.
Rec reference
Logical name
TRX nb
Definition
B9
63
63
dBm
Page 721
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Oui
GSM TS 05.08
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
NC_DL_RXLEV_THR
HMI name NC_DL_RXLEV_THR
Threshold below which a NC cell reselection Cause PT1 is triggered due to a too bad RXLEV in the
downlink direction (while the MS is in packet transfer mode).
Site (CAE)
Category
Internal comment
--
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA

reselection Cause PT3 (i.e. set NC_UL_RXQUAL_THR to 7 (Never). The aim of this
recommended rule is to limit the conditions triggering a GPRS redirection.
External comment The specific value of 7 (Never) deactivates the NC cell reselection Cause PT3.
Mandatory rules
step size = 0.1. At the OMC-R, the following values are displayed: 0, 0.1, 0.2, , 6.9, 7
(Never).
--
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
GSM TS 05.08
NC_DL_RXQUAL_THR
HMI name NC_DL_RXQUAL_THR
Threshold above which a NC cell reselection Cause PT3 is triggered due to a too bad RXQUAL in
downlink direction (while the MS is in packet transfer mode).
--
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Internal comment
EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = Enable), it is recommended to activate NC cell reselection

Cause PT1 (i.e. set NC_DL_RXLEV_THR to -47 dBm (Always).
External comment The specific value of -110 dBm (Never) deactivates the NC cell reselection Cause PT1.
Spec reference
Coding rules
0: -110 dBm (Never), 1: -109 dBm, ...,63: -47 dBm (step size = 1 dB)
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered (i.e.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
-96
-47
-110
Number
Number
0
Max value 7
Def value 7
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
14
63
dBm
70
70
None
Page 722
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
3GPP TS 04.60
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
NC_NON_DRX_PERIOD
HMI name NC_NON_DRX_PERIOD
Maximum non-DRX period applied by a MS after the sending of a NC measurement report.
GSM TS 05.08
Application
domain
GPRS
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
NC_PING_PONG_OFFSET
HMI name NC_PING_PONG_OFFSET
NC ping-pong offset which is applied to the C2 or C32 criterion to disfavour the neighbour cells
during T_NC_PING_PONG_OFFSET.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1 dB
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Measurement Report plus a Packet Cell Change Failure message.
Spec reference
Coding rules
000:0 ; 001:0,24 ; 010: 0,48; 011: 0,72; 100: 0,96; 101: 1,20; 110: 1,44; 111: 1,92
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules Shall cover a round trip delay + (P)AGCH queuing time + time for MFS to react to a Packet
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
0.96
1.92
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
63
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
sec
63
dB
Page 723
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
System (CST)
Category
Site (CAE)
Category
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment This parameter shall also be valid for external cells.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
coded from 0 to 7 (0 0 0 : 0.48 sec , 0 0 1: 0.96 sec , 0 1 0 : 1.92 sec , 0 1 1: 3.84 sec, 1 0 0 :
7.68 sec , 1 0 1 : 15.36 sec , 1 1 0: 30.72 sec , 1 1 1: 61.44 sec) .
--
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
3GPP TS 04.60
NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T
HMI name NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T
Reporting period of NC measurements reported by the MS while in packet transfer mode.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
reported by MS in packet idle mode, it is recommended that the NC_REPORTING_PERIOD is

higher that the GMM Ready timer.
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules In order to avoid overloading the (P)CCCH with Packet Measurement Report messages
7.68 sec , 1 0 1 : 15.36 sec , 1 1 0: 30.72 sec , 1 1 1: 61.44 sec) .
--
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
GSM TS 04.60
NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_I
HMI name NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_I
Reporting period of NC measurements reported by the MS while in packet idle mode.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
0.48
Number
B9
Number
0.48
Max value 61.44

Def value 0.96
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Max value 61.44

Def value 61.44
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
sec
sec
Page 724
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
0.48
Number
B9
Type
Min value
Number
-127
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
adj
B10 Oui
Max value 61.44

Def value 0.96
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
adj
B10 Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
2) The specific value of -127 dB (Always) systematically triggers the NC cell reselection Cause PT2 towards the target cell n.
The short name of this parameter displayed in the OMC-R in the Existent Adjacencies table is: NcHyst.
Internal comment
Mandatory rules
Max value 128
External comment 1) The specific value of 128 dB (Never) deactivates the NC cell reselection Cause PT2 towards the target cell n.
0: -127 dB (Always), 1: -126 dB, , 254: 127 dB, 255: 128 dB (Never)
(step size = 1 dB)
--
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
Rec reference
NC_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS(0,n)
HMI name NC_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS
NC cell reselection offset used for triggering power budget causes.
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment This parameter shall also be valid for external cells.
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
Category
7.68 sec , 1 0 1 : 15.36 sec , 1 1 0: 30.72 sec , 1 1 1: 61.44 sec) .
--
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
GSM TS 04.60
NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T(n)
HMI name NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T(n)
Reporting period of NC measurements reported by the MS while in packet transfer mode.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Oui
Oui
sec
255
255
dB
0
Page 725
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
GSM TS 05.08
Application
domain
Measurement Report messages.

GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
NC_RXLEV_FORGETTING_FACTOR HMI name NC_RXLEV_FORGETTING_FACT

Forgetting factor of the filter used to average the NC measurements reported in the Packet
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
3GPP TS 05.08
Application
domain
GPRS
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
NC_RXQUAL_AVG_PERIOD
HMI name NC_RXQUAL_AVG_PERIOD
Period after which a weight of 0.9 s is applied to the current UL or DL RXQUAL samples in the
averaging filter.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 20 ms
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment This parameter applies to the serving cell.
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
4000
10000
Number
20
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
130
1000
None
Page 726
200
500
ms
1
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
lower than the forgetting factor after an averaging period of 5 * NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T = 4.8 s. This value is determined as follows:
NC_RXLEV_FORGETTING_FACTOR = 1 (1/2)5
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
OR
TRX nb
Spec reference
Type
Number
Unit
Coding rules
step size = 0.001
Min value 0
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment This parameter applies to the serving cell and the neighbour cells.
Internal comment The default value is recommended for NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T = 0.96 s. It has been obtained so that the coefficient of the filter is twice
Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
NC_RXQUAL_HYSTERESIS
HMI name NC_RXQUAL_HYSTERESIS
Hysteresis to avoid frequent NC cell reselection alarms on the PMU-PTU interface
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
Site (CAE)
Category
Internal comment
--
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA

reselection Cause PT4 (i.e. set NC_UL_RXQUAL_THR to 7 (Never). The aim of this
recommended rule is to limit the conditions triggering a GPRS redirection.
External comment The specific value of 7 (Never) deactivates the NC cell reselection Cause PT4.
Mandatory rules
step size = 0.1. At the OMC-R, the following values are displayed: 0, 0.1, 0.2, , 6.9, 7
(Never)
--
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
GSM TS 05.08
NC_UL_RXQUAL_THR
HMI name NC_UL_RXQUAL_THR
Threshold above which a NC cell reselection Cause PT4 is triggered due to a too bad RXQUAL in
uplink direction (while the MS is in packet transfer mode).
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
raised or has disappeared.
B9
Number
Max value 7
Def value 7
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
70
70
None
Page 727
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
10
70
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Number
Unit
Coding rules
step size: 0.1
Min value 0
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment -Internal comment The purpose of this parameter is to avoid frequent exchanges on the PMU-PTU interface to signal that an NC cell reselection alarm has been
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
- If PBCCH is not present or PBCCH is present but C32 parameters are not correctly set, the
NC2_DEACTIVATION_MODE should be set to "at the expiry of the GMM Ready timer" to
prevent the GPRS mobile stations from reselecting a cell where outgoing GPRS redirections
are triggered systematically (at least while the MS is in packet idle mode and the GMM Ready
timer is running).
- If PBCCH is present, the NC2_DEACTIVATION_MODE can be set to any value (at the end
of the packet transfer mode or at the expiry of the GMM Ready timer) if the setting of the
C32 parameters ensures that GPRS mobile stations do not camp in cells where outgoing
GPRS redirections are systematically triggered.
EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = Disable), the presence of the PBCCH is not mandatory.

However, the following recommendations apply, depending on the presence of the PBCCH:
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are not triggered systematically (i.e.
0: "NC2 deactivation at the end of the packet transfer". A Packet Measurement Order message is
sent to deactivate the NC2 mode at the end of the packet transfer.
1: "NC2 deactivation at the expiry of the GMM Ready timer". No Packet Measurement Order
message is sent to deactivate the NC2 mode.
--
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
GSM TS 04.60
NC2_DEACTIVATION_MODE
HMI name NC2_DEACTIVATION_MODE
NC2 deactivation mode. This parameter defines whether or not the Packet Measurement Order
message with a Reset Command is sent at the end of a packet transfer.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Number
Max value 1
Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Page 728
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GPRS
NCC (MFS)
None
Rec reference
GSM
Category
HMI name NCC
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
Coded over 3 bits.
Mandatory rules Equal to NCC (BSC)
Application
domain
Network Colour code of the cell.
Logical name
Definition
System (CST)
Category
NC2_LOAD_EV_PERIOD
HMI name NC2_LOAD_EV_PERIOD
Number of NC2 load samples used to compute the NC2 load average
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
30
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
30
None
None
Page 729
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
NCC(n)
None
Rec reference
GSM
Category
HMI name NCC
Site (CAE)
B9
GSM TS 04.08
Application
domain
GSM
Phase 2 establishment causes in CHANNEL REQUEST.
Spec reference
Coding rules
0: not supported, 1: supported
Mandatory rules Equal to NECI (BSC)
Rec reference
Non
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Flag
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Non
Cell Type
Page 730
None
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Indicator
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
NECI (MFS)
HMI name New Establishment Causes
New Establishment Causes Indicator. Indicates to the MS if the network supports the new GSM
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
Logical name
Definition
Number
Oui
Internal comment
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
adj
B10 Oui
This parameter is for every cell. The operator needs only to configure the value of that parameter for OMC external cells ; the parameter is
autonomously filled by the OMC in case the adjacent cell is an OMC internal cell
Spec reference
Coding rules
Coded over 3 bits.
Application
domain
Network Colour code of the neighbour cell.
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
B9
None
Internal comment
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
mode of operation for Rel.4 onwards MS, the 3G search is systematically deactivated when activating the NC2 mode (activation performed
through the Packet Measurement Order [NC2] message). This 3G search deactivation is then performed independently of the value of the
EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION parameter.
--
Page 731
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Def value 0
Coded Def
External comment If the NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS or NC2 mode of operation for all MS" or NC2
Oui
Number
Max value 4
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Coded Max
- The OMC-R only shows the values 0, 2, 3 and 4 to the operator.

- When cell_type = extended inner or extended outer, then NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER =
Recommended rules NC0 mode of operation for all MS --
Mandatory rules
Category
0: NC0 mode of operation for all MS. All MS controls their cell reselections an no MS reports
packet measurements to the BSS.
1: NC1 mode of operation for all MS. All MS controls their cell reselections but all the MS reports
packet measurements to the BSS. (Not supported)
2: NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS. The BSS controls the cell reselections of R99
onwards MS when in packet transfer mode or of R99 onwards MS when in GMM Ready state
(depending on the selected NC2 deactivation mode). While the NC2 mode is activated for the
concerned MS, the MS reports packet measurements to the BSS.
3: NC2 mode of operation for all MS. The BSS controls the cell reselections of all MS when in
packet transfer mode or of all MS when in GMM Ready state (depending on the selected NC2
deactivation mode). While the NC2 mode is activated for the concerned MS, the MS reports
4: NC2 mode of operation for Rel.4 onwards MS. The BSS controls the cell reselections of Rel.4
onwards MS when in packet transfer mode or of Rel.4 onwards MS when in GMM Ready state
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
3GPP TS 44.060
NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER
HMI name NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER
This parameter defines whether the MS or the BSS controls the cell reselections.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
B9
None
Internal comment
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
mode of operation for Rel.4 onwards MS, the 3G search is systematically deactivated when activating the NC2 mode (activation performed
through the Packet Measurement Order [NC2] message). This 3G search deactivation is then performed independently of the value of the
EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION parameter.
--
Page 732
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Def value 0
Coded Def
External comment If the NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS or NC2 mode of operation for all MS" or NC2
Oui
Number
Max value 4
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
adj
B10 Oui
Coded Max
- The OMC-R only shows the values 0, 2, 3 and 4 to the operator.

- When cell_type = extended inner or extended outer, then NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER =
Recommended rules NC0 mode of operation for all MS --
Mandatory rules
Category
0: NC0 mode of operation for all MS. All MS controls their cell reselections an no MS reports
1: NC1 mode of operation for all MS. All MS controls their cell reselections but all the MS reports
packet measurements to the BSS. (Not supported)
2: NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS. The BSS controls the cell reselections of R99
onwards MS when in packet transfer mode or of R99 onwards MS when in GMM Ready state
3: NC2 mode of operation for all MS. The BSS controls the cell reselections of all MS when in
packet transfer mode or of all MS when in GMM Ready state (depending on the selected NC2
deactivation mode). While the NC2 mode is activated for the concerned MS, the MS reports
4: NC2 mode of operation for Rel.4 onwards MS. The BSS controls the cell reselections of Rel.4
onwards MS when in packet transfer mode or of Rel.4 onwards MS when in GMM Ready state
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
3GPP TS 44.060
NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER(n)
HMI name NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER
This parameter defines whether the MS or the BSS controls the cell reselections.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
network_operation_mode (MFS)
Category
1
Number
Max value 3
Type
Min value
Oui
NIR
None
Rec reference
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name Normal Information Rate
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules CIR <= NIR <= CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) <= ACCESS RATE BC
Recommended rules NIR=0 when direct access is used
Application
domain
Normal Information Rate.
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
1984
Number
0
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
PVC
B10 Oui
Oui
1984
kbit/s
Page 733
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Def
Coded Max
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
NMO I requires a Gs interface.

Coding at radio interface is different, i.e. 0 == Network operation mode I ; 1 == Network operation mode II ; 2 == Network operation mode III.
Logical name
Definition
Internal comment
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Def value
External comment Any change will trigger a data reset of the GPUs. Stop and restart of (E)GPRS traffic in all the cells of the BSS.
3 possible values : 1, 2, 3; 1 == Network operation mode I ; 2 == Network operation mode II ; 3 ==

Network operation mode III
Mandatory rules If the network_operation_mode (MFS) parameter is set to NMO II then all cells of the BSS must
have NB_TS_MPDCH = 0.
Recommended rules
-Equal to network_operation_mode (BSC).
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
3GPP TS 03.60
Site (CAE)
HMI name Network_mode_of_operation
This parameter defines the CS-PS co-ordination for paging.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Site (CAE)
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Non
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name
TY
PRIORITY
parameter set to 'normal'
TRX nb
Definition
Oui
NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_THP1_PRIORI
Category
Logical name
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
HMI name
D_PRIORITY
ROUND_PRIORITY
Non
Definition
TRX nb
NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_BACKGROUN
Oui
Logical name
15
15
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
15
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
Non
Oui
Non
Oui
15
None
Page 734
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
Cell Type
B10
15
15
None
RMS template Non
Cell Type
B10
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_THP1_
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_BACKG
B9
B9
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Site (CAE)
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Non
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name
TY
PRIORITY
TRX nb
Definition
Oui
Category
Logical name
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
HMI name
TY
PRIORITY
Non
Definition
TRX nb
Oui
Logical name
15
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
12
15
Number
4
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
Non
Oui
Non
Oui
12
15
None
Page 735
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
Cell Type
B10
15
None
RMS template Non
Cell Type
B10
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B9
B9
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Network (CDE)
NRT_GUARANTEED_MARGIN
HMI name NRT_GUARANTEED_MARGIN
For a PDCH, percentage of channel capacity (in terms of radio block scheduling) which is
exclusively reserved to NRT TBFs. That capacity is not allowed to be allocated to a streaming
TBF (RT PFC).
B9
Instance
MFS
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
3GPP TS 48.016
Application
domain
GPRS
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name NS_alive_IP_retries

Maximum number of attempts for NS_VC test procedure in case of Gb over IP.
NS_alive_IP_retries
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Internal comment
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
10
30
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
Page 736
10
30
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
The higher the value of NRT_GUARANTEED_MARGIN, the higher the risks of rejecting RT PFC creation requests.
The lower the value of NRT_GUARANTEED_MARGIN, the higher the risks of rejecting NRT TBF establishment requests (signalling or data
((NRT_GUARANTEED_MARGIN/100) * (T_MAX_FOR_TBF_SCHEDULING/20ms)) rounded down to the closest integer value. This minimum
number of NRT TBFs is guaranteed even in case of RT PFC allocation on the PDCH.
100
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Number
Unit
Coding rules
step size = 1%
Min value 0
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment In each direction (DL or UL), the minimum number of NRT TBFs which are possible (in all cases) to be established on a PDCH is equal to
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
NS_ALIVE_RETRIES
GSM TS 08.16
Application
domain
Maximum number of attempts to test.

GPRS
NS_BLOCK_RETRIES
GSM TS 08.16
Application
domain
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name NsBlockRetries
GPRS
maximum number of attempts to block a NS-VC.
Spec reference
GPRS Gb interface - Network serv. control sublayer
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
System (CST)
Category
HMI name NsAliveRetries
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
10
30
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
12
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
10
30
None
12
None
Page 737
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
NS_Priority
None
Rec reference
GPRS
NS_RESET_RETRIES
None
Application
domain
Maximum number of attempts to reset.

GPRS
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name NsResetRetries
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
Category
HMI name NS Priority
Spec reference
Coding rules
1: lowest priority, 255:highest priority
Application
domain
Priority of the NSVC, is used by the load sharing.
Logical name
Definition
B9
10
B9
255
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
10
30
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
NSVC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
10
255
None
10
30
None
Page 738
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
NS_UNBLOCK_RETRIES
Application
domain
Rec reference
GPRS
NSEI
GSM TS 08.16
Rec reference
Application
domain
GPRS
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name NSEI
Spec reference
Coding rules
NSE Identifier.
Logical name
Definition
System (CST)
Category
HMI name NsUnblockRetries
Spec reference
Coding rules
GSM TS 08.16
Maximum number of attempts to unblock a NS-VC.
Logical name
Definition
B9
12
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
None
65535
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
NSE
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
12
None
65535
None
Page 739
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
NSEMAX
None
Rec reference
GPRS
NSVCI
GSM TS 08.16
Rec reference
Application
domain
GPRS
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name NSVC Identifier
Spec reference
Coding rules
NSVC identifier.
Logical name
Definition
System (CST)
Category
HMI name NSE MAX
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
Maximum number of NSE per GPU.
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
None
65535
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
NSVC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
65535
None
Page 740
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
NSVCMAX
None
Rec reference
GPRS
IEEE 802.1 Q
Application
9.6
domain
Rec reference
Category
used for Telecom and OAM VLAN_Ids.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
Coded on 12 bits.
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules In case the same subnet is used for Telecom and OAM traffic, the same VLAN_ID shall be
IP
Network (CDE)
HMI name OAM_VLAN_ID
Virtual LAN identifier used to tag the MFS internal O&M traffic
OAM_VLAN_ID
Logical name
Definition
System (CST)
Category
HMI name NSVC MAX
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules Not changeable after MFS system initialization.
Application
domain
Maximum number of NSVC per GPU.
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
124
124
124
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
4094
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
Oui
124
124
124
None
4094
None
Page 741
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Application
domain
None
Rec reference
Spec reference
Coding rules
None
Application
domain
IP
Category
Network (CDE)
HMI name P0_LAYER2_MAPPING_MFS

priority (the highest).
P0_LAYER2_MAPPING_MFS
System (CST)
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
B9
Number
Max value 3
Def value 3
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
Non
Px_layer3_mapping.
IP demo parameter.
Internal comment
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
None
Page 742
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Number
Unit
Coding rules
step size = 1
Min value 0
Coded Min
Mandatory rules The operator shall ensure that it is equal to P0_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC
Max value 7
Coded Max
Coded Def
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Mandatory rules
0: higher priority
3: lower priority
Equal to OandM_PRIORITY (BSC)
IP
Category
HMI name OandM_PRIORITY (MFS)
BSS internal priority used by the O&M flows in IP network
OandM_PRIORITY (MFS)
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
46
63
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
None
Application
domain
IP
Category
Network (CDE)

priority.
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
Px_layer3_mapping.
IP demo parameter.
Internal comment
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 743
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Number
Unit
Coding rules
Step size = 1
Min value 0
Coded Min
Max value 7
Coded Max
Coded Def
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
46
63
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
Px_layer3_mapping.
Internal comment IP demo parameter. Note this priority is not used (EF class is not used by the flows handled by the MFS). To use this priority, the switch used
by the MFS Legacy shall be reconfigured (if not, 46 is mapped to the same queue than P1)
Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 1.
Network (CDE)
RFC 2474/2475,
Application
2598
domain
Rec reference
Category

Defines the Diffserv DSCP value used on the IP network by MFS flows having the P0 internal
BSS priority (P0 is the highest priority).
IP
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
34
63
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
None
Application
domain
IP
Category
Network (CDE)
priority.
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
Px_layer3_mapping.
IP demo parameter.
Internal comment
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 744
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Number
Unit
Coding rules
step size = 1
Min value 0
Coded Min
Max value 7
Coded Max
Coded Def
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
34
63
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
Px_layer3_mapping.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 1.
Network (CDE)
RFC 2474/2475,
Application
2598
domain
Rec reference
Category

IP
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
IP
Category
Network (CDE)

B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
26
63
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
None
Application
domain
IP
Category
Network (CDE)
priority (the lowest).
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
Px_layer3_mapping.
IP demo parameter.
Internal comment
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 745
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Number
Unit
Coding rules
step size = 1.
Min value 0
Coded Min
Max value 7
Coded Max
Coded Def
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
26
63
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
Px_layer3_mapping.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 1.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
63
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name
RIOD
RRM reporting period to update the information (per cell) necessary for the Multi-GPU feature.
Non
Definition
TRX nb
PACKET_LOAD_BROADCAST_PERIOD
Oui
Logical name
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
10
10
10
Timer
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
Non
Cell Type
Page 746
10
10
10
sec
RMS template Non
Oui
B10
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
PACKET_LOAD_BROADCAST_PE
63
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
Px_layer3_mapping.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 1.
Network (CDE)
RFC 2474/2475,
Application
2598
domain
Rec reference
Category

IP
Logical name
Definition
B9
GSM TS 04.60
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
PAN_DEC (MFS)
HMI name PAN_DEC
Value decremented from MS N3102 counter when PACKET UL ACK/NACK is not received before
MS timer T3182.
GSM TS 04.60
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
PAN_INC (MFS)
HMI name PAN_INC
Value incremented to MS N3102 counter when PACKET UL ACK/NACK is received by MS.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
B9
Number
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Spec reference
Type
Coding rules
Min value
Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_INC (BSC)
Max value
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Spec reference
Type
Coding rules
Min value
Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_DEC (BSC)
Max value
External comment -Internal comment When N3102<=0 is reached, the mobile station shall perform an abnormal release with cell re-selection.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 747
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
GSM TS 04.60
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
PAN_MAX (MFS)
HMI name PAN_MAX
Maximum value for counter N3102. cell reselection is done by MS when N3102 <= 0.
GSM TS 04.60
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
Pb
HMI name Pb
Power reduction value used by the BTS on PBCCH blocks, relative to the output power used on
BCCH.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
Possible values : 0, -2, -4, .., -30 dB respectively binary coded as 0000, 0001, .., 1111
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Needed for MPDCH.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
-30
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
32
32
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Spec reference
Type
Coding rules
Possible values : 4, 8, 12,.., 32 respectively binary coded 000, 001,.. , 111
Min value
Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_MAX (BSC)
Max value
External comment -Internal comment When N3102<=0 is reached, the mobile staion shall perform an abnormal release with cell re-selection
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Oui
Oui
None
15
dB
Page 748
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
E-GPRS
Category
System (CST)
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
B9
Flag
Max value 1
Def value 1
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Non
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
20
None
Page 749
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Although this parameter is introduced due to IP transport, it is also used starting from MR2 for TDM mode.
As in IP mode the arrival time of a TRN-DL-ACK.ind for an extra-scheduled PDU can be seriously delayed (or not coming at all) due to the
possible congestion on Abis, it is decided to not trigger the RT_THROUGHPUT computation by the receiving of a TRN-DL-ACK.ind message
Spec reference
Type
Number
Coding rules
Step size = 1
Min value 1
External comment The RT_THROUGHPUT computation is triggered after PCC_n_RT_THROUGHPUT times PCC_T_LEAKY_BUCKET.
Rec reference
HMI name PCC_n_RT_THROUGHPUT

Trigger for the RT computation in PCC (for the TDM & IP mode), expressed in number of times of
PCC_T_LEAKY_BUCKET timer.
PCC_n_RT_THROUGHPUT
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules PC_MEAS_CHAN should be forced to PDCH in multiband cells
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
Category
0 : downlink measurements for power control shall be made on BCCH, 1 : downlink measurements
for power control shall be made on PDCH
Equal to PC_MEAS_CHAN (BSC).
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
GSM TS 04.60
PC_MEAS_CHAN (MFS)
HMI name PC_MEAS_CHAN
This parameter determines on which channel the MS shall measure the received power level on
the downlink for the purpose of the uplink power control.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Application
domain
Rec reference
IP
System (CST)
None
Application
domain
IP
Category
System (CST)
PCC_T_MAX_UL_BUFFERING
HMI name PCC_T_MAX_UL_BUFFERING
Maximum UL buffering capability in PCC, expressed as a duration : Time which multiplied by
(TBF_nbr_PDCH * (M)CS throughput) defines a buffer level above which the UL transfer is
considered as failed.
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
priority change or after a reallocation), the PDUs are kept in a buffer. This parameter allows to
define the size of this buffer.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 1sec.
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules When a PDU is not received in the correct order (this case can occur in IP mode, after a pfc
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 50 msec
None
HMI name PCC_T_LEAKY_BUCKET

Timer controlling the activation of the DL flow control per TBF on IP mode (leaky bucket
algorithm) for all TBFs on a cell.
PCC_T_LEAKY_BUCKET
Logical name
Definition
B9
50
B9
500
Timer
50
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Timer
MFS
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
Non
10
ms
1
sec
Page 750
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
System (CST)
Category
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1 HMI name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_TH

Upper limit of the 1st band, lower limit of the 2nd band for DL PDCH unit allocation distribution
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1 PDCH
Mandatory rules PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1< PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2
Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition
In IP mode: PCC_UL_TBF_GUARD_TIMER < T_IPGCHU_TIMEOUT, because

T_IPGCHU_TIMEOUT offers a defense at a higher level (IPGCH flow level) than
Recommended rules PCC_UL_TBF_GUARD_TIMER (TBF level).
--
step size = 1.
IP
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
HMI name PCC_UL_TBF_GUARD_TIMER

Guard timer of an UL TBF used in IP mode to supervise the reception of UL LLC PDUs. At
expiration, the UL TBF is released.
PCC_UL_TBF_GUARD_TIMER
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
0.5
4.9
0.1
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Non
Cell Type
49
None
Page 751
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
TRX nb
R_1
Coded Def
Def value
60
sec
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Non
Type
Timer
Min value 0
Max value 60
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_TH
R_10
Upper limit of the 10th band for DL PDCH unit allocation distribution
PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_10 HMI name
GPRS
Site (CAE)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2<

PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None

Upper limit of the 2nd band, lower limit of the 3rd band for DL PDCH unit allocation distribution
Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
5
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
B9
50
50
50
None
Cell Type
Non
10
10
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
Page 752
49
None
RMS template Non
R_2
TRX nb
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
Non
Non
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Cell Type
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Oui
Type
Number
Min value 0.1
Max value 4.9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
- Coded value of 50 (instead of 5) is introduced for consistency with other PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_i parameters
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_10
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Definition
Logical name
GPRS
Site (CAE)
Category
GPRS
Site (CAE)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4 <

Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None

Upper limit of the 4th band, lower limit of the 5th band for DL PDCH unit allocation distribution
Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition

Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None

Upper limit of the 3rd band, lower limit of the 4th band for DL PDCH unit allocation distribution
Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition
B9
49
20
20
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
Page 753
None
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
2
Non
Cell Type
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Type
Number
Min value 0.1
Max value 4.9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B9
R_4
15
15
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
B10 Oui
49
None
1
1.5
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
R_3
TRX nb
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Oui
Type
Number
Min value 0.1
Max value 4.9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
GPRS
Site (CAE)
Category
GPRS
Site (CAE)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA

Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None

Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition

Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None

Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition
B9
49
30
30
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
Page 754
None
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
3
Non
Cell Type
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Type
Number
Min value 0.1
Max value 4.9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B9
R_6
25
25
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
B10 Oui
49
None
1
2.5
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
R_5
TRX nb
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Oui
Type
Number
Min value 0.1
Max value 4.9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
GPRS
Site (CAE)
Category
GPRS
Site (CAE)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA

Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None

Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition

Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None

Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition
B9
49
40
40
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
Page 755
None
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
4
Non
Cell Type
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Type
Number
Min value 0.1
Max value 4.9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B9
R_8
35
35
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
B10 Oui
49
None
1
3.5
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
R_7
TRX nb
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Oui
Type
Number
Min value 0.1
Max value 4.9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)

None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1
HMI name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1
Upper limit of the first band, lower limit of the second band for DL TBF duration distribution.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.5 sec
Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9
Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
4.5
4.9
0.1
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
0.5
16383.5
Number
0.5
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
Cell Type
Non
45
49
None
32767
sec
Page 756
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
R_9
TRX nb
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
Upper limit of the 10th band for DL TBF duration distribution
GPRS
Site (CAE)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 <

step size = 0.5 sec
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
Upper limit of the 2nd band, lower limit of the 3rd band for DL TBF duration distribution
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
16384
16384
16384
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
B9
2
2
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
Page 757
32767
1
sec
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
32768
32768
32768
sec
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Type
Number
Min value 0.5
Max value 16383.5
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
- Coded value of 32768 (instead of 16384) is introduced for consistency with other PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_i parameters
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.5 sec
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_10
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GPRS
Site (CAE)
Category
GPRS
Site (CAE)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA

step size = 0.5 sec
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
Upper limit of the 4th band, lower limit of the 5th band for DL TBF duration distribution
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition

step size = 0.5 sec
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
Upper limit of the 3rd band, lower limit of the 4th band for DL TBF duration distribution
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
6
6
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
Page 758
32767
3
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
sec
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Type
Number
Min value 0.5
Max value 16383.5
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B9
4
4
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
B10 Oui
32767
sec
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Oui
Type
Number
Min value 0.5
Max value 16383.5
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
GPRS
Site (CAE)
Category
GPRS
Site (CAE)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA

step size = 0.5 sec
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition

step size = 0.5 sec
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
20
20
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
Page 759
32767
10
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
sec
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Type
Number
Min value 0.5
Max value 16383.5
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B9
10
10
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
B10 Oui
32767
sec
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Oui
Type
Number
Min value 0.5
Max value 16383.5
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
GPRS
Site (CAE)
Category
GPRS
Site (CAE)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA

step size = 0.5 sec
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition

step size = 0.5 sec
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
100
100
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
Page 760
32767
50
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
sec
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Type
Number
Min value 0.5
Max value 16383.5
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B9
40
40
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
B10 Oui
32767
20
sec
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Oui
Type
Number
Min value 0.5
Max value 16383.5
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1
HMI name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1
Upper limit of the 1st band, lower limit of the 2nd band for LLC volume carried by an DL TBF
distribution
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1 byte
Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.5 sec
Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
100
16383.5
Number
0.5
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
Oui
500
99999999
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
200
32767
sec
500
99999999
byte
Page 761
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
Upper limit of the 10th band for LLC volume carried by an DL TBF distribution
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
Upper limit of the 2nd band, lower limit of the 3rd band for LLC volume carried by an DL TBF
distribution
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1 byte
Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1 byte
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_10
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
1000
99999999
Number
Oui
100000000
100000000
Number
Oui
100000000
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
100000000
100000000
100000000
byte
1000
99999999
byte
Page 762
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
Upper limit of the 3rd band, lower limit of the 4th band for LLC volume carried by an DL TBF
distribution
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
Upper limit of the 4th band, lower limit of the 5th band for LLC volume carried by an DL TBF
distribution
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1 byte
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1 byte
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
B9
2000
3000
99999999
Number
Oui
99999999
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
2000
99999999
byte
3000
99999999
byte
Page 763
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
distribution
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
distribution
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1 byte
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1 byte
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
B9
5000
10000
99999999
Number
Oui
99999999
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
5000
99999999
byte
10000
99999999
byte
Page 764
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
distribution
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
distribution
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1 byte
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1 byte
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
B9
20000
50000
99999999
Number
Oui
99999999
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
20000
99999999
byte
50000
99999999
byte
Page 765
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
distribution
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1 HMI name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_TH

Upper limit of the 1st band, lower limit of the 2nd band for UL PDCH unit allocation distribution
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1< PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2
Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1 byte
Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
B9
100000
0.5
4.9
0.1
Number
Oui
99999999
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
100000
Non
Cell Type
99999999
byte
49
None
Page 766
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
TRX nb
R_1
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_TH
R_10
Upper limit of the 10th band for UL PDCH unit allocation distribution
PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_10 HMI name
GPRS
Site (CAE)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2<

PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None

Upper limit of the 2nd band, lower limit of the 3rd band for UL PDCH unit allocation distribution
Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
5
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
B9
50
50
50
None
Cell Type
Non
10
10
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
Page 767
49
None
RMS template Non
R_2
TRX nb
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
Non
Non
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Cell Type
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Oui
Type
Number
Min value 0.1
Max value 4.9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
- Coded value of 50 (instead of 5) is introduced for consistency with other PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_i parameters
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_10
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Definition
Logical name
GPRS
Site (CAE)
Category
GPRS
Site (CAE)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4 <

Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None

Upper limit of the 4th band, lower limit of the 5th band for UL PDCH unit allocation distribution
Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition

Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None

Upper limit of the 3rd band, lower limit of the 4th band for UL PDCH unit allocation distribution
Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition
B9
49
20
20
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
Page 768
None
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
2
Non
Cell Type
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Type
Number
Min value 0.1
Max value 4.9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B9
R_4
15
15
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
B10 Oui
49
None
1
1.5
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
R_3
TRX nb
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Oui
Type
Number
Min value 0.1
Max value 4.9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
GPRS
Site (CAE)
Category
GPRS
Site (CAE)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA

Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None

Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition

Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None

Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition
B9
49
30
30
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
Page 769
None
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
3
Non
Cell Type
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Type
Number
Min value 0.1
Max value 4.9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B9
R_6
25
25
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
B10 Oui
49
None
1
2.5
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
R_5
TRX nb
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Oui
Type
Number
Min value 0.1
Max value 4.9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
GPRS
Site (CAE)
Category
GPRS
Site (CAE)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA

Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None

Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition

Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None

Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition
B9
49
40
40
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
Page 770
None
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
4
Non
Cell Type
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Type
Number
Min value 0.1
Max value 4.9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B9
R_8
35
35
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
B10 Oui
49
None
1
3.5
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
R_7
TRX nb
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Oui
Type
Number
Min value 0.1
Max value 4.9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)

None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1
HMI name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1
Upper limit of the first band, lower limit of the second band for UL TBF duration distribution.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.5 sec
Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9
Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
4.5
4.9
0.1
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
0.5
16383.5
Number
0.5
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
Cell Type
Non
45
49
None
32767
sec
Page 771
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
R_9
TRX nb
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
Upper limit of the 10th band for UL TBF duration distribution
GPRS
Site (CAE)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 <

step size = 0.5 sec
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
Upper limit of the 2nd band, lower limit of the 3rd band for UL TBF duration distribution
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
16384
16384
16384
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
B9
2
2
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
Page 772
32767
1
sec
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
32768
32768
32768
sec
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Type
Number
Min value 0.5
Max value 16383.5
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
- Coded value of 32768 (instead of 16384) is introduced for consistency with other PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_i parameters
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.5 sec
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_10
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GPRS
Site (CAE)
Category
GPRS
Site (CAE)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA

step size = 0.5 sec
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
Upper limit of the 4th band, lower limit of the 5th band for UL TBF duration distribution
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition

step size = 0.5 sec
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
Upper limit of the 3rd band, lower limit of the 4th band for UL TBF duration distribution
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
6
6
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
Page 773
32767
3
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
sec
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Type
Number
Min value 0.5
Max value 16383.5
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B9
4
4
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
B10 Oui
32767
sec
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Oui
Type
Number
Min value 0.5
Max value 16383.5
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
GPRS
Site (CAE)
Category
GPRS
Site (CAE)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA

step size = 0.5 sec
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition

step size = 0.5 sec
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
20
20
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
Page 774
32767
10
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
sec
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Type
Number
Min value 0.5
Max value 16383.5
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B9
10
10
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
B10 Oui
32767
sec
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Oui
Type
Number
Min value 0.5
Max value 16383.5
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
GPRS
Site (CAE)
Category
GPRS
Site (CAE)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA

step size = 0.5 sec
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition

step size = 0.5 sec
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
100
100
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
Page 775
32767
50
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
sec
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Type
Number
Min value 0.5
Max value 16383.5
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B9
40
40
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
B10 Oui
32767
20
sec
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Oui
Type
Number
Min value 0.5
Max value 16383.5
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1
HMI name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1
Upper limit of the 1st band, lower limit of the 2nd band for LLC volume carried by an UL TBF
distribution
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1 byte
Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.5 sec
Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
100
16383.5
Number
0.5
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
Oui
500
99999999
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
200
32767
sec
500
99999999
byte
Page 776
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
Upper limit of the 10th band for LLC volume carried by an UL TBF distribution
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
Upper limit of the 2nd band, lower limit of the 3rd band for LLC volume carried by an UL TBF
distribution
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1 byte
Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1 byte
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_10
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
1000
99999999
Number
Oui
100000000
100000000
Number
Oui
100000000
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
100000000
100000000
100000000
byte
1000
99999999
byte
Page 777
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
Upper limit of the 3rd band, lower limit of the 4th band for LLC volume carried by an UL TBF
distribution
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
Upper limit of the 4th band, lower limit of the 5th band for LLC volume carried by an UL TBF
distribution
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1 byte
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1 byte
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
B9
2000
3000
99999999
Number
Oui
99999999
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
2000
99999999
byte
3000
99999999
byte
Page 778
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
distribution
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
distribution
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1 byte
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1 byte
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
B9
5000
10000
99999999
Number
Oui
99999999
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
5000
99999999
byte
10000
99999999
byte
Page 779
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
distribution
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
distribution
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1 byte
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1 byte
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
B9
20000
50000
99999999
Number
Oui
99999999
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
20000
99999999
byte
50000
99999999
byte
Page 780
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
distribution
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
PDCH_BUFFERING_FACTOR
HMI name PDCH_BUFFERING_FACTOR
The buffering delay factor associated to one PDCH that is shared between TBF accordingly to
the TBF throughput.
B9
Oui
B9
100000
Oui
99999999
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
GPU
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
interface, RRM and RLC/MAC buffering).
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
100000
99999999
byte
Page 781
25
65535
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Number
Unit
Coding rules
-Min value 1
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment -Internal comment The given default value is a testing value and must be reconsidered acccording to the global flowcontrol between the MS and the SGSN (Gb
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1 byte
Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
to the TBF throughput.

GPRS
Category
System (CST)
PDCH_MIN_BUFFERING_FACTOR
HMI name PDCH_MIN_BUFFERING_FACTO
The minimum buffering delay between XON and XOFF thresholds that should be used according
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
GPU
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
PDCH_TBF_XON_FACTOR
HMI name PDCH_TBF_XON_FACTOR
Anticipation number of radio blocks considering the throughput of one PDCH.
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
GPU
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
65535
None
Page 782
15
65535
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Number
Unit
Coding rules
-Min value 1
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment -Internal comment The given default value is a testing value and must be reconsidered acccording to the global flow control between the MS and the SGSN (Gb
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Spec reference
Type
Number
Unit
Coding rules
-Min value 1
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment -Internal comment The given default value is a testing value and must be reconsidered acccording to the global flowcontrol between the MS and the SGSN (Gb
Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Network (CDE)
PDU_LIFETIME_ORDER
HMI name PDU_LIFETIME_ORDER
Authorize or inhibit DL LLC PDU ordering according to the remaining PDU lifetime.
Peer_NSE_Data_Weight
3GPP TS 48.016
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name Peer_NSE_Data_Weight
GboverIP: Indicates the data weight assigned to the peer NSE.
Internal comment
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
B10 Oui
B9
B9
Flag
Non
Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
10
255
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
SGSN-IPEndPoint
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
Initialized after the CONFIG procedure in case of dynamic configuration.

If Peer_NSE_Data_Weight=0, the IP endpoint will not be selected as a data by the load sharing function.
B10 MR2 parameter.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Declared by the operator in case of static configuration.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
SGSN modifying the PDU Lifetime value during data flows addressed to the same MS on the
same LLC SAPI in a non-acceptable manner, otherwise should be set to ordering enabled.
Spec reference
Coding rules
0: ordering disabled, 1 : ordering enabled
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules Should be set to ordering disabled, when the MFS interfaces with an Ericsson SGSN or any
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
10
255
None
Page 783
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
3GPP TS 48.016
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name Peer_NSE_Signalling_Weight

GboverIP: Indicates the signalling weight assigned to the peer NSE.
Peer_NSE_Signalling_Weight
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Mandatory rules
cell_RESELECT_OFFSET has a negative value.
PENALTY_TIME(MFS) = PENALTY_TIME(BSC)
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
Logical name
Definition
3GPP TS 05.08
PENALTY_TIME(MFS)
Internal comment
Rec reference
Initialized after the CONFIG procedure in case of dynamic configuration.

If Peer_NSE_Signalling_Weight=0, the IP endpoint will not be selected as a signalling endpoint.
B10 MR2 parameter.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Declared by the operator in case of static configuration.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Non
10
B9
255
Number
20
Number
Max value 620

Def value 20
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
SGSN-IPEndPoint
B10 Oui
10
255
None
31
sec
Page 784
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Site (CAE)
Category
Site (CAE)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
B9
20
Number
B9
Type
Min value
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Max value 620

Def value 20
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
adj
B10 Oui
Mandatory rules
Max value 16
External comment -Internal comment Meaningless parameter if the Radio Priority 1 is not allowed. Value 16 indicates that access is forbidden.
Values : 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 16 coded on 4 bits

0 0 0 0 : persistence level 0, 0 0 0 1: persistence level 1, 0 0 1 0:persistence level 2, 0 0 1 1:
persistence level 3, 0 1.0.0 : persistence level 4
. . . . 1 1 1 0 : persistence level 14, 1 1 1 1: persistence level 16
--
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
GSM TS 04.60
Rec reference
PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_1
HMI name PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_1
This parameter indicates the values of the access persistence level for radio priority 1.
Mandatory rules
Logical name
Definition
GSM
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
3GPP TS 05.08
PENALTY_TIME(n)(MFS)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Oui
Oui
31
sec
15
None
Page 785
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Site (CAE)
Category
Site (CAE)
Category
Type
Min value
0
Type
Min value
Number
0
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
B9
Number
Mandatory rules
Max value 16
External comment -Internal comment Meaningless parameter if the Radio Priority 3 is not allowed Value 16 indicates that access is forbidden.

--
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
GSM TS 04.60
PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_3
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Mandatory rules
Max value 16

--
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
GSM TS 04.60
PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_2
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Oui
Oui
15
None
15
None
Page 786
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Site (CAE)
Category
PFC_NB_RETRY_DOWNLD
None
Application
domain
Number of Download_BSS_PFC attempts
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name PFC_NB_RETRY_DOWNLD
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Number
1
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
B9
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Mandatory rules
Max value 16

--
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
GSM TS 04.60
PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_4
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Oui
Oui
15
None
None
Page 787
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
PFC_NB_RETRY_MODIFY
Application
domain
Rec reference
PFC_T6
3GPP TS 44.060
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name PFC_T6
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1 sec
Application
domain
System (CST)
Category
HMI name PFC_NB_RETRY_MODIFY
GPRS
Timer guarding the Download-BSS-PFC procedure
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
None
Number of Modify_BSS_PFC attempts
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
0.5
10
0.1
Timer
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
100
sec
Page 788
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
PFC_T8
3GPP TS 44.060
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
Category
None
Application
domain
GPRS
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name Ping_Expiration

Maximum duration of the ping activity on IP interface via the Pinger menu (CRAFT).
Apply for Gb over IP interface.
Ping_Expiration
GPRS
HMI name PFC_T8
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1 mn
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1 sec
Application
domain
Timer guarding the Modify-BSS-PFC procedure
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
0.5
10
0.1
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
30
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Non
Oui
100
sec
30
mn
Page 789
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GPRS
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name Ping_Retry_Time

Period between two pings on IP interface when checking an IP address via the Pinger menu
(CRAFT).
Apply on Gb over IP interface.
Ping_Retry_Time
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1 sec
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
10
60
Number
MFS
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Non
10
60
sec
Page 790
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(BSC) = PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(MFS)
Mandatory rules
--
B9
Number
Max value 3
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Oui
Coded Max
Unit
Coded Min
catalogue document
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 791
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Def value 0
Coded Def
External comment -Internal comment The value sent by the OMC-R to the MFS corresponds to the value of the OMC-R changeable parameter defined in the BSS O&M Telecom
and DCS1800 bands",
- At cell creation
Recommended rules The OMC-R checks the consistency between the setting of FREQUENCY_RANGE and

4,...,255: for future use
This parameter shall be coded over 8 bits as a provision for future frequency band combinations.
Site (CAE)
Category
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
HMI name PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS
None
GSM
PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(MFS)
Frequency bands used in the whole PLMN.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
PMU_CPU_OVERLOAD
HMI name PMU_CPU_OVERLOAD
Threshold above which a GPU enters the PMU CPU overload state.
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
PMU_CPU_overload_step_H
HMI name PMU_CPU_overload_step_H
Number of steps to increment the internal PMU variable used in the PMU CPU overload control
algorithm, when the PMU is in CPU overload state.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
B9
95
B9
100
Number
10
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
GPU
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
GPU
B10 Oui
Spec reference
Type
Coding rules
-Min value
External comment -Internal comment The current default value is chosen so that reaction to overload is faster than return to normal behaviour.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment GPU overload control has changed for B8. Only one threshold is needed (no hysteresis)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Oui
Oui
95
100
10
None
Page 792
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
PMU_CPU_overload_step_N
HMI name PMU_CPU_overload_step_N
Number of steps to decrement the internal GPU variable used in the PMU CPU overload control
algorithm, when the PMU is in CPU normal load state.
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
PMU_CPU_sampling_period
HMI name PMU_CPU_sampling_period
Periodicity at which the PMU CPU load is evaluated for the GPU PMU overload control algorithm.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment This hard-coded constant already existed with B7.2 but was not declared in the BTP.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
GPU
B10 Oui
10
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
GPU
B10 Oui
Spec reference
Type
Coding rules
-Min value
External comment -Internal comment The current default value is chosen so that reaction to overload is faster than return to normal behaviour.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Oui
Oui
10
None
sec
Page 793
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
PRACH_BUSY_THRES
GPRS
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Parameter used in dynamic allocation of secondary MasterPDCH algorithm.
Internal comment --
This parameter is encoded with a step size of 4 dB as follows:

0: -110 dBm
1: -106 dBm
2: -102 dBm
3: -98 dBm
4: -94 dBm
5: -90 dBm
6: -86 dBm
7: -82 dBm
8: -78 dBm
9: -74 dBm
10: -70 dBm
11: -66 dBm
12: -62 dBm
13: -58 dBm
14: -54 dBm
15: -50 dBm
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
Site (CAE)
HMI name PRACH_BUSY_THRES
Received level above which a PRACH block is deemed busy.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
-110
Oui
Threshold
Max value -50

Def value -106
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
15
dBm
Page 794
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_1
LCS
Network (CDE)
Category
HMI name PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_1
LCS
Network (CDE)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules The same GPS methods reference should not be used for different priorities.
It contains a reference to a GPS method: 1 for MS Assisted A-GPS, 2 for MS Based A-GPS, 3 for
Conventional GPS.
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
The second preferred GPS positioning method.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules The same GPS methods reference should not be used for different priorities
Conventional GPS.
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
The most preferred GPS positioning method.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Number
1
Max value 3
Def value 2
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
B9
Number
Max value 3
Def value 1
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 795
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
LCS
Network (CDE)
Category
HMI name Allowed priority classes
Site (CAE)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules -External comment Persistence level parameter for priority (i) is meaningless if the Radio Priority (i) is not allowed
Internal comment --
Coded over 3 bits . 000: packet access is not allowed in the cell; 011:packet access is allowed for
priority level 1; 100: packet access is allowed for priority level 1 to 2; 101: packet access is
allowed for priority level 1 to 3; 110: packet access allowed for priority level 1 to 4
Equal to PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD (BSC)
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
GSM TS 04.60
This parameter indicates whether or not a MS of a certain priority class is allowed to do a Packet
access.
(MFS)
Rec reference
Definition
Logical name
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules The same GPS methods reference should not be used for different priorities.
Conventional GPS.
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
The third preferred GPS positioning method.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Number
Max value 6
Def value 6
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
B9
Number
Max value 3
Def value 3
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
Non
Non
None
Page 796
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Cell Type
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
PTM_BVCI
GSM TS 08.18
Rec reference
Application
domain
PTP_BVCI
3GPP TS 08.18
Rec reference
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name BVCI
GPRS
System (CST)
Category
HMI name PTM BVCI
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment The value is set by the MFS.
PTP BVCI value.
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
PTM BVCI value.
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
65535
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
65535
None
Page 797
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
PVC_Level1_down
None
Application
domain
GPRS
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
PVC_Level1_Factor
HMI name Level 1 Factor
This parameter is used to calculate the amount of data used for buffering.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.01
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules amount of memory needed : PVC_Level1_factor * 10 * (CBS+EBS) for a PVC
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name Level 1 down
This parameter gives the low level of threshold for congestion.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
40
B9
100
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
12.75
0.05
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
PVC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
PVC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
40
100
100
1275
None
Page 798
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
PVC_Level1_up
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Site (CAE)
Category
Mandatory rules
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
0: measurements made on BCCH frequency shall be included, 1: measurements made on BCCH

frequency shall not be included
Equal to PWRC (BSC)
GSM
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
GSM TS 04.08
PWRC (MFS)
HMI name PWRC
This flag indicates to the MS whether or not it shall include measurements made on BCCH
frequency in case of frequency hopping channel.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name Level 1 up
This parameter gives the high level of threshold for congestion.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
70
B9
100
Number
Flag
Max value 1
Def value 1
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
PVC
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
70
100
None
Page 799
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
QOS_SAFETY_MARGIN
HMI name QOS_SAFETY_MARGIN
Additional capacity (in terms of radio bandwidth and in terms of transmission resources) which is
reserved for a streaming TBF (RT PFC) to correctly fulfill its AGBR contract and to possibly
convey other multiplexed NRT PFC(s) of the same TBF. The part of this margin that is not used
by the streaming TBF may be used by other TBF(s).
turn out to be impossible to guarantee in this case).
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 10%
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules Setting QOS_SAFETY_MARGIN to 0% is not recommended (the GBR of some RT PFCs may
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
20
100
Number
cell
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
10
Page 800
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
Type
Min value
-98
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Unit
Coded Min
Internal comment
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
The OMC shall not display on the OMC screen the value of 70 (resp. 50), but the corresponding text always search for 3G neighbour cells
(resp. never search for 3G neighbour cells).
(-78 dBm to never search for neighbour cells) the threshold in GPRS packet transfer mode.
This parameter is sent in Packet Measurement Order on PACCH.
--
Page 801
15
15
dBm
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Mandatory rules -Max value -50

Coded Max
Coded Def

0: -98: -98 dBm (below)
1: -94: -94 dBm (below)
2: -90: -90dBm (below)
3: -86: -86dBm (below)
4: -82: -82 dBm (below)
5: -78: -78 dBm (below)
6: -74: -74 dBm (below)
8: -78: -78 dBm (above)
9: -74: -74 dBm (above)
10: -70: -70 dBm (above)
11: -66: -66 dBm (above)
12: -62: -62 dBm (above)
13: -58: -58 dBm (above)
14: -54: -54 dBm (above)
2G-3G
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
3GPP TS 05.08
Qsearch_P_PTM
HMI name Qsearch_P_PTM
Threshold for searching for 3G cells in GPRS packet transfer mode depending whether the
received level average of the serving cell is below or above the threshold
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
R_AVERAGE_EGPRS
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name R_AVERAGE_EGPRS
Average bitrate per PDCH for Edge capable terminals in this cell
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
30000
59200
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 802
30000
59200
bit/s
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
to MAX_EGPRS_MCS (e.g. if MAX_EGPRS_MCS = MCS9 => R_AVERAGE_EGPRS shall not

be higher than 59,2kbps).
External comment This parameter represents the average bit rate that is targeted, per PDCH, in the cell with respect to the cell radio planning. It is recommended
not to set this bit rate higher than the average measured bit rate in the cell.
The default value corresponds to MCS-6.
The max value corresponds to MCS-9.
Internal comment --
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules RMIN_EGPRS <= R_AVERAGE_EGPRS
Recommended rules R_AVERAGE_EGPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher than the useful bitrate corresponding
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
R_AVERAGE_GPRS
HMI name R_AVERAGE_GPRS
Average bitrate per PDCH for non-Edge capable terminals in this cell
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
12000
20000
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Instance
3GPP TS 48.018
Application
domain
GPRS
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
RA_CAPABILITY_UPDATE_RETRI
B10 Oui
ES
Maximum number of repetition of Radio Access capability in case of no answer from SGSN at T5
expiry.
Sub-syste
RA_CAPABILITY_UPDATE_RETRIES HMI name
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Definition
Logical name
Number
MFS
MFS
B9
Oui
Non
Non
None
Page 803
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Cell Type
12000
20000
bit/s
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
to MAX_GPRS_CS (e.g. if MAX_GPRS_CS = CS2 => R_AVERAGE_GPRS shall not be higher

than 12kbps).
External comment This parameter represents the average bit rate that is targeted, per PDCH, in the cell with respect to the cell radio planning. It is recommended
not to set this bit rate higher than the average measured bit rate in the cell.
The default value corresponds to CS-2.
The max value corresponds to CS-4.
Internal comment --
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules RMIN_GPRS <= R_AVERAGE_GPRS
Recommended rules R_AVERAGE_GPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher than the useful bitrate corresponding
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
Number
-1
Max value 255
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
SAME_RA_AS_SERVING_CELL field to 0.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Def value 0
Internal comment The special value of "-1" means that the RA code has still not been valued by the network provider or that the MFS shall set the
0...255 (significant value: 3GPP TS 04.60)

other values: external or unknown cell
Mandatory rules - Equal to RA_CODE (BSC)
- A couple of mate extended cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same
Recommended rules RA_CODE when they are PS capable
--
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
3GPP TS 04.60
Rec reference
RA_CODE (MFS)
Routing Area Code.
Logical name
Definition
255
-1
None
Page 804
Coded Def
Coded Max
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Coding rules
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
-1
Number
Max value 255

Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
adj
B10 Oui
Oui
from the routing area of the target cell.

This parameter is used when there is a PBCCH in the serving cell.
Internal comment
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
255
Page 805
Coded Max
Coded Def
-1
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
External comment The special value of -1 means that the RA code has still not been valued by the operator or that the routing area of the serving cell is different
target cell are equal to the RAC and LAC of the serving cell, and iii) there is a PBCCH
established in the serving cell, and iv) a cell reselection adjacency link is defined between the
serving cell and the target cell, then it is recommended to set the RA_CODE to -1.
Otherwise, the MFS considers that the serving cell and the target cell belong to the same
routing area when setting the SAME_RA_AS_SERVING_CELL field in the 04.60 PACKET
SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 3/3bis messages.
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules If i) the target and serving cells belong to different PLMNs and ii) the RAC and LAC of the
0...255 (significant value: 3GPP TS 04.60);

other values: external or unknown cell.
The special value of -1 means that the RA code has still not been valued by the network
provider or that the MFS shall set the SAME_RA_AS_SERVING_CELL field to 0.
--
Application
domain
GPRS
3GPP TS 04.60
Rec reference
RA_CODE(n)
Routing Area Code of neighbour cells.
Logical name
Definition
GSM TS 04.60
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
RA_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS
HMI name RA_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS
This parameter indicates in both STANDBY and READY state the additional hysteresis which
applies when selecting a cell in a new Routing Area.
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
RACH_TA_FILTER (MFS)
HMI name RACH/PRACH_TA_FILTER
Timing Advance threshold for CHANNEL REQUIRED and PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST
filtering.
B9
14
B9
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
greater or equal to RACH_TA_FILTER are discarded.

--
Internal comment
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
dB
Page 806
64
64
bper
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Threshold
Unit
Coding rules
64: no filtering
Min value 0
Coded Min
Mandatory rules Equal to RACH_TA_FILTER (BSC)
Max value 64
Coded Max
Recommended rules Disable the filtering for extended cells.
Def value 64
Coded Def
External comment One unit corresponds to a distance of about 550m. CHANNEL REQUIRED or PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages with Timing Advance
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 2 dB, Coded on 3 bits. 000=0 dB, 001=2 dB, ...111=14 dB
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (MFS)
GSM TS 05.08
Application
domain
GSM
Initial value of MS counter for radio link supervision.
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT
None
Application
domain
GPRS
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
RATE_RED
HMI name rateRed
Rate reduction of the bvc leak rate (DL flow control with the SGSN) to apply if the GPU memory
occupancy exceeds HIGH_THRES_B_MAX.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 10%
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules Equal to RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (BSC)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
16
64
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
100
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
15
Samfr
100
Page 807
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
3GPP TS 44.060
Application
domain
System (CST)
Category
3GPP TS 44.060
Application
domain
IP
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name RAW_BITRATE_CS2

Raw bit rate corresponding to CS2, used for FC1 flow control algorithm in RLC (IP mode only).
RAW_BITRATE_CS2
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
IP

RAW_BITRATE_CS1
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
12
12
12
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
Non
80
80
80
kbit/s
120
120
120
kbit/s
Page 808
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
3GPP TS 44.060
Application
domain
System (CST)
Category
3GPP TS 44.060
Application
domain
IP
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category

RAW_BITRATE_CS4
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
IP

RAW_BITRATE_CS3
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
14.4
14.4
Number
14.4
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
20
20
20
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
Non
144
144
144
kbit/s
200
200
200
kbit/s
Page 809
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
3GPP TS 44.060
Application
domain
System (CST)
Category
3GPP TS 44.060
Application
domain
IP
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name RAW_BITRATE_MCS2

Raw bit rate corresponding to MCS2, used for FC1 flow control algorithm in RLC (IP mode only).
RAW_BITRATE_MCS2
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
IP

RAW_BITRATE_MCS1
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
8.8
8.8
Number
8.8
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
11.2
11.2
11.2
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
Non
88
88
88
kbit/s
112
112
112
kbit/s
Page 810
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
3GPP TS 44.060
Application
domain
System (CST)
Category
3GPP TS 44.060
Application
domain
IP
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category

RAW_BITRATE_MCS4
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
IP

RAW_BITRATE_MCS3
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
13.6
13.6
Number
13.6
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
17.6
17.6
17.6
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
Non
136
136
136
kbit/s
176
176
176
kbit/s
Page 811
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
3GPP TS 44.060
Application
domain
System (CST)
Category
3GPP TS 44.060
Application
domain
IP
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category

RAW_BITRATE_MCS6
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
IP

RAW_BITRATE_MCS5
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
22.4
22.4
Number
22.4
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
27.2
27.2
27.2
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
Non
224
224
224
kbit/s
272
272
272
kbit/s
Page 812
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
3GPP TS 44.060
Application
domain
System (CST)
Category
3GPP TS 44.060
Application
domain
IP
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category

RAW_BITRATE_MCS8
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
IP

RAW_BITRATE_MCS7
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
44.8
44.8
Number
44.8
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
54.4
54.4
54.4
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
Non
448
448
448
kbit/s
544
544
544
kbit/s
Page 813
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
3GPP TS 44.060
Application
domain
System (CST)
GSM TS 08.18
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
Resume_retries
HMI name Resume_retries
Maximum number of retries to send a Resume message to the SGSN.
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules BSSGP_T4 < T_GPRS_Resume/ (Resume_retries+1)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
IP

RAW_BITRATE_MCS9
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
59.2
59.2
Number
59.2
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
Non
592
592
592
kbit/s
None
Page 814
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
IP
None
Internal comment
Non
HMI name
Application
domain
IP demo parameter.Sent to the BTS.
IP
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
RES
GE_THRES
Threshold in RLC to request IPGCH to send downlink FC1 flow control message to PCC, in case
of important change of the expected throughput (through an increase or decrease of ther (M)CS
and/or number of allocated PDCHs)
TRX nb
RLC_FC1_THROUGHPUT_CHANGE_TH
Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 1%
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment
Rec reference
Definition
Non
Logical name
System (CST)
Category
level of the RLC buffer. It is expressed as a number of 20 msec periods.
HMI name RLC_FC1_BUFFER_SEND_THRE

Threshold in RLC to request IPGCH to send DL FC1 flow control message to PCC, in case of low
RLC_FC1_BUFFER_SEND_THRES
Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 1, coded on 1 byte.
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. Sent to the BTS via IPGCH.
Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition
B9
30
Number
Non
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
20
100
Number
0
MFS
Sub-syste MFS
Non
Oui
20
100
None
Page 815
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
Cell Type
B10
30
None
B9
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RLC_FC1_THROUGHPUT_CHAN
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
None
Application
domain
IP
Category
System (CST)
HMI name RLC_TARGET_BUFFER

Target filling level of the RLC buffer associated to each DL TBF. This parameter is used by the
FC1 downlink flow control mechanism between RRM-PCC and RLC layers.
This parameter is expressed as a number of 20 msec periods.
RLC_TARGET_BUFFER
Internal comment
IP demo parameter.
Buffer Filling Level IEs on IPGCH interface).

External comment Corresponds to number of time-periods (20 ms) worth of data.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 1
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules T_IPGCH_ACK_DL/20 < 30 - RLC_TARGET_BUFFER (linked to the max. value of 31 for the
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
12
30
Number
MFS
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Non
12
30
block period
Page 816
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
RMIN_EGPRS
HMI name RMIN_EGPRS
Minimal bitrate per PDCH for Edge capable terminals in this cell (at 95 % or 90% confidence level
or less %, depending on tolerable risk)
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
20800
59200
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Internal comment
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
appropriately with respect to the cell radio planning.

The default value corresponds to a bitrate between MCS-4 and MCS-5.
The max value corresponds to MCS-9.
-The default value corresponds to the minimum bitrate to accept a GBR 64Kb/s with the following conditions : MS multislot class = 4+1,
MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD =4
20800
59200
bit/s
Page 817
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
External comment This parameter is used to provide a guaranted Bit rate of streaming PFC for Edge capable MS, in the worst case radio condition. It should be set
must be respected: RMIN_EGPRS <= useful bitrate corresponding to min

(TBF_UL_INIT_MCS, TBF_DL_INIT_MCS). Otherwise the streaming PFC can be downgraded
to the Defaut Best Effort ABQP.
R_MIN_EGPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher than the useful bitrate corresponding to
Max_EGPRS_MCS. If the above recommended rule is not fulfilled, then some RT PFCs can
be accepted by the BSS whereas it will not be possible to handle their associated GBR. This
may result in RT PFC downgrades to Best Effort.
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules RMIN_EGPRS <= R_AVERAGE_EGPRS
Recommended rules If EN_STREAMING = 1 and EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK = False then the following condition
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
RMIN_GPRS
HMI name RMIN_GPRS
Minimal bitrate per PDCH for non-Edge capable terminals in this cell cell (at 95 % or 90%
confidence level or less, depending on tolerable risk)
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
8000
20000
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Internal comment
be set appropriately with respect to the cell radio planning.

The default value corresponds to CS-1.
The max value corresponds to CS-4.
--
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 818
8000
20000
bit/s
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment This parameter is used to provide a guaranted Bit rate of streaming PFC for Non Edge capable MS, in the worst case radio condition. It should
must be respected: RMIN_GPRS <= useful bitrate corresponding to min (TBF_UL_INIT_CS,

TBF_DL_INIT_CS). Otherwise the streaming PFC can be downgraded to the Defaut Best
Effort ABQP.
R_MIN_GPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher than the useful bitrate corresponding to
Max_GPRS_CS. If the above recommended rule is not fulfilled, then some RT PFCs can be
accepted by the BSS whereas it will not be possible to handle their associated GBR. This may
result in RT PFC downgrades to Best Effort.
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules RMIN_GPRS <= R_AVERAGE_GPRS
Recommended rules If EN_STREAMING = 1 and EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK = False then the following condition
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
round_trip_delay
None
Application
domain
Round trip delay between the MFS and a MS.

GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name Round trip delay MFS-MS
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
RR_ALLOC_PERIOD (MFS)
HMI name RR_ALLOC_PERIOD (MFS)
This parameter allows to tune the time between two sendings of the BSCGP RR Allocation
Indication messages.
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Oui
Page 819
30
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
ONLY used in the construction of other timers, the considered round trip delay is : output of L2GCH
sublayer - MS input of L2GCH sublayer. It shall take into account Abis transmission delay. The round trip delay shall not take into account
RRBP delay at (MAC) level.
The setting the CST parameter T_ACK_WAIT has to take into account the value of round_trip_delay.
Spec reference
Type
Number
Coding rules
-Min value 1
Mandatory rules Equal to RR_ALLOC_PERIOD (BSC)
Max value 30
External comment -Internal comment This parameter is used by MFS in the defensive mechanism for radio resource management to increment internal variables.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Internal comment
GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links as follows:

- If round_trip_delay < 500 ms, the OMC-R and the MFS consider that GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links,
- If round_trip_delay >= 500 ms, the OMC-R and the MFS consider that GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite
links.
When the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links in the serving cell, it is recommended to set the round_trip_delay parameter
16
94
ms
8
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Timer
Unit
Coding rules
step size=10 ms
Min value 80
Coded Min
Mandatory rules T3192 + T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL + round_trip_delay < 5 sec
Max value 940
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment The round-trip delay is used by the RRM, RLC and MAC layers. The OMC-R and the MFS also use this parameter to determine whether or not
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Category
Site (CAE)
GSM TS 05.08
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(MFS) = RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(BSC)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
-100
-47
-110
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
-100
-47
-110
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
adj
B10 Oui
GPRS
RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(MFS)
Application
domain
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
GSM TS 05.08
RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (MFS)
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (MFS) = RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (BSC)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Oui
Oui
10
63
dBm
10
63
dBm
Page 820
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Site (CAE)
Category
External comment -Internal comment Needed when there is a PBCCH in the cell.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
The number of slots belonging to the MSs PRACH between 2 successive Packet Channel
Request messages is a random value drawn randomly for each new retransmission with
uniform distribution in the set (S, S+1, ...,S+T-1) with T = Tx_INT. The time in seconds
between two Packet Channel Request messages is determined as a function of S, TX_INT
and of the BS_PRACH_BLKS parameter. BS_PRACH_BLKS defines the number of blocks
statically allocated to the PRACH per 52 multiframe on each PCCCH.
When the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links, it is recommended to set
S so that the time between two successive Packet Channel Request messages is longer than
1400 ms.
set S so that the time between two successive Packet Channel Request messages is longer
than 900 ms.
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules When the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater terrestrial links, it is recommended to
Possible values are : 12, 15, 20, 30, 41, 55, 76, 109, 163, 217 respectively binary coded : 0000,
0001, 0010,... ,1001
--
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
3GPP TS 04.60
S
HMI name S
Number of slots between 2 successive PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Number
12
Max value 217

Def value 30
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Page 821
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GPRS
LCS
System (CST)
Category
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Type
Min value
Instance
B9
Number
MFS
MFS
255
Number
Oui
Oui
with x = 1, 2, 30-31, 50-65, 150-165, 100, 20
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
255
None
Unit
Coded Min
Page 822
16843018
4294967295
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Mandatory rules
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment -Internal comment Following addresses are already used within MFS sub-network 1 and can not set as IP address of the external router in sub-network 1: 1.1.1.x,
Coded on 32 bits (IP v4).

RuleTo convert the IP address into decimal: Each sub number of the IP addresse is coded on a
byte (8 bits). then the 4 sub numbers are concatenated
default: value corresponding to IP address 1.1.1.10
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
SAGI_GATEWAY_IP_ADDRESS_1
HMI name SAGI_GATEWAY_IP_ADDRESS_1 B10 Oui
IP address (on sub-network 1 in the MFS) of the external router used as gateway towards the GPS
server.
Sub-syste
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Network (CDE)
Category
S_BECN
HMI name S_BECN
Number of consecutive frames with BECN bit before congestion is stated.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
LCS
System (CST)
Category
Type
Min value
0
Number
MFS
MFS
B9
Oui
Unit
Coded Min
ESS
LCS
System (CST)
Category
ADDRESS
HMI name
Type
Min value
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
1.1.1.x or 2.2.2.x.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Non
Oui
Page 823
None
RMS template Non
Cell Type
B10
Unit
Coded Min
SAGI_GPS_SERVER_LOCAL_IP_
Mandatory rules
Max value 2^32-1
Coded Max
Recommended rules -Def value *
Coded Def
External comment -Internal comment The local IP address of the server must not belong to the addresses used within MFS sub-networks 1 and 2, i.e. it must be different from

*: default: value corresponding to IP address 10.1.1.1
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
Local IP address (within MFS sub-networks) of the GPS server.
Non
SAGI_GPS_SERVER_LOCAL_IP_ADDR
TRX nb
Rec reference
Definition
Oui
Logical name
with x = 1, 2, 30-31, 50-65, 150-165, 100, 200
33686026
4294967295
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Mandatory rules
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment -Internal comment Following addresses are already used within MFS sub-network 2 and can not set as IP address of the external router in sub-network 2: 2.2.2.x,

RuleTo convert the IP address into decimal: Each sub number of the IP addresse is coded on a
byte (8 bits). then the 4 sub numbers are concatenated
default: value corresponding to IP address 2.2.2.10
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
Instance
HMI name SAGI_GATEWAY_IP_ADDRESS_2 B10 Oui
IP address (on sub-network 2 in the MFS) of the external router used as gateway towards the GPS
server.
Sub-syste
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
None
Application
domain
Network (CDE)
Rec reference
domain
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1 second
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
timer determines the interval separating keep alive retransmissions until a response is received.
Once a response is received, the delay until the next keep alive transmission is again controlled
by the value of this timer. The connection will be aborted after the number of retransmissions
specified by SAGI_TCP_MAX_DATA_RETRANS have gone unanswered.
None
Application
LCS
Category Network (CDE)
Non
SAGI_TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTERVAL HMI name SAGI_TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTERV

Parameter used in the context of supervision of SAGI based on TCP keep alive mechanism. This
Category
Logical name
Definition
LCS
SAGI_TCP_DATA_TIMEOUT
HMI name SAGI_TCP_DATA_TIMEOUT
timer controls the retransmission timeout for the sending of the individual data segments.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1 second
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
10
B9
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
10
Timer
4
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
10
sec
Cell Type
Non
10
sec
Page 824
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
AL
TRX nb
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
SAGI_TCP_MAX_DATA_RETRANS
HMI name SAGI_TCP_MAX_DATA_RETRANS B10 Oui
parameter controls the number of times TCP will retransmit an individual data segment before
aborting the connection. The retransmission timeout is given by the parameter
Sub-syste
SAGI_TCP_DATA_TIMEOUT.
Instance
None
Application
LCS
None
Application
domain
LCS
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
10
B9
Number
MFS
MFS
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
3007
65535
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
SAGI_TCP_PORT_NB
HMI name SAGI_TCP_PORT_NB
The TCP port number used for opening and closing of a SAGI TCP connection.
Spec reference
SMLC / A-GPS Server Interface
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
domain
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Oui
Oui
Non
Non
10
None
3007
65535
None
Page 825
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Cell Type
avoid degrading the throughput of the low-priority TBFs in a significant manner (if it is possible according to the available PDCHs in the cell).
--
Internal comment
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category

"WWW.XXX.YYY.ZZZ" (ex: 255.245.247.001)
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter
coded on 32 bits
default value is 0.0.0.0
--
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
HMI name SGSN_IP_Address
None
IP address of the SGSN used for Gb over IP
SGSN_IP_Address
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Non
Number
0

Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
SGSN-IPEndPoint
B10 Oui
Cell Type
Non
4294967295
None
Page 826
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
10
None
RMS template Non
OR
TRX nb
domain
Spec reference
Type
Number
Unit
Coding rules
-Min value 1
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment The higher the value of T_MAX_FOR_TBF_SCHEDULING is, the higher the value of SCHEDULING_PRIORITY_FACTOR shall be, in order to
Oui
Rec reference
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B9
give a higher weight (PDCH capacity) to the already-established NRT TBFs having a higher
scheduling priority (combination of THP and of Precedence) than the TBF to be established or
reallocated.
This factor will tend to avoid piling up several TBFs with different scheduling priorities on the
None
Application
GPRS
Non
B10 Oui
SCHEDULING_PRIORITY_FACTOR
HMI name SCHEDULING_PRIORITY_FACT
When computing the best candidate timeslot allocation for an NRT TBF, this factor enables to
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
None
Application
domain
GPRS
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name SGSN_UDP_Port
UDP port number of the SGSN endpoint used for Gb over IP.
SGSN_UDP_Port
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
System (CST)
Category
HMI name SGSN_IP_ENDPOINT_MAX
GPRS
Maximum number of SGSN IP Endpoint per GPU.
SGSN_IP_ENDPOINT_MAX
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules Not changeable after MFS system initialization.
Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
16
16
16
B9
Number
Non
Non
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
49152
65535
49152
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
SGSN-IPEndPoint
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
16
16
16
None
49152
65535
49152
None
Page 827
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
GSM 04.18
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
SGSNR
HMI name SGSNR
Year corresponding to the version of ETSI/3GPP recommendations used to implement SGSN
software.
SIG_BVCI
GSM TS 08.18
Rec reference
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name SIG BVCI
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
Signalling BVCI value.
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Flag
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Spec reference
Type
Coding rules
0 = SGSN is release '98 or older; 1 = SGSN is release '99 onwards
Min value
External comment Any modification of the parameter leads the MFS to reset autonomously all the GPUs connected to this BSS.
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Oui
Oui
None
None
Page 828
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
SIGNALLING_PRIORITY
HMI name SIGNALLING_PRIORITY
Defines the relative priority used for the pre-defined Signalling PFC.
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
None
Application
domain
GPRS
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name SMS_PRIORITY
Defines the relative priority used for the pre-defined SMS PFC.
SMS_PRIORITY
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
15
15
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Spec reference
Type
Number
Coding rules
-Min value 0
Mandatory rules The priority set for signalling should always be higher than for data traffic
Max value 15
External comment Signalling is, by default, handled as top priority. The default value of the parametercorresponds to the highest priority.
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Oui
Oui
15
None
15
15
None
Page 829
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
STREAMING_PRIORITY
None
Application
domain
GPRS
System (CST)
Category
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name STREAMING_PRIORITY
Defines the relative priority used for the Streaming PFC
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Mandatory rules
0: split pg cycle on CCCH not supported in the cell

1: split pg cycle on CCCH supported in the cell
Equal to SPGC_CCCH_SUP (BSC)
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
GSM TS 04.60
SPGC_CCCH_SUP (MFS)
HMI name SPGC_CCCH_SUP (MFS)
This flag indicates the support of split pg cycle on CCCH by the network.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
15
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
B9
Flag
Max value 1
Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
None
15
None
Page 830
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
GSM TS 08.18
Application
domain
GPRS
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Suspend_retries
HMI name Suspend_retries
Maximum number of retries to send a Suspend message to the SGSN.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
0
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Page 831
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Network (CDE)
T_ACK_WAIT
HMI name T_ACK_WAIT
Timer defining the maximum time to wait for an MS answer (i.e. Packet Control Ack or beginning
of an UL TBF) to a network solicitation sent on PACCH/DL when the MS is in PTM, or on PPCH
when the MS is in PIM and non-DRX mode, or on main DCCH when the MS is in dedicated mode.
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
1.2
0.5
Timer
MFS
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 832
12
50
sec
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
As T_ACK_WAIT is not shown to the operator, the OMC is not able to verify the following rules. Despite of this fact, these rules (expressed in
ms) are essential and shall be verified when setting the default values:
1. T_ACK_WAIT > T3168 + MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH*20 + 60
2. T_ACK_WAIT > T_queuing_PACCH + round_trip_delay + MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH*20 + 60 (for UL two-phase access and UL access on
concurrent DL TBF)
3. T_ACK_WAIT > T_queuing_PAGCH + round_trip_delay + MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH*20 + 60 (for UL one-phase access on PCCCH)
4. T_ACK_WAIT > T_queuing_PPCH_non_DRX + round_trip_delay + 120 (for DL TBF establishment on PCCCH in non-DRX mode)
5. T_ACK_WAIT > T_queuing_PACCH + round_trip_delay + 120 (for DL TBF establishment on concurrent UL TBF or for fast DL TBF
re-establishment).
The following parameters are used in the above formulae:
- T_queuing_PACCH: maximum queuing time expected on PACCH (~200 msec)
- T_queuing_PAGCH: maximum queuing time expected on PAGCH (<200 msec)
- T_queuing_PPCH_non_DRX: maximum queuing time expected on PPCH in non-DRX mode (<200 msec)
External comment -Internal comment T_ACK_WAIT <= T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH

- T_ack_wait = 1200 ms if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in all
the cells of the MFS.
- T_ack_wait = 1700 ms if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater
satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1 sec
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Network (CDE)
T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH
HMI name T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH
Timer defining the maximum time to wait for a MS answer (i.e. Packet Control Ack) to a network
sollicitation sent on PPCH when the MS is in PIM and DRX mode.
GSM TS 04.60
Application
domain
GPRS
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
T_AVG_T (MFS)
HMI name T_AVG_T
Signal strength filter period for power control in packet transfer mode.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules Equal to T_AVG_T (BSC)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
External comment -Internal comment T_ACK_WAIT <= T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH

- T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH = 2.5 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater
terrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS,
- T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH = 3 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite
links or Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1 sec ; 0 = 0; 1 = 0.1;... ;100 = 10
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
2.5
10
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
12
25
Number
0
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
25
100
sec
12
25
None
Page 833
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
T_AVG_W (MFS)
None
Application
domain
GPRS
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
20
25
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
40
64
Timer
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1s
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Category
T_BA_CHANGE
HMI name T_BA_CHANGE
Time during which no NC cell reselection can be triggered further to a change of the BCCH
allocation.
GPRS
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Application
domain
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
GSM TS 04.60
Site (CAE)
HMI name T_AVG_W
Signal strength filter period for power control in packet idle mode.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules Equal to T_AVG_W (BSC)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Oui
Oui
20
25
None
40
64
sec
Page 834
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
IP
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
1
10
0,1
Timer
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
10
100
sec
Page 835
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
- The highest the T_BTS_LOAD_REPORT value, the longest the phases during which RRM blocks some TBF traffic on the TRXs will be in case
of high BTS CPU load. In particular, those phases (during which some TBF traffic is blocked by RRM) can happen after a BTS CPU load peak
(i.e. a load increase followed by a load decrease in a short period of time) has occurred (cf. The BTS_LOAD_FORGETTING_FACTOR parameter
to tune the likelihood for a BTS CPU load peak to be notified to RRM).
- the lowest the T_BTS_LOAD_REPORT value, the highest the PMU-PTU interface load.
Category
System (CST)
HMI name T_BTS_LOAD_REPORT
Period with which a given BTS reports its CPU load to RRM
T_BTS_LOAD_REPORT
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 100 ms
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Network (CDE)
- up to 2 x N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_ATTEMPT_T3 T3 TBF reallocation attempts are
T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC
HMI name T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC
Timer value controlling the time duration between successive resource reallocation attempts for
candidate MSs (triggers T3 and T4).
In a given cell, at each expiry of the T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC timer :
- up to N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_ATTEMPT_T4 T4 TBF reallocation attempts are performed,
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
20
Timer
cell
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
Internal comment
--
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
20
sec
Page 836
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
This constraints avoids as much as possible that some GCHs are released and reestablished
again some moments later. This way, the T3 and T4 TBF reallocations can benefit from the
GCHs which are currently unused, but still established.
External comment This parameter, together with the parameters N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_ATTEMPT_T3 and N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_ATTEMPT_T4,
allows to :
- to control the reactivity of the BSS with regards to T3 and T4 TBF reallocations,
- and to control the extra CPU load generated by T3 and T4 TBF reallocation attempts (the lowest the value of T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC,
the highest the generated CPU load).
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1 sec; value 1 means 1 sec; value 2 means 2 sec, and so on
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules T_GCH_INACTIVITY > T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC in all the cells of the BSS.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
T_CHANGE_RLC_MODE
HMI name T_CHANGE_RLC_MODE
Timeout value for RLC mode modification procedure on downlink path when DL LLC PDUs with
different RLC (acknowledged and unacknowledged) are simultaneously received by the MFS.
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
T_CONFIG_TBF
None
Application
domain
E-GPRS
Category
System (CST)
HMI name T_CONFIG_TBF
Supervision timer for TBF context configuration in a TRX
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
satellite links, RLC shall add 420 ms to this value of timer.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 837
14
20
ms
10
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Timer
Unit
Coding rules
step size = 20 ms
Min value 200
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment -Internal comment This value of timer shall be used when the traffic is carried through Abis or Ater terrestrial links. When the traffic is carried through Abis or Ater
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Internal comment
possible de-sequencing at LLC level; however, the SNDCP layer within the MS should de-multiplex the data flows operating in different RLC
modes towards different NSAPIs. It should therefore not impact the behaviour of layers above RLC/MAC when the value is different from 0; it
is however recommended in order to minimise the risks.
--
20
sec
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Timer
Unit
Coding rules
Step size : 100 ms
Min value 0
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment A value of 0 is required in order to guarantee no de-sequencing of LLC PDUs within the same LLC SAPI. A value different from 0 will lead to
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
T_delay_gch
HMI name T_delay_gch
Delay for GCH re-establishment after a GCH establishment failure.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Gives the delay between 2 GCH establishment attempts.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
10
255
Timer
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
10
255
sec
Page 838
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
T_DELAY_PAGING_EXT
HMI name T_DELAY_PAGING_EXT
Time to delay the specific paging procedure when the MS didnt answer to any Packet DL
Assignment message
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 839
55
100
sec
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
Assignment message) * (Max_retrans_DL+1).

The T_DELAY_PAGING_EXT value should be configured to last, at least, the time up to the T3190 expiry on the MS side plus an additional
margin (around 2.5sec according to the MS Paging Group) to give the time to the MS to switch on the CCCH and receive the Paging Request
message, Illustration with T3190n = 5sec and T_dl_assign_ccch = 1.4sec :
Ex1 : Max_retrans_DL = 2
A=(2+1)*1.4=4.2sec, then T_DELAY_PAGING_EXT >= 5-4.2+2.5>=3.3
A=(3+1)*1.4=5.6sec, then T_DELAY_PAGING_EXT >= 0+2.5>=4.1
A=(4+1)*1.4=7.0sec, then T_DELAY_PAGING_EXT >= (5-1.4)+2.5>=7.1
The default value 5.5 sec is an average value.
Spec reference
Type
Timer
Coding rules
Step size = 0.1
Min value 0
External comment -Internal comment Lets define : A = (T_ul_assign_ccch or T_dl_assign_ccch, depending on the Air channel, AGCH or PCH, used to send the Immediate
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL
HMI name T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL
This timer controls the polling period on the downlink when a TBF is in delayed release mode.
When NC2 is activated for an MS, the actual polling period depends also on
NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T.
B9
Instance
MFS
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
UI command(s) after the last DL RLC data block has been sent, that contains useful data.
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
Internal comment
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
The Min value of 60 ms is needed to ensure that T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL_INITIAL >= T_MIN_POLL.
the time in 60 msec to get the response from the upper layers. Then the MS will not include a channel request description for requesting uplink
TBF establishment. Now, if the DL TBF enters delayed release state, the next time the MS will have an opportunity for requesting such an
uplink TBF establishment will be after T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL. Because that time is quite long (200 msec by default), a specific timer is
introduced for the first polling request.
Cell Type
Non
Page 840
50
ms
3
RMS template Non
AL
TRX nb
Spec reference
Type
Timer
Unit
Coding rules
step size = 20 ms
Min value 60
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment Because the last DL RLC data block is now sent with a polling request preferably 60 msec after the MS has received it, the MS may not have
Rec reference
Non
Oui
Logical name
Definition
B9
T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL_INITIAL HMI name T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL_INITI

Time that the MFS shall wait before sending the first RLC data block containing only LLC Dummy
Internal comment
B10 Oui
ensure that the Mobile Station is granted PACCH/U often enough to be able to request establishment of an uplink TBF, without loading too much
the uplink PDCH. Queuing time on the PDCH to send the polling request (contained in an RLC data block filled with LLC Dummy UI
Commands) shall also be considered.
The Min value of 60 ms is needed to ensure that T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL >= T_MIN_POLL.
10
25
ms
3
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Timer
Unit
Coding rules
step size = 20msec
Min value 60
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment It controls the occurrence of polling requests sent to a Mobile Station, the downlink TBF of which is in delayed release mode. Its value shall
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
GPRS
3GPP TS 04.60
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN
HMI name T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN
This timer defines the duration of the delay introduced by the BSS to send the final Packet UL
Ack/Nack message when releasing an UL TBF.
B9
B9
0.5
Timer
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Internal comment
Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
20
ms
Page 841
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
20
50
sec
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN. When the feature is enabled, the timer duration should be long enough to let the server send its response to the
uplink PDUs received from the MS, while remaining short enough in order not to jeopardise the sending of further uplink PDUs by the MS.
Coded value 0 is used in the MFS during the migration phase until completion of BSS radio re-synchronisation step. The feature delayed final
Packet UL Ack/Nack is therefore inhibited during this period; this behaviour is acceptable considering that it only leads to a degradation of QoS
during this period.
Spec reference
Type
Timer
Coding rules
step size : 100 ms ; 0 = 0 msec, 1 = 100 msec, 2 = 200 msec, etc
Min value 0
External comment The feature delayed emission of the final Packet UL Ack/Nack can be inhibited by setting the value 0 to the parameter
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
System (CST)
Category
T_Delayed_DL_TBF_Pol_UL
HMI name T_Delayed_DL_TBF_Pol_UL
This timer defines the period of sending 'Dummy UI commands' in the delayed DL TBF release
state, when there is an on-going UL TBF.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1s
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
Category
--
1.4
Type
Timer
Min value 0.5
Max value 4.7
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
The T_GPRS_assign_PCH parameter is not displayed to the O&M user.
In order not to unnecessary load the PCH queue, it is recommended to set T_PDA = T_GPRS_assign_pch.
14
Page 842
Coded Def
47
sec
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
As the timer accuracy in the MFS is 50 ms, it is recommended to set T_GPRS_assign_pch so that the period of retransmission of the Packet
Downlink Assignment messages on PACCH, i.e. T_GPRS_assign_pch / (Max_GPRS_assign_pch_retrans + 1), is a multiple of 50 ms.
T_GPRS_assign_pch / (Max_GPRS_assign_pch_retrans + 1).
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Def value
External comment -Internal comment The retransmission period of the Packet DL Assignment messages on PACCH is computed by the MFS as follows:
2/1200/1600
3/1200/1600
4/1200/1600
5/1400/2000
6/1600/2200
7/2000/2600
8/2200/2800
9/2400/3000
(ms) if round_trip_delay >= 500 ms
Recommended rules BS_PA_MFRMS / T_GPRS_assign_pch (ms) if round_trip_delay < 500 ms / T_GPRS_assign_pch
T_GPRS_assign_pch parameters is computed by the OMC as follows:
step size : 0.1sec
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
T_dl_assign_ccch
HMI name T_GPRS_assign_PCH
Maximum emission duration of an Immediate Assignment message on PCH aimed at establishing
a downlink TBF.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
Category
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
T_DL_GPRS_MeasReport
HMI name T_DL_GPRS_MeasReport
Time period to request for a Packet Downlink Ack/Nack with measurements.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 20 ms
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
E-GPRS
T_DL_EGPRS_MeasReport
HMI name T_DL_EGPRS_MeasReport
Time period to request for an EGPRS Packet Downlink Ack/Nack with measurements.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 20 ms
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
200
3000
Timer
60
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
400
3000
60
Timer
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
10
150
ms
3
20
150
ms
Page 843
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
T_DSP_LOAD_REPORT
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
HMI name T_DSP_LOAD_REPORT
Period with which a given DSP reports its CPU load to RRM
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Application
domain
DTM
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name T_DTM_ASSIGN

Timer monitoring the establishment of an UL or a DL TBF on main DCCH for Dual Transfer Mode.
T_DTM_ASSIGN
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 20 ms
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
260
5100
Timer
0
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
Page 844
13
255
ms
0
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
the concerned DSP) will be in case of high DSP CPU load. In particular, those phases (during which some TBF traffic is blocked by RRM) can
happen after a DSP CPU load peak (i.e. a load increase followed by a load decrease in a short period of time) has occurred (cf. The
DSP_LOAD_FORGETTING_FACTOR parameter to tune the likelihood for a DSP CPU load peak to be notified to RRM).
- the lowest the T_DSP_LOAD_REPORT value, the highest the PMU-PTU interface load.
10
100
sec
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Timer
Unit
Coding rules
step size = 100 ms
Min value 0,1
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
Internal comment - The highest the T_DSP_LOAD_REPORT value, the longest the phases during which RRM blocks some TBF traffic (on the TRXs mapped onto
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
System (CST)
Category
None
Application
domain
GPRS
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
T_FAST_DL_margin
HMI name T_FAST_DL_margin
Value defining two times the transmission delay between RRM sub-layer (PPC) and GCH layer
(DSP).
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size: 5ms
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment ONLY used in the construction of other timers.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GPRS
T_EXTENDED_UL_TBF_POL
HMI name T_EXTENDED_UL_TBF_POL
To control the USF scheduling on the uplink when a TBF is in extended TBF mode
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 20 msec
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
200
500
Timer
120
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
50
100
25
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
10
25
ms
6
10
20
ms
Page 845
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
GSM TS 08.18
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
T_flow_ctrl_cell
HMI name T_FLOW_CTRL_CELL
Periodicity of emission of NM- FLOW-CONTROL-BVC message to SGSN.
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Oui
3GPP TS 08.18
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
T_flow_ctrl_ms
HMI name T_FLOW_CTRL_MS
Periodicity of emission of NM- FLOW-CONTROL-MS message towards the SGSN for GPRS and
EGPRS Mobile Stations.
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
10
250
Timer
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
10
sec
10
250
sec
Page 846
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
2) if T_Flow_Ctrl_MS has a non-null value, then "C< T_flow_ctrl_ms < Th". The parameters C and Th are defined in the 3GPP TS 08.18.
If T_Flow_Ctrl_MS has a non-null value, then "C< T_flow_ctrl_ms < Th". The parameters C and Th are defined in the 3GPP TS 08.18. According
to a T_Mobile Requirement, the range of Th is 5 - 250 seconds with a step size of 1s.
Internal comment
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size=1sec, 0 means infinite timer
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment 1) if T_Flow_Ctrl_MS is set to 0, then the MS flow control mechanism is inhibited;
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Type
Timer
Coding rules
step size=1sec, 0 means infinite timer
Min value 0
External comment -Internal comment T_flow_Ctr_cell >= C, defined in GSM 08.18. T_Mobil requires :"C configurable in a range 1-10 secondes, with step size 1 second"
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
- For Evolium BTS :

Timer to postpone the release of the "unused" GCHs of the M-EGCH link of a TRX (the condition
for some GCHs of the M-EGCH link of a TRX to become "unused" is that some TBFs established
T_GCH_INACTIVITY
HMI name T_GCH_INACTIVITY
- For Non Evolium BTS :
Timer to postpone the release of one slave PDCH, when it does not support any (E)GPRS traffic.
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
100
Timer
BSS
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
- Evolium BTS :
A high value of T_GCH_INACTIVITY will block Ater nibbles for "unused" GCHs for a long time, which may induce Ater congestion situations
(even if the intra-cell and inter-cell GCH redistributions will tend to limit the effects of an Ater congestion). When an UL TBF is established, as
no GCH is established by anticipation for the subsequent concurrent DL TBF, the T_GCH_INACTIVITY value is not important (that is a
difference with the non-Evolium BTS case). Thanks to the M-EGCH Statistical Multiplexing feature, it will be possible to establish the subsequent
concurrent DL TBF with all the timeslots allowed by its multislot class, and the DL TBF will use the GCHs of the M-EGCH link previously
Page 847
100
sec
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
This constraints avoids as much as possible that some GCHs are released and reestablished
again some moments later. This way, the T3 and T4 TBF reallocations can benefit from the
GCHs which are currently unused, but still established.
External comment The setting of the T_GCH_INACTIVITY timer comes to make a trade-off between the GCH resource usage and the Telecom performance:
- The higher is the T_GCH_INACTIVITY timer, the higher is the GCH resource usage on the Ater interface.
- The higher is the T_GCH_INACTIVITY timer, the lower is the average duration of TBF establishments on (P)CCCH, especially if the GPRS
traffic is carried through satellite.
Internal comment - Non-Evolium BTS :
Ater blocking may happen because of some PDCHs being inactive but established for one cell and some Ater resources are needed in another
cell which has free radio timeslots. High values have no added-value thanks to the immediate uplink TBF establishment feature, which
establishes the first uplink TBF of an MS on the available PDCHs and requests more PDCHs in parallel to the BSC. However, a sufficiently
high value is needed to ensure that PDCHs are kept after establishment long enough for the DL TBF to be allocated / reallocated on them
(allocation happens if the first DL LLC PDU reaches the MFS after the establishment of the PDCHs requested at UL TBF establishment time;
reallocation happens if the first DL LLC PDU reaches the MFS before the establishment of the PDCHs ... in that case, the DL TBF is
established immediately with a sub-optimal allocation so that it becomes candidate for T3 and can benefit from the PDCHs when they are
established). Higher values may only be useful in case there is a lot of network initiated packet transfers, although great care should be brought
to the Ater congestion.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1sec
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules T_GCH_INACTIVITY > T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC in all the cells of the BSS.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST
HMI name T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST
- Evolium BTS :
Timer to postpone the release of the last N_GCH_FAST_PS_ACCESS GCHs established in a
cell, when the last TBF has been released in the cell. There is no more (E)GPRS traffic in the cell,
but keeping some GCHs established will be useful in case of (E)GPRS traffic resumption in the
cell (e.g. WAP, WEB).
- Non Evolium BTS :
Timer to postpone the release of the last established slave PDCH of a cell, when it does not
support GPRS traffic anymore. There is no more GPRS traffic in the cell, but keeping a PDCH
established will be useful in case of GPRS traffic resumption in the cell.
Internal comment
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
20
200
Timer
BSS
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
--
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 848
20
200
sec
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
The setting of the T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST timer comes to make a trade-off between the GCH resource usage and the Telecom
performance:
- The higher is the T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST timer, the higher is the GCH resource usage on the Ater interface.
- The higher is the T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST timer, the lower is the average duration of TBF establishments on (P)CCCH, especially if the
GPRS traffic is carried through satellite links.
This parameter may also be used to ensure that the BSS reserves at least one GCH resource in the serving cell while the MS is engaged in a
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1 sec
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules
External comment That timer is relevant only if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS is disabled.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
T_GSL_ACK (MFS)
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
HMI name T_GSL_ACK_MFS
Supervision of MFS acknowledgements on BSCGP.
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Type
Coding rules
step size = 1sec
Min value
External comment The timer is significant only if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS is enabled. It is not used in Evolium BTSs.
Internal comment --
Rec reference
10
255
Timer
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B9
Oui
T_INITIAL_PDCH
HMI name T_INITIAL_PDCH
Repeat timer for the fast initial PS access feature (for Non evolium BTSs).
Logical name
Definition
B10 Oui
MAX_GPU_PER_BSC.
The actual default value (see external comment) is calculated by GOM (MFS control station) before being downloaded to a GPU.
Internal comment
Spec reference
Type
Timer
Coding rules
step size = 0.1 sec
Min value 0
External comment The actual default value depends on the maximum number of GPUs that can be connected to one BSC:T_GSL_ACK = 1 second x
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
10
255
sec
10
255
sec
Page 849
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
IP
Category
System (CST)
HMI name T_IPGCH_ACK_DL

Timer controlling in the BTS the sending of acknowledgements on IPGCH interface (sending of
DL acknowledgement messages from the BTS to the MFS).
T_IPGCH_ACK_DL
None
Application
domain
IP
Category
System (CST)
HMI name T_IPGCH_ACK_UL

Timer controlling in the MFS the sending of acknowledgements on IPGCH interface (sending of
UL acknowledgement messages from the MFS to the BTS).
T_IPGCH_ACK_UL
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA

Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 50
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules 6 x IPGCH_DL_BW_CONTROL_REPEAT_RATE x T_IPGCH_ACK_UL =>
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Sent to the BTS via IPGCH.

T_IPGCH_ACK_DL/20 < 30 - RLC_TARGET_BUFFER (linked to the max. value of 31 for the
Buffer Filling Level IEs on IPGCH interface).
Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 20
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules 6 x IPGCH_UL_BW_CONTROL_REPEAT_RATE x T_IPGCH_ACK_DL =>
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
120
200
Timer
40
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
100
200
Timer
50
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
Non
10
ms
2
ms
0
Page 850
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
IP
System (CST)
Category
None
Application
domain
LCS
Category
Site (CAE)
T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant
HMI name T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant
SMLC timer to guard the calculation of the MS position (including the RRLP message exchange
with the target MS) in case of a Delay Tolerant Location Request.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1 sec
Recommended rules -External comment The timer is meaningful in the MFS when EN_LCS=1.
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Coded Def
10
Def value
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
10
300
Timer
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Oui
10
300
sec
Page 851
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
10
60
sec
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Non
Type
Timer
Min value 1
Max value 60
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
This time is used to monitor the case where the oldest IPGCHU segment waiting to be acknowledged in the BE or GBR sending window has not
changed for a long time.
TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE + TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL * TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT <=

T_IPGCHU_TIMEOUT: this ensures that failure at TCP level (due to keep alive) will be detected
Recommended rules before failure at IPGCH level.
-In IP mode: PCC_UL_TBF_GUARD_TIMER < T_IPGCHU_TIMEOUT, because
T_IPGCHU_TIMEOUT offers a defense at a higher level (IPGCH flow level) than
PCC_UL_TBF_GUARD_TIMER (TBF level).
Step size = 1 sec
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
HMI name T_IPGCHU_TIMEOUT

Timer after which the IPGCH connection is released in case of IPGCHU BE/GBR sending window
blocked for a long time.
T_IPGCHU_TIMEOUT
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Category
Site (CAE)
None
Application
domain
LCS
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1 sec
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
B9
180
0.1
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
10
25
Timer
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
LCS
T_LCS_RESTART (MFS)
HMI name T_LCS_RESTART_MFS
MFS timer to guard the response from the BSC in case of LCS Restart procedure (i.e.
initialisation procedure).
Application
domain
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
None
T_LCS_Low_Delay
HMI name T_LCS_Low_Delay
SMLC timer to guard the calculation of the MS position (including the RRLP message exchange
with the target MS) in case of a Low Delay Location Request.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1 sec
Recommended rules -External comment The timer is meaningful in the MFS when EN_LCS=1.
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Oui
Oui
30
1800
sec
10
25
sec
Page 852
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL
Maximum duration of the extended uplink TBF phase
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
T_MAX_FOR_MS_SYNCHRO
HMI name T_MAX_FOR_MS_SYNCHRO
Timer per PDCH used to monitor the maximum time between the sending of two DL blocks which
could be decoded by all the active mobiles having their PACCH supported on the PDCH.
B9
B9
2000
4000
Timer
100
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
is forced to send a DL block in a (M)CS that could be decoded by all the MS allocated on this PDCH.
20
40
ms
1
Page 853
16
17
15
ms
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Timer
Unit
Coding rules
step size = 20 ms
Min value 300
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment -Internal comment The timer is started for a PDCH supporting the PACCH of at least one enabled DL or UL TBF, or an extended UL TBF. At the timer expiry, MAC
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition

- between 1 sec and 2 sec if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links,
- between 1.5 sec and 2.5 sec if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or
Ater satellite links.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 100 ms
Mandatory rules T3192 + T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL + round_trip_delay < 5 sec
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Network (CDE)
T_MAX_FOR_TBF_SCHEDULING
HMI name T_MAX_FOR_TBF_SCHEDULING
Maximum time between two scheduling of a given NRT TBF (either between two DL block
requests for a NRT DL TBF, or between two UL blocks received for a given NRT UL TBF).
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Network (CDE)
HMI name T_MAX_FOR_TBF_SCHEDULING
Maximum time between two scheduling of a given NRT TBF (either between two DL block
requests for a NRT DL TBF, or between two UL blocks received for a given NRT UL TBF).
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
reached per Slave PDCH (taking into account TBF allocations and a margin for TBF reallocations). Those hardcoded values are set to 16 in DL
and 7 in UL (cf. MAC specification) and are compatible with a max value of 300ms for the T_MAX_FOR_TBF_SCHEDULING parameter.
Page 854
15
15
sec
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Timer
Unit
Coding rules
step size = 20 ms
Min value 0.12
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment -Internal comment Within PTU SW, some limits are hardcoded corresponding to the maximum numbers of DL or UL (E)GPRS TBF resources which can be possibly
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
reached per Slave PDCH (taking into account TBF allocations and a margin for TBF reallocations). Those hardcoded values are set to 16 in DL
and 7 in UL (cf. MAC specification) and are compatible with a max value of 300ms for the T_MAX_FOR_TBF_SCHEDULING parameter.
15
250
sec
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Timer
Unit
Coding rules
step size = 20 ms
Min value 0.12
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment -Internal comment Within PTU SW, some limits are hardcoded corresponding to the maximum numbers of DL or UL (E)GPRS TBF resources which can be possibly
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
T_MAX_RETRANS_DL
None
Application
domain
GPRS
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
B9
30
100
Timer
MFS
BSS
60
Timer
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
T_MAX_STREAMING_BUFFERING
HMI name T_MAX_STREAMING_BUFFERING B10 Oui
Time which multiplied by the GBR defines a buffer level above which we may consider the BSS
failed to provide the GBR
Sub-syste
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1 sec
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
System (CST)
Category
HMI name T_MAX_RETRANS_DL
Duration between two retries of DL TBF establishment.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Oui
Oui
60
sec
30
100
sec
Page 855
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
T_MIN_POLL
None
Rec reference
GPRS
System (CST)
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
DSP
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Network (CDE)
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
T_MS_CONTEXT_FLUSH_PERSIS
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
TBF for a MS that has just moved to a neighbour cell if data still arrive after the FLUSH.
Non
Oui
Page 856
10
50
ms
0
RMS template Non
Cell Type
B10
Spec reference
Type
Timer
Unit
Coding rules
step size = 100 ms
Min value 0
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment -Internal comment All DL PDUs received for that MS while the timer is running are rerouted to the new cell if it is known. It also avoids trying to reestablish a DL
Rec reference
HMI name
E
TENCE
This timer controls the duration during which a MS context is kept after receipt of a FLUSH-LL.
Non
Definition
TRX nb
T_MS_CONTEXT_FLUSH_PERSISTENC
Oui
Logical name
value for all DSP of an MFS.
ms
3
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Timer
Unit
Coding rules
step size: 20 ms
Min value 60
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment -Internal comment The instance of the parameter has been changed from MFS to DSP to simplify the implementation: however the parameter shall have the same
Application
domain
Category
HMI name T_MIN_POLL
Minimum time between two consecutive polling requests.
Logical name
Definition
B9
System (CST)
Category
T_NC_PING_PONG
GSM TS 05.08
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name T_NC_PING_PONG
GPRS
Time during which the ping-pong offset is applied.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 100 ms
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment The MS context is kept during max(DRX_TIMER_MAX, T_MS_Context_Lifetime)
0: the MS context is not maintained;

1..9999: the MS context is maintained 1..9999 seconds
--
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
T_MS_Context_Lifetime
HMI name T_MS_Context_Lifetime
This timer defines the maximum time during which an MS context is kept in the MFS for a Mobile
Station in Packet Idle Mode.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Timer
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
5000
20000
Timer
0
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Max value 9999

Def value 120
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
120
9999
sec
50
200
ms
0
Page 857
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
B9
5000
20000
Timer
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Site (CAE)
Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
In the uplink direction, the timer is started upon receipt of the first correctly decoded UL data block. While the timer is running, NC cell
reselection Cause PT4 cannot be triggered. At the expiry of the timer, Cause PT4 can be triggered.
running, NC cell reselection Cause PT3 cannot be triggered. At the expiry of the timer, Cause PT3 can be triggered.
50
200
ms
0
Page 858
10
127
sec
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Timer
Unit
Coding rules
step size: 100 ms
Min value 0
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment -Internal comment In the downlink direction, the timer is started on receipt of the first Packet Downlink Ack/Nack message of the DL TBF. While the timer is
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Category
T_NC_RXQUAL_VALID
HMI name T_NC_RXQUAL_VALID
Timer used to control the validity of the NC RXQUAL averages at the beginning of a TBF.
GPRS
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Application
domain
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
3GPP TS 05.08
T_NC_REJ_CELL
HMI name T_NC_REJ_CELL
Time during which a NC cell reselection is inhibited towards that cell due to a previous NC cell
reselection failure on that cell.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 100 ms
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
T_NC2_LOAD_RANKING
Application
domain
Rec reference
GPRS
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME
HMI name T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME
Maximum expected response time of a network server as seen from the MFS.
Category
B9
B9
100
Timer
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
Internal comment
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
This parameter can also be used for the extended UL TBF mode feature in a future release.
2) The value of this timer defines the duration of the Delayed DL TBF Release procedure. In case the servers to which the GGSN serving the
MFS is connected are not located at the same place, then the maximum server response time should be entered. However, note that the higher
this timer is, the longer TBF releases will be delayed and therefore the more resources are used up.
which the response is received on the MFS side. This command / response is e.g. the LLC PDU containing an FTP GET and the first LLC PDU
starting the file transfer. It can also be the LLC PDU containing an HTTP GET and the first LLC PDU starting the page download.
100
sec
Page 859
16
50
ms
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Timer
Unit
Coding rules
step size: 100 ms
Min value 100
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment 1) The response time corresponds to T1 T2 where T2 corresponds to the time at which a command is sent to the SGSN and T1 the time at
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1 sec
None
System (CST)
HMI name T_NC2_LOAD_RANKING
Period of the cell load evaluation for the NC2 cell ranking process
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Network (CDE)
- For Evolium BTS :

Timer to postpone the release of the M-EGCH link of a TRX, when the TRX does not support any
(E)GPRS traffic, but a one uplink block has been allocated to a MS for a 2 phase access TBF
HMI name T_ul_2_ph_access

- For Non Evolium BTS :
Timer to postpone the release of one slave PDCH, when it does not support any (E)GPRS traffic,
but a one uplink block has been allocated on it to a MS for a 2 phase access TBF establishment.
T_One_Block
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
T_one_block >= max of T_UL_ASSIGN_CCCH + 1/2 max of round_trip_delay
External comment -Internal comment 3 sec is not recommended, because the implemented timer may end before.

- T_one_block = 4 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in all the
cells of the MFS,
- T_one_block = 5 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite
links in at least one cell of the MFS.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1 sec
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
10
Timer
MFS
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
10
sec
Page 860
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
Category
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
T_PAG_PS (MFS)
HMI name T_PAG_PS
This timer indicates the maximum time a PS PAGING message can remain in a Paging Group
Queue. It includes the round-trip delay on Gb and A-bis interface.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules Equal to T_PAG_PS (BSC)
Recommended rules T_PAG_PS < T3313 (SGSN timer)
External comment -Internal comment round trip delay between SGSN and BTS
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
T_PAG_CS (MFS)
HMI name T_PAG_CS
This timer indicates the maximum time a CS PAGING message can remain in a Paging Group
Queue. It includes the round-trip delay on A and A-bis or Gs/Gb and A-bis interface.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1sec
Mandatory rules Equal to T_PAG_CS (BSC)
Recommended rules T_PAG_CS<T3113 (MSC timer)
External comment -Internal comment round trip delay between MSC and BTS
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
25.5
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
25.5
Timer
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
30
255
sec
30
255
sec
Page 861
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
T_PAGING_EXT
HMI name T_PAGING_EXT
Maximum time between two specific paging request in an extended cell.
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 862
25
100
sec
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
Assignment message) * (Max_retrans_DL+1).

The T_DELAY_PAGING_EXT value should be configured to last, at least, the time up to the T3190 expiry on the MS side plus an additional
margin (around 2.5sec according to the MS Paging Group) to give the time to the MS to switch on the CCCH and receive the Paging Request
message, Illustration with T3190n = 5sec and T_dl_assign_ccch = 1.4sec :
A=(2+1)*1.4=4.2sec, then T_DELAY_PAGING_EXT >= 5-4.2+2.5>=3.3
A=(3+1)*1.4=5.6sec, then T_DELAY_PAGING_EXT >= 0+2.5>=4.1
The default value 5.5 sec is an average value.
Spec reference
Type
Timer
Coding rules
Step size = 0.1
Min value 0
External comment -Internal comment Lets define : A = (T_ul_assign_ccch or T_dl_assign_ccch, depending on the Air channel, AGCH or PCH, used to send the Immediate
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
T_PAGING_REORG
3GPP TS 04.60
Application
domain
3GPP TS 44.060
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
T_PSCD_SCHEDULE_ACK
HMI name T_PSCD_SCHEDULE_ACK
Timer guarding on network side the sending of Packet Serving Cell Data or PSI messages for
Packet (P)SI Status feature. It is started at reception of Packet PSI Status / Packet SI Status
message, and stopped when all PSCDs / PSIs have been sent to the mobile (as indicated by RLC
layer to RRM layer).
B9
30
60
B9
Timer
Instance
MFS
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
subsequent sending of Packet (P)SI Status). The timer on network side will be set to 1 sec - RTD = 840 msec
--
Internal comment
Spec reference
Type
Timer
Coding rules
step size = 10 ms
Min value 0
External comment Two timers are used on MS side. The first one equals 1 sec (for first sending of Packet (P)SI Status), the second one equals 2 sec (for
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
System (CST)
Category
HMI name T_PAGING_REORG
GPRS
Duration of the paging reorganization procedure.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
30
60
sec
84
200
sec
Page 863
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
T_PSI_PACCH
None
Rec reference
Spec reference
Coding rules
None
request.
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Network (CDE)
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
B9
Number
Max value 30
Def value 14
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
chosen large enough to cover a Round trip time to the SGSN on Gb.
14
30
sec
Non
Cell Type
Page 864
10
40
ms
1
RMS template Non
TRX nb
D
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Timer
Unit
Coding rules
step size = 50 ms
Min value 50
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment -Internal comment This timer prevents system lock in case of loss of the request or the response on the Ethernet bus or loss of the FLUSH-LL on Gb . It must be
Rec reference
Non
Site (CAE)
T_REROUTING_REQUEST_GUARD
HMI name T_REROUTING_REQUEST_GUAR
This timer controls the maximum time during which a GPU waits for the response to a rerouting
Mandatory rules
Logical name
Definition
GPRS
step size =1sec,

00000 == Deactivated PSI scheduling on PACCH,
00001 == 1s,
11110 == T_PSI_PACCH = 30 sec

--
Application
domain
Category
HMI name T_PSI_PACCH
Scheduling period of PSI1, PSI13 or PSI14 on PACCH.
Logical name
Definition
LCS
External comment The timer is meaningful in the MFS when EN_LCS=1.

Internal comment --
T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant > T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant

T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant >= T_RRLP_Low_Delay
step size = 1 sec
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant
HMI name T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant
SMLC timer to guard the RRLP message exchange between the SMLC and the target MS, in case
of a Delay Tolerant Location Request.
MSs only apply this timer if another cell is available.
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature.
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
Category
coded on 3 bits, 000= 5 sec, 001= 10 sec, 010 = 15 sec, 011 = 20 sec, 100= 30 sec, 101 = 60
sec, 110 = 120 sec, 111 = 300 sec
--
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
GSM TS 04.60
T_RESEL
HMI name T_RESEL
Timer whose expiry allows a MS, which has performed an abnormal release with cell reselection, to
reselect the previous cell.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Timer
B9
sec
0
9
9
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
Page 865
300
9
sec
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Oui
Type
Timer
Min value 1
Max value 300
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Max value 300

Def value 5
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
LCS
Site (CAE)
Category
None
Application
domain
LCS
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
T_SAGI_GUARD
HMI name T_SAGI_GUARD
Timer to guard the response from the A-GPS server (on SAGI: interface with A-GPS server).
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1 sec
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment The timer is meaningful in the MFS when EN_SAGI=1.
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
External comment The timer is meaningful in the MFS when EN_LCS=1.

Internal comment --
T_Low_Delay > T_RRLP_Low_Delay

T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant >= T_RRLP_Low_Delay
step size = 0.1 sec
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
T_RRLP_Low_Delay
HMI name T_RRLP_Low_Delay
SMLC timer to guard the RRLP message exchange between the SMLC and the target MS, in case
of a Low Delay Location Request.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
60
300
Timer
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B9
60
300
sec
Page 866
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
20
20
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
B10 Oui
1200
sec
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Oui
Type
Timer
Min value 0.1
Max value 120
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
None
Application
domain
DTM
Category
System (CST)
HMI name T_SHARED_DTM_INFO (MFS)

Timer monitoring the reception of BSCGP BSC Shared DTM Info Indication (periodic or not) on
MFS side.
T_SHARED_DTM_INFO (MFS)
T_STOP_FR_EMISSION
None
Application
domain
GPRS
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name T stop frame relay emission
Timer used to trigger restart of emission on a PVC (Frame Relay).
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1 ms
Mandatory rules Not changeable after MFS system initialization.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 1 sec
Mandatory rules shall be at least equal to T_SHARED_DTM_INFO (BSC) x 2
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
20
B9
200
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
100
5000
10
Timer
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
PVC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
Non
20
200
sec
100
5000
10
ms
Page 867
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GPRS
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
T_TBF_ACTIV
HMI name T_TBF_ACTIV
Waiting time during which RLC layer is waiting for the first downlink LLC PDU. This timer is
started on TBF activation in RLC layer. It is stopped on receipt of the first LLC PDU from RRM
layer. On its expiry, the relevant TBF is released.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 100 ms
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
0.5
0.1
Timer
MFS
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
50
sec
Page 868
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Action on expiry;
None
Application
domain
Reseting condition:
Receipt of a RLC/MAC control block.
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
Triggering condition:
End of UL TBF (an expected Packet Control Ack is not received),
End of DL TBF (an expected Packet Downlink Ack/Nack with FINAL indicator set to 1 is not
received for acknowledged mode and Packet Control Acknowledgement for unacknowledged
mode),
Tx window of DL TBF stalled (an expected Packet Downlink Ack/Nack is not received).
T_TBF_BCK_REL
HMI name T_TBF_BCK_REL
Guard timer against blocking situations where a RLC/MAC control block is expected from the MS.
T-TBF-BCK-REL = N3105*round_trip_delay + "margin of 250ms"
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
B9
Instance
10
1.5
Timer
MFS
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Spec reference
Type
Coding rules
step size=0.1 sec
Min value
External comment -Internal comment The value of T-TBF-BCK-REL should be set accordingly to the round trip delay and the counters N3105 as followed:
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Oui
30
100
15
sec
Page 869
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
T_ul_access_max
3GPP TS 04.18
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Network (CDE)
HMI name T_ul_access_max
Timer to limit the duration of an UL TBF establishment.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
External comment -Internal comment For more details on the setting of this parameter, refer to the memo MND/TD/SYT/EBR/0497.2001.
It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending on whether or not GPRS traffic
is carried through Ater satellite links:
- T_ul_access_max = 1400 ms if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links in all the
cells of the MFS,
- T_ul_access_max = 1900 ms if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links in at least
one cell of the MFS.
i) The Time T_ul_access_max shall be longer than the duration of a radio allocation requested
towards the BSC.
ii) A too long value of T_ul_access_max may lead to reserve unnecessarily radio resources.
It is recommended to set T_ul_access_max = T_repeat + 240 ms Round_Trip_Delay, where
the T_Repeat is the maximum time between two successive packet channel requests, 240 ms
is a given margin. The value of T_Repeat depends on the parameters S, TX_INT, and
TX_INTEGER.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 50 ms, 0 = 0 ms, 1 = 50 ms,... , 100 = 5000 ms
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules The two following rules are recommended:
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
1400
5000
Timer
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
28
100
ms
0
Page 870
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Site (CAE)
Category
Enabled/False/one or two CCCH not combined/0/600/1200/

Enabled/False/one or two CCCH not combined/1/600/1200/
Enabled/False/one or two CCCH not combined/2/600/1200/Not allowed
Disabled/True/one or two CCCH not combined/0/x/x/Not allowed

Disabled/True/one or two CCCH not combined/1/2000/2500/
Disabled/True/CCCH combined/0/x/x/Not allowed
Disabled/True/CCCH combined/1/2000/2500/
Disabled/True/CCCH combined/2/1000/1600/
Disabled/False/one or two CCCH not combined/0/600/1200/

Disabled/False/CCCH combined/0/1000/1600/
(ms) if round_trip_delay < 500 ms / T_GPRS_assign_agch (ms) if round_trip_delay >= 500 ms /

Comments
Recommended rules AG_PREMPT_PCH / BCCH_EXT / CCCH_CONF / BS_AG_BLKS_RES / T_GPRS_assign_agch
The T_GPRS_assign_agch parameters is computed by the OMC as indicated in the table below:
step size = 0.1 sec
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
T_ul_assign_ccch
HMI name T_GPRS_assign_AGCH
Maximum emission duration of an Immediate Assignment message on AGCH aimed at
establishing an uplink or a downlink TBF (when the mobile station is non-DRX mode), or at
allocating one uplink block.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
cell
--
Type
Timer
Min value 0.5
Max value 2.5
Instance
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
25
sec
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 871
0.8
Coded Def
The retransmission period of the Packet DL Assignment messages on PACCH is computed by the MFS
--
Def value
The T_GPRS_assign_agch parameter is computed automatically by the OMC as a function of the AG_PREEMPT_TCH, BCCH_EXT,
CCCH_CONF and BS_AG_BLKS_RES parameters. In addition, in an OMC, the T_GPRS_assign_agch_parameter is displayed to the O&M user
The T_GPRS_assign_AGCH parameter is not displayed to the O&M user.
In order not to unnecessary load the AGCH queue, it is recommended to set T_PUA = T_GPRS_assign_agch.
As the timer accuracy in the MFS is 50 ms, it is recommended to set T_GPRS_assign_agch so that the period of retransmission of the Packet
Downlink Assignment messages on PACCH, i.e. T_GPRS_assign_agch / (Max_GPRS_assign_agch_retrans + 1), is a multiple of 50 ms.
Enabled/True/one or two CCCH not combined/6/600/1200/

T_GPRS_assign_agch / (Max_GPRS_assign_agch_retrans + 1)
Enabled/True/CCCH combined/0/x/x/Not allowed
Enabled/True/CCCH combined/1/1000/1600/ A period lower than the round trip delay plus the RRBP duration may lead to the sending of two Packet DL Assignment
messages although the
Enabled/True/CCCH combined/2/1000/1600/ first assignment is correctly acknowledged by the MS. This behaviour has no consequence, the DL TBF begins after the
reception of the first
Packet Control Ack messages.
as follows:
Internal comment Enabled/True/one or two CCCH not combined/5/600/1200/
Enabled/True/one or two CCCH not combined/0/x/x/Not allowed

External comment Enabled/True/one or two CCCH not combined/4/600/1200/

Enabled/False/CCCH combined/0/1000/1600/
More details on the setting of T_GPRS_assign_agch parameter can be found in the memo MND/TD/SYT/EBR/0342.2001.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
after the OMC computation.

Page 872
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
T_ul_assign_pccch
HMI name T_ul_assign_PCCCH
The duration between the reception of the (EGPRS) Packet Channel Request message and one
uplink radio block allocated to the MS.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
The following rule that cannot be checked by the OMC must be fulfilled nevertheless:
t_ul_assign_pccch + round_trip_delay/2 + 6*20ms < T_ACK_WAIT.

- T_ul_asssign_pccch = 0.4 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links
in the serving cell,
- T_ul_assign_pccch = 0.7 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater
satellite links in the serving cell.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1 sec
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
0.4
0.7
0.1
Timer
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
sec
Page 873
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GPRS
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
T_UL_RLS_EUTM
HMI name T_UL_RLS_EUTM
Waiting time between two successive polling request sent to a MS for an UL TBF in EUTM mode
when EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF is set ot 2 (IEUTM enabled).
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 20ms
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment RLS = Radio Link Supervision
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
System (CST)
Category
T_UL_CONGESTION
HMI name T_UL_CONGESTION
Timer giving the periodicity of PDCH release in all cells of the BSS, in the UL congestion
process.
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Used only when EN_UL_CONGESTION is enabled
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
10
B9
300
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
100
300
100
Timer
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
Oui
10
300
sec
15
ms
Page 874
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
System (CST)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
HMI name T_WAIT_CS_PROC

Timer controlling on MFS side the repetition of BSCGP DTM ASSIGNMENT COMMAND / BSCGP
PACKET NOTIFICATION / BSCGP GPRS INFORMATION DL after reception of BSCGP DTM
ASSIGNMENT FAILURE (cause "BSC is in handover or assignment procedure") / PACKET
NOTIFICATION ACK (cause "BSC is in handover or assignment procedure") / BSCGP GPRS
INFORMATION DL ACK (cause "BSC is in handover or assignment procedure").
None
Application
DTM
Category System (CST)
T_WAIT_CS_PROC
domain
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1 sec
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Too low value: a few USF will be scheduled when the MS is not yet capable to use them.
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Too high value: useless delay of UL TBF establishment, when performed on CCCH,
step size = 50ms.

If T_USF_Scheduling = 0, then the USF are scheduled by the MFS immediately after sending the
Immediate assignment message.
--
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
T_USF_Scheduling_AGCH
HMI name T_USF_Scheduling_AGCH
Time to elapse between the transmission of the Immediate assignment message by the MFS and
the scheduling of the first USF for a UL TBF establishment on CCCH.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Timer
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
30
0.1
Timer
MFS
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Max value 300

Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
Oui
ms
0
10
300
sec
Page 875
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Rec reference
System (CST)
Category
Network (CDE)
Category
B9
16
B9
Timer
MFS
Timer
Max value 16
Def value 10
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
Non
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
External comment -Internal comment The timer shall cover the time needed to receive a FLUSH message from SGSN from the point in time the MS switchs in a new cell.
for the MS to switch back to the old cell and send a Packet Cell Change Failure message.
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules The timer T_WAIT_FLUSH shall be set to the maximum cell reselection duration plus the time
Step size : 0.5 sec

1 coded 1; 1,5 coded 2; 2 coded 3; 2,5 coded 4; .
15,5 coded 30 and 16 coded 31
--
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
3GPP TS 08.18
T_WAIT_FLUSH
HMI name T_WAIT_FLUSH
Timer monitoring the receipt of a Flush message or a GPRS suspend message further to the
release of the on-going TBF(s)
DTM
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1 sec
Application
domain
HMI name T_WAIT_DTM

Timer supervising in the MFS the response of the BSC following a BSCGP Packet Notification
(containing a PS paging) in dedicated mode, or a BSCGP GPRS INFORMATION DL (also in
dedicated mode).
T_WAIT_DTM
Logical name
Definition
16
sec
21
31
sec
Page 876
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
T_WAIT_PMR_MARGIN
GSM TS 05.08
Application
domain
GPRS
T200_GSL (MFS)
None
Application
domain
Category
Network (CDE)
HMI name T200_GSL (MFS)
GPRS
Supervision of acknowledgements on the GSL link.
B9
10
B9
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Timer
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
sec
Page 877
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
10
100
sec
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment -Internal comment The recommended value of 2 in case of satellite workaround a MFS bug which prevent to use the full K_GSL(MFS) window size at LAPD level.
- T200_GSL(MFS) = 1 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links in all BSC of the
MFS.
- T200_GSL(MFS) = 2 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links in at least one BSC
of the MFS.
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules T_GSL_Ack (MFS) > T200_GSL (MFS) * (1 + N200_GSL (MFS))
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Category
System (CST)
HMI name T_WAIT_PMR_MARGIN
Time margin used in the computation of the T_WAIT_PMR timer.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 100 ms
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
T203_GSL (MFS)
None
Application
domain
Link supervision timer on the GSL link.
None
Rec reference
GPRS
System (CST)
Category
HMI name T203_GSL (MFS)
DTM
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 100 msec
Mandatory rules shall be equal to T3148n (BSC)
Application
domain
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name T3148n (MFS)

Timer controlling on MFS side the uplink DTM assignment. It is started at reception of BSCGP
DTM Request, and stopped when sending BSCGP DTM Assignment Command or BSCGP DTM
Reject to BSC.
T3148n (MFS)
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules Equal to T203_GSL (BSC)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
10
10
10
B9
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
3.8
Timer
MFS
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
Oui
10
10
10
sec
38
40
sec
Page 878
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GPRS
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
T3166n
HMI name T3166n
Maximum time a MS is waiting for a Packet UplinkAck/Nack with TLLI for contention resolution.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size=1sec
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
5
15
Timer
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
15
sec
Page 879
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
Timer
cell
Max value 4
Def value 1
Type
Min value
Instance
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
sec
Page 880
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non

- T3168 = 1 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links,
- T3168 = 1.5 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links.
External comment The setting of T3168 should leave sufficient time to the MFS for granting PDCHs for serving the UL TBF request, plus also cover the round trip
time and the possible queuing delay within the MFS before the Packet Uplink Assignment can be sent to the Mobile Station. Therefore a value
of 500 ms is not allowed in this release of the Alcatel BSS.
Internal comment The following rules that cannot be checked by the OMC must be fulfilled nevertheless:
1. T3168 < T_ACK_WAIT - MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH*20 - 60 (ms)
2. T3168 > T_MFS_Processing + T_Queuing_PACCH + round_trip_delay.
T_MFS_Processing corresponds to the processing time that can be expected at worse in the MFS for answering an uplink TBF request. Because
the MFS may have to request additional PDCHs to the BSC (which can take about 400 msec), a value of 500 msec should be considered for
this parameter.
T_Queuing_PACCH corresponds to the maximum queuing time expected on PACCH and a value of about 200 msec should be considered.
Note that the chosen default values shall ensure that those rules are met.
Mandatory rules Equal to T3168 (BSC)


001: 1000 ms
010: 1500 ms
011: 2000 ms
100: 2500 ms
101: 3000 ms
110: 3500 ms
111: 4000 ms.
Spec reference
Coding rules
GPRS
3GPP TS 04.60
Application
domain
T3168 (MFS)
HMI name T3168
This timer defines the maximum time the MS waits for a packet UL assignment, after sending a
Packet Resource Request (case of two-phase UL TBF establishment) or after including a Channel
Request Description Information Element in a Packet Downlink Ack/Nack (case of UL TBF
establishment on a concurrent DL TBF). Broadcast in PSI1 within the GPRS Cell Options IE.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM TS 04.60
Application
domain
GPRS
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
T3180
HMI name T3180
This timer is used on the mobile station side to define when to stop waiting for the USF
determining the assigned portion of the uplink channel after the pervious RLC/MAC block is sent.
In multislot operation, it is enough that the assigned USF is noted on one of the uplink PDCHs. If
expired, the mobile station repeats the procedure for random access. This timer does not apply to
fixed allocation transfers
3GPP TS 44.060 Application
GPRS
domain
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size=0.1sec
Mandatory rules T3169 = T3180
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
System (CST)
Category
T3169
HMI name T3169
Timer used in the procedure UL TBF abnormal release : when the UL TBF is cut due to the radio
link quality or loss of the MS, the TFI, USF(s) and TAI cannot be reallocated during T3169.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size=1sec
Mandatory rules T3169 = T3180
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
15
B9
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
15
Timer
MFS
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
15
sec
50
150
sec
Page 881
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
GSM TS 04.60
Application
domain
GPRS
GSM TS 04.60
Application
domain
GPRS
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
T3190n
HMI name T3190n
Timer used in the procedure DL TBF abnormal release : when the DL TBF is cut due to the radio
link quality or loss of the MS, the TFI and TAI cannot be reallocated during T3190n.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size=1sec
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
System (CST)
Category
T3182n
HMI name T3182n
Timer used in the procedure UL TBF abnormal release : when the UL TBF is cut due to
continuous MS stalled TBF, the TFI, USF(s) and TAI cannot be reallocated during T3182n.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size=1sec
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
15
B9
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
15
Timer
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
15
sec
15
sec
Page 882
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
GSM TS 04.60
Application
domain
GPRS
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
T3191
HMI name T3191
Timer used in the procedure DL TBF abnormal release : the timer is used on the network side to
define when the current assignment is surely invalid on the MS side so that the TFI and TAI can
be reused.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
15
Timer
MFS
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
15
sec
Page 883
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Site (CAE)
Category
Internal comment
Broadcast in PSI
B9
0
0
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
500
Coded Max
Max value 1500
ms
7
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
200
Oui
Timer
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
==> Case GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in the
serving cell:
External comment The following values ofT3192 defined in the 3GPP TS 04.60 are not supported in this release of the Alcatel BSS:
0 1 1: 0 msec
1 0 0: 80 msec
1 0 1: 120 msec
1 1 0: 160 msec

0 0 0: 500 msec
0 0 1: 1000 msec
0 1 0: 1500 msec
1 1 1: 200 msec
T3192 + T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL + round_trip_delay < 5 sec
Recommended rules T3192>MS-BSS roundtrip delay + RRBP maximum duration (60 ms)
==> Case GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell:
activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX > 0 or EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 1)
iii) however, if T3192 is finally set to 200 msec, then :
- some abnormal DL TBF release may occur during the delayed phase, and
- the MS may not receive the NC2 deactivation order from the BSS, which may lead the MS
to send useless PMR before leaving its ready state.
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
3GPP TS 04.60
T3192 (MFS)
HMI name T3192
Wait for release of the downlink TBF on MS side after reception of the final block by the MS.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 884
3GPP TS 44.060
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
T3208n
HMI name T3208n
Timer guarding on network side the sending of Packet Neighbour Cell Data messages for NACC
feature. It is started at reception of Packet Cell Change Notification message, and stopped when
all PNCDs have been sent to the mobile (as indicated by RLC layer to RRM layer).
GSM TS 04.08
Application
domain
GPRS
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
T3212 (MFS)
HMI name T3212
This timer indicates to the MS the delay between two consecutive Periodic Location Update
procedures.
Spec reference
Coding rules
0: no periodic location update, coded on 8 bits
Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Needed for feature MPDCH
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 10 ms
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment This timer corresponds to T3208 on MS side. T3208n = T3208 - RTD = 960 ms - 160 ms
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
0.8
Timer
MFS
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
30
255
Number
0
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
80
100
sec
30
255
6 mn
Page 885
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
T5_RA_CAP_UPDATE
HMI name T5_RA_CAP_UPDATE
Timer to supervise the reception of the MSs current Radio Access capability from the SGSN on
Gb.
Logical name
Definition
3GPP TS 48.018
Application
domain
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1sec
Rec reference
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules N392*T391 is the value of the link failure detection time
Network (CDE)

GPRS
A
domain
Rec reference
Category
T391
HMI name T391
Link integrity verification polling timer (Frame Relay, see ITU Q.933, Annex A, A.7).
Logical name
Definition
B9
10
30
B9
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
30
Timer
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
10
30
sec
30
sec
Page 886
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
TBF_CS_DL
HMI name TBF_CS_DL
Threshold defining the number of consecutive PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK not received
above which the Coding Scheme of a DL acknowledged or unacknowledged DL TBF is changed to
CS-1.
B9
Instance
BSS
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
-Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment This parameter replaces TBF_CS_PERIOD1.
Rec reference
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
20
256
Threshold
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
Oui
Page 887
20
256
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
Logical name
Definition
B9
TBF_CS_PERIOD
HMI name TBF_CS_PERIOD
Number of RLC data blocks after which the CS adaption decision may be made, in GPRS.
Internal comment
B10 Oui
consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF release.
If the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellitel link or Ater satellite link, in case where N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE < TBF_CS_DL then the
loss of consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF release.
--
15
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Threshold
Unit
Coding rules
step size = 1
Min value 0
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment If the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and Ater terrestrial link, in case where N3105_LIMIT < TBF_CS_DL then the loss of
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
TBF_CS3_BLER_PERIOD
HMI name TBF_CS3_BLER_PERIOD
Defines the window size required to estimate the CS3 BLER. The window size is expressed as a
number of DL RLC data blocks.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
TBF_CS_UL
HMI name TBF_CS_UL
Threshold defining the maximum number of consecutive times the network receives an invalid UL
RLC data block or nothing from the MS having a monoslot GPRS TBF before changing the
coding scheme to CS1. For a multislot GPRS TBF, TBF_CS_UL_limit := TBF_CS_UL x
n_allocated
None
Application
GPRS
Category Site (CAE)
domain
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
32
64
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
B9
32
512
Number
Oui
Threshold
BSS
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
32
64
None
32
512
None
Page 888
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
Category
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
TBF_DL_INIT_CS
HMI name TBF_DL_INIT_CS
Value of the downlink coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is disabled or initial value
of the coding scheme otherwise.
Spec reference
Coding rules
0 : CS1, 1 : CS2, 2 : CS3, 3 : CS4
Mandatory rules TBF_DL_INIT_CS <= MAX_GPRS_CS
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GPRS
TBF_CS4_BLER_PERIOD
HMI name TBF_CS4_BLER_PERIOD
Defines the window size required to estimate the CS4 BLER. The window size is expressed as a
number of DL RLC data blocks.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
32
B9
512
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
32
512
None
None
Page 889
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
E-GPRS
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Mandatory rules TBF_DL_INIT_MCS <= MAX_EGPRS_MCS

Recommended rules -External comment The parameter is significant only if EN_EGPRS is enabled
Internal comment --
0 : MCS-1
1 : MCS-2
2 : MCS-3
3 : MCS-4
4 : MCS-5
5 : MCS-6
6 : MCS-7
7 : MCS-8
8 : MCS-9
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
TBF_DL_INIT_MCS
HMI name TBF_DL_INIT_MCS
Value of the downlink modulation and coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is
disabled or initial value of the modulation and coding scheme otherwise.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Number
Max value 9
Def value 3
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Page 890
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
TBF_MCS_DL
HMI name TBF_MCS_DL
Threshold defining the number of consecutive EGPRS PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK not
received above which the MCS of a DL acknowledged or unacknowledged DL TBF is changed to
MCS-1.
B9
Instance
BSS
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Application
domain
E-GPRS
Category
System (CST)
TBF_MCS_PERIOD
HMI name TBF_MCS_PERIOD
Minimum number of transmitted (resp. received) radio blocks after which the DL (resp. UL) MCS
adaptation decision may be made in EGPRS
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
the first MCS adaptation decision in case of an UL EGPRS TBF alone on its radio resources.
Page 891
12
256
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Threshold
Unit
Coding rules
step size = 1
Min value 1
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment -Internal comment The default value of 12 is equal to the value of EGPRS_LQC_WINDOW_SIZE (hard-coded RLC parameter) to optimize especially the time of
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Internal comment
loss of consecutive EGPRS Packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF release.
If the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellitel link or Ater satellite link, in case where EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE < TBF_MCS_DL
then the loss of consecutive EGPRS Packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF release.
--
12
15
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Threshold
Unit
Coding rules
step size = 1
Min value 0
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment If the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and Ater terrestrial link, in case where EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT < TBF_MCS_DL then the
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Site (CAE)
TBF_UL_INIT_CS
HMI name TBF_UL_INIT_CS
Value of the uplink coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is disabled or initial value of
the coding scheme otherwise.
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
0 : CS1, 1 : CS2, 2 : CS3, 3 : CS4
Mandatory rules TBF_UL_INIT_CS <= MAX_GPRS_CS
Recommended rules -External comment Exception cases apply for uplink TBF establishment on PACCH when link adaptation is enabled.
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GPRS
TBF_MCS_UL
HMI name TBF_MCS_UL
Threshold defining the maximum number of consecutive times the network receives an invalid UL
RLC data block or nothing from the MS having a monoslot EGPRS TBF before changing the
coding scheme to MCS1. For a multislot EGPRS TBF, TBF_MCS_UL_limit := TBF_MCS_UL x
n_allocated_timeslots.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
32
B9
192
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
Number
1
Oui
Threshold
BSS
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
32
192
None
None
Page 892
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
E-GPRS
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
Type
Min value
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Unit
Coded Min
Internal comment
is enabled.
--
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 893
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Mandatory rules TBF_UL_INIT_MCS <= MAX_EGPRS_MCS

Max value 9
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment The parameter is significant only if EN_EGPRS is enabled. Exception cases apply for uplink TBF establishment on PACCH when link adaptation
0 : MCS-1
1 : MCS-2
2 : MCS-3
3 : MCS-4
4 : MCS-5
5 : MCS-6
6 : MCS-7
7 : MCS-8
8 : MCS-9
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
TBF_UL_INIT_MCS
HMI name TBF_UL_INIT_MCS
Value of the uplink modulation and coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is disabled
or initial value of the modulation and coding scheme otherwise.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Tcorr
None
Rec reference
GPRS
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
External comment HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCH channels. Former HMI name Tcorr.
Internal comment --
- Tcorr = 0.8 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving
cell,
- Tcorr = 1.4 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links
where 240 ms represents the maximum delay in MAC layer between the notification for a
DBN correction and the application of this DBN correction.
Spec reference
GPRS MFS-BTS interface - GCH stack
Coding rules
step size=100ms
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules Tcorr > Trelease+240ms and Tcorr > Testab+240ms
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
HMI name T_GCH_CORR
Timer to supervise clock drift correction loop for 16k channel.
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
0.8
0.5
Timer
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
20
sec
Page 894
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
IP
System (CST)
Category
B9
Type
Number
Min value 1
Max value 20
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
The purpose of the 3rd mandatory rule is to ensure that failure at TCP level (due to keep alive) will be detected before failure at IPGCH level.
IP demo parameter.
Internal comment
Page 895
20
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Def value 5
Coded Def
External comment The purpose of 2nd mandatory rule is to ensure that failure at TCP level (due to keep alive) will be detected before failure at GSL level.
Shall be equal to TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT (BTS) and TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT (BSC)

T_IPGCHU_TIMEOUT
Step size = 1.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None

Number of TCP keep-alive messages sent by the IPGCH-C / IPGSL and not acnowledged by the
peer before triggering a TCP disconnection
TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT (MFS)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
IP
System (CST)
Category
B9
Type
Timer
Min value 1
Max value 36000
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
The purpose of the 3rd mandatory rule is to ensure that failure at TCP level (due to keep alive) will be detected before failure at IPGCH level
IP demo parameter.
Internal comment
Page 896
36000
sec
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Def value 5
Coded Def
External comment The purpose of 2nd mandatory rule is to ensure that failure at TCP level (due to keep alive) will be detected before failure at GSL level.
Shall be equal to TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE (BTS), TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE (BSC)

T_IPGCHU_TIMEOUT
Step size = 1
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None

IPGCH-C / IPGSL link supervision: Time to wait before sending the first TCP keep alive
message.
TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE (MFS)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
IP
System (CST)
Category
B9
Type
Timer
Min value 1
Max value 255
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
None
Application
domain
IP
Category
System (CST)
HMI name TCP_MSL (MFS)
TCP message segment lifetime, used by IPGCH-C and IPGSL.
TCP_MSL (MFS)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
36000
Timer
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
Page 897
36000
sec
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
The purpose of the 3rd mandatory rule is to ensure that failure at TCP level (due to keep alive) will be detected before failure at IPGCH level
IP demo parameter.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Step size = 1
Mandatory rules Shall be equal to TCP_MSL (BSC) and TCP_MSL (BTS)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Internal comment
255
sec
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Def value 1
Coded Def
External comment The purpose of the 2nd mandatory rule is to ensure that failure at TCP level (due to keep alive) will be detected before failure at GSL level.
Equal to TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL (BTS) and TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL (BSC)

T_IPGCHU_TIMEOUT
Step size = 1
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None

Time between the sending of two TCP keep-alive messages by IPGCH-C or IPGSL.
TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL (MFS)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Tdsl
None
Rec reference
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
GPRS
Category
B9
4
4
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
IEEE 802.1 Q
Application
IP
9.6
domain
Rec reference
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
External comment -Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter. It is needed for GboverIP and also for the IP transport (final product).
used for Telecom and OAM VLAN_Ids.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Coded on 12 bits.
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules In case the same subnet is used for Telecom and OAM traffic, the same VLAN_ID shall be
Category
Network (CDE)
HMI name Telecom_VLAN_ID
Virtual LAN identifier used to tag the MFS internal telecom traffic
Telecom_VLAN_ID
Logical name
Definition
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
4094
Number
2
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
4094
None
Page 898
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
test cases are identified today (neither during GCH establishment failure, nor during abnormal GCH release at MFS side).And potential border
effect of value decreasing (ex:200) are unknown.
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
400
ms
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Type
Timer
Min value 100
Max value 900
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
External comment HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCH channels. Former HMI name Tdsl.
Internal comment There is potential Interactions between Dynamic Abis allocation and CS traffic (CS call drop increase) when value is high. No clear interaction
Tdsl < Tfreeze

Tdsl < Trelease
step size = 100 ms
Application
domain
System (CST)
HMI name T_GCH_dsl
Supervision of loss of downlink synchronisation for 16k channels.
Logical name
Definition
Testab
None
Rec reference
GPRS
Category
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
Tfreeze
HMI name T_GCH_freeze
Freeze of PDCH resource after an abnormal release for 16k channels.
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size=100ms
Mandatory rules Tfreeze > Tdsl
Recommended rules -External comment HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCH channels. Former HMI name Tfreeze.
Internal comment --
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
External comment HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCH channels. Former HMI name Testab.
Internal comment --

- Testab = 0.4 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving
cell,
- Testab = 1 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size= 100 ms
Mandatory rules Treq_pending > Testab
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
HMI name T_GCH_ESTAB
Supervision of loss of GCH link establishment for 16k channels.
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
0.4
0.1
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
500
1200
100
Timer
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
20
sec
12
ms
Page 899
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Site (CAE)
Category
B9
Type
Min value
0
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Unit
Coded Min
Internal comment
--
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
The load situation of external cells is unknown in the serving cell. The BSS then computes the NC2 load of those cells as follows:
- If the threshold THR_NC2_LOAD_RANKING is set to a value lower than 100 %, then the cell is considered in a low load situation.
- If the threshold THR_NC2_LOAD_RANKING is set to 100 %, then the cell is considered in an high load situation
The serving cell is considered in a low load situation when THR_NC2_LOAD_RANKING = 0 %. The value of 0 % deactivates the load evaluation
in the serving cell.
"3: NC2 mode of operation for all MS".
Page 900
10
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Mandatory rules
Max value 100
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment This parameter is only relevant if the parameter NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to 2: NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS or
Step size of 10%

0 : 0%; 1: 10%; . 10 : 100%
--
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
THR_NC2_LOAD_RANKING
HMI name THR_NC2_LOAD_RANKING
Threshold above which the load of the serving cell is considered in a high load situation in the
NC2 cell ranking process
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
System (CST)
Category
System (CST)
Category
The duration must be strictly greater than 10 min, which is the time used for other existing
defensive mechanism in RRM (and because of other case of TCH_INFO_PERIOD restart)
Step size = 10 min.
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
radio resource management, according to the less important criteria (C2).
THR_RR_ALLOC_DEFENSE_LOW
HMI name THR_RR_ALLOC_DEFENSE_LO
This threshold defines the minimal duration before triggering the MFS defensive mechanism for
Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition
The duration must be strictly greater than 10 min, which is the time used for other existing
defensive mechanism in RRM (and because of other case of TCH_INFO_PERIOD restart)
Step size = 10 min.
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
radio resource management, according to the most important criteria (C1 and C3).
THR_RR_ALLOC_DEFENSE_HIGH
HMI name THR_RR_ALLOC_DEFENSE_HIG
This threshold defines the minimal duration before triggering the MFS defensive mechanism for
Rec reference
Non
Logical name
Definition
B9
60
18
18
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
mn
2
180
Non
Cell Type
RMS template Non
TRX nb
W
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Type
Threshold
Min value 20
Max value 600
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B9
2
2
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
B10 Oui
60
mn
2
20
Non
Cell Type
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Type
Threshold
Min value 20
Max value 600
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 901
GPRS
System (CST)
Category
step size=0.1% (0 == 0%, 1000 == 100%)
domain
THRES_DSP_XON
HMI name THRES_DSP_XON
Threshold used for the management of DSP memory congestion (RLC resources). Threshold
under which downlink LLC PDU are sent again by RRM to RLC,
after having previously encountered a DSP memory congestion situation (due to the
THRES_DSP_XOFF threshold).
.
None
Application
GPRS
External comment Applicable only to TDM mode.

Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
THRES_G_MAX_HIGH > THRES_G_MAX_LOW > THRES_DSP_XOFF > THRES_DSP_XON >

THRES_LOW_DSP_XOFF > THRES_LOW_DSP_XON
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
External comment Applicable only to TDM mode.

Internal comment --

step size=0.1% (0 == 0%, 1000 == 100%)
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
THRES_DSP_XOFF
HMI name THRES_DSP_XOFF
Threshold used for the management of DSP memory congestion (RLC resources).
Threshold above which downlink LLC PDUs are no more sent by RRM to RLC.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
800
800
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
Page 902
1000
80
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
GPU
Oui
Type
Threshold
Min value 0
Max value 100
Instance
Sub-syste MFS
B9
840
840
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
B10 Oui
1000
84
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Type
Threshold
Min value 0
Max value 100
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
GPU
B10 Oui
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
GPRS
System (CST)
Category
GPRS
System (CST)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA

step size = 0.1 %
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
THRES_G_MAX_LOW
HMI name THRES_G_MAX_LOW
Threshold used to handle the transition between the G_MAX and G_XOFF congestion states.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
850
850
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
Page 903
1000
85
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Type
Threshold
Min value 0
Max value 100
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
GPU
B10 Oui
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
959
959
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
Oui
1000
95.9
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
GPU
Oui
Type
Threshold
Min value 0
Max value 100
Instance
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
A maximum value is defined in BSS telecom parameters to prevent the DSP from refusing the configuration.
Note that any value depend on the DSP implementation (free DSP memory size) and needs to be tuned.
The default value is the initial one.
External comment -Internal comment The THRES_G_MAX_HIGH value is limited to a maximum defined for each software generation.

step size = 0.1 %
None
Application
domain
THRES_G_MAX_HIGH
HMI name THRES_G_MAX_HIGH
Threshold used to handle the transition between the G_XOFF and G_MAX
congestion states. In the G_MAX congestion state, some TBFs will be released, in order to free
some DSP memory.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GPRS
System (CST)
Category
step size = 0.1% (0% == 0, 100% = 1000)
domain
THRES_LOW_DSP_XON
HMI name THRES_LOW_DSP_XON
Threshold under which TBF establishment becomes possible again after having previously
encountered a DSP memory congestion situation (due to the THRES_LOW_DSP_XOFF
threshold).
None
Application
GPRS

Internal comment --
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA

Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition

Internal comment --

step size = 0.1% (0% == 0, 100% = 1000)
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
None
THRES_LOW_DSP_XOFF
HMI name THRES_LOW_DSP_XOFF
Threshold above which TBF establishment is not possible.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
750
750
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
Page 904
1000
75
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
GPU
Oui
Type
Threshold
Min value 0
Max value 100
Instance
Sub-syste MFS
B9
790
790
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
B10 Oui
1000
79
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Type
Threshold
Min value 0
Max value 100
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
GPU
B10 Oui
None
Application
domain
IP
Category
System (CST)
HMI name THRES_LOW_PTU_XOFF_IP

Threshold used for the management of PTU memory congestion (RLC resources) in IP mode.
Threshold above which TBF establishment is not possible.
THRES_LOW_PTU_XOFF_IP
None
Application
domain
IP
Category
System (CST)
THRES_LOW_PTU_XON_IP
HMI name THRES_LOW_PTU_XON_IP
Threshold used for the management of PTU memory congestion (RLC resources) in IP.
Threshold under which TBF establishment becomes possible again after having previously
encountered a DSP memory congestion situation (due to the THRES_LOW_PTU_XOFF_IP
threshold).
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1% (0% == 0, 100% = 1000)
Mandatory rules THRES_LOW_PTU_XOFF_IP > THRES_LOW_PTU_XON_IP
Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment MR2 parameter.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 0.1% (0% == 0, 100% = 1000)
Mandatory rules THRES_LOW_PTU_XOFF_IP > THRES_LOW_PTU_XON_IP
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
79
B9
100
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
Non
75
100
Threshold
MFS
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
790
1000
750
1000
Page 905
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Tns_alive
GSM TS 08.16
Rec reference
GPRS
3GPP TS 48.016
Rec reference
GPRS
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1 sec
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment In the standard, this parameter is set to 3sec, not changeable with TDM or IP sub-network.
Application
domain
Category
HMI name Tns_alive_IP
Guard the NS-VC test procedure in case of Gb over IP.
Tns_alive_IP
Logical name
Definition
System (CST)
Category
HMI name TnsAlive
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
Time-out to trigger the test procedure.
Logical name
Definition
B9
30
B9
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
10
Timer
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
Oui
30
sec
10
sec
Page 906
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Tns_block
GSM TS 08.16
Rec reference
GPRS
Tns_reset
GSM TS 08.16
Rec reference
GPRS
Network (CDE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name TnsReset
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
Time-out for reset procedure.
Logical name
Definition
Network (CDE)
Category
HMI name TnsBlock
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
Time-out to trigger the block/unblock procedure.
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
120
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
120
Timer
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
120
sec
120
sec
Page 907
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Tns_test
GSM TS 08.16
Rec reference
GPRS
3GPP TS 48.016
Rec reference
GPRS
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1 sec
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment In the standard, this parameter is the same with TDM or IP sub-network.
Application
domain
System (CST)
HMI name Tns_test_IP
Periodicity of the NS-VC test procedure in case of Gb over IP.
Tns_test_IP
Logical name
Definition
Network (CDE)
Category
HMI name TnsTest
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
Overall time-out to test an NS-VC.
Logical name
Definition
B9
15
60
B9
Timer
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
15
60
Timer
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
Oui
15
60
sec
15
60
sec
Page 908
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
3GPP TS 44.060
Application
domain
GPRS
Trelease
None
Rec reference
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
GPRS
Network (CDE)
Category
HMI name T_GCH_release
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
External comment HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCH channels. Former HMI name Trelease.
Internal comment --
Trelease > Tdsl

Treq_pending > Trelease
- Trelease = 500 ms if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in all the
cells of the MFS,
- Trelease = 1000 ms if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater
satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS.
step size = 100 ms
Application
domain
Supervision of GCH link release for 16k channel.
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
Category
HMI name TOM8_PRIORITY

Defines the relative priority used for the pre-defined TOM8 Packet Flow Context
TOM8_PRIORITY
Spec reference
Coding rules
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
15
15
B9
Number
15
15
None
5
5
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
Page 909
12
500
ms
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Non
Type
Timer
Min value 200
Max value 1200
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
Network (CDE)
Treq_pending
HMI name Treq_pending
Maximum time during which a GCH establishment or release request from PMU can be delayed in
MEGCH layer.
None
Application
domain
GPRS
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
TRTS_PS
HMI name TRTS_PS
This timer is used in the BTS to supervise the state of a RTS used as a PDCH. This timer is
started when the BTS does not receive in a 20 ms period a valid DL frame on the RTS and is
stopped when it receives one DL valid frame.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 100 ms
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 20 ms
Mandatory rules Treq_pending > Trelease+Tcorr
Recommended rules Treq_pending > Testab+Tcorr
External comment -Internal comment At the timer expiry, PTU is forced to provide an answer to the PMU request.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
2000
5200
Timer
1000
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Instance
400
900
Timer
100
MFS
Sub-syste MFS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
100
260
ms
50
ms
1
Page 910
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Tusl
None
Rec reference
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1%
Rec reference
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
B9
400
900
Timer
100
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
10
100
Oui
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Logical name
Definition
TX_EFFICIENCY_ACK_THR
HMI name TX_EFFICIENCY_ACK_THR
Threshold below which the TBF is released because of a bad transmission efficiency in
acknowledged mode.
Category
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
GPRS
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 100 ms
Mandatory rules Tusl < (20 x 48) = 960 ms
Recommended rules -External comment HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCH channels. Former HMI name Tusl.
Internal comment --
Application
domain
System (CST)
HMI name T_GCH_usl
Supervision of loss of uplink synchronisation for 16k channels.
Logical name
Definition
ms
1
10
100
Page 911
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
Site (CAE)
Category
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD
HMI name TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD
Number of received RLC data blocks for GPRS TBF after which TX_EFFICIENCY is computed.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GPRS
TX_EFFICIENCY_NACK_THR
HMI name TX_EFFICIENCY_NACK_THR
Threshold below which the TBF is released because of a bad transmission efficiency in
unacknowledged mode.
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1%
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
15
B9
100
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Oui
200
500
Number
Oui
Threshold
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
15
100
200
500
None
Page 912
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Site (CAE)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules It is recommended to set TX_INT so that the corresponding spreading time is about 240 ms.
Possible values are : 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 32, 50, coded from 0000 to
1111
--
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
3GPP TS 04.60
TX_INT
HMI name TX_INT
Number of PRACH timeslots to spread transmission of PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Number
Max value 50
Def value 8
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
15
None
Page 913
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Site (CAE)
Category
Note:
- In the non-combined CCCH configuration, there are 51 RACH frames per 51-multiframe
- In the combined CCCH configuration, there are 27 RACH frames per 51-multiframe.
2) for combined CCCH:

1) for non combined CCCH:

Tx_Integer = 7, 12, 32 --> S = 217 RACH frames (i.e. 998.2 ms)
The number of slots belonging to the MSs RACH between 2 successive Channel Request
messages is a random value drawn randomly for each new retransmission with uniform
distribution in the set (S, S+1, ...,S+T-1). With T = Tx_Integer and S depending on the CCCH
configuration as shown below:
When the GPRS is supported through Abis or Ater satellite links, it is recommended to set:
TX_INTEGER = 32 whatever the configuration of the CCCH.

TX_INTEGER = 12 if the CCCH is combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 1.
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules When the GPRS is supported through Abis or Ater terrestrial links, it is recommended to set:
Possible values are:3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 32, 50 respectively binary
coded from 0000 to 1111
Equal to Tx_Integer (BSC)
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
3GPP TS 04.18
Tx_integer (MFS)
HMI name TX_INTEGER
Number of RACH timeslots that spread transmission of CHANNEL REQUEST.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Number
Max value 50
Def value 32
Type
Min value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
14
15
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Page 914
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
UL_POLL_FACTOR
HMI name UL_DATA_CREDIT
This parameter defines the slope in credit computation for the uplink cyclic polling algorithm.
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
m
Oui
Application
domain
GPRS
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1.
None
System (CST)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
USF_NE
HMI name usfNe
USF "No emission" used to schedule UL signalling of TBF without USF.
Logical name
Definition
Rec reference
respected (taking into account needed bandwidth for PACCH en uplink).

--
Internal comment
B9
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Number
0
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Page 915
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
16
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
Type
Number
Unit
Coding rules
-Min value 1
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment The max number of uplink TBFs assigned per PDCH shall be such that the TBF scheduling periodicity needed for BTS measurements is
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Internal comment

TX_INTEGER = 12 if the CCCH is combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 1
Needed for feature MPDCH.
For more details on the setting of this parameter, refer to the memo MND/TD/SYT/EBR/0497.2001.
External comment When EN_GPRS=1, it is recommended to set:
IP
System (CST)
Category
B9
Type
Min value
0
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Non
Unit
Coded Min
None
Application
domain
GPRS
Category
System (CST)
WEIGHT_BIAS_DETERMINATION
HMI name WEIGHT_BIAS_DETERMINATION
Weighting factor used in the transfer bias determination in order to mitigate resource reallocations
due to changing bias.
B9
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
actually a weighted average taking into account WEIGHT_BIAS_DETERMINATION * the weighted average as of the previous assessment.
--
Internal comment
Page 916
10
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def

IP demo parameter. In case of specific configurations using RIP or OSPF inside the MFS, this parameter also gives the internal priority used by
Spec reference
Type
Number
Coding rules
step size = 10%
Min value 0
External comment This parameter allows to avoid changing the bias of the on-going transfer too often. The number of bytes transferred in each direction is
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Internal comment
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Mandatory rules
Max value 3
Coded Max
Recommended rules Should be consistent with the priorities used by others NEs.
Def value 3
Coded Def
0: higher priority
3: lower priority
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
VARIOUS_IP_PRIORITY (MFS)
HMI name VARIOUS_IP_PRIORITY (MFS)
BSS internal priority used by the MFS for the DHCP, ICMP and ARP protocols in the IP network
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Rec reference
GPRS
None
Rec reference
GPRS
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name Weight_P11
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules weight_Px >= weight_Py if x<y
Application
domain
Weight to be used for a TBF/PFC of priority 11
Weight_P11
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
Category
HMI name Weight_P10
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1
Application
domain
Weight_P10
Logical name
Definition
B9
15
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
15
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Non
Non
15
None
15
None
Page 917
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Rec reference
GPRS
None
Rec reference
GPRS
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name Weight_P13
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1
Application
domain
Weight_P13
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
Category
HMI name Weight_P12
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1
Application
domain
Weight_P12
Logical name
Definition
B9
15
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
15
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Non
Non
15
None
15
None
Page 918
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Rec reference
GPRS
None
Rec reference
GPRS
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name Weight_P15
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1
Application
domain
Weight_P15
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
Category
HMI name Weight_P14
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1
Application
domain
Weight_P14
Logical name
Definition
B9
15
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
15
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Non
Non
15
None
15
None
Page 919
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Rec reference
GPRS
None
Rec reference
GPRS
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name Weight_P5
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1
Application
domain
Weight_P5
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
Category
HMI name Weight_P4
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1
Application
domain
Weight_P4
Logical name
Definition
B9
12
15
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
11
15
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Non
Non
12
15
None
11
15
None
Page 920
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Rec reference
GPRS
None
Rec reference
GPRS
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name Weight_P7
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1
Application
domain
Weight_P7
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
Category
HMI name Weight_P6
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1
Application
domain
Weight_P6
Logical name
Definition
B9
10
15
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
15
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Non
Non
10
15
None
15
None
Page 921
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Rec reference
GPRS
None
Rec reference
GPRS
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name Weight_P9
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1
Application
domain
Weight_P9
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
Category
HMI name Weight_P8
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1
Application
domain
Weight_P8
Logical name
Definition
B9
15
B9
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
15
Number
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
BSS
B10 Oui
Non
Non
15
None
15
None
Page 922
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Rec reference
WI_PR
None
Rec reference
DTM
GPRS
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
Reject
HMI name Wait Indication for Packet Access
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
System (CST)
Category
HMI name WI_DTM
Wait indication used in PACKET ACCESS REJECT.
Logical name
Definition
Spec reference
Coding rules
step size = 1 sec
Application
domain
Value of Wait Indication for DTM requets
WI_DTM
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
255
Number
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
255
Number
0
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste MFS
Instance
MFS
B10 Oui
Oui
Non
255
sec
255
sec
Page 923
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name BSC Primary X25 Address
BSC_X25_secondary_address
None
Application
domain
BSC X25 secondary address.

GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
HMI name BSC Secondary X25 Address
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
B9
255
Oui
255
Reference
Oui
Reference
Sub-syste OMC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Spec reference
Type
Coding rules
Min value
Max value
External comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes.
Internal comment In the DLS, this parameter is presented as an array of 15 characters, see BSC_X25_Primary_Address_i [n], n=1..15
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Sub-syste OMC
Instance
BSC
B10 Oui
Spec reference
Type
Coding rules
Min value
Max value
External comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes.
Internal comment In the DLS, this parameter is presented as an array of 15 characters, see BSC_X25_Primary_Address_i [n], n=1..15
Rec reference
BSC_X25_primary_address
Logical name
Definition
BSC X25 primary address.
parameters
OMC
255
None
255
None
Page 924
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
Internal comment
B9
Abstract
Def value
--
Max value *
Type
Min value
Sub-syste OMC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Value computed according to CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE, CELL_LAYER_TYPE, CELL_PARTITION_TYPE and CELL_RANGE.
- Single
- Umbrella
- Umbrella Concentric
- Micro
- Mini
- Micro Concentric
- Mini Concentric
- Indoor
- Indoor Concentric (labelled "Indoor Multiband" on the HMI)
- Extended Inner
- Extended Outer
-GAN
External comment *: possible values are:
Single (0), Concentric (1), Umbrella (2), Micro (3), Umbrella Concentric (4), Mini (5), Extended
Inner (6), Extended Outer (7), Mini Concentric (8), Micro Concentric (9), Indoor (10), Indoor
Concentric(11), GAN(12)
Mandatory rules - EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO shall be set to disabled when CELL_TYPE is equal to Extended
inner or Extended outer.
- The micro concentric, mini concentric and indoor concentric cells must be multiband (the
allowed FREQUENCY_RANGE is PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800). This restriction does
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
Cell_Type
HMI name Cell Type
Combination of CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE, CELL_LAYER_TYPE, CELL_PARTITION_TYPE,
CELL_RANGE. Used for cell default parameter template.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Page 925
Coded Def
Coded Max
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
coding rules : 0: MS May Use DTX for FR

1: MS Shall Use DTX for FR, 2: MS shall not use
DTX for FR
Mandatory rules The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR / DTX_INDICATOR_HR are possible
(FR/HR):
Recommended rules may/shall, may/shall not, may/may, shall/shall, shall/shall not, shall/may, shall not/shall and -shall not/shall not.
The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR = shall not and
DTX_INDICATOR_HR = may, I.e. shall not/may.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
GSM TS 04.08
DTX_INDICATOR_FR
HMI name DTX_FR_INDICATOR
Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM Phase 1 and 2 for FR. Applies for all codecs types except
AMR.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
None
Page 926
Coded Def
2
Def value
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Max
Flag
Oui
Max value 2
Type
Min value
Sub-syste OMC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
0: MS May Use DTX for AMR FR

1: MS Shall Use DTX for AMR FR, 2: MS shall not use
DTX for AMR FR
Mandatory rules The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR / DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR
are possible (FR_AMR / HR_AMR):
Recommended rules may/shall, may/shall not, may/may, shall/shall, shall/shall not, shall/may, shall not/shall and
shall not/shall not.
The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR = shall not and
DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR = may, I.e. shall not/may.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
GSM TS 04.08
DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR
HMI name DTX_FR_INDICATOR_AMR
Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 MS. Applies only for AMR FR.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
--
B9
Flag
Def value
2
Max value 2
Type
Min value
Sub-syste OMC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
None
Page 927
Coded Def
Coded Max
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Site (CAE)
Category
1: MS Shall Use DTX for HR, 2: MS shall not use DTX for HR
GSM
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR / DTX_INDICATOR_HR are possible

(FR/HR):
Recommended rules may/shall, may/shall not, may/may, shall/shall, shall/shall not, shall/may, shall not/shall and -shall not/shall not.
The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR = shall not and
DTX_INDICATOR_HR = may, I.e. shall not/may.
0: MS May Use DTX for HR
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
GSM TS 04.08
DTX_INDICATOR_HR
HMI name DTX_HR_INDICATOR
Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 for HR. Applies for all codecs types except AMR.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
Page 928
Coded Def
2
Def value
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Oui
Type
Flag
Min value 0
Max value 2
Sub-syste OMC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
GSM
Site (CAE)
Category
None
Application
domain
GSM
Category
Site (CAE)
TRAFFIC_EV_PERIOD
HMI name TRAFFIC_EV_PERIOD
Periodicity of traffic load update in resource allocation algorithms = N_TRAFFIC_LOAD x
A_TRAFFIC_LOAD x TCH_INFO_PERIOD.
--
B9
Sub-syste OMC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Def value
B9
Flag
Max value 2
Type
Min value
Sub-syste OMC
Instance
cell
B10 Oui
Oui
Oui
Internal comment
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
of TRX in the cell, not reflected by DLS default value), A_TRAFFIC_LOAD (which depends on the nb of TRX in the cell, not reflected by DLS
default value), TCH_INFO_PERIOD.
The parameter is displayed in minutes and seconds
None
Page 929
120
3264
sec
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Coded Def
Coded Max
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Spec reference
OMC-R access OMC local display
Type
Timer
Unit
Coding rules
-Min value 2
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
External comment The given default value corresponds to the value calculated by the OMC, based on the values of N_TRAFFIC_LOAD (which depends on the nb
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
0: MS May Use DTX for AMR HR

1: MS Shall Use DTX for AMR HR, 2: MS shall not use
DTX for AMR HR
Mandatory rules The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR / DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR
are possible (FR_AMR / HR_AMR):
Recommended rules may/shall, may/shall not, may/may, shall/shall, shall/shall not, shall/may, shall not/shall and
shall not/shall not.
The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR = shall not and
DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR = may, I.e. shall not/may.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
GSM TS 04.08
DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR
HMI name DTX_HR_INDICATOR_AMR
Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 MS. Applies only for AMR HR.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Application
domain
IP
TC/BTS Interface
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Application
domain
IP
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
External comment TCTC_UDP_PORT_TCMUX for downlink flow = TCTC_UDP_PORT_TCMUX + 1

Internal comment IP demo parameter. Min = hE000, Max = hE400
Category
HMI name IPTCH_UDP_PORT_TC_NONMUX
Shall be an even number.

Shall be different from IPTCH_UDP_PORT_TCMUX.
Step size = 1
None
UDP port used for TC-TC (eTRAUP) flow in UL.
IPTCH_UDP_PORT_TC_NONMUX
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
Category
HMI name IPTCH_UDP_PORT_TC_MUX

UDP port of IPTCH link used on TC side (for MUXTRAUP and TRAUP protocols).
IPTCH_UDP_PORT_TC_MUX
parameters
Spec reference
TC/BTS Interface
Coding rules
Step size = 1
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. Min = hC800, Max = hCC00
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
TC
B9
B9
51200
52224
Number
51200
51200
52224
51200
None
57344
57344
Coded Def
Coded Def
Def value
Page 930
58368
57344
57344
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Non
Non
Type
Number
Min value 57344
Max value 58368
Sub-syste TC
Instance
TC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste TC
Instance
TC
B10 Oui
None
Application
domain
IP
Application
domain
None
TC/BTS Interface
Rec reference
Spec reference
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
coded on 32 bits
--
IP
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
HMI name M2UA_TC_IP_ADDRESS

IP address of the TC, used for M2UA flow (signaling from/ot A interface)
M2UA_TC_IP_ADDRESS
Logical name
Definition
Site (CAE)
Category
HMI name M2UA_SCTP_PORT_TC

SCTP port used for M2UA protocol (signalisation to/from A interface), on TC side.
M2UA_SCTP_PORT_TC
Spec reference
TC/BTS Interface
Coding rules
Step size = 1
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. Min = hF000, Max = hF400.
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
61440
62464
Number
61440
Number
Non
Non

Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste TC
Instance
TC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste TC
Instance
TC
B10 Oui
61440
62464
61440
None
4294967295
None
Page 931
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
IP
System (CST)
Category
IP
Mandatory rules
coded on 32 bits
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category
B9
Instance
Number
Non
Non

Def value 0
Type
Min value
TC
TC
B9
Number
Max value 3
Def value 2
Type
Min value
Sub-syste TC
Instance
TC
B10 Oui
START_TELECOM_IP_ADDRESS_ B10 Oui

TC
First IP address for the range of telecom addresses shown to the external world. The TC deduces
every address of its telecom endpoint from this base address.
Sub-syste
START_TELECOM_IP_ADDRESS_TC HMI name
Rec reference
Definition
Logical name
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment IP demo parameter. Used to communicate with OMC.
0: higher priority
3: lower priority
shall be consistent with the priority used by the OMC.
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
HMI name SNMP_PRIORITY (TC)

BSS internal priority used by the TC for the SNMP flow in IP network
SNMP_PRIORITY (TC)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
None
Non
Non
4294967295
None
Page 932
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
RMS template Non
TRX nb
Cell Type
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
3GPP TS 08.61
Application
domain
TC/BTS Interface
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
IP
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category

"WWW.XXX.YYY.ZZZ" (ex: 255.245.247.001)
Mandatory rules
System (CST)
Category
HMI name TC_MUX_IP_Address
coded on 32 bits
--
None
IP address of the TC, used for IPTCH flow.
TC_MUX_IP_Address
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
GSM
T_release
HMI name T_release
Maximum time after loss of synchronisation before TRAU returns to idle mode.
Spec reference
TC/BTS Interface
Coding rules
step size = 20 msec
Mandatory rules -Recommended rules -External comment -Internal comment Coded in the software
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
B9
B9
1.04
63
Timer
Number
Non
Oui

Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste TC
Instance
TC
B10 Oui
Type
Min value
Max value
Def value
Sub-syste TC
Instance
TRAU
B10 Oui
52
3150
50
sec
4294967295
None
Page 933
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Unit
Coded Min
Coded Max
Coded Def
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Application
domain
None
TC/BTS Interface
Rec reference
Spec reference
Coding rules
IP
Site (CAE)
IP
Site (CAE)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
Category

"WWW.XXX.YYY.ZZZ" (ex: 255.245.247.001)
Mandatory rules
coded on 32 bits
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
TELECOM_IP_SUBNET_MASK_TC
HMI name TELECOM_IP_SUBNET_MASK_TC
Mask of the subnet where is allocated the range of TC addresses used for
telecom protocols
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition

"WWW.XXX.YYY.ZZZ" (ex: 255.245.247.001)
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules -External comment Can be different from TC_MUX_IP_Address to differentiate BSS flow from TC site internal flow.
Category
HMI name TC_NONMUX_IP_Address
coded on 32 bits
--
IP address of the TC, used for TC-TC flow.
TC_NONMUX_IP_Address
Logical name
Definition
B9
Number
Non
B9
Number
0
Non

Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste TC
Instance
TC
B10 Oui

Def value 0
Type
Min value
Sub-syste TC
Instance
TC
B10 Oui
4294967295
None
Page 934
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
RMS template Non
Non
Non
4294967295
None
TRX nb
Cell Type
Coded Max
Coded Def
Unit
Coded Min
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
IP
System (CST)
Category
B9
Type
Min value
0
Number
Sub-syste TC
Instance
TC
B10 Oui
Non
Unit
Coded Min
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA

IP demo parameter. In case of specific configurations using RIP or OSPF inside the TC, this parameter also gives the internal priority used by
Internal comment
Page 935
None
TRX nb
Non
Cell Type
Non
RMS template Non
Mandatory rules
Max value 3
Coded Max
Recommended rules Should be consistent with the priorities used by others NEs.
Def value 3
Coded Def
0: higher priority
3: lower priority
--
Spec reference
Coding rules
Application
domain
None
HMI name VARIOUS_IP_PRIORITY (TC)

BSS internal priority used by the TC for the DHCP, ICMP and ARP protocols in the IP network
VARIOUS_IP_PRIORITY (TC)
Rec reference
Logical name
Definition
10
14
18
22
-12
-9
-6
-3
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [1]
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [2]
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [3]
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [4]
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [5]
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [6]
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [7]
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [8]
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [9]
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [1]
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [2]
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [3]
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [4]
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [5]
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [6]
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [7]
EN_BALANCED_CI
Logical name
Default values for RMS
-4
-6
-8
-10
-12
-14
-16
22
18
14
10
-3
-6
-9
-12
22
18
14
10
12
10
22
18
14
10
12
10
22
18
14
10
-4
-6
-8
-10
-12
-14
-16
22
18
14
10
12
10
22
18
14
10
-4
-6
-8
-10
-12
-14
-16
22
18
14
10
-3
-6
-9
-12
22
18
14
10
10
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
-3
-6
-9
-12
22
18
14
10
12
10
22
18
14
10
11
Template number
-4
-6
-8
-10
-12
-14
-16
22
18
14
10
12
-3
-6
-9
-12
22
18
14
10
13
-3
-6
-9
-12
24
22
20
18
14
10
14
-3
-6
-9
-12
22
18
14
10
15
-3
-6
-9
-12
22
18
14
10
16
Page 936
-30
-20
-10
0
10
20
30
50
-66
-72
-79
-85
-91
-97
-104
-50
-30
-20
-10
10
20
30
50
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [3]
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [4]
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [5]
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [6]
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [7]
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [8]
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [9]
MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[9]
-50
-60
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [2]
50
30
20
10
-10
-20
-30
-50
-104
-97
-91
-85
-79
-72
-66
-60
-53
50
30
20
10
-10
-20
-30
-50
-83
-79
-75
-71
-67
-63
-59
-55
-51
12
14
-104
-97
-91
-85
-79
-72
-66
-60
-53
-53
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [1]
16
12
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [8]
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [9]
templates
50
30
20
10
-10
-20
-30
-50
-83
-79
-75
-71
-67
-63
-59
-55
-51
-2
16
50
30
20
10
-10
-20
-30
-50
-83
-79
-75
-71
-67
-63
-59
-55
-51
50
30
20
10
-10
-20
-30
-50
-100
-95
-90
-85
-80
-75
-70
-65
-60
-2
16
50
30
20
10
-10
-20
-30
-50
-100
-95
-90
-85
-80
-75
-70
-65
-60
50
30
20
10
-10
-20
-30
-50
-106
-102
-98
-94
-90
-86
-82
-78
-74
12
14
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
50
30
20
10
-10
-20
-30
-50
-100
-95
-90
-85
-80
-75
-70
-65
-60
12
14
50
30
20
10
-10
-20
-30
-50
-106
-102
-98
-94
-90
-86
-82
-78
-74
-2
16
50
30
20
10
-10
-20
-30
-50
-106
-102
-98
-94
-90
-86
-82
-78
-74
50
30
20
10
-10
-20
-30
-50
-104
-97
-91
-85
-79
-72
-66
-60
-53
12
14
50
30
20
10
-10
-20
-30
-50
-104
-97
-91
-85
-79
-72
-66
-60
-53
-2
12
50
30
20
10
-10
-20
-30
-50
-104
-97
-91
-85
-79
-72
-66
-60
-53
12
20
10
-3
-6
-10
-20
-104
-97
-91
-85
-79
-72
-66
-60
-53
12
Page 937
12
14
16
18
20
22
13
19
25
31
37
43
49
55
MEAS_STAT_S_i [2]
MEAS_STAT_S_i [3]
MEAS_STAT_S_i [4]
MEAS_STAT_S_i [5]
MEAS_STAT_S_i [6]
MEAS_STAT_S_i [7]
MEAS_STAT_S_i [8]
MEAS_STAT_S_i [9]
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [1]
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [2]
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [3]
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [4]
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [5]
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [6]
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [7]
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [8]
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [9]
VQ_AVERAGE
VQ_BAD_RXFER
MEAS_STAT_S_i [1]
55
49
43
37
31
25
19
13
22
20
18
16
14
12
55
49
43
37
31
25
19
13
22
20
18
16
14
12
55
49
43
37
31
25
19
13
22
20
18
16
14
12
55
49
43
37
31
25
19
13
22
20
18
16
14
12
55
49
43
37
31
25
19
13
22
20
18
16
14
12
55
49
43
37
31
25
19
13
22
20
18
16
14
12
55
49
43
37
31
25
19
13
22
20
18
16
14
12
55
49
43
37
31
25
19
13
22
20
18
16
14
12
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
55
49
43
37
31
25
19
13
22
20
18
16
14
12
55
49
43
37
31
25
19
13
22
20
18
16
14
12
55
49
43
37
31
25
19
13
22
20
18
16
14
12
55
49
43
37
31
25
19
13
22
20
18
16
14
12
55
49
43
37
31
25
19
13
22
20
18
16
14
12
55
49
43
37
31
25
19
13
22
18
14
10
55
49
43
37
31
25
19
13
22
20
18
16
14
12
Page 938
30
-95
VQ_GOOD_RXFER
VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD
VQ_RXLEV
VQ_RXQUAL
VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER
30
VQ_FER_THRESHOLD
-95
30
30
-95
30
30
-95
30
30
-95
30
30
-95
30
30
-95
30
30
-95
30
30
-95
30
30
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
-95
30
30
-95
30
30
-95
30
30
-95
30
30
-95
30
30
-95
30
30
-95
30
30
Page 939
70
45
80
70
70
45
20
Freelevel_1
Freelevel_2
Freelevel_3
Freelevel_4
Freelevel_DR(n)
H_LOAD_OBJ
HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD
HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_
GPRS
IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD
L_LOAD_OBJ
LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD
20
10
70
80
50
20
60
70
80
80
12
10
3TRX
50
40
60
80
80
80
15
12
4TRX
50
40
60
80
80
80
21
14
10
12
5TRX
2TRX
BTS_Q_LENGTH
1TRX
A_TRAFFIC_LOAD
Parameter Name
50
40
60
80
80
80
26
17
10
12
6TRX
50
40
60
80
80
80
34
23
12
10
12
8TRX
50
40
60
80
80
80
38
26
13
10
12
9TRX
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
50
40
60
80
80
80
30
20
10
10
12
7TRX
50
40
60
80
80
80
42
28
14
10
12
50
40
60
80
80
80
47
31
16
10
12
50
40
60
80
80
80
51
34
17
10
12
12
12
12
12
Following
rule is
applied :
A_TRAFFI
C_LOAD x
N_TRAFF
IC_LOAD
= 24
50
40
60
80
80
80
56
37
19
10
50
40
60
80
80
80
61
40
20
10
50
40
60
80
80
80
67
44
22
10
10
Page 940
50
40
60
80
80
80
74
47
21
10
10
10TRX 11TRX 12TRX 13TRX 14TRX 15TRX: 16TRX: Comments
This table gives the default values according to the number of TRX in the cell for all parameters with "TRXnb" indicated in "Def value" column.
Default parameter values according to number of TRX in the cell
70
70
THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1
THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3
THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1
THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3
N_TRAFFIC_LOAD
70
70
20
20
70
70
40
40
70
70
40
40
70
70
30
30
70
70
40
40
70
70
40
40
70
70
40
40
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
70
70
40
40
70
70
40
40
70
70
40
40
70
70
40
40
70
70
40
40
70
70
40
40
70
70
40
40
Page 941
70
70
40
40
BS_P_CON_ACK
BS_P_CON_INT
concentric
(1) *
lower (2) *
grade (1)
macro (0) *
12
N/A
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
lower (2) *
normal (0) normal (0) * concentric (1) concentric (1) concentric

*
*
*
(1) *
upper (1) *
order (0)
micro (1) *
CELL_PARTITION_TYPE
single (0) *
grade (1)
macro (0) *
12
N/A
single (0) * upper (1) *
grade (1)
macro (0) *
12
N/A
CELL_LAYER_TYPE
CELL_EV
N/A
12
N/A
N/A
12
N/A
N/A
12
N/A
N/A
12
N/A
N/A
normal (0)
*
lower (2) *
order (0)
grade (1)
order (0)
single (0) * single (0) * indoor (3) *
grade (1)
Page 942
normal (0) normal (0) * normal (0) normal (0)

*
*
lower (2) *
grade (1)
micro (1) * macro (0) * macro (0) * macro (0) * micro (1) *
N/A
concentric
indoor (3) *
order (0)
micro (1)*
Umbrella Concentric Concentric Concentric Concentric Microcell Minicell Extended Extended Indoor Concentric
Umbrella
Microcell
Minicell
inner cell outer cell Microcell
indoor
Microcell
macro (0) macro (0) *

*
grade (1)
grade (1)
N/A
A_QUAL_HO
BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER
(BSC)
CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE
12
A_PBGT_HO
A_LEV_HO
N/A
A_ECNO_HO
A_LEV_MCHO
Single
Parameter
This table gives the default values according to Cell Type for all parameters with "CT" indicated in "Def value" column.
The default parameter values are all based on the Evolium product.
An asterix (*) means that the value of the parameter is not changeable.
Default parameter values according to the cell type
enable (1)
EN_RL_RECOV
N/A
enable (1)
EN_PBGT_FILTERING
EN_RESCUE_UM
disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) *

*
EN_MCHO_RESCUE
enable (1)
N/A
enable (1)
enable (1)
N/A
enable (1)
disable (0) *
disable (0)
*
EN_MCHO_NCELL
enable (1)

*
disable (0)
EN_MCHO_H_UL
N/A
enable (1)
enable (1)
5 dB (5)

*
N/A
enable (1)
N/A
5 dB (5)
EN_MCHO_H_DL
EN_LOAD_BALANCE
enable (1)
N/A
EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO
EN_DIST_HO
5 dB (5)
DELTA_INC_HO_margin
5 dB (5)
5 dB (5)
DELTA_DEC_HO_margin
5 dB (5)
normal (0) normal (0) * normal (0) *

*
CELL_RANGE (MFS)
enable (1)
N/A
enable (1)
disable (0) *
enable (1)
disable (0) *
disable (0) *
disable (0)
enable (1)
enable (1)
5 dB (5)
5 dB (5)
normal (0) *
normal (0) *
enable (1)
disable (0)
enable (1)
disable (0)
*
disable (0)
disable (0)
*
disable (0)
*
disable (0)
enable (1)
enable (1)
5 dB (5)
5 dB (5)
normal (0)
*
normal (0)
*
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
enable (1)
enable (1)
disable (0)
enable (1)
disable (0)
enable (1)
enable (1)
disable (0)
disable (0)
enable (1)
4 dB (4)
4 dB (4)
normal (0)
*
normal (0)
*
N/A
enable (1)
N/A
5 dB (5)
5 dB (5)
extended
inner (2) *
extended
inner (2) *
N/A
4 dB (4)
4 dB (4)
N/A
N/A
enable (1) disable (0)
N/A
5 dB (5)
5 dB (5)
extended normal (0)

outer (1) *
*
extended normal (0)

outer (1) *
*
disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) enable (1)

*
*

*
*
N/A
enable (1)
N/A
5 dB (5)
5 dB (5)
normal (0)
*
normal (0)
*
enable (1)
enable (1)
disable (0)
enable (1)
enable (1)
disable (0)
enable (1)
enable (1)
N/A
disable (0)
enable (1)
Page 943
enable (1) enable (1)
N/A
disable (0) disable (0)

*
*
disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) disable (0)
*
*
enable (1)
enable (1)
N/A
disable (0)
N/A
4 dB (4)
4 dB (4)
normal (0)
*
normal (0)
*
enable (1)
enable (1)
disable (0)
enable (1)
disable (0)*
enable (1)
enable (1)
disable (0)
disable (0)
enable (1)
4 dB (4)
4 dB (4)
normal (0) *
normal (0) *
Umbrella
Microcell
Minicell
indoor
Microcell
normal (0) normal (0) * normal (0) *

*
Single
CELL_RANGE (BSC)
Parameter
2 dB
2 dB
1 dB
HO_MARGIN_DIST(0,n)
HO_MARGIN_LEV(0,n)
HO_MARGIN_QUAL(0,n)
-100 dBm
(10)
-95 dBm
(15)
L_RXLEV_UL_H
L_RXLEV_UL_P
N/A
-85 dBm
(25)
L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n)
L_TIME_ADVANCE
-91 dBm
(19)
N/A
L_LOAD_OBJ
L_RXLEV_DL_H
5 dB
HOmargin (0,n)
enable (0)
N/A
H_LOAD_OBJ
HO_SDCCH_INHIBIT
See
TRXnb
N/A
-95 dBm (15)
-100 dBm
(10)
-85 dBm (25)
-91 dBm (19)
N/A
5 dB
enable (0)
1 dB
0 dB
2 dB
N/A
-85 dBm (25)
-91 dBm (19)
See TRXnb
5 dB
enable (0)
1 dB
0 dB
2 dB
See TRXnb
See TRXnb
-70 dBm
(40)
-96 dBm
(14)
N/A
4 dB
enable (0)
5 dB
5 dB
5 dB
N/A
See TRXnb
disable (0)
N/A
-95 dBm (15)
N/A
-95 dBm
(15)
-100 dBm
(10)
-85 dBm
(25)
-91 dBm
(19)
N/A
5 dB
enable (0)
1 dB
0 dB
2 dB
N/A
See TRXnb
disable (0)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
N/A
-85 dBm
(25)
-100 dBm (10) -100 dBm

(10)
N/A
-95 dBm
(15)
-100 dBm
(10)
-85 dBm
(25)
-91 dBm
(19)
See TRXnb
5 dB
enable (0)
1 dB
2 dB
2 dB
See TRXnb
See TRXnb See TRXnb
disable (0)
N/A
-85 dBm
(25)
-100 dBm
(10)
-70 dBm
(40)
-96 dBm
(14)
N/A
4 dB
enable (0)
5 dB
5 dB
5 dB
N/A
-29 dB
-29 dB
-29 dB
N/A
255 *
5 dB
5 dB
5 dB
N/A
255 *
5 dB
5 dB
5 dB
N/A
See TRXnb
N/A
-95 dBm
(15)
-100 dBm
(10)
-85 dBm
(25)
-91 dBm
(19)
N/A
5 dB
N/A
-95 dBm
(15)
-100 dBm
(10)
N/A
-96 dBm
(14)
N/A
5 dB
-95 dBm
(15)
-100 dBm
(10)
N/A
-98 dBm
(12)
N/A
5 dB
Page 944
N/A
-85 dBm
(25)
-100 dBm
(10)
-70 dBm
(40)
-96 dBm
(14)
N/A
4 dB
enable (0) disabled (1) disabled (1) enable (0)

*
*
1 dB
0 dB
2 dB
N/A
See TRXnb See TRXnb
disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) disable (0)
*
N/A
-85 dBm
-100 dBm
-70 dBm
-96 dBm
N/A
5 dB
enable (0)
5 dB
5 dB
5 dB
N/A
See TRXnb
disable (0)
Umbrella
Microcell
Minicell
indoor
Microcell
disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) *

*
Single
Freelevel_DR(n)
EN_SPEED_DISC
Parameter
-10
N/A
3s
1s
N/A
N/A
13
N/A
N/A
Loadfactor_5
MIN_CONNECT_TIME
MS_P_CON_ACK
MS_P_CON_INT
MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER
N_BAD_SACCH
N_BSTXPWR_M
inhibited
(31)
-7
Loadfactor_4
-5
Loadfactor_3
inhibited
(31)
-2
Loadfactor_2
PENALTY_TIME(BSC)
Single
Parameter
inhibited (31)
inhibited (31)
N/A
-47 dBm (63)
13
N/A
1s
3s
N/A
-10
-7
-5
-2
inhibited
(31)
inhibited
(31)
N/A
N/A
13
N/A
N/A
1s
3s
N/A
-10
-7
-5
-2
inhibited (31)
inhibited (31)
N/A
-47 dBm (63)
13
N/A
1s
3s
N/A
-10
-7
-5
-2
20 s (0)
20 s (0)
-88 dBm
(22)
-47 dBm
(63)
13
N/A
1s
3s
40 s
-10
-7
-5
-2
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
20 s (0)
20 s (0)
-88 dBm
(22)
-47 dBm
(63)
15
0s
2s
20 s
-8
-6
-4
-2
20 s (0)
20 s (0)
-88 dBm
(22)
N/A
15
N/A
0s
2s
20 s
-8
-6
-4
-2
20 s (0)
20 s (0)
-88 dBm
(22)
N/A
13
N/A
N/A
1s
3s
40 s
-10
-7
-5
-2
inhibited
(31)
inhibited
(31)
N/A
N/A
13
N/A
N/A
1s
3s
N/A
inhibited
(31)
inhibited
(31)
N/A
N/A
13
N/A
N/A
1s
3s
N/A
Page 945
20 s (0)
20 s (0)
-88 dBm
(22)
N/A
15
N/A
0s
2s
10 s
-8
-6
-4
-2
20 s (0)
20 s (0)
-88 dBm
-47 dBm
15
0s
2s
10 s
-8
-6
-4
-2
Umbrella
Microcell
Minicell
indoor
Microcell
W_LEV_MCHO
U_TIME_ADVANCE
U_RXLEV_UL_P
-85 dBm
(25)
N/A
N/A
0 dB (0)
0 dB (0)
-100 dBm
(10)
N/A
-75 dBm
(35)
-65 dBm
(45)
N/A
-65 dBm
(45)
N/A
N/A
-78 dBm (32)
-75 dBm (35)
-65 dBm (45)
-71 dBm (39)
-65 dBm (45)
-78 dBm
(32)
-65 dBm
(45)
-65 dBm
(45)
-71 dBm
(39)
-65 dBm
(45)
N/A
35 km (63)
-85 dBm (25)
N/A
N/A
0 dB (0)
0 dB (0)
N/A
35 km (63)
-85 dBm
(25)
N/A
N/A
infinity (7)
infinity (7)
-100 dBm
(10)
-78 dBm
(32)
-70 dBm
(40)
-65 dBm
(45)
-71 dBm
(39)
-65 dBm
(45)
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
1 km (2)
-75 dBm
(35)
-98 dBm
(12)
-91 dBm
(19)
infinity (7)
infinity (7)
-100 dBm (10) -100 dBm

(10)
N/A
35 km (63)
-85 dBm (25)
N/A
N/A
0 dB (0)
0 dB (0)
-100 dBm
(10)
-78 dBm (32)
-75 dBm (35)
-65 dBm (45)
-71 dBm (39)
-65 dBm (45)
1 km (2)
-75 dBm
(35)
-98 dBm
(12)
-91 dBm
(19)
infinity (7)
infinity (7)
-100 dBm
(10)
N/A
-65 dBm
(45)
-65 dBm
(45)
N/A
-65 dBm
(45)
N/A
35 km (63)
-85 dBm
(25)
N/A
N/A
infinity (7)
infinity (7)
-100 dBm
(10)
N/A
-70 dBm
(40)
-65 dBm
(45)
N/A
-65 dBm
(45)
34.5 km
(62)
N/A
-85 dBm
(25)
N/A
N/A
0 dB (0)
0 dB (0)
-100 dBm
(10)
N/A
-75 dBm
(35)
-70 dBm
(40)
N/A
-70 dBm
(40)
-75 dBm
(35)
-98 dBm
(12)
-91 dBm
(19)
infinity (7)
infinity (7)
-100 dBm
(10)
N/A
-65 dBm
(45)
-65 dBm
(45)
N/A
-65 dBm
(45)
N/A
Page 946
35 km (63) 500 m (1)
-85 dBm
(25)
N/A
N/A
0 dB (0)
0 dB (0)
-102 dBm
(8)
N/A
-75 dBm
(35)
-60 dBm
(50)
N/A
-60 dBm
(50)
500 m (1)
-75 dBm
-98 dBm
-91 dBm
infinity (7)
infinity (7)
-100 dBm
-78 dBm
-65 dBm
-65 dBm
-71 dBm
-65 dBm
Umbrella
Microcell
Minicell
indoor
Microcell
35 km (63) 35 km (63)
-85 dBm
(25)
N/A
U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO
0 dB (0)
TEMPORARY_OFFSET(n)
N/A
0 dB (0)
TEMPORARY_OFFSET
U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO
-100 dBm
(10)
RXLEVmin(n)
N/A
-75 dBm
(35)
RXLEV_UL_IH
RXLEV_UL_ZONE
-65 dBm
(45)
RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO
N/A
-65 dBm
(45)
RXLEV_DL_IH
RXLEV_DL_ZONE
Single
Parameter
N/A
ZONE_TYPE
Single
Parameter
N/A
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Page 947
N/A
Umbrella
Microcell
Minicell
indoor
Microcell
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
MFS
BSC
A_LEV_PC
A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR
A_QUAL_PC
ABIS_BANDWIDTH
AC_1
AC_13
AC_2
AC_5
AC_8
ACCESS_RATE_BC
ADDR_TR
ALLOC_ANYWAY
ALPHA (MFS)
AMR_FR_THR_1
BSC
A_ECNO_HO
AMR_FR_THR_2
AMR_FR_HYST
BSC
BSC
MFS
BTS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BTS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
ALLOW_DTM_EDA_COMBINATION
AG_FULL
ADDITIONAL_RESELECT_PARAM
AC_9
AC_6
AC_3
AC_14
AC_11
ABORT_FRAME
A_RANGE_HO
A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR
A_PBGT_DR
A_LEV_HO
AMR_FR_THR_3
AMR_FR_SUBSET
ALPHA (BSC)
AG_PREMPT_PCH
ADDR_MON
ACCESS_BURST_TYPE
AC_7
AC_4
AC_15
AC_12
AC_0
A_TRAFFIC_LOAD
A_QUAL_HO
A_PBGT_HO
A_LEV_MCHO
All parameters given in this document are listed hereafter, by alphabetical order. The sub-system in which they are used is also provided.
Note: The table must be read from left to right, and then up to down.
Alphabetic X-reference of
Page 948
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
BSC
MFS
BSC
MFS
BSC
MFS
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
AMR_START_MODE_HR
Ater_Usage_Threshold
AUT_BAR
BANDWIDTH_PER_SIG_LINK
BCC (BSC)
BCCH_ARFCN(n)
BCCH_FREQUENCY
BEST_EFFORT_PRIORITY
BF_LO_RX
BS_AG_BLKS_RES (MFS)
BS_P_CON_ACK
BS_PA_MFRMS (MFS)
BS_PRACH_BLKS
BS_TXPWR_MAX (BSC)
BS_TXPWR_MIN
BSC_RSL_TID
BSC
BSC
BSC
OMC
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BTS
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
BSC
AMR_HR_SUBSET
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
BSC_X25_primary_address
BSC_EN_RF_RES_IND
BS_TXPWR_MAX (MFS)
BS_PRR_BLKS
BS_PAG_BLKS_RES
BS_P_CON_INT
BS_CV_MAX (BSC)
BF_LO_TX
BF_HI_RX
BCCH_FREQUENCY(n)
BCCH_CUT_TIMER
BCC (MFS)
BANDWIDTH_PER_TCH_TS
AUTO_DSC
ATT (BSC)
ARC_SIZE_FACTOR
AMR_HR_THR_3
BSC
table
AMR_HR_THR_2
AMR_HR_HYST
BSC
BSC_ID(n)
BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER (BSC)
BS_PRR_BLKS_MPDCH
BS_PBCCH_BLKS
BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC)
BS_CV_MAX (MFS)
BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC)
BF_HI_TX
BEP_PERIOD
BCCH_EXT
BCC (n)
Basic_Scheduling_Limit
B_NUM
ATT (MFS)
ASIG_PRIORITY
AMR_START_MODE_FR
BSC
Page 949
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
BSC
MFS
MFS
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
MFS
BSC
MFS
MFS
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
AMR_HR_THR_1
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
BSC
MFS
BSC_X25_secondary_address_i
[12]
[15]
BSIC (GSM)
BSS_TRANSPORT_MODE (BSC)
bssgp_T2
BTS_CIPH_CAP
BTS_LOAD_FORGETTING_FACTO
R
BVC_BLOCK_RETRIES
C31_HYST
CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION
CBC_X25_secondary_address
CCCH_CONF (MFS)
BSC
BSC
[10]
[13]
BSC
CELL_BAR_ACCESS
CBS
CBC_window
C32_QUAL
BVC_RESET_RETRIES
BTS_Q_LENGTH
BTS_EN_RF_RES_IND
bssgp_T3
BSC
MFS
BSC
MFS
MFS
BSC
BTS
MFS
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
BSS_TRANSPORT_MODE (MFS)
BSC
BSC
CELL_BAR_QUALIFY
CCCH_CONF (BSC)
CBC_X25_primary_address
Call_user_data_sel
BVC_UNBLOCK_RETRIES
BTS_RSL_TID
BTS_IP_Address
bssgp_T4
bssgp_T1
BSS_SEND_CM_ENQUIRY
[11]
[14]
BSC_X25_secondary_address
Page 950
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
OMC
BSC
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
CONFIDENCE_ORIGIN
COUNT_DECR
COUNT_INCR_2
CRC_TR
CS_BLER_DL_3_4
CS_HST_DL_ST
CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
BTS
BSC
MFS
BSC
MFS
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
CS_HST_UL_LT
CS_BLER_DL_4_3
CS_AVG_PERIOD_LT
CRC_ERR
COUNT_I_THRESHOLD
CONFIDENCE_VS_ARC_FACTOR
_SLOPE
CIC
CI (MFS)
CGI_3G_REQD
Cell_Range(n) (BSC)
BSC
CI_3G(n)
BSC
CI (BSC)
BSC
OMC
CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(n)(MFS
BSC
CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS(n
)
CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(n)(BSC
))
Cell_Type
CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (BSC)
MFS
CELL_RANGE (MFS)
CELL_PARTITION_TYPE
BSC
CELL_LAYER_TYPE
CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE
BSC
CELL_CAPACITY_CLASS
CS_HST_UL_ST
CS_HST_DL_LT
CS_AVG_PERIOD_ST
CRC_MON
COUNT_INCR_1
CONFIDENCE_VS_RADIUS_SLOP
E
CIR
CI(n)
CGI_REQD
CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND
CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (MFS)
CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS
CELL_RANGE (BSC)
CELL_EV
Page 951
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
MFS
MFS
BTS
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
OMC
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_ACK
CS_VGCS_CHAR(0,n)
DELAY_FORCED_LOAD_REPORT
DL_POLL_FACTOR
DMA_UNDERRUN
Downlink_DTX_enable_AMR_HR
DRX_TIMER_MAX (BSC)
DSP_LOAD_THR_1
DTX_INDICATOR (MFS)
DTX_INDICATOR_HR
DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH_AMR
E_TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD
EC_BAR
EDR_ASSIGN_FAIL_CAUSE
EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL
EGPRS_DL_ACK_factor_Satellite
EFR_ENABLED
EDR_MSG_ORDER
ECSC
EBS
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
BSC
OMC
OMC
MFS
MFS
BSC
BSC
MFS
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
DUMMY_ARFCN_FOR_SI2TER
DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR
DTX_INDICATOR_FR
DSP_LOAD_THR_2
DRX_TIMER_MAX (MFS)
Downlink_DTX_enable_HR
DOWNLINK_DTX_ENABLE
DLCI
DELTA_DEC_HO_margin
Def_value_T_Flow_Ctrl_Cell
CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_NACK
CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_ACK
MFS
MFS
EGPRS_DL_Ack_Factor
EDR_QUEUING_MAINTAINED
EDA_MS_ACTIVATION_LEVEL
EC
DWELL_TIME_STEP
DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH
DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR
DTX_INDICATOR (BSC)
DSP_LOAD_FORGETTING_FACTO
R
DPC
Downlink_DTX_enable_AMR_FR
DMA_OVERRUN
DELTA_INC_HO_margin
Def_value_T_Flow_Ctrl_MS
CS_SIR_HST_DL
CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_NACK
Page 952
MFS
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
OMC
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
BTS
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
MFS
EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR
_2
_5
_8
EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE
EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY
EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTI
ON
EN_3G_HO
EN_AMR_CA_HR_FR
EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTING
EN_BI-BAND_MS(n)
EN_CBL
EN_CONV_GPS
EN_CS_ADAPTATION_NACK
EN_DL_LLC_PDU_REROUTING
EN_DSPRESET_CRITICALERROR
EN_EGPRS
EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF
MFS
_1
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
EN_FAST_3G_RESELECTION
EN_EXT_DR
EN_DTM
EN_DL_RETRANS_BTS
EN_CPICH_2G_3G_RESELECTIO
N
EN_DATA_144
EN_CIRCUIT_GROUP
EN_BS_PC
EN_BALANCED_CI
EN_AMR_FR
EN_4_DR_TRE_PER_TCU
EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESEL
ECTION
EME_DATA_TIMER
EGPRS_UL_Ack_Factor
_9
_6
_3
_10
EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCES
S
EN_EXT_MEAS_REP
EN_EDA
EN_DR
EN_DIST_HO
EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK
EN_COMPRESSED_INTER_RAT_I
NFO
EN_BSS_OVRL_CLASS_BAR
EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO
EN_AMR_HR
EN_AMR_CA_FR_HR
EN_3G_DIVERSITY(n)
EN_2G_3G_HO_NO_SERVICE_HO
EGPRS_UL_Ack_Factor_Satellite
EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT
_7
_4
_11
Page 953
MFS
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
BSC
BSC
EN_FR_IF_HR_PREF
EN_GENERAL_CAPTURE_HO
EN_IC_HO
EN_INBAND_PAGING
EN_INTRA_DL_AMR
EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED
EN_LCS (BSC)
EN_LOAD_BALANCE
EN_LOAD_OUTER
EN_MCHO_H_UL
EN_MCS1_in_CRP
EN_MS_PC
EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR
EN_PBGT_HO
EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HO
EN_PSI3_Coding2
EN_RESEGMENTATION_UL_per_c
ell
EN_RXLEV_DL
EN_RXQUAL_UL
BSC
EN_FAST_TRAFFIC_HO
EN_SAGI
EN_RXLEV_UL
MFS
BSC
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
MFS
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
EN_RETURN_CS_ZONE_HO
EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE
EN_PRIORITY_ORDERING
EN_PCR
EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR(n)
EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO
EN_MS_ASSISTED_AGPS
EN_MCHO_NCELL
EN_MA_SELECTION
EN_LOAD_MNGT
EN_LCS (MFS)
EN_IPE_PREF_CODEC_TYPE
EN_INTRA_UL
EN_INTERBAND_NEIGH
EN_IM_ASS_REJ
EN_GPRS
EN_FULL_IR_DL_per_cell
EN_FAST_USF_UL_EXTENDED
EN_SEND_CM3
EN_RXQUAL_DL
EN_RL_RECOV
EN_RESCUE_UM
EN_PSI_STATUS
EN_PFC_FEATURE
EN_PBGT_FILTERING
EN_NACC
EN_MS_BASED_AGPS
EN_MCHO_RESCUE
EN_MCHO_H_DL
EN_LOAD_ORDER
EN_LNK_M
EN_IR_UL_per_cell
EN_INTRA_UL_AMR
EN_INTRA_DL
EN_INBAND_NOTIF
EN_HSL
EN_GAN_HO
EN_FORCED_DR
Page 954
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
BSC
MFS
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
MFS
BSC
MFS
MFS
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
EN_SOLSA(n)
EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO
EN_TFO_MATCH
EN_UL_CONGESTION
EN_VGCS
EXT_HO_FORCED
FDD_GPRS_Qoffset
FDD_Qmin_Offset
FDD_REPORTING_OFFSET
Filter_Suspend_Cause
FORBID_AMR_NS
FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR
Freefactor_1
Freefactor_4
Freelevel_2
Freelevel_DR(n)
FTP_PRIORITY (BSC)
BSC
EN_SEND_OLD_CHAN_MODE
FTP_PRIORITY (BTS)
FREQUENCY_RANGE
Freelevel_3
Freefactor_5
Freefactor_2
FR_INFO_SIZE
BTS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
FORBID_DTXD_NH_BCCH_F
FLOW_DIM_Safety_BVC
FDD_REPORTING_THRESHOLD
FDD_Qoffset (BSC)
FDD_MULTIRAT_REPORTING
FDD_ARFCN(n)
EN_UNEQUIPPED_CIRCUIT
EN_TFO_OPT
EN_TCH_PREEMPT
EN_SPEED_DISC
EN_SEND_SPEECH_VER
GAMMA_TNx
FREQUENCY_RANGE(n)
Freelevel_4
Freelevel_1
Freefactor_3
FORCE_TFO_HR_WHEN_LOADE
D
FRAME_DISCARD
FLOW_DIM_Safety_MS
FDD_RSCPmin
FDD_REP_QUANT
FDD_Qmin(BSC)
FDD_ARFCN_LIST(BSC)
EN_UPLINK_REPLY
EN_TRAFFIC_HO(0,n)
EN_TFO
EN_STREAMING
EN_SOLSA
Page 955
MFS
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BTS
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_
110
34
67
9
GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_
VALUE
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
MFS
MFS
BSC
GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)
GPRS_UL_Ack_period_Satellite
GPU_Gb_IP_Address
GSL_PRIORITY (MFS)
H_MIN_DWELL_TIME
HIGH_PRECEDENCE_THP1_PRIO
RITY
HIGH_THRES_B_MAX
HO_INTERCELL_ALLOWED
MFS
GPRS_PRIORITY_CLASS(n)
2
GPRS_HCS_THR
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED
HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD
RITY
HALFPWR_BEAM_WIDTH
GSM_PHASE
GPU_Gb_UDP_Port
GPU_Gb_Base_IP
GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET(n)
GPRS_RESELECTION_OFFSET(n)
GPRS_PENALTY_TIME(n)
MFS
GPRS_DL_Ack_period_Satellite
GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTER
ESIS
MFS
MFS
GEOGRAPHICAL_COORDINATES
_FLAG
GCH_RED_FACTOR_High_Ater_U
sage
MFS
MFS
Gb_Transport_Mode_per_NSE
Gb_Signalling_PRIORITY
5
8
GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH
MFS
Gb_Data_PRIORITY
HO_MARGIN_DIST(0,n)
HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS
RITY
HIGH_PRECEDENCE_BACKGRO
UND_PRIORITY
H_LOAD_OBJ
GSL_PRIORITY (BSC)
GPU_Gb_Base_UDP
GPRS_UL_Ack_period
GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN
GPRS_PRIORITY_CLASS
GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n)
GPRS_HCS_THR(n)
GPRS_DL_Ack_period
GCH_RED_FACTOR_High_Ater_U
sage
Gb_Transport_Mode
Page 956
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
IPGCHU_BW_MAX_CONG_DL
BTS
BSC
BSC
BTS
BTS
MFS
MFS
BSC
BTS
MFS
BTS
MFS
BSC
BTS
BTS
INACT_DLCI
INTAVE
INTFBD3
INVALID_ADR
IP_CONGESTION_FILTER_WS
IP_PFC_PRIORITY_MAPPING
IPGCH_Base_Address_MFS
IPGCH_SEGMENT_SIZE
IPGCHC_PRIORITY (BTS)
IPGCHU_ACK_SEND_THRESHOL
D
IPGCHU_BE_UL_THRES
IPGCHU_BW_MIN_CONG_DL
IPGCHU_DELAY_HIGH_THRES_U
LL
IPGCHU_ExtraGBR_UL_THRES
IPGCHU_GBR_UL_THRES
IPGCHU_BE_PRIORITY (BTS)
BTS
I_LAPD_MAX_TX
MFS
BTS
BSC
MFS
MFS
BTS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
BTS
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
IPGCHU_MAX_PATTERN_MEAS_T
HROUGHPUT_DL
IPGCHU_DELAY_LOW_THRES_D
L
IPGCHU_GBR_PRIORITY (BTS)
IPGCHU_BW_MIN_CONG_UL
IPGCHC_PRIORITY (MFS)
IPGCH_UL_BW_CONTROL_REPE
AT_RATE
IPGCH_DL_BW_CONTROL_REPE
AT_RATE
IPBSS_SUBNET_MASK_MFS
IP_CONGESTION_PREVENTIVE_T
HRESHOLD
IP_BTS_LOAD_THR_1
INTFBD4
INTFBD1
INBAND_PAGING_THR
I_TX_LAPD
HR_ENABLED
BSC
HOmargin (0,n)
HO_MARGIN_QUAL(0,n)
BSC
HO_MARGIN_LEV(0,n)
IPGCHU_Nominal_Abis_BW_Facto
r
IPGCHU_GBR_PRIORITY (MFS)
IPGCHU_DELAY_HIGH_THRES_D
L
IPGCHU_DELAY_LOW_THRES_U
IPGCHU_BW_MAX_CONG_UL
IPGCHU_BE_PRIORITY (MFS)
IPGCHC_TCP_PORT_BTS
IPGCHC_Base_TCP_MFS
IPGCH_IP_Address_MFS
IPGB_SUBNET_MASK_MFS
IP_CONGESTION_TIMER
IP_BTS_LOAD_THR_2
INTFBD5
INTFBD2
IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD
IGNORE_2MBIT_FAIL
I_LAPD_MAX_RX
HO_SDCCH_INHIBIT
Page 957
MFS
MFS
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
BTS
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BTS
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
MFS
BSC
TC
MFS
BTS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
ZE_GPU
IPGCHU_XOFF_BE_FIFO_DL_TH
RESHOLD
IPGCHU_XON_GBR_FIFO_DL_TH
RESHOLD
IPGSL_IP_Address_BSC (BSC)
IPGSL_IP_Address_MFS (MFS)
IPGSL_TCP_PORT_MFSside (BSC)
IPTCH_UDP_PORT_TC_MUX
K_GSL (MFS)
K_LAPDm
KEEP_CODEC_HO
L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n)
L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n)
L_RXQUAL_DL_H
L_RXQUAL_UL_H
L_TIME_ADVANCE
MFS
IPGCHU_PATTERN_LIFETIME_DL
LAC (BSC)
L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR
L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR
L_RXLEV_UL_H
L_RXLEV_DL_H
L_LOAD_OBJ
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BTS
TC
MFS
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
BTS
BTS
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
K_LAPD_OML
IPTCH_UDP_PORT_TC_NONMUX
IPGSL_TCP_PORT_MFSside (MFS)
IPGSL_TCP_PORT_BSCside (BSC)
IPGSL_IP_Address_BSC (MFS)
IPGSL_Base_Address_MFS
IPGCHU_XOFF_GBR_FIFO_DL_T
HRESHOLD
IPGCHU_UDP_PORT_BTS
ZE_G3
LAC (MFS)
L_RXQUAL_UL_P
L_RXQUAL_DL_P
L_RXLEV_UL_P
L_RXLEV_DL_P
L_MIN_DWELL_TIME
K_LAPD_RSL
K_GSL (BSC)
IPTCH_UDP_PORT_BTS
IPGSL_TCP_PORT_BSCside (MFS)
IPGSL_IP_Address_MFS (BSC)
IPGSL_BASE_TCP_MFS
IPGCHU_XON_BE_FIFO_DL_THR
ESHOLD
IPGCHU_UDP_PORT_MFS
ZE_G4_G5
Page 958
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BTS
BSC
BTS
MFS
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
BTS
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
LB_INCR
LCS_LONGITUDE
Length_On_Going_Requests_ListB_
GP
ueA_GPU
Linkfactor (0,n)
Loadfactor_1
Loadfactor_4
Loadlevel_2
LOW_PRECEDENCE_BACKGROU
ND_PRIORITY
RITY
LSA_ID_array (BSC)
LSA_OFFSET
M_PEND_A (MX BSC)
M2UA_SCTP_PORT_BSC
MATE_CI (BSC)
MAX_ADJ_CELL
MAX_BLER
MFS
LAC(n)
MAX_CELLS_GP
MFS
BSC
MFS
TC
BSC
BTS
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
MAX_ADJ_CELL_3G_HO
MATE_CI (MFS)
M2UA_SCTP_PORT_TC
M1
M_PEND_A (BTS)
LSA_ID_array (MFS)
LOW_THRES_B_MAX
RITY
Loadlevel_3
Loadfactor_5
Loadfactor_2
LOAD_EV_PERIOD
ueB_GP
Length_On_Going_Requests_ListB_
GPU
Length_On_Going_Requests_ListA_
GP
LCS_AZIMUTH
LAC_3G(n)
MAX_CELLS_GPUAB
MAX_AGCH_QUEUING_DELAY
MATE_LAC
M2UA_TC_IP_ADDRESS
M2
M_PEND_A (G2 BSC)
LSA_ID_array (n)
LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD
RITY
Loadlevel_4
Loadlevel_1
Loadfactor_3
LOAD_EV_PERIOD_GPRS
ueB_GPU
ueA_GP
Length_On_Going_Requests_ListA_
GPU
LCS_LATITUDE
LB_DECR
Page 959
MFS
MFS
BSC
TC
BSC
BSC
MFS
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MAX_CTXT_CELLS_GPUAC
MAX_CTXT_MS_GPUAC
MAX_CTXT_TBF_GPUAC
MAX_CTXT_TRX_GPUAC
MAX_GCH_DSP
Max_GPRS_assign_pch_retrans
MAX_LAPS
MAX_MPDCH_DSP_GP
MAX_PAGING_QUEUE
MAX_PDCH_DSP
MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD (MFS)
MAX_PDCH_PTU_IP_G5
MAX_POW_INC
Max_PPCH_Non_DRX_Lifetime
Max_Rate_Safety
Max_retrans (MFS)
MAX_RETRANS_3
MAX_RETRANS_PAGING_EXT
MAX_RLC_blks_DSP_GP
MFS
MAX_CELLS_GPUAC
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
MFS
MFS
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
MAX_Retrans_SIG
MAX_RETRANS_4
MAX_RETRANS_1
Max_Resel_Duration
MAX_PPCH_QUEUING_DELAY
MAX_POW_RED
MAX_PFC_NUMBER_GP
MAX_PDCH_PER_TBF
MAX_PDCH_DSP_GP
MAX_PDCH (BSC)
MAX_MPDCH_PTU_IP
MAX_LLC_PDU_Lifetime
MAX_GPRS_CS
MAX_GCH_DSP_GP
MAX_DL_TBF_SPDCH
MAX_CTXT_TRX_GP
MAX_CTXT_TBF_GP
MAX_CTXT_MS_GP
MAX_CTXT_CELLS_GP
MAX_RLC_blks_DSP
Max_retrans_DL
MAX_RETRANS_2
Max_retrans (BSC)
MAX_RADIUS_FACTOR
Max_PPCH_DRX_Occurrences
MAX_PFC_NUMBER_GPU
MAX_PDCH_PTU_IP_G3_G4
MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD (BSC)
MAX_PDCH (MFS)
Max_Nb_Tcorr_Start
MAX_MPDCH_DSP
MAX_LAPDM
Max_GPRS_assign_agch_retrans
MAX_EGPRS_MCS
MAX_CTXT_TRX_GPUAB
MAX_CTXT_TBF_GPUAB
MAX_CTXT_MS_GPUAB
MAX_CTXT_CELLS_GPUAB
Page 960
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
MAX_TBF_DSP_GPUAC
MAX_TBF_PTU_G5_IP
MAX_TCH_PER_CCP
MAX_TRX_DSP_GP
MAX_TRX_GPUAC
MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH
MCC (MFS)
MCC_3G(n)
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [1]
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [4]
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [7]
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [1]
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [4]
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [7]
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [1]
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [4]
MFS
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [5]
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [2]
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [8]
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [5]
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [2]
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [8]
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [5]
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [2]
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
MCS_AVG_PERIOD
MCC(n) (BSC)
MAX_VGCS_TS
MAX_TRX_PTU_IP_G3_G4
MAX_TRX_GP
MAX_TRC_NUMBER
MAX_TBF_TRX_DL
MAX_TBF_PTU_G3_IP
MAX_TBF_DSP_GP
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [6]
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [3]
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [9]
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [6]
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [3]
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [9]
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [6]
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [3]
MCC(n) (MFS)
MCC (BSC)
MAX_TRX_PTU_IP_G5
MAX_TRX_GPUAB
MAX_TRX_DSP
MAX_TBF_TRX_UL
MAX_TBF_PTU_G4_IP
MAX_TBF_DSP_GPUAB
Page 961
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
MEAS_STAT_S_i [1]
MEAS_STAT_S_i [4]
MEAS_STAT_S_i [7]
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [1]
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [4]
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [7]
MIN_CONNECT_TIME
MIN_RADIUS_FACTOR
MIN_VGCS_TS
MNC(n) (BSC)
MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD
MS_P_CON_INT
MS_TXPWR_MAX(n)
MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n)(BSC)
MS_TXPWR_MIN
BSC
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [7]
MSCR (BSC)
BSC
MFS
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n)(MFS)
MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH (BSC)
MS_TIME_TO_SWITCH_TO_NEW_
PDCH
MS_BASED_AGPS_ASSIST_DATA_
LIST
MNC(n) (MFS)
MNC (BSC)
MIN_RLF_TIME_DL
MIN_PDCH (BSC)
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [8]
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [5]
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [2]
MEAS_STAT_S_i [8]
MEAS_STAT_S_i [5]
MEAS_STAT_S_i [2]
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [8]
MSCR (MFS)
MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER
MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH (MFS)
MS_TXPWR_MAX
MS_P_CON_ACK
MNC_3G(n)
MNC (MFS)
MIN_THROUGHPUT_GAIN
MIN_PDCH (MFS)
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [9]
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [6]
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [3]
MEAS_STAT_S_i [9]
MEAS_STAT_S_i [6]
MEAS_STAT_S_i [3]
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [9]
Page 962
MFS
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
BSC
BTS
MFS
MFS
MFS
BTS
BSC
MFS
BSC
BTS
BTS
BTS
BTS
BTS
BTS
MULTIBAND_REPORTING (BSC)
MUXTRAUP_SIZE
N_AVG_I (MFS)
N_BSTXPWR_M
N_DECR
N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_ATT
EMPT_T3
N_PDCH_Release
N_SIG_REPEAT
N_TA_IP
N_TRAFFIC_LOAD
N_UL_Errors_LIMIT
N2
N200_LE
N200_OML (BTS)
N200_TD
N200_TTH
N201_BTER_D
N201_D
BSC
MTP_Sequence_Number_Format
N201_GSL (BSC)
N201_BTER_S
N201 (BSC)
N200_TS
N200_RSL (BSC)
N200_LR
N200_GSL (BSC)
N_WAIT
N_UL_BIAS_FOR_EDA
N_TCH_HO
BSC
BTS
BSC
BTS
BSC
BTS
BSC
BTS
MFS
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
MFS
MFS
BSC
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
N_stagnating_Window_DL_LIMIT
N_POLLING_EUTM_LIMIT
N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_ATT
EMPT_T4
N_GCH_FAST_PS_ACCESS
N_CANDIDATE_FOR_REALLOC
N_BAD_SACCH
N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU
MULTIBAND_REPORTING (MFS)
MTP3_WB_INTERWORKING
N201_GSL (MFS)
N201_C
N201 (BTS)
N200_TTF
N200_RSL (BTS)
N200_OML (BSC)
N200_GSL (MFS)
N1
N_UL_Dummy_LIMIT
N_threshold
N_stagnating_Window_UL_LIMIT
N_PREF_CELLS
N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_SU
CCESS_T3
N_INCR
N_CLR_REQ
N_BIAS_DETERMINATION
N_AVG_I (BSC)
MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITIO
N
Multi_GPU_INFO_BROADCAST_P
ERIOD
Page 963
MFS
BTS
BTS
BTS
BTS
BSC
MFS
BSC
MFS
BSC
MFS
BSC
MFS
BTS
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
N3101_POLLING_THR
N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE
N393
NB_MAX_BEARER_CHANNELS_P
ER_GPU
NB_MAX_PVC_PER_BEARER_CH
ANNEL
Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_extende
d_CBCH
NBLK
NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1
NC_DL_RXLEV_THR
NC_PING_PONG_OFFSET
NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T(n)
NC_RXQUAL_AVG_PERIOD
NC2_DEACTIVATION_MODE
NCC (MFS)
NCI
network_operation_mode (BSC)
BTS
N201_S
MFS
MFS
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
BSC
MFS
MFS
BSC
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
network_operation_mode (MFS)
NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER
NECI (BSC)
NCC(n)
NC2_LOAD_EV_PERIOD
NC_RXQUAL_HYSTERESIS
NC_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS(0,n)
NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_I
NC_DL_RXQUAL_THR
NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2
NBR_RESET_CIC_REP
NB_TS_MPDCH (BSC)
NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE
NB_MAX_GB_PHYSICAL_LINES
NB_MAX_ACTIVE_TCH_TS
N391
N3103_LIMIT
N2X4
NIR
NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER(n)
NECI (MFS)
NCC_permitted
NCC (BSC)
NC_UL_RXQUAL_THR
NC_RXLEV_FORGETTING_FACTO
R
NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T
NC_NON_DRX_PERIOD
NC_DL_RXLEV_LIMIT_THR
NBR_RESET_REP
NB_TS_MPDCH (MFS)
Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_basic_C
BCH
NB_MAX_MSG_MULTIPLE_PAGIN
G_CMD
NB_MAX_BC_PER_PHYSICAL_LIN
E
N392
N3105_LIMIT
N3101_LIMIT
Page 964
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
BTS
BSC
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
MFS
NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_THP3_P
RIORITY
NOTIF_PCH_THR
NS_alive_IP_retries
NS_Priority
NSEI
NSVCMAX
NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS
OAM_VLAN_ID
OFFSET_CA_HIGH
Offset_Hopping_HO
OML_PRIORITY (BTS)
MFS
NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_BACKG
ROUND_PRIORITY
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
BSC
MFS
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
OPC
Offset_Hopping_PC
OFFSET_CA_NORMAL
OandM_PRIORITY (BSC)
NY1
NUBLK
NSEMAX
NS_RESET_RETRIES
NS_ALIVE_RETRIES
NRT_GUARANTEED_BANDWIDTH
_FACTOR
NOTIF_FACCH_OTHER_VGCS_C
ALL_THR
RIORITY
Operator
OML_PRIORITY (BSC)
OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER
OandM_PRIORITY (MFS)
NY2
NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO
NSVCI
NS_UNBLOCK_RETRIES
NS_BLOCK_RETRIES
NRT_GUARANTEED_MARGIN
NOTIF_FACCH_PTP_CALL_THR
RIORITY
Page 965
MFS
BSC
MFS
MFS
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
MFS
MFS
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
PAN_DEC (MFS)
PAN_MAX (BSC)
Pb
PCC_n_RT_THROUGHPUT
PCC_UL_TBF_GUARD_TIMER
PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR
_2
_5
_8
PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR
_2
MFS
PACKET_LOAD_BROADCAST_PE
RIOD
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
_3
_1
_9
_6
_3
_1
PCC_T_LEAKY_BUCKET
PC_MEAS_CHAN (BSC)
PAN_MAX (MFS)
PAN_INC (BSC)
PAG_BAR
_4
_10
_7
_4
_10
PCC_T_MAX_UL_BUFFERING
PC_MEAS_CHAN (MFS)
Password
PAN_INC (MFS)
PAN_DEC (BSC)
Page 966
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
MFS
BSC
Peer_NSE_Signalling_Weight
PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(MFS
PMU_CPU_overload_step_N
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
MFS
BSC
PDCH_MIN_BUFFERING_FACTO
R
Peer_NSE_Data_Weight
PENALTY_TIME(MFS)
PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_1
PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_4
PFC_T6
Ping_Expiration
PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(BSC
))
PMU_CPU_overload_step_H
POW_INC_FACTOR
PDCH_TBF_XON_FACTOR
MFS
POW_INC_STEP_SIZE
PING_PONG_HCP
PFC_T8
BSC
MFS
MFS
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
MFS
MFS
BTS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
PFC_NB_RETRY_DOWNLD
PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_2
PDA_FULL
_9
MFS
_8
_6
MFS
_5
POW_RED_FACTOR
PMU_CPU_sampling_period
PMU_CPU_OVERLOAD
Ping_Retry_Time
PG_FULL
PFC_NB_RETRY_MODIFY
PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_3
PENALTY_TIME(n)(MFS)
PENALTY_TIME(BSC)
PDU_LIFETIME_ORDER
PDCH_BUFFERING_FACTOR
_7
Page 967
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
BTS
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
BSC
PREFERRED_BAND
(BSC)
PROT_TH
PTP_BVCI
PVC_Level1_up
Q703_N1
Q703_N2_HSL
Q703_T2
Q703_T4N
Q703_T6
Q704_T4
Q707_T2
Qsearch_I
QUEUE_ANYWAY
RA_CAPABILITY_UPDATE_RETRI
ES
RA_CODE(n)
RACH_BUSY_THRES
BSC
POW_RED_STEP_SIZE
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
BSC
MFS
BSC
MFS
BSC
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER
RA_COLOUR
RA_CODE (BSC)
R_AVERAGE_EGPRS
Qsearch_P
QOS_SAFETY_MARGIN
Q704_T5
Q703_T7
Q703_T4N_HSL
Q703_T3
Q703_T1
Q703_N1_HSL
PWRC (BSC)
PVC_Level1_down
PS_PREF_BCCH_TRX
(MFS)
PRIO_THR
POWER_OFFSET_IND
RACH_TA_FILTER (BSC)
RA_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS
RA_CODE (MFS)
R_AVERAGE_GPRS
Qsearch_P_PTM
Qsearch_C
Q707_T1
Q704_T2
Q703_T5
Q703_T4E
Q703_T1_HSL
Q703_N2
PWRC (MFS)
PVC_Level1_Factor
PTM_BVCI
PROT_MON
PRIORITY(0,n)
PRACH_BUSY_THRES
Page 968
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
MFS
MFS
BSC
BTS
MFS
BSC
BTS
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (MFS)
RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS_AMR
RATE_RED
RAW_BITRATE_CS3
RAW_BITRATE_MCS2
RAW_BITRATE_MCS5
RAW_BITRATE_MCS8
RESET_INDEFINITE
RLC_FC1_BUFFER_SEND_THRE
S
RMIN_EGPRS
RNC_ID(n)
RR_ACK_TIMER (BTS)
RR_ALLOC_PERIOD (MFS)
RSL_RATE (BSC)
RSL_UDP_PORT_TRX
RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (MFS)
RXLEV_DL_IH
RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO
RXLEVmin(n)
MFS
RACH_TA_FILTER (MFS)
RXLEV_UL_IH
RXLEV_DL_ZONE
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BTS
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(BSC)
RSL_UI_PRIORITY
RSL_RATE (BTS)
RSL_I_PRIORITY (BSC)
RR_ACK_TIMER (MX BSC)
ROT
RMIN_GPRS
RLC_FC1_THROUGHPUT_CHAN
GE_THRES
RESP_REQ
RAW_BITRATE_MCS9
RAW_BITRATE_MCS6
RAW_BITRATE_MCS3
RAW_BITRATE_CS4
RAW_BITRATE_CS1
RANGEi_HIGHER (1<=i<=13)
RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_AMR
RACHRT
S_BECN
RXLEV_UL_ZONE
RxLev_HO_to_GAN
RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(MFS)
RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (BSC)
RSL_UDP_PORT_BSC
RSL_I_PRIORITY (BTS)
RR_ALLOC_PERIOD (BSC)
round_trip_delay
RMS_TEMPLATE_INDEX
RLC_TARGET_BUFFER
Resume_retries
RE
RAW_BITRATE_MCS7
RAW_BITRATE_MCS4
RAW_BITRATE_MCS1
RAW_BITRATE_CS2
RANGEi_LOWER (1<=i<=13)
RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS
RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (BSC)
Page 969
MFS
BSC
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
BTS
BSC
MFS
BSC
MFS
MFS
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
SDCCH_HIGH_DELAY
MFS
BSC
BSC
MFS
BTS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BTS
MFS
TC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
SCHEDULING_PRIORITY_FACTO
R
SDCCH_COUNTER
SEARCH_3G_PRIO
SGSN_UDP_Port
SIDMO_TCP_PORT_TRE
SLC
SMSCB_Features_set
SMSCB_Recovery
SNMP_PRIORITY (BTS)
SPGC_CCCH_SUP (MFS)
TC
STRIP_O5_CM2
T(iar)
T(sst)
T_ALLOC_BTS
MFS
SAGI_TCP_PORT_NB
T_ATER_CONN
T_ACK_WAIT
T(ias)
Suspend_retries
BSC
MFS
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
TC
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
START_UPLINK_REPLY
SSF
SNMP_PRIORITY (TC)
SMSCB_State
SMSCB_Mode
SMS_INHIBIT
SIG_BVCI
SGSNR
SGSN_IP_Address
Schedule_period_for_basic_CBCH
SAGI_TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTERVA
L
MFS
SAGI_TCP_DATA_TIMEOUT
MFS
T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP
T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH
T(rel)
T(conn est)
STREAMING_PRIORITY
BSC
SPGC_CCCH_SUP (BSC)
SNMP_PRIORITY (BSC)
SMSCB_Phase
SMS_PRIORITY
SIGNALLING_PRIORITY
SHORT_FRM
SGSN_IP_ENDPOINT_MAX
SDCCH_LOW_DELAY
SDCCH_AVG_PERIOD
Schedule_period_for_extended_CB
CH
SAGI_TCP_MAX_DATA_RETRANS
SAGI_GPS_SERVER_LOCAL_IP_A
DDRESS
Page 970
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
BTS
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
BSC
BTS
BTS
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
BSC
T_AVG_W (MFS)
T_BTS_EST_CNF
T_BURST
T_CFI_TR
T_CONFIRM_ABIS
T_DELAY
T_DELAY_PAGING_EXT
T_Delayed_DL_TBF_Pol_UL
T_DL_EGPRS_MeasReport
T_DTM_ASSIGN
T_FAST_DL_margin
T_flow_ctrl_ms
T_GPRS_Resume
T_HCP
T_IA
T_INTRF_L3
T_IPGCHU_TIMEOUT
T_LCS_Low_Delay
T_Loc_abort
BSC
T_AVG_T (BSC)
T_Location
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
T_LCS_RESTART (BSC)
T_LB_OV
T_IPGCH_ACK_DL
T_INHIBIT_CPT
T_HO_REQD_LOST
T_GSL_ACK (BSC)
T_GCH_INACTIVITY
T_FILTER
T_DYN_SDCCH_HOLD
T_DL_GPRS_MeasReport
T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN
T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL
T_delay_gch
T_CONNECT
T_CHANGE_RLC_MODE
T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC
T_BTS_LOAD_REPORT
T_BA_CHANGE
T_AVG_T (MFS)
T_Location_Longer
T_LCS_RESTART (MFS)
T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant
T_IPGCH_ACK_UL
T_INITIAL_PDCH
T_i
T_GSL_ACK (MFS)
T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST
T_flow_ctrl_cell
T_EXTENDED_UL_TBF_POL
T_DSP_LOAD_REPORT
T_dl_assign_ccch
T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL_INITIA
L
T_DELAY_GSL
T_COUNT_I
T_CONFIG_TBF
T_CBC_READY
T_BTS_RLS_CNF
T_BIND_CNF
T_AVG_W (BSC)
Page 971
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
TC
MFS
BSC
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
T_MAX_STREAMING_BUFFERING
T_MS_CELL_REJ
T_NC_PING_PONG
T_NC2_LOAD_RANKING
T_One_Block
T_PAG_CS (MFS)
T_PAGING_EXT
T_PSCD_SCHEDULE_ACK
T_qho
T_release
T_REROUTING_REQUEST_GUAR
D
T_RMS_BSC
T_RMS_BTS
T_SAGI_GUARD
T_SHARED_DTM_INFO (BSC)
T_SMSCB_RESP
MFS
T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL
MFS
MFS
BSC
MFS
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
MFS
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
T_STOP_FR_EMISSION
T_SHARED_DTM_INFO (MFS)
T_SDCCH_PC
T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant
T_RMS_BSC_RECONF
T_RESEL
T_REPETITION_CHANNEL_RELEA
SE
T_RCR_ACK
T_PSI_PACCH
T_PAGING_REORG
T_PAG_PS (BSC)
T_OVL_MSC
T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME
T_NC_REJ_CELL
T_MS_CONTEXT_FLUSH_PERSIST
ENCE
T_MIN_POLL
T_MAX_HOLD_MUXTRAUP
T_MAX_FOR_MS_SYNCHRO
T_SUP
T_SMSCB_READY
T_SEND_MULTIPLE_PAGING_CM
D
T_RRLP_Low_Delay
T_RMS_BSC_RESTART
T_RESET_COUNTER
T_RECOVERY
T_PUA
T_PDA
T_PAG_PS (MFS)
T_PAG_CS (BSC)
T_NOTIF_RESPONSE_DELAY
T_NC_RXQUAL_VALID
T_MS_Context_Lifetime
T_MPDCH_EST_PROC (BSC)
T_MAX_RETRANS_DL
Page 972
BTS
BTS
BSC
MFS
BSC
BTS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
BSC
MFS
MFS
BTS
MFS
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BTS
BSC
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
T_ta
T_TBF_ACTIV
T_TFO
T_ul_assign_ccch
T_UL_RLS_EUTM
T_WAIT_DTM
T_WAIT_UPLINK_ACCESS
T1_long
T11_FORCED
T17
T19
T200 (BSC)
T200_GSL (BSC)
T200_S3
T200_TF
T203 (BSC)
T203_GSL (MFS)
T3105_D
T3105_F_HR
BTS
T_SYNC
T3105_F_STOP
T3105_D_STOP
T3101
T203 (BTS)
T200_TH
T200_SD
T200_GSL (MFS)
T200_D
T2_0858
T18
T13
T1_short
BSC
BSC
BSC
BTS
BSC
BTS
MFS
BTS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
MFS
BTS
BTS
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
T_WAIT_UPLINK_REQUEST_ACK
T_WAIT_FLUSH
T_USF_Scheduling_AGCH
T_ul_assign_pccch
T_TRAU_ACK_WAIT
T_TBF_BCK_REL
T_TA_ Margin
T_SYNCd
T3106_D
T3105_F_FR
T3103
T203_GSL (BSC)
T200_TRE
T200_ST
T200_OMU
T200_D3
T20
T18_Overload
T14
T11
T1_0858
T_WAIT_PMR_MARGIN
T_WAIT_CS_PROC
T_UL_CONGESTION
T_ul_access_max
T_TC_BTS_LINK_POLLING
T_TA_delta_min
T_SYNCu
Page 973
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BTS
BTS
BTS
BTS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
BTS
BTS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
TC
MFS
BSC
T3107
T3115
T3148n (BSC)
T3168 (BSC)
T3180
T3191
T3208n
T391
T7
T9103
T9108
T9113
TBF_CS_PERIOD
TBF_CS4_BLER_PERIOD
TBF_MCS_DL
TBF_UL_INIT_CS
TC_NONMUX_IP_Address
Tcorr
TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT (BSC)
BSC
T3106_D_STOP
BTS
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT (BTS)
TCP_ABORT_TIMER (BSC)
TCH_INFO_PERIOD
TBF_UL_INIT_MCS
TBF_MCS_PERIOD
TBF_DL_INIT_CS
TBF_CS_UL
TA_STAT
T9110
T9104
T8
T4
T3212 (BSC)
T3192 (BSC)
T3182n
T3168 (MFS)
T3148n (MFS)
T3121
T3109
T3106_F
TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT (MFS)
TCP_ABORT_TIMER (BTS)
TCH_TS_ACTIVITY_FACTOR
TC_MUX_IP_Address
TBF_MCS_UL
TBF_DL_INIT_MCS
TBF_CS3_BLER_PERIOD
TBF_CS_DL
T9112
T9105
T9101
T5_RA_CAP_UPDATE
T3212 (MFS)
T3192 (MFS)
T3190n
T3169
T3166n
T3122
T3111
T3106_F_STOP
Page 974
MFS
BTS
BSC
TC
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
BTS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
BTS
BSC
BSC
BSC
TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL (BSC)
TCP_MSL (BSC)
TCSL_PRIORITY
Tdsl
Telecom_VLAN_ID
Testab
THR_ACT_2
THR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REJECT
THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1
THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3
THR_MARGIN_PRIO_PS
THR_RR_ALLOC_DEFENSE_LOW
THRES_DSP_XOFF
THRES_G_MAX_LOW
THRES_LOW_DSP_XON
THRES_LOW_TX
THRESHOLD_1_10
THRESHOLD_1_4
THRESHOLD_1_7
BTS
TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE (BTS)
THRESHOLD_1_8
THRESHOLD_1_5
THRESHOLD_1_2
THRESHOLD_1_0
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
BTS
MFS
BSC
MFS
BTS
BSC
BSC
BTS
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BTS
BTS
BSC
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
THRES_LOW_PTU_XOFF_IP
THRES_HIGH_TX
THRES_DSP_XON
THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH
THR_NC2_LOAD_RANKING
THR_IDLE
THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3
THR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REQ
THR_BUFFER
Tfreeze
TEMPORARY_OFFSET
TELECOM_IP_SUBNET_MASK_BS
C
TDD_ARFCN_LIST
TCP_MSL (BTS)
TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL (BTS)
TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE (BSC)
THRESHOLD_1_9
THRESHOLD_1_6
THRESHOLD_1_3
THRESHOLD_1_1
THRES_LOW_PTU_XON_IP
THRES_LOW_DSP_XOFF
THRES_G_MAX_HIGH
THR_RR_ALLOC_DEFENSE_HIG
H
THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL
THR_LB_OV
THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1
THR_ECNO_HO
THR_CCCH_LOAD
THR_ACT_1
TEMPORARY_OFFSET(n)
TELECOM_IP_SUBNET_MASK_TC
TDD_Qoffset
TCP_MSL (MFS)
TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL (MFS)
TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE (MFS)
Page 975
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BTS
BSC
TC
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
BTS
BTS
MFS
MFS
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BTS
THRESHOLD_2_2
THRESHOLD_2_5
THRESHOLD_2_8
TL0
TL3
Tns_alive
Tns_reset
TOM8_PRIORITY
TRAU_CONNECTION_TIMEOUT
Trelease
TRTS_PS
TSC
TX_EFFICIENCY_NACK_THR
Tx_integer (BSC)
U_RXLEV_DL_P
U_RXQUAL_DL_P
UI_LAPD_MAX_TX
BSC
THRESHOLD_2_0
UL_POLL_FACTOR
U_RXQUAL_UL_P
U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO
Tx_integer (MFS)
MFS
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
MFS
BTS
BTS
BTS
OMC
MFS
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD
Tusl
TRX_PREF_MARK
Treq_pending
TRE_CONTAINER_MAX_NB_UDP_
G3
TRAFFIC_EV_PERIOD
Tns_test
Tns_alive_IP
TL4
TL1
THRESHOLD_2_9
THRESHOLD_2_6
THRESHOLD_2_3
THRESHOLD_2_1
Use_of_Extended_CBCH
U_TIME_ADVANCE
U_RXLEV_UL_P
U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO
TX_INT
TX_EFFICIENCY_ACK_THR
TS_TCUA
TRG_SDCCH
Treassembly
TRAU_ACTIVITY_TIMER
Tns_test_IP
Tns_block
TLC_CONFIG_T
TL2
TL_TCUA
THRESHOLD_2_7
THRESHOLD_2_4
THRESHOLD_2_10
Page 976
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BTS
BTS
BTS
MFS
MFS
BTS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
VARIOUS_IP_PRIORITY (MFS)
VGCS_FIX_AMR_HR_CODEC
VQ_FER_THRESHOLD
VQ_RXLEV
W_LEV_HO
W_PBGT_HO
W_QUAL_PC
Weight_P10
Weight_P13
Weight_P4
Weight_P7
WI_CR
WI_OC
ZONE_HO_HYST_DL
MFS
USF_NE
BSC
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
TC
BSC
3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA
End of document
ZONE_HO_HYST_UL
WI_OP
WI_DTM
Weight_P8
Weight_P5
Weight_P14
Weight_P11
WAIT_UPLINK_ACCESS
W_QUAL_CA
W_LEV_MCHO
VQ_RXQUAL
VQ_GOOD_RXFER
VQ_AVERAGE
VARIOUS_IP_PRIORITY (TC)
VARIOUS_IP_PRIORITY (BSC)
ZONE_TYPE
WI_PR
WI_EC
Weight_P9
Weight_P6
Weight_P15
Weight_P12
WEIGHT_BIAS_DETERMINATION
W_QUAL_HO
W_LEV_PC
VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER
VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD
VQ_BAD_RXFER
VGCS_FIX_AMR_FR_CODEC
VARIOUS_IP_PRIORITY (BTS)
Page 977
BSC
MFS
BSC
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
MFS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BTS

B10 Parameter Dictionary

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

B10 Parameter Dictionary

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Edition : 7 Released

BSS Telecom parameters

3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA

BSS Telecom Parameters Catalogue:

vendredi 15 juin 2007

OMC-R access Changeable

HMI name A_LEV_HO

BSS Telecom parameters

3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA

Window size for level averages for handover.

CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type

HMI name A_ECNO_HO

Window size for Ec/No level averages for 2G to 3G handover

BSS Telecom parameters

Window size for level averages for power control.

OMC-R access Changeable

3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA

OMC-R access Changeable

HMI name A_LEV_PC

HMI name A_LEV_MCHO

Window size for level averages for microcell handover.

OMC-R access Changeable

BSS Telecom parameters

3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA

BSS Telecom parameters

3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA

OMC-R access Changeable

OMC-R access Changeable

BSS Telecom parameters

Window size for quality averages for power control.

Window size for quality averages for handover.

3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA

OMC-R access Changeable

HMI name A_QUAL_PC

OMC-R access Changeable

HMI name A_QUAL_HO

Window size for load averages.

BSS Telecom parameters

Window size for distance averages.

3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA

OMC-R access Changeable

HMI name A_TRAFFIC_LOAD

OMC-R access Changeable

HMI name A_RANGE_HO

OMC-R access Changeable

BSS Telecom parameters

3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA

Resource Allocation and Management

BSS Telecom parameters

Indicates if Access Class 1 is barred.

Indicates if Access Class 0 is barred.

3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA

OMC-R access Changeable

OMC-R access Changeable

BSS Telecom parameters

Indicates if Access Class 12 is barred.

Indicates if Access Class 11 is barred.

3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA

OMC-R access Changeable

OMC-R access Changeable

BSS Telecom parameters

Indicates if Access Class 14 is barred.

Indicates if Access Class 13 is barred.